News archives for  2012 have been recovered. Still working on 2011 and on creating an index for 2002-2012

 

 

Back to recent posts

Monday 0230 GMT December 31, 2012

Have another random New Year. Whether its happy and successful is, of course, entirely up to you. Sorry this is not terribly enthusiastic and inspiring.

·         Editor really didn’t need this  It was sent by an alleged friend. Alleged because no friend should make a friend suffer this much.  https://www.youtube.com/embed/ACkmg3Y64_s?rel=0 As readers know, Ed is a model railroad fan, has a 120-foot long layout in his basement, but has never managed to get the wiring straight. So the railroad does not run. Meanwhile the kids on the block whom he promised to have it ready when they started Kindergarten, are now in Middle School. Editor’s morale is totally shattered and his feelings of inadequacy are overwhelming. Nothing happy about his New Year. Moan, whine, complain, and kvetch and so on. Someone has to do it. The moaning and whining, Editor means.

 

·         There’s another demoralizing thing Editor has been wanting to share. TMI, you will say, but you can always skip to the next item. Kids have an acute sense of smell. For a teacher its particularly important to be ultra clean because the kids and you are on top of each other all school day. So along with his morning routine, Editor shampoos his hair. Luckily it doesn’t take long as he has one and a half hairs left. Since one fetish Editor has is to be completely clean before jumping into bed, he ends up shampooing twice a day. This one and a half hairs are extremely well looked after, let Ed tell you.

 

·         So the other day when he went to CVS, he picked up what he thought was men’s shampoo. He doesn’t see so well any more.  One whiff in the shower and Ed realized it was women’s shampoo.  Okay, now Ed does not believe in wasting money, and he had already opened the container so there was no question of returning it. So, Ed said to himself, he would smell like a woman. Given he has the hide of an ancient rhino, this did not bother him in the least. Saving $4 by not buying the right shampoo is more important.

 

·         So first this lady teacher starts leaning over him and Ed’s heart is glad, because he thinks he is getting somewhere. Then another lady teacher starts standing really close when we’re talking, and Ed is getting all ready for that big date Saturday night. Of course, one has to ask the lady, and she has to agree, but please, enough of these petty details. You cannot ruin a good fantasy for no reason. When a third lady teacher also starts standing very close, and he notices her sniffing. Ed is very, very pleased. Any minute now it’s going to be not just a lunch at McDonald’s/matinee movie date, but a Real Date.

 

·         Editor has a lady friend from when he was in school and college – happily married to someone else – that he often consults on matters of women.  So he tells her that he now a chick magnet. She laughs and says: “Do you notice I am standing very close to you?” Editor allows he has noticed, and that’s it is kind of nice. Just because Editor is now almost 80 does not mean he cannot feel passion for someone he was kissing friends with many decades ago.

 

·         (Don’t be prurient – it never got any further because the lady in her youth was quite evangelical. Also her dad had a repeater shot-gun and was never shy about telling stories about his daughter’s many admirers. The stories all had depressingly identical endings: the admirer was seen off the premises by Dad. Now seeing as Ed was a heathen, the wrong color as well, you may ask how Dad tolerated Ed dating his daughter. Simple. He too was a model railroad fan. Most of the date would be spent with Ed helping Dad with the latest railroad work. Then Dad would casually look at his watch, and say: “Mmmmm. It’s almost Anne’s curfew” – 9PM if you must ask – “why don’t you go up to the parlor and talk to her.” Then he’d turn on all the parlor  lights, and retire. Naturally Anne’s mother would come in and want to chat. It’s a wonder Ed got any kissing done. Ah the good old days. America was a different place then.)

 

·         Then his friend explains patiently to him. It is well known, she says  that women do not like the way men smell – of two-week unwashed gym socks with a pathetic attempt to cover up using one of those Old Spice body sprays for moldy, sweaty clothes. Ed thinks that is a manly smell, having grown up with all guys and constantly playing sports or running.   Women like men to smell at least a bit feminine, his friend tells him. Less threatening.

 

·         Ed pointed out that back in the day he smelled of moldy socks and sweatsuits, so how come she never complained?  And Old Spice body spray had not been invented then. “Ah,” she said, “when you’re a teenager the lust hormones overcome those inhibitions.” Now she tells Ed. He might have been more willing to take risks when he was dating her. BTW, folks, don’t get the wrong idea. The lady’s husband is sitting in the room during this discussion, smiling indulgently. He thinks it is all very cute (excuse Ed while he hurls) and he loves hearing about his wife when she was in school and college, before he met her.

 

·         “So,” Ed says brightly, “you are saying my teacher lady colleagues are now standing close to me because I smell “Nice” like a woman and am non-threatening?” Yes, she says. “So this means they are not overcome by lust at the very nearness of my person?” No, she says.

 

  • And then Ed is supposed to have a Happy New Year?

Saturday 0230 December 29, 2012

·         Delhi rape victim dies To cut the long story, and to spare you from throwing up over your lunch, I am not going to give the details of what was done to this girl. Suffice it to say her entire intestine had to be removed, she had serious brain injuries, repeated abdominal infections, and a lung infection, any and all of which were bad enough to kill her. Aside from what was done to her in the bus, she was thrown out of  the moving bus. This not the sort of thing that does any human body much good, even if you have not been grievously injured already.

 

·         What makes the story all the more forlorn is that she fought back to try and save her boyfriend who was being beaten in the bus. This drove the perp completely crazy, and he sure showed her not to mess with him. I wonder what attitude he will show to the hangman. This is now a murder case, the man has already confessed to everything and shown no remorse, and in India when a group commits a murder, the courts do not waste a lot of time in apportioning responsibility. As well they should not. No one asked the other five perps to participate. The court is not going into “well, this killed her and not that, so the defendant has diminished responsibility.” The sole point the court will consider vis-à-vis the head perp is the girl was well and alive when she boarded the bus; as a result of what was done to her she is dead. No one cares he was drunk, that he might not have intended to kill her, or whatever. In these group murders there is always someone who does not participate enthusiastically; perhaps the court in their case/s will settle for life, but that’s just guesswork.

 

·         My point here will not be the heinous nature of the crime. Terrible as it was, worse things are done every day. I will mention a personal angle, but even this will not be the point. The bus stop at which the couple boarded is mid-way between Mrs. Rikhye IV’s university and the upscale area in which we lived. (We lived in a garage with a bathroom, so no snarky comments about upscale.) IIRC, the distance from where the girl was thrown off the bus to the bust stop to the university is about 2-km. Mrs. R IV and myself have walked the road many, many times, at all hours of the day or night. In our day, 20+ years ago, people did not bother you if it was a couple. The one time we were mobbed by a bunch of rowdy college boys (in another part of town) wanting to have a bit of fun at our expense, I immediately introduced myself to each of the boys, commented favorably on their firm handshakes and earnest student looks, and discussed their hopes for the future. We parted as good friends.

 

·         I should explain about the bus. Delhi has government public transport supplemented by private buses. If a bus stops at a bus stop, there is no reason to suspect foul play. It’s just a bus. This is what makes the affair doubly bad, because these men deliberately set a trap for anyone who boarded. They had already robbed one person unfortunate enough to fall for it at a previous bus stop, they threw him out on the road too. Buses are innocent, they help you get where you want, you don’t expect to be brutally attacked by the driver and accomplices.

 

·         My point concerns an Indian politician, who happens to be the son of India’s President. This man is from West Bengal, a place where women are treated with respect – as they are mostly in India except in the Northwest. For no reason at all, he came out with a statement saying that he didn’t see any women students demonstrating, all he saw is pretty ladies who were painted and dented. In case you scratch your head at the metaphor, please let me explain. It means these are sexually active women available to anyone. His subtext is the same as every rapist’s: the victim brought it on herself. If you are interested, you should read the letters to the editor in any Indian magazine or newspaper, for every two letter expressing horror, there is one saying “why was she out at night with a boyfriend?” 

 

·         This man seems to have an overactive imagination, because Delhi is a cold place in winter. The demonstrators regardless of their sex are bundled up – it is not LA in the summer, if you get my meaning. That he is an elected representative of the people comes as a shock. His sister was shocked enough she publicly rebuked him and made him apologize. It was a mealy mouthed apology of the “if I have offended anyone” variety, no one has accepted it.

 

·         The sister was asked if her father, the Prez, shared her sentiments. She was sure he did. But – and finally I get to my point – the Prez has not rebuked his son. In microcosm this shows why Indians are so angry about this case. The politicians just have no clue as to what are the concerns of ordinary people. You can be 110% sure that the sister, or the politician’s wife and daughters if he has any, do not have to travel by bus. They will have cars and chauffers. For the son to have made the statement he did is bad enough. But for the President not to give his boy a verbal thrashing – and a whipping – is the real crime.

 

·         The President of India is father or mother to all Indians. Under most circumstances the President’s powers are limited; he is like a constitutional monarch. But the position is always occupied by a man or woman who has spent her/his lifetime serving the country, and who is of the highest moral integrity. This president has shown zero moral integrity. Old man though he may be, he needs to be thrashed with a Singapore cane. Of course, it is likely he does not see what his son has done wrong. And that’s India for you. Indians  are supposed to hold women in the highest esteem and respect. But in reality Northwest India is famous for its ill-treatment of women – if the woman is outside the house, more so if she is young. Indian men make a big thing of saying “but she dressed provocatively, she was asking for it.” Sadly, however, as Indian journalist Seema Sirhoi has pointed out http://www.cnn.com/video/?iid=article_sidebar#/video/world/2012/12/27/nr-officials-ask-for-calm-in-india-rape-riots.cnn the woman’s dress has nothing to do with it. Most Indian women who get assaulted and molested themselves come from the conservative middle/low middle/poor classes. Upper class girls generally do not get molested except as students because they have cars in which to travel.

 

·         The President used to be a member of the Congress Party, which is the ruling party. This is the same party that was headed for almost 20 years by a woman (until her death), Mrs. Indira Gandhi. It is now headed by her daughter-in-law, Italian born Sonia, who has never had to take public transportation, but still, she is a woman. The biggest star of the Congress Party, despite Mama Sonia's attempts to push her lame-brain son, is her daughter, Priyanka.

 

·         So what is the Congress Party’s position on the moronic son of a clueless President? It wants us to accept the apology and forgive the boy – lovingly and affectionately. This is the state of Delhi today.

 

·         In conclusion, I want to defend the Delhi Police. People blame the police reflexively. People are saying: “How come the bus passed unchecked through 5 police checkpoints?” Hello, Indian public. Your outrage at what happened is justified. Your attacking the police is not. This was a public transport bus. Why should the police stop it at a checkpoint? It was a Delhi Police foot patrol that heard the feeble cries of the victim’s boyfriend and came to their aid. Passerby seem to have minded their own business and walked on. In 36-hours the Delhi Police had tracked down the bus. Delhi is a city of 20-million people. It is huge and it has huge exurbs. The woman’s friend remembered the color, the name of the transport company, and that the bus had tinted windows. The Delhi Police speedily tracked 374 buses and got the right one. I don’t think US police could have done it much faster. Having lived in Delhi, and having taken the time to get to know the police (sometimes involuntarily) and how they live and work, I am personally astonished at their efficiency.

 

  • No amount of police could have saved the victims. The police cannot be everywhere. You want to criticize, please come to the Washington Metro area and try and find Waldo, i.e., the cops when everyone and his Mongolian camel is violating traffic laws and risking their own and other people’s lives. I lived for five years in a part of Takoma Park, Maryland, that was technically in Prince George’s county (the city has been unified since). As I left my apartment for the bus stop one day, I saw this woman in a car, repeatedly attempting to run over this man. He wanted his car back and was extra-quick on his feet, so he managed to keep dodging. (I would have let her have the car and run into the apartments.) I was ten meters from a public phone; I immediately called 911 and stayed on the scene. It took 20-minutes – twenty minutes – for a patrol car to arrive.

Friday 0230 GMT December 28, 2012

It’s going to be “next stop the nut house” for Editor if things do not improve. Went to gym, took off grey hooded sweatshirt and a lightweight red sweatshirt to exercise. On finishing, picked up stuff, but instead of getting dressed as one should when outside is 38F and 20-mph wind, Ed decides to tough it. When he gets home, he realizes he has someone else’s clothes entirely: a heavy red sweatshirt and grey sweatpants. Calls gym, in case anyone is looking for their clothes. Gym calls back, from background voice Ed realizes he has the stuff that belongs to this highschooler. If it had been an adult, Editor would have dropped stuff off the next time he visited. But since it is this kid, feeling bad, Ed drives back to the gym, wondering why the pedal and the brake are feeling funny. Arriving at the gym Ed realizes he forgot to put on his shoes. How can anyone forget to put on their shoes when it is the winter? Sigh.

·         Central African Republic So this rebel group, which has grievances it says the Government has failed to address despite an agreement, attacks government forces who become conspicuous by their absence. This is a repeat of Mali, where government forces also rapidly splat when the rebels showed up. Rebel advance stops about 100-km north of the capital, after taking ten towns. Are the rebels running out of steam? Are they offering a chance for the government to negotiate? None of this is clear from the news reports.

 

·         Well, the people of the capital get irate and attack the French Embassy. Not the usual reason: these folks are angry because the French WONT intervene. This is the New France: Hollande says France cannot intervene to protect a particular regime. That this “regime” is the closest thing CAR has had to a democracy, the CAR Prez winning elections twice, seems to have escaped M. Hollande, who is probably spending his time with a current girlfriend while trying to hide from THE girlfriend and the ex-girl friend. (Gotta say THE girlfriend is one snazzy dresser. These French women really know how to dress very simply and every elegantly. Ed has always believe French women are wasted on French men.)

 

·         The people of the CAR, having seen enough misfortune in fifty years to last normal people five hundred, are in complete panic. They have been fleeing into the jungles, anything to get away from the rebels. The capital has 600,000 people, and they are not looking forward to fleeing into the jungle, as you may well imagine. France has a 200-troops contingent, mainly for security of French interests. EU has a 400-troop force to protect civilians from the last time around there was a crisis. European/French reaction to the rebel advance? Get out of Dodge. They’re all working on evacuating embassy staff and citizens, the black folks can look after themselves. After all, we know from the west’s record in black Africa that one white life is worth more than a 100 hundred black lives; it is so fragile, so beautiful, so precious to God that it cannot be risked for any number of blacks.

 

·         In case “Central African Republic” sounds familiar to older readers, this is the home of the self-declared Emperor Bokassa, who fed people he didn’t like to crocodiles, personally beat children to death, and had human bodies in his cold storage, because he liked to indulge in tasty treats once in a while. The French had no problem protecting Bokassa until he got too much even for the French, whereupon they overthrew him.

 

·         Ah, but a supporter of the French might say. That was then, in the 1970s, in the immediate post-colonial era. We, the French are enlightened now. And how can we take perpetual responsibility for these people? Actually, both morality and humanity demand the French take responsibility. Like the other colonial powers, though none equaled Belgium’s king for sheer cruelty and genocide, France exploited the people and resources of their colonies. It is now only fifty years since the bitterly and brutally repressed black folk of Black Africa have had their freedom. For much of this time the “freedom” was notational, with the French intervening whenever necessary to protect their commercial interests. The current government is democratically elected; it deserves to be protected against those who would overthrow it by force.

 

·         But of course, appealing on grounds of morality and humanity to the French is like importuning a rock. Probably you will make better headway with the rock. The French pride themselves on their pragmatism. They had zero problem intervening most recently in the Cote de Ivorie because they have money to be made from that former colony.

 

  • It is true the present President, Bozize, was a military officer who came to power via a coup. But he did so because the previous ruler, like many an African despot, was anti-democratic and repressive. When Bozize took power, he did not rule as a dictator. He set up the way for a democracy and has ruled as a democrat. We may all agree that the CAR is hardly a model of western democracy. But given its background, and given that so much of the world today is hardly the model of democracy, the country needs a chance. And it is not as if the French have not intervened once before to save Bozize from armed rebels seeking to overthrow the democratic regime.

Thursday 0230 GMT December 26, 2012

·         Setback to Editor’s suggestion on arming school staff Someone wrote in to Washington Post asking if we really wanted faculty meeting held in an environment where the principle, administrators, and teachers have guns. Being a teacher, Editor has to concede the point.

 

·         On this subject, as we mentioned in Tuesday’s post, gun supporters have to give up the claim that 2nd Amendment gives us a right to arm against tyranny, so we need automatic weapons. First, that means we have a right to artillery, rockets, tanks, and nuclear weapons. Second, that is not what 2nd Amend says. It speaks of a well-armed militia to SUPPORT the government, not to OPPOSE the government. In other words, you have a right to be armed so you can be an oppresser on BEHALF of the Government. Editor is ready, able, willing to be an oppressor in support of government. Dear Govs, kindly deliver the following to Editor’s door so he can help you oppress: 100 100-MT nukey-poos, 100 M-1 tanks, 100 F-35 fighters, and one Glock. Thank so much.

 

·         This is funny After the Americans started a petition to deport Piers Morgan, the British have started a counter petition, which says: We spent 40-years trying to get rid of him. You wanted him, now you keep him.

 

·         Editor read something odd: someone saying US Constitution does not apply to non-citizens so Piers Morgan has no 1st Amendment right. He CAN be deported because by mocking the 2nd Amend, he has insulted the US Constitution. Sigh, Editor loves America, but he could love its citizens more if they weren’t so darned confused about their own constitution. The constitution does very much apply to non-citizens http://scholarship.law.georgetown.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1302&context=facpub That is why US Government has not bought the Guantanamo terrorists to trial in the US. The first thing that will happen is the US will have to admit it got their confessions via torture, and then its goodbye case, pay the terrorist money. Further, because he lives here, Piers Morgan likely has a residence permit. Every law and constitutional articles applies to him, but he can’t vote. That is the sole difference between him and citizens. He works under other limitations as expressed by Congress, for example, he can be deported for any conviction that carries a sentence of more than 1-year imprisonment, even if he doesn’t serve a day in jail. But 1st Amend rights he does have. As is also true of 2nd Amend rights. Morgan, instead of abusing those who advocate for the more extreme interpretations, should go get his own weapons. Just a thought.

 

·         The hypocrisy of the American ruling class. Our reader Luxembourg sends a story by Brietbart The Brat saying that Sidwell Friends, the Washington DC school where Our Royal Preziness sends his kids along with other Washington elitist, has 12 armed guards on its roster. This does not count Sasha and Malia’s armed protection detail. Okay, on one level Editor understands: lots of UIPs (Ultra Important People, at least in their eyes) send their kids to Sidwell which presumably could be a target for would-be kidnappers and publicity seekers. You can further say that Sidwell is a private school, so the guards are not costing the taxpayer a dime.

 

·         But see, this is the way it is with the wealthy of America. They live in one world with their unique set of privileges bought with their money, and then there is ROU (Rest of us). Any person sending their kid to Sidwell who ridicules the idea of armed guards in school needs, before anything, to vote to get rid of the school guards. Then they have a right to join the conversation. Your Royal Preziness, that mean YOU.

 

·         On the subject of our own Royal: a friend tells us when the Commander-in-Chief gave the funeral peroration for the late Senator from Hawaii, he managed to include the word “I” sixty-one times. It was all about him, as usual. Then he wonders why people genuinely don’t like him.

 

·         Gender Wars We listened to a press interview with the lady dental hygienist who was fired by his boss for being too attractive and, as is the obvious corollary, he couldn’t resist her. Or she him, apparently. Well, she was very upset in a quiet way and said at least twice that the Iowa Supreme Court’s ruling was unfair. Two points. There is fairness and there is the law. The lady said she was the victim of gender discrimination. She could not prove this as ALL the dentist’s employees are women; he replace the lady with another woman. There’s the end of the matter as she brought before the court.

 

·         There is also the law and common sense in another sense. The dentist said he had no complaint about her work; indeed, she was the best assistant he’d every employed. But his wife was raising heck, he found the assistant irresistible, and she found him irresistible, and it was his marriage or his assistant. Regardless of what the law says, common sense dictates either of two outcomes. One, her boss could have transferred her. But in a dental office, where was he to transfer her? Two, he could fire her, which he did. We don’t think that’s unfair.

 

  • PS: You have guessed Editor is wildly jealous of this lady. He has had many a female boss and has never been fired for being too attractive. As far as Ed is concerned, this is really unfair. (He means that he is not attractive enough to be fired for being too attractive.)

Wednesday 0230 GMT December 26, 2012

Editor got home very late last night so with apologies he is skipping the update. He had gone to visit the new grandkid, being Christmas and all, and the family insisted he stay for dinner, even heroically moving it up by two hours. Its five hours each way. The morning run was perfect, the interstates empty like they mainly used to be in the good old days, 40 and more years ago, before everyone in America had two cars each and insisted on driving them simultaneously. But returning it was like the usual weekend traffic, particularly I-95 Peterboro to Richmond to Washington DC. Everyone drives with their brights on, so Editor, being low to the ground, gets blinded and basically drove nearly 300-miles by angling his side and rear mirrors away and following the car in front. Good thing the car in front was also going to Washington, or Editor might have ended up in Iowa or someplace. Editor was very resentful: just because he has no life doesn’t mean everyone else in Virginia should also have no life and spend their time going up and down the roads for no purpose and getting in Editor’s way. The worst of it was that to keep his mind off the traffic and bright lights Editor had to put the radio on. Now Editor has no problem listening to Holy Night ten times and Silent Night five times, but Have Yourself A Merry Christmas ten times and Rudolf the Red Nosed Reindeer 20 times is torture.  Editor became so desperate that at one point he tried to figure out a practical way of killing himself while still getting home on time so he wouldn’t have to listen to Rudolph any more. Quantum mechanics tells us we can be dead as a dodo in one state and alive and well in another state, but as usual, between theory and practice there seems to be a wide gap.

Tuesday 0230 GMT December 25, 2012

Happy Christmas, folks. At least try to be good this coming year. Okay, okay, Editor is being unrealistic. Go be as bad as you want. If you hang around in money circles, you will get great gifts in 2013 no matter how bad you are. If you hang around with the poverty stricken, you will get lousy presents no matter good you are. Happy now?

·         Piers Morgan First, Mr. Morgan had no right to hurl verbal abuse at his guest no matter how strongly he feels about gun control. This is bullying, particularly so if the guest had called Mr. Morgan the same names or worse, we may doubt the tape would have been shown. An apology by Mr. Morgan is in order.

 

·         Second, have gun rights folks lost sight of the US Constitution? There is something called the 1st Amendment in the same Constitution that allows us the right to own guns. The US Supreme Court has ruled that anyone residing in America is entitled to the protection of the Constitution. That includes Mr. Morgan. There is no need for any further debate.

 

·         Nothing like writing about an issue to learn more about it. We are now told that the idea of the 2nd Amendment was not to arm the citizenry against the possibility of an oppressive government. The idea was to PUT DOWN insurrections against the state. And the state more or less means the government. In other words, the original idea was oppression of the people. At this point we are just shaking our head and going: “Oh wow, who knew”.

 

·         Armed guards in schools This is not going to stop attacks in schools, and in any case, given the rarity of gun attacks against schools, this is horribly cost-ineffective. There are 140,000 schools, at the very minimum you need one trained person for each. That’s $60,000 per year counting benefits and overheads, or $8.4-billion/year. To save what? 30 lives a year? $250-million to save each life? Please, someone, apply the brains you have. For that money, you could save tens of thousands of children’s lives by assuring them of proper pre-natal/post-natal care, proper nutrition, and proper medical care through 12th Grade.

 

·         And what exactly will one armed guard do against a madman? BTW, not that the armed school guards lobby wants to here this, in high schools at least this is absolutely not going to work. In every high school I work (5 in Montgomery County, Maryland) there are so many hallways and dead ends that a gunman could happily shoot up 50-100 kids before anyone could do anything about it. Will an armed guard be a deterrent? No, because to a mad person determined on making his point regardless of consequences no deterrent will work.

 

·         Does this mean we are saying that limits on weapons shouldn’t be enacted? Look, people, you can enact any limit you want. Short of making a law – and enforcing it – that any person owning a gun for any reason will be shot by the same gun, limiting guns is not going to work. Are gun control advocates willing to lobby for such a law? BTW, this business of “let’s ban high magazine capacity” is another blind plunge into Utopia. If someone is determined to kill, 8-round magazines, or even six-round revolvers, are not going to stop a mad person landing up at a school. Two 8-round magazine semi-automatics is 16 rounds which can be fired in as many seconds, allow 20 seconds to change magazines and firing 30 rounds a minute is entirely feasible for a semi-skilled gunman.”

 

·         So are we saying no limits on assault weapons? May we repeat once again: Americans, this is your country. Do as you see fit. Editor can’t afford even one proper gun so the whole thing is academic to him. But if you think these badly though out ideas are going to save lives, think again.

 

·         By the way, it’s anyone’s 1st Amendment right to beat up on the NRA. But why are people so convinced the NRA is the one blocking “sane” gun legislation? Take a look at http://www.opensecrets.org/orgs/summary.php?id=D000000082 which is an anti-NRA site. Editor for one was truly astounded at how pathetically little the NRA spends on Congressional lobbying: $2.2-million in 2012. Please excuse us, $2.2-million won’t buy you a herniated three-legged cow in the lobbying stakes. Of course, another $18-million or so is spent in advertising and such. $20-million is a pathetic, truly laughable sum of money. Editor laughed so hard when he learned this he got a hernia. Top “earners” in Congress got less than $10,000 each.

 

·         It is absurd to say you can buy a Congressman for $10,000! If gun control advocates think they can, what’s stopping them from collecting $2-million to bribe the Congresspersons not to accept NRA money. The uncomfortable truth has to be that most Americans are opposed to serious gun control. Don’t blame the pathetic wimpy NRA, blame the people.

 

·         Now that’s a winning strategy, isn’t it? Mr. Morgan, comments?

Monday 0230 GMT December 24, 2012

·         Gender wars Is it time to stop this ritual bashing of media:  “You described what XYZ looks like and the clothes she wear. Would you do it for a man?” Generally these comments are by women, but occasionally you get one from a male; and we always suspect it’s some guy trying to get in good with his lady so that he gets to – you know, read the Bible with her.

 

·         Some American women seem to have no clue about how things work. Men are always 100% into a lady’s looks and figures, they could care less what she’s wearing, because they have already undressed her in their fantasies. And women are also 100% interested in what other women look like and especially what they are wearing. There is not one man in the world who gives one little darn about what men are wearing. Women like a nicely dressed man, but since men are perpetual bores in the matter of their dress, women are not interested in discussions on what the guys are wearing. What other women are wearing – now that’s not business, its personal.

 

·         So we’re going to suggest to the media that it is perfectly A-OK to comment on women’s clothes and even their looks. The media by doing this perform a valuable service for its women readers and the few men readers who notice what women are wearing.

 

·         Now comes this peculiar case from Iowa  The State High Court rules 7-0 that it is perfectly okay for a male employer to fire a woman employee because she is too good looking. The judges are seven men to zero women. The woman in question’s lawyer has gone totally off her rocker by declaring that these men don’t get gender discrimination. Bosh, nonsense, and rotten fish heads.

 

·         The man is a dentist; the lady is a hygienist in his office. She has worked there for ten years. The dentist’s wife somehow caught on that her husband and the employee wanted to – er, read the Bible together. Really smart woman that it took her ten years: apparently the husband and the hygienist have had a long-standing pash for each other, even though both are married. And the wife works in the office, too. Well, the wife did what any wife is entitled to do: she demanded her husband see off this lady. He called her woman in front of his pastor, and told her he was firing her even though he had no complaint about her work. The woman sued.

 

·         One reason the judges did not go for this gender discrimination baloney is that the dentist said he hired only women. This of course sets him up for a real gender discrimination suit when a man applies for a job and is turned down. That is another story. Also, are the judges supposed to tell this hapless man “even if it costs you your marriage, you must keep the plaintiff employed”? This is not a company where they woman can be transferred to another office or division. And just in case people forget, dentists and their hygienists work in rather close physical proximity to each other.

 

·         The judges ruled correctly. It really is time for women’s advocates to use their brains and not just scream discrimination where no discrimination exists. Our request is directed toward both male and female advocates for women, just to show Editor is not biased.

 

·         When the media revealed the case of the two Army generals rather taken up women they were not married to, naturally some women began their ritual of mumbling: “Oh yes, it’s always the woman’s fault, the men are like, totally helpless.” Just to make clear which side Editor is on: Yes, it is always the woman’s fault and men are like, totally helpless, and like, also total jerks.

 

·         Anyone knows that it is the women target the guys, and just as if a switch is flicked, the men respond by drooling and following the woman around. The men think they are doing the chasing; this always amuses the women because they know who is manipulating whom. The men are just doing what nature intends for them to do. They are hardwired for this kind of behavior, no amount of moralizing – or snarky comments from women – is going to stop this, any more than Pavlov’s dog could stop his drool when food was shown to him. The men are total jerks precisely because they are not in control of themselves – they cannot and still remain true to nature. Just like the dog, men drool when an attractive woman shows interest in them. Sorry, Editor lied. Men drool when ANY woman shows an interest in them. The man who has many women who want him can afford to be selective, the rest of us cannot.

 

·         So are we absolving men of all responsibility for affairs? Of course not. A man has to drool when a lady beckons, but it’s his choice to follow up or not. Also, BTW, every man has to try his luck even if the woman is giving no vibes. Men are indiscriminate beasts: they run from woman to woman, knowing that if they do not try they will get no woman. But if the woman is really not giving signals, all except the stupidest of men get the point. If they refuse to get the point, then Editor for one if with the women: tar and feather the man because he obviously has no manners, and no man without manners is a real man.

 

·         The second general was not accused of an affair. The crime, which required 15 investigators working overtime to investigate – taxpayer’s money being used to satisfy a mentally ill society’s “morals” – was “inappropriate” emails. The man’s crime was calling the woman not his wife “sweetheart” and “darling” and such offences against the public morality.

 

·         Editor would like to tell the US Government that he sends no inappropriate emails, but scores of times every working day he calls much younger females he is not related to “sweetheart”, “darling”, “baby”, “sweetie-pie”, and so on. Yes, he confesses all! Investigate him, please! His guilt is killing him! Actually not. The targets are his students, when they are behaving badly or need to be cajoled to work. A lot of girls today seem to have an issue with male authority – maybe girls always did. Speaking to them firmly or harshly or coldly gets them into a rebellion mode. Speaking gently and affectionately usually works, because that’s the way their grandpas talk to them. The same goes for the boys. When he needs their cooperation he calls them “son” or “sonny boy”. With high-school boys you can’t call them “darling” and “baby boy” because they feel embarrassed. But with his middle-school boys when Editor taught middle school, he would address the boys and girls exactly the same. It works.

 

  • And in case you’re wondering, Editor doesn’t call the young teachers darling and sweetheart and so on. He’d like to. But then they wouldn’t think its their grandpa talking to them. They’d think that a Dirty Old Man was talking to them. And they would be right. But let’s not quibble. Let the investigations begin!

Friday 0230 December 21, 2012

Next update Monday December 24, 2012

·         Back to guns This being the hot button issue that it is, clearly we are not going to change anyone’s present position and nor do we want to. But Editor hates in when people seek to make a case by using statistics that have no meaning.

 

·         One example is an article that says 11,000 Americans die due to gun murders each year, whereas 3000 Afghan civilians have been killed (either this year or last year). Where upon Editor has to restrain the urge to say: AAAANNNNDDDD?  Like, what’s the comparison? What is you are trying to say? Is your point that four times as many Americans are getting killed in peacetime as Afghan civilians are getting killed in wartime? But so what?

 

·         There are, to start, twelve times as many Americans as there are Afghans. Next, the Afghan War is not just a very low intensity war, the allies do everything possible not to cause collateral damage, and even the Taliban do not cause that many civilian losses. Next, will someone kindly inform us what the Afghan gun murder rate is compared to America’s 3.5% per 100,000? Editor does not know, and neither does the writer of the article we mention. But it is the only honest comparison.

 

·         Gun opponents correctly point out that America’s gun murder rate is about 30-times higher than most advanced nations. They also point out correctly that America has the highest per capita gun ownership rate of any country. We believe it’s one gun per man, woman, and child; though we have to suggest readers take this estimate with diffidence unless someone can show the estimate is based on solid facts. It is also undoubtedly correct to say that without guns there would be no gun murders. Japan is cited as an example. This raises two questions: are Americans homicidal whackos, and is anyone suggesting that every single gun in America be made illegal and confiscated?

 

·         Let us take the whacko part first. According to http://www.guardian.co.uk/news/datablog/2012/jul/22/gun-homicides-ownership-world-list there are 25 countries with gun murder rates equaling or exceeding the US. True some really small countries are included, like Jamaica, Barbados, Anguilla. The point is that the US is by no means alone in the whacko league. Indeed, we are told that aside from the US’s homicide rate falling by half in the last 30-years, US has generally been fairly violent murder wise. Ten per 100,000 in the rate during the Depression, for example. So if we wanted to push it, we could say the US has one of the fastest dropping homicide rates in the world despite the wide availability of guns.

 

·         That doesn’t quite square with the narrative of the anti-gun folks, does it? Here’s another statistic to randomly throw around. America has half of the world’s civilian-owned handguns. But it’s gun murder rate is only 2.9 or so per 100,000 folks. We’d have to do a bit more research, but we suspect you can make a case that compared to the number of guns available, Americans are  less likely to use their guns to kill than most countries. Likely you’d get even better figures if you took just handguns. (See http://www.gunpolicy.org if you want to work this out yourself.)

 

·         Now of course this does not prove there is tea in China, or whatever, because it is another false comparison. All we are saying is there is no sense in anyone, pro- or anti-gun, throwing out invalid comparisons.

 

·         The only way you are going to get the gun murder rate down to zero is by having zero guns, right? We leave it to the anti-gun lobby to suggest how this is to be done. Obviously it will cost money, a great deal. So you can work out a figure of dollars spent to save one life. Then you can see if it wouldn’t be more effective to use those dollars to save lives lost through fast food, smoking, air pollution, and drunken driving. Not the same thing, you will argue, because no one gets into their car drunk with the intent of killing someone. True. Objectively, however, a life lost to a drunken driver is the same as a life lost to a murderer. A life is a life.

 

·         Now let’s go back to a position anti-gun folks hold. We are not trying to ban all ownership. We simply want (a) more control over who guns are sold too; and (b) we want to limit guns with magazines of – say – more than 10-rounds. On the first, we have to ask our pro-gun folks to be reasonable. To say, as some do, that ANY restriction on ownership is the thin edge of wedge makes no sense. For example, there’s that hoary chestnut: you have a right to free speech, but not to yell ‘fire’ in a crowded theatre. You have a right to pornography, but child pornography will get you as many years in jail as most murders. You have a right to free speech, but not to take out large ads in the media saying “Kill the Jews” or “Kill the Editor” or whatever. (Actually, on the principle that some attention is better than no attention, please do take out ads saying “Kill the Editor”.) You have a right to your automobiles, but boy, is this ownership regulated or what. You have a right to get married, but not if you’re under 18. So on and so forth. After all, I have no right to own an M-1 tank (I’d prefer four, if you don’t mind, in different colors; red, pink, baby blue and sunflower yellow; thank you). So we already accept restrictions on weapon ownership. What is an M-1 but a platform for a 120mm gun.

 

·         On the second issue, limiting magazine size, okay, if it makes people feel better, Editor will go along with it. But let’s not fool ourselves. Will homicide rates drop? Unlikely, for the reason that these random mass murders happen rarely. The Newtown, CT shooter could have easily killed just as many people using a 10-round magazine – and ten magazines. Sure, it would have taken him a bit longer. But even Editor, who is so butter-fingered he’s the Kindergarten kid that they never gave scissors to, can swap out a magazine in 7-seconds. Someone even that slow could still kill 10-15 people in one minute with one gun.

 

  • We could go on with trashing other “data” pro or con, but if we haven’t successfully made our point as yet we’re unlikely to make it even in a longer post.

Thursday 0230 December 20, 2012

·     Benghazi The report is in, and to no one’s surprise it found no conspiracy. It said there was no delay in getting the cavalry to the scene. This we told readers long ago. An interesting point is that the report said there was no demonstration and no mob. But before anyone gets agitated at the Government having misled the public, please to appreciate this is the information is was given – including by the CIA. In crises wrong information is often given. This is not a hanging offence.

 

·         The report  did find negligence in State’s failure to adequately protect the post. It said that there were plenty of warning signs that should have been heeded, and that in the future officials that show this kind of negligence should be sanctioned. There also seems to be a move to add 1000 Marines to US overseas posts. Wish someone would remember the Marines are there not to do an Alamo but to make sure the documents are safe, which means destroyed before the mob breaks in.

 

·         Personally we have no problem is US Government decides embassies are to be protected by American forces; all we’d have to do is to appropriately increase the size of the Corps. Editor would remind readers that stationing troops at US posts is not something the US can unilaterally decide. The home country has to agree, and a great many will not. Then the US has to make a cost-benefit analysis: is the post more important than the protection?

 

·         And this is what bothers us about the Benghazi thing. Blame who you want, but the Ambassador chose not to tell State he was going to pull the consulate out unless safety could be assured. Someone more familiar with the rules may come up with Rule 56,551, Section 9919, Subsection bbxdef, and para 83,745 that says the Ambassador cannot unilaterally order shut a post he deems unsafe. As a practical matter, he can. Let’s not go into this because we’ll drift far and wide. We are told that the Ambassador knew the risks better than anyone else because he was better informed than anyone else, but believed not only that the post was too import to shut down, but also that he personally had to be repeatedly present. He was not a mindless puppet in the hands of State. He took a decision for the good of the US that cost him his life. We admire his courage and his sense of duty, but ask readers to remember this all is not a simple matter of blaming some bureaucrat back in Washington.

 

·         We haven’t seen the report; yet we will not be surprised if it doesn’t tell us what was really going on in Benghazi. It was something covert, involving the consulate and the CIA, and there, we suppose, the matter will rest. It would also be interesting to know why the CIA sent the report of a demonstration when none took place? A genuine mistake in the heat of a crisis or covering up some Dirty Work? If it is the latter, we for one are not going to blame the CIA.  Dirty work under different covers is part of the Agency’s work. Editor knows from his Delhi days that the use of embassy cover by the CIA was not something greeted with joy and celebration by the State Department folks. It becomes harder for genuine diplomats to do their work when the locals suspect them of being CIA. Also, as a complete aside, the anti-narcotics people in the embassy did not trust the CIA people one bit, and you know the reason for that too. Again, we don’t blame the CIA. Protecting the US involves a lot of dubious goings on. If the American people want absolute purity, they’d best either join monasteries and nunneries, or simply disband all secret service organizations and take the consequences.

 

·         By the way, Editor is one who believes this whole intelligence and covert action thing is vastly, vastly overrated.  He is the first one to admit it can be wildly exciting to a certain type of person. But 90% of the intel apparatus can be done away and no one will miss it.

 

·         All this said, as long as the people of the US authorize covert organizations, they have to accept that they, the people, do NOT have a right to know what those covert organizations are doing. If the people are told, there is nothing covert, which kind of defeats the purpose of the thing, don’t you think? Secrecy is also needed to cover mistakes. The covert biz can be incredibly risky. If you have watchers sitting on the shoulder of the covert folks, you deny them the ability to make mistakes. There is no such thing as covert biz without mistakes, including some ghastly ones. The greater the risk undertaken, the greater the chance of failure.

 

  • Americans should either bring the covert folks home, or accept we have no right to know what was happening at Benghazi.

Wednesday 0230 December 19, 2012

·         Mali So back to the discussion about Mali. One of the arguments given for a cautious approach to intervention in Mali is that the locals do not like foreigners, so a foreign intervention could make things tougher for the west. But please to tell; just who exactly does love to have foreigners intervening in their country even if it is to oust the bad guys? And if foreigners are unwelcome, isn’t the intervention force being planned going to be unwelcome? They’re all foreigners, West Africans, quite different folks from the Maghreb folks. So this is yet another silly argument seeking to justifying no intervention.

 

·         Current plans call for 3300 West African troops to assist 5000 Mali troops to retake the north. This is insufficient for a proper CI campaign, but enough to destroy the Islamist hold. So another question arises: where precisely are these 5000 Mali troops? The Mali army as existed at the end 2011 broke and ran. For all the US and French training, it was unable to do the job. One problem was the usual tribal rivalries. You can take any 10,000-square-kilometers of Africa at random and there will be at least two different ethnic groups living there. Mali troops defected as well as running away. (We lack authentic details concerning this part of the story; defections did take place, but the whys and the whos of it are unclear to us.)

 

·         According to Complete World Armies 2012 (ahem) the Mali armed forces consisted of about 7000 troops, which means about 6500 army troops. Since no counteroffensive has been launched by Mali, it’s probably safe to assume there is no Mali army of 6500 troops any more. The enemy, as nearly as we can tell, consists of about 1500+ trained Tuaregs, and a bunch of Ansar Dine hangers on, plus some armed tribesmen that no army should have much problem with. True the Mali Army was badly trained and equipped with. So we are not blaming the government for collapsing, we’re saying if there was no effective army then, there certainly is no effective army of any sort now.

 

·         We’ve seen from Somalia training up even half-a-dozen local battalions is not done in a day. It seems to us, in fact, that the Somalis have only recently started to become effective, after 3 or more years of training and relapses. Why it should take so long is a very interesting subject. We wander off the point so much that we risk confusing our readers if we take on this topic, but basically it has to do with when the White Man arrives the natives regress to an infantile stage. They refuse to take responsibility, they feel overwhelmed, intimidated, and threatened by the White Man; worse, it doesn’t take them very long to figure that as likely as not, the WM may be a very professional soldier, he has no clue about the country. So the distrust factor also builds up. On top of this the west has done a perfectly absurd and pathetic job of training – Afghanistan. West did okay in Iraq because the Iraqis are educated and have a high level of organization, motivation, leadership and so on. We doubt any of this applies in Mali.

 

·         To us, then, this idea of a West African force and a new western trained Mali Army seems utopian. Not that it can’t be done. It IS being done in Somalia. But it has taken a good many years, five years to be precise. We don’t have five years in Mali because the Somalis basically are focused on their own country, they have no desire to go to war with the west. AQ in the Maghreb is a beastie of a different color. Unless the west acts fast, in five years we may push AQ out of Mali, and find they have made themselves cozy in Niger and Mauritania among other places. So we’ll be back to Whack-A-Mole. (Frankly, we don’t like this metaphor. What have moles done to us anyway that we should be whacking them?)

 

·         So you will by now be in a tired, crotchety mood at the Editor’s lengthy meanderings. So you will say “so what do you want us to do? Send in the 82nd Airborne?” Actually, it will be the 10th Mountain. Under the new new new reorganization of the US Army for the first time specific formations will train for specific locations, and the 10th Mountain Division is for Africa. You will also say “Ed, you keep saying how incompetent we are at intervening; you’ve lukewarmly supported the Obama administration’s policy of not intervening in Syria because, you say, we’ll make a huge mess of things, so why are you calling for intervention in Mali?”

 

·         Two reasons. One is the American part of Editor. Americans are ADHD (as is Editor), and every day to them is a new day with not history tying today back yesterday, forget the past. So Editor is all for washing hands of Afghanistan, and for going off to a new adventure. This time we will be SURE to get it right. (If you believe that, you are incredibly naïve, and yes, Editor is indeed incredibly naïve. HE really does believe it will be different this time.)

 

·         The second reason is the dilemma the entire world comes up against very fast. NOBODY, and we have to underline it several times, wants the US stomping all over the world creating one giant disaster after another. But NOBODY (underline that several times) has the will to do the job instead of the US. In this case the French are the logical people. Of all the west, they know this part of Africa better than anyone else. They also have the loveable French Foreign Legion, which not only is highly experienced in these little wars, it suffers from no angst when local bad guys have to be slaughtered. The FFL does not go into action with the supporting Legion of Lawyers. The FFL also does not daily need  a gazzilion tons of supplies per man to function.

 

·         But as you’ve noticed, the French have been strangely silent. The red blood in their veins has been replaced with Evian, as is the case for the rest of the west bar the US. After Afghanistan, the French seem to have lost their appetite for intervention even in their back yard.

 

  • So it has to be the Americans. And it really will be different this time. Really. Promise. Cross heart and hope to die. Afghanistan? Where is that? Did anything happen there that we should be aware of? If it went wrong, it’s because the people in charge did not know how to fight. The new lot of people definitely knows how to fight. On to the next war and on to victory!

Tuesday 0230 GMT December 18, 2012

·         A rant about naming US Navy carriers We were supposed to finish the discussion on Mali, instead we got into various rants. Being ADHD, Editor is easily distracted. So he learned over the weekend that CV 79 has been named John F. Kennedy, and CV 80 has been named the Enterprise. CV 80 follows in a long line of US Navy ships following that name. CV 79 follows what tradition? A president who was assassinated in the prime of life and already had a ship named for him? (The original JFK commissioned in 1966.)

 

·         When you look at US aircraft carrier names, you step into a world that Alice’s Mad Hatter would have found comfortable.  The trouble started when CV 42 was named after FDR (for simplicity we are using the designation CV for all attack carriers, there have been others, such as CVA, CVB, and CVN, the latter for the nuclear-power carriers). It was originally laid down as the Coral Sea, to commemorate that famous naval battle. A worthy name for what was then the largest carrier ever laid down. OK, so FDR died, and it is understandable the Navy wanted to honor the World War II leader. Even the Royal Navy, which is very tight on proper naming of its warships, slipped a bit and called a nuclear powered attack submarine Churchill. We can forgive the lapse.

 

·         But then the first of the super-carriers was named Forrestal. The gentleman’s claim to fame? He was the first SecDef, and he committed suicide. US Navy, you want to name your then-largest warship after a SecDef and a suicide? You’re starting to get funky, like 10-year old stale stinky cheese. Well, after this lapse the US Navy seemed to straighten out: Constellation, Ranger, America, Saratoga, Independence, and Enterprise  (not in order). Kitty Hawk was bestowed as name – not quite pukka, as the Brits used to say, but okay, that was the birthplace of aviation, lets not get hung up on it.

 

·         Then came the JFK, and everything fell apart.  Nimitz: a great naval leader but now we’re really running wild. A destroyer would have been good, no reason to go haywire. Eisenhower: an army general and president. Weird. Vinson: a Congressman? You’re naming America’s capital ships after a Congressman? US Navy has lost its ball bearings. Then we get Teddy R, Abe Lincoln, and George Washington. But the presidents and famous Americans already had their own line of naval vessels, the deadly ballistic missile submarines. Why not stick with that? Since when is it okay to name the biggest, baddest ships after dead prezinesses?  Worse is to come. Stennis: another Congressman.  Truman: a decent man, but for heaven’s sake, US Navy get a grip. It gets worse: Ronald Reagan, an actor who became president and is famous for his naps.  Bush the First: another decent man, but where’s the justification? Ford: the accidental president.  What is with the US Navy? A Klowne Parade? A Confederacy of Dunces? The US Navy in La-la Land? Inhaling too much ozone?  

 

·         Now we get JFK reprised, and Enterprise, which may be ready by 2025. So basically, in over a half century, US Navy has named ONE carrier properly.  Some readers may wonder if we’re not making too much of a deal over names. Okay, so the tradition used to be to name carriers after famous warships. Now there’s a new tradition, naming them after Prezzies. We ask our readers to imagine they are back to being 18-year old youngsters and a sailor on a carrier. So the Captain comes over the loudspeakers and says “Men and women of the US Navy, we are surrounded by enemy too numerous to count. Our ship is crippled. We must fight to the last for…” for the Ford? For the Reagan? For the Truman? The Bush? Come on people. You fight to the last for the America and the Enterprise and the Ranger and so on. Not for the Barrack Obama and Bill Clinton. Can’t happen you say? Haha.  Suppose a Congressman starts a petition to name the next carrier Clinton and the one after that Obama. What excuse is the Navy going to give not to comply?

 

  • Also please note that between 1955 and 2025, seventy years, America will have built 21 carriers. The carrier is the key to modern naval power. US spends goshdarnawful hundreds of billion dollars a year for its navy. And all we get is one carrier every 3+ years? And the new 100,000-ton carriers will have air groups of what? 60-65 aircraft and helicopters? What is wrong with this country?

Monday 0230 GMT December 17, 2012

·         Newton, CT There is a good reason we do not comment on mass shootings in the US or other countries. First, nothing we say is going to either inform any reader or provide fresh insight. Similarly, we do not comment on bombings in – for example – Pakistan, or on accidents, or on tragedies with a high death toll. But we are breaking our rule because we were amazed and astonished at the hypocritical sight of the President wiping tears from his eyes and announcing that “our hearts are broken” when you, I, and the patient street lamppost outside my house know neither president nor Congress has no intention of doing anything to prevent similar tragedies. To then speak of the national heart being broken is simply a puerile show for the benefit of the voters.

 

·         Let us first be clear that what we are about to say is not another liberal gun control rant. Editor is a firm believer in the right to bear arms. He accepts when you ban gun ownership for the public only criminals and the Government have arms and the citizenry is helpless. He maintains that all the facts explaining how guns in the hands of private citizens kill more people than they save from criminal are entirely irrelevant. Every person has a right to feel safe in her/his house and on the street, and if there is a cost to this, so be it. There is a cost to cars – accidents kill more people by at least an order of magnitude than is the case with guns. We have never heard of a drive to ban cars. Coal mining and coal burning kill thousands each year and shorten the lives of hundreds of thousands of people – each year. We don’t see anyone petitioning to end coal. Alcohol kills hundreds of thousands a year, too, and is a huge factor in domestic violence. Do we hear any calls to ban alcohol? The American predilection for fast food also kills by shortening people’s lives, again likely hundreds of thousands a year. Still waiting to hear calls to ban fast food. The case of death from smoking is very well known. Any calls to ban tobacco? Nope. And so on.

 

·         Indeed, Editor has often complained how he cannot afford a decent gun or two, and has suggested that the right to bear arms becomes meaningless when some of us cannot afford to buy the darn things. People think he is joking when he says it is the duty of the state to offer every person 18 or older a free gun. But if people have a right to state-subsidized medical care, they also have a right to state-subsidized guns.

 

·         It is also worth noting that the greatest single gun killer in peacetime – as far as we know – is the young fascist from Norway, who remorselessly picked off 69 people, mostly teenaged school children. Norway is a very high prosperity country with an amazing set of social protection for every citizen, and is free of the terrible virus of violence that has America in a deadly grip. Yes, we do have the highest murder rate among the advanced countries, but conversely if you take only whites, America is no more murderous than peaceful Canada. In these cross-national comparisons its best to compare like-to-like.

 

·         It is undoubtedly true if you took away people’s guns the murder rate would fall. For example, access to guns in China is restricted. You have the same horrific attacks on toddlers and little kids as happened at Newton, CT; but because the attackers generally must use knives, the death toll is much lower. But as we have said, to focus on guns when other evils in society kill many, many more people is hypocritical.

 

·         Please to note in this particular case, the system worked. The killer tried to buy a legal gun and was refused. The fault lay entirely with his mother, a gun fanatic who appears to have owned at least six guns and who took her boys to shoot at targets. Lots of people are gun fanatics and take their kids to shoot; except in this case the killer had what is being delicately described as a “personality disorder”. This is a case of an adult parent acting irresponsibly.  Plenty of parents let their children drive without adequate supervision and the children kill themselves and/or others. As we said earlier, no calls for banning cars.

 

·         Having spent 750 words assuring readers Editor is all for guns, the rest of his argument can be short.  The reason the president is being hypocritical is that in America, at the top levels of government – mainly the presidency and Congress, there is no real democracy. What we have is bought democracy. You want a law changed or retained, pay off the Congress and the President. Doesn’t matter what anyone thinks. No politician in their right mind – and as a politician the president is very much in his right mind – is going to go up against the gun lobby. The gun lobby is not, as it seems to think, synonymous with the right to own guns. It is synonymous with to right to own guns without restriction.

 

·         In modern society, no one has absolute rights. Assuming Editor had the money, he would very much like to buy an 8 x 8 armored personal carrier with a 20mm cannon and other goodies. He would get some respect on his morning commute. Since he drives a Suzuki Swift that loses 10-mph for every passenger, he gets no respect. And talk about off-road: an 8 x 8 APC gives you plenty of off-road. He would also like, say, 100 tacnukes. That would ensure the government cannot take away his hypothetical guns without paying a wholly disproportionate price.  We are, of course, exaggerating to make a case. Society correctly imposes all sorts of restrictions. And so it must be with guns.

 

·         The obvious restriction is on high-magazine semi-automatic weapons and assault guns. Will this stop future Newton, Connecticuts? Obviously not. But it will reduce the damage a shooter can cause. There are other restrictions. One that is very overdue is Singapore Rules on use of a gun to commit a crime. Even firing a gun in the air during a crime qualifies the shooter for the hangman. Singapore quite coldly and rationally says that firing the gun equals intent to kill. It doesn’t matter someone due to good luck didn’t get killed. The US needs to go one step further: the mere possession of a gun, loaded or otherwise, during a crime should mean sleepy time – for good. We are certain the gun lobby would support these rules if any president/Congress has the courage to bring them forward, because the gun lobby very clearly stands for the right for lawful possession and use of guns. Another measure is making people responsible for their guns. Your kid or your sister-in-law takes your gun and commits a crime, you get the same penalty. If they are caught with your gun, no crime committed, a 20-year jail term should learn you to make sure your guns are secured at all time – really secured.

 

·         That said, Editor will now say something that is going to outrage a lot of people. But then Editor is not running for Miss Popularity. Schools are gun free zones, whatever that means. They’re also, BTW, drug free zones and Editor can testify this rule is obeyed about as well as the biblical injunction about not taking the lord’s name in vain. The school provides a perfect case of what the gun lobby says: “banning guns means only the criminals will have guns.” If the people who worked at the school had been allowed to carry guns, the young shooter would have had his career as a mass murderer cut a lot shorter.

 

  • As a teacher, Editor has often thought about what he would do if a gunman broke into his school. Every scenario has Editor either cowering in his classroom or running. Now, Mr. President, you have the right to control guns. You don’t have the right to make me into a coward.

Friday 0230 GMT December 14, 2012

Next update Monday December 17, 2012

·         Mali Ol’ Gaffy of Libya didn’t have a whole lot of trust in his army, which is why he kept it weak, half-trained, and ill-equipped. That was one reason his army couldn’t suppress the rebellion in the early stages. He had good reason not to trust the army. After all, he was Colonel Gaddaffi when he overthrew the last ruler of Libya, King Idris. He knew a bit about armies and coups. Consequently, his trusted troops included mercenaries, including Tuaregs from Mali. When Ol’ Gaffy was about to lose, the Mali mercs wisely split for home.

 

·         Bit of background. Mali, like almost every nation in Africa, is a colonial legacy, in this case of France. The Tuaregs have been rebelling against the state for about a hundred years. Inspired by Libyan events, the Mali Tuaregs decided this was a good time to resume the fight for independence. The relationship between Gaffy and Mali – as with all his neighbors – was complicated, the man used to be a megalomaniac. But definitely Gaffy’s imminent demise was a prime motivator in the rebellion.  We won’t go into that as it would require doing some research; our memory is a bit dim.

 

·         For some reason, likely the addition of a couple of thousand tough tribesmen fresh from the extended Libya campaign, bringing home with them weapons of a quantity and type they never had, North Mali was overrun in three days. Now, you know Mali is not the size of Holland, where back in the day it took four hours driving at a sedate speed to cross from one side to the other. We’re talking a territory the size of France here. It’s a pretty remarkable military achievement, but to give you an accurate account of how this was made possible, a trip to Mali would be required. Aside from the impossibility of funds, this is not a Good Time to visit either North or South. One of the reasons for the fast win was that (a) government troops defected; and (b) those who did not ran for their lives – including five  allegedly crack companies trained by the Americans.

 

·         Hot on the heels of the Tuaregs came an unwelcome ally, the Ansar Dine, an affiliate of Al Qaeda in the Mahgreb. The Tuaregs did 90% of the fighting; Ansar Dine, like the jackels they are, fed off the Tuareg victories and began imposing the usual whacked out Islamist laws and destroying Mali’s famed Islamic heritage which dates back seven eight centuries. The Tuaregs, who admittedly are not Obama Liberals, got miffed by were beaten by Ansar Dine whenever they chose to make a stand.

 

·         So: time out for some banging of head against stone wall. AQ is supposed to be the biggest threat the US has faced since the end of the Cold War. Here was US declaring victory against AQ in Afghanistan, and deposing  Gaffy,  and all of a sudden, AQ is now in control of half-a-million square kilometers if not more.  There’s blowback and there’s whackingly immense, mega huge blowback. Put Mali in the latter category. This is what the US Government calls “strategy”, and what others call “The March of the Klasse Klownes”.

 

·         So, anyway, naturally the West was alarmed, but not enough to do anything about it: with Libya messed up, Egypt double messed up, and Syria triple messed up, Washington has not been overly keen on new foreign adventures. France, for some reason which makes sense only to the French, have abdicated all responsibility. A few hundred French air strikes would have finished off the rebellion, but Paris said no. So the obvious is happening, Ansar Dine is working on expanding into Mauritania and Niger. This entire region has been bolstered by the US since 2001 to prevent the spread of the Islamists, and lo! The Islamists are spreading like locusts – just when the US/EU has soundly thrashed them in Somalia, what rotten luck for us.

 

·         So aside from the Yellow Condition (the Runs, but our authoritative source inside the CIA – he cleans toilets – tells us American Government Runs are kind of scummy green, so its really the Green Condition, why is the US not decisively intervening in Mali? Well, we’re told that actually that is the reason. We don’t entirely trust our sources because Editor hangs out with a lot of Super Hawks, you know, the kind that blame Ike for not unleashing Patton on Berlin because of a stupid agreement made with a perfidious guy called Joe The Stalin. And of course, rationally that was the start of a lot of problems in the post-war period, but that’s another story.

 

·         The US says it is not intervening because democracy has been overthrown in Mali and – kof kof – our laws forbid us to give aid to anti-democratic types. Just think for a minute: have you ever heard anything more absurd? If the Maghreb falls to AQ, who is the loser? Do we really care about 25-million or so desert dwellers? Seeing as we don’t really care about 60-million Congolese, 25 million North Koreans, and 1.3-billion Chinese, let’s face facts. We don’t care what happens to the Maghreb. But surely we should care what happens to us. What’s more important, that a weak democracy be restored to Mali before we intervene, while AQ uses our delay to spread further, or that we go in an whack AQ now?

 

·         It seems to us our Super Hawks may be right, the US is using this lack-of-democracy thing as an excuse while we flail around uncontrollably, hoping some solution will present itself. When the threat is mortal, remember, the color of potential allies is not important. So it was with Joe The Stalin. In the 1930s we believed he was far worse than Satan, but by 1942 he and we were BFF’s together. (By the way – seeking his alliance may have looked logical at the time, but it was a mistake. Also BTW, we’d have defeated Hitler without the Soviet Union. That’s another story from the Distant Past.)

 

  • Rant to be continued tomorrow. The youngster is coming over for dinner and he always has priority, even over Editor’s rants.

Thursday 0230 GMT December 13, 2012

·         We love you, Kimmy, yes we do Finally DPRK got an ICBM analog rocket to work. Back in the US, the Ballistic Missile Defense program was facing program cuts; serious ones in our opinion. The cost of R and D, weapons, and so on goes up 10-15% every year. So an increase of less than, say, 10% is a defacto reduction. US BMD budget was being reduced in absolute terms. i.e. fewer dollars were being sanctioned each year; so with cost inflation it was a double hit.

 

·         But thanks to that loveable rascal, Kim III, the long, sad, tedious, morbid, discouraging, pointless debate about DPRK’s missile capabilities is finally over. People were insisting DPRK did not present a real threat; okay, now you have your real threat, And where DPRK goes, can Iran be far behind?

 

·         That still leaves the question of effectiveness. Here we feel critics have the wrong end of the stick. No one ever made a defensive weapon that could, at its deployment, meet 100% of the threat. You can’t just say “this doesn’t work” or “the enemy will find a way through” and then sit back forever on your fat tushie. BMD is not a luxury option, it is possibly the most critical of all weapon systems. Why? Because the consequences of even one warhead getting through are horrendous. Then the academics go into this long, utterly useless discussion about rationality, as in, knowing the US’s retaliatory capabilities, no one in his right mind will attack the US. Time out for uncontrollable giggles, snarfs, and plain merriment. People are claiming people are always rational and still calling themselves rational? Come on, guys, what about a break here? First, our rationality is not always the other guy’s rationality. Second, people can make a very rational decision that can turn out totally wrong. Pearl Harbor, anyone?  Third, people can make mistakes. Fourth, people can go crazy and act crazy. To sit back and claim the perpetual rationality of human beings is highly irrational.

 

·         One reason we aren’t further down the BMD road is that we haven’t been serious about the weapons. Spending $6- to $10-billion a year in a defense budget of $600-billion, and an actual national security budget of $1-trillion (these last few years) is a perfect example of irrationality. Lets spend $100-billion/year on BMD on a war footing, and we’d be a lot, lot more advanced than we are today. Some of our readers may be tempted to say “Take it easy, Old Boy, $100-billion for BMD R&D and deployment every year? Aren’t we going overboard?” Well, considering what one 20-MT warhead could do to a major US metro area, $100-billion doesn’t seem all that outrageous.

 

·         There is another factor to consider. The whole notion of today’s systems being ineffective is because we are all making the mistake of taking DOD at its word, i.e., that its objective is a hit-to-kill warhead. Well, let’s be fair here: that is an objective. But if anyone thinks that this is all there is to BMD program, we are being unfair to DOD. We know, we know, the whole notion of being unfair to DOD given this august organization’s shenanigans of the last decade, to say nothing of Korea and Second Indochina seems eccentric. But really, folks, DOD is not COUNTING on hit-to-kill.

 

·         The etiquette of writing in the public media requires that no one should say: “I have secret knowledge and that’s proof of my assertions.” That’s why journos who quote unidentified sources speaking off the record are so unpersuasive. If the journo cannot give some evidence, on what basis are we supposed to trust her/him when s/he goes “Trust Me”. So Editor cannot claim secret knowledge. But we can use analysis.

 

·         Back in the day, when Spartan was deployed – mid-1970s – no one spoke of hit-to-kill. Spartan carried a whacking 5-MT warhead that killed incoming warheads using radiation, and the beast was effective to a 50-km radius. The incoming warhead had only to be within a circle of 15,000-square-miles for it to be neutralized.

 

·         So why was Spartan cancelled. Well, primarily it was a political decision, nothing to do with technology. Later on people started to say, “oh, the EMP generated by an N-warhead knocks out all unprotected electronics over a huge, huge area, so you’re basically shooting yourself in the head. The first warhead wont get through, but since no electronics will be working afrter that first intercept, we’re dead anyway.”

 

·         Really? Hahahahahaha. ROTFLBAG (Rolling On The Floor Laughing Busting A Gut). People, people, a small matter of four decades has passed since Spartan was developed. (a) Thanks to the quest for hit-to-kill, we’re currently at the stage where we can be reasonably certain the interceptor is going to come within 100-200 meters of the warhead. Oh yes: multiple warheads, multiple warheads on the interceptor, so lets not bring up that old chestnut. When you are that close, you don’t need a 5-MT warhead. We don’t know the equations, but a 5- to 10-KT warhead should suffice to fry the threat.

 

·         Wait a minute, you will say, we’re committed not to deploy N-warheads on our interceptors. Really? Since when? We agreed not to TEST N-weapons in the air, on ground, or underground. That doesn’t mean we cannot design and produce the needed warheads without testing. Is that dangerous? Perhaps. But the US did develop scores of compact warheads in the 1950s and 1960s and tested them repeated. That’s that whole tacnuke thingy. There's an enormous base of pratical experience to build on. Next, who says you have to have N-weapons to generate serious EMP? May have been true then. Not true today. Last, because conventional EMP weapons are developing so rapidly, you can betcha US military electronic systems are being hardened or soon will be hardened.

 

·         We recall reading that the BMD system for Europe (30 interceptors) was based on the assumption 4 to 10 interceptors would be needed for a single incoming missile. So obviously it was planned for a limited Iranian capability. (You have to add Aegis at sea and Patriot etc on land to that mix, so you’re looking at interception 10+ missiles.) With new systems coming available for terminal defense, and with EMP warheads, we’ll be able to protect against a dense attack. Not in 2013. But by 2017 it will be different. Assuming we don’t lose our way on this.

 

  • Not to forget lasers. Sure, it’s been a long journey on laser intercepts. But you know, we’re a lot further down the road for land-based systems than DOD is letting on. Again, an effective laser interceptor by 2013? No. But by 2018? Editor doesn’t bet anyway, but he’d advise others not to bet against 2018 either. How does Editor know? It came to him in a dream.  Of course, it also comes to him in a dream that this Saturday he’s going to get a date for Saturday, but let’s be honest: an effective ABM laser by 2018 is a far more certain bet than a date for Editor. But seriously, Editor did talk to some people involved with the laser thingy ten years ago.

Wednesday 0230 GMT December 12, 2012

·         We’ve spent much time trying to figure out why the US Army, which needs about 80,000 new recruits a year, has to work so hard to fill quotas when this country has a population of 313-million. Yesterday the Washington Post (Page A3) let us into the secret. Three of every four people wanting to join the Army are found unfit to even consider. Among the main problems is obesity. Then, of the one in four that are recruitable, 65% are not fit enough on application day. They have to be sent back to get in better shape.

 

·         One of the truly freaky things about American soldiers is if you look at archival fotos/film from the Vietnam War, you would not know it’s the same country, i.e., the US of A. The soldiers look normal. They are lean and look fit, which should be the case for soldiers. When those boys move or run, their motions are normal. When you look at today’s soldiers, they are near immobile – and who wouldn’t be, carrying 100 to 130 pounds of gear. But even from the fotos/film of today’s soldiers without all the extra gear, the image that comes up is a herd of elephants in the jungle. And badly overweight heffies at that.  (A heffie is a fat elephant.)

 

·         The other day Editor was at Dulles IAP for some reason and from far he saw a group of lean and strong-looking soldiers in camo. This is such a rare sight in America, editor was compelled to investigate. No sooner than he got within hearing range (which for him is about one-meter) then he realized by the accents that these were not Americans, but British.  Oh well.

 

·         What we don’t understand is that Americans will spend $5-10 billion developing a weapon and then saying “this doesn’t work” or “it’s too expensive.” This is an every day affair in the Department of Defense. Well, why hasn’t DOD sat down and developed, from ground up (no pun intended) lightweight equipment for the infantry. Surely even in America you can get the infantryman equipped and protected within 60-lbs for an R & D cost of a few billion? Or is somehow the case that we are so advanced at the practice of war we don’t need our infantry to be able to walk from Point A to Point B without killing themselves? Sometimes Editor thinks Americans are really messed up – in the head.

 

·         And BTW, don’t Americans find it strange that the entire purpose of American forces in war has become force protection? The armed forces don’t want to risk getting even one pilot killed or ten infantrymen killed. Editor is often treated to weepy-sobby articles in the media about the terrible casualties we’ve taken in Iraq and Afghanistan. Really? Afghanistan was one bad month in Vietnam in 1968. That’s in eleven years of combat. Iraq was 9-10 bad weeks in Vietnam. That is in eight years of combat.

 

·         Okay, before someone points out the obvious, one reason casualties were so high in Vietnam was that the men were being sent over with minimal training, and the rotation policy meant that you had a constant stream of youngsters coming in who were simply destined to die ASAP. We’ve all heard the stories about how the more experienced soldiers would freak when new men arrived as fillers because they had so little training, the experienced hands were frightened the newcomers would get them pointlessly killed. But somewhere they has to be a middle ground between sending out a battalion on a night mission and then calmly announcing, oh well, we had a hundred killed and two hundred wounded, just another yawn-inducing day, and between designing your entire war to keep reducing the possibility even one man is killed. In fact, leaving out IEDs and accidents, we wonder how many American soldiers have been killed in straight combat.

 

·         Now look people, Editor wholly understands why someone would not want to get killed. You don’t see Editor volunteering for the service. Well, he did when he was young but could not prove his age – he doesn’t have a birth certificate. But here’s the weird thing: Editor has zero evidence that American soldiers are unwilling to die. From what he gathers, they are as fatalistic as any other soldiers. Naturally no one wants to die uselessly, but soldiers accept even that. The American politicians – not even the public – are casualty averse. The politicians think the people will rise up if there are casualties.

 

·         But the people will not rise up if there are casualties. No one rose up in any American War for that reason. Not even in Vietnam. The people who were objecting the loudest – the white middle-class kids – were objecting because they didn’t want to die. None of them gave a tinker’s broken pot that the poor white and black kids were dying.

 

·         Now, we can’t prove this, but Editor has pretty good intuition and he is seldom wholly wrong. What he thinks has happened since 2001 is this. 99% of this country has no interest in defending America – even after 9/11. We feel guilty about this, even as we manage to suppress our guilt – with great bravery. The politicians feel particularly guilty because with a couple of exceptions, none of their kids are in danger. Editor thinks the politicians in particular, and possibly the public too,  are compensating for their guilt by insisting that casualties must be reduced, then reduced again, and then reduced once again till we get down to a handful.

 

  • Which is fine also. But the only way to avoid casualties is not to go to war. The Europeans don’t believe in war no more, and as far as we are concerned, more power to them. We’re not about to judge them. But America insists it is World Power Number One: No Trumpet Call left Unanswered. If you’re not willing to lose soldiers, you aren’t going to win diddly-poo. War is not a videogame, though Americans are doing their darnest to make it into one. And if it aint worth our blood (Editor is all for it not being worth his blood), we should come up with a plan that doesn’t involve war as the first, last, and only option.

Tuesday 0230 GMT December 11, 2012

·         Returning jobs from China Readers may know Editor has anxiously watched the rise of China’s wages and had noted some months ago that a very low wage US state like Mississippi or Alabama can, as of this year, finally compete with China for manufacturing. China’s wages have been going up-and-up, ours have collapsed. People have already, in a small way, starting shifting production back to the US and Editor was looking for a great revival of American manufacturing.

 

·         Now Editor has been reading several articles that say the US manufacturing sector will indeed, rebound majorly – but manufacturing jobs wont. The culprit? Robots. The price of industrial robots has hugely dropped, and their capabilities have hugely increased. So manufacturing will return, but instead of the millions of jobs that went to China returning, ten times fewer will be needed now because of robots. Bummer.

 

·         We are further being told that US labor has completely lost its bargaining power because employers have consistently upped efficiency, and instead of sharing the gains with workers, have kept the gains for themselves and shareholders. So, we are told, this business about US companies not spending because of “uncertainty” and “taxes” is total banana hogwash. Profits are soaring as never before, and taking a larger and larger share of the national income. When companies are getting ever richer while firing workers, why on earth should they hire more workers?

 

·         Okay, so you might say that at SOME point this process of squeezing efficiency has to end and companies have to start hiring. Editor has been told by Those Who Know not to hold his breath. Because of robots and computers and outsourcing, companies have a heck of a lot of leeway to squeeze more efficiency from their operations. How? From professional workers. These have already started to be replaced, but in the next 20-years there is going to be tsunami of professional worker layoffs.

 

·         So naturally Editor keeps asking the obvious question: if the number of unemployed and marginally employed keeps increasing, and real wages continue to stagnate as they have for 30-years, how are people going to have money to buy the goods and services the companies produce? And then how are the companies going to make money?

 

·         The people Editor talks to smile gently at this point, kind of if your idiot cousin got all excited about something and wanted to know why it couldn’t be done. Editor is told that all major American corporations are multinationals, and as the hugely populous by still poor countries grow, they will generate plenty of demand for goods produced by American companies. The specific case of Apple I-Phones was brought up. Apparently they are all the rage in India – and that’s a $500 phone in a country with a $2000 per capita income. In the next 20 or years, there will be 600-million Indians with the money to buy I-phones, or three times the US market. So why should Apple care if Americans will not be able to to buy I-Phone Model 20? Apple will simply sell zillions of I-Phone Model 15s to India, and China, and Africa, and South America. And it will do so at the same time as selling boatloads of I-Phone versions 20s to these very same countries because their upper middle class will just keep exploding.

 

·         Depressing. Editor is wondering if it is time to return to Mars.

 

·         Letter from a former US Defense Intelligence Agency person in response to Editor’s whining and moaning about not getting DIA to respond to a FOIA request. I worked at DIA for a while and knew a fair amount about what hard-copy historical data was stored there. Once I retired from the military, I submitted a FOIA request for some of that material, as I had (and still have) hopes to write on some topics concerning military history. Despite even citing the exact material requested and exactly where it was located, the reply I received, after several months, was that it would take at least several months to respond to my request. I wrote back that I would wait, and did just that. It was a year later that I finally received a second letter, asking what exactly was I looking for.

 

·         I responded to that one as well, enclosing a duplicate of the first FOIA request. I then waited another 4 months and received a letter stating that the material I wanted was classified and could not be released.

 

·         At this point, I copied all the letters and my responses, drafted a new letter explaining exactly what I was asking for and exactly where it was located, why I was requesting the data, and then sent it off to the DIA FOIA Office again, only this time it was a courtesy copy as I sent the originals to the Office of the President of the United States. I got my requested data 2 weeks later.

 

·         Now, when I worked in DIA, in my section was an analyst whose sole function was to respond to FOIA requests, always with a 2 week time limit. It is the FOIA Office itself that delays or "loses" the information. In my case, I already had the data, as all it required was a quick trip to the copying machine and reproduction of the unclassified bits I wanted. I just wanted to exercise the system and see what happens. Well, I saw what happened. SO, even though I spent a lifetime inside the Intel beastie, some people do lie, and for no good reason at all.

 

 

·         And I will say that it is not unique to the US, but seems to be pervasive to all Intel agencies, be they established national ones or ad hoc insurgent ones.

 

·         Editor’s response This letter does provide comfort, in that if DIA can confound  a former employee, then us outsiders shouldn’t whine and moan about the agency’s non-cooperation. Editor just remembered he had had two earlier encounters with DIA. Sometime in the 1990s he sent a request for a handbook of the PLA. The 1970s edition was available on the market as a printed book out out by some commercial company, but there was a 1984 edition. DIA was silent for a couple of months, then the postman dropped a fat manila envelope inside my screen door and behold! DIA had not only sent me a foto-copy of the updated version, they refused to charge me a penny.

 

  • So a friend from India was visiting. We had no time to get a foto-copy for him; he promised to send back the original after he made a copy at his India office. Never heard from friend again. So a few years back, Editor wrote to DIA, asking for another copy, and offering to pay because after all they had sent me a free copy earlier. Back came a reply: no such document exists. Don’t be silly, Editor wrote back, it does so exist and you sent me a copy. Back came the reply, sorry, never heard of it. Huh?

Monday 0230 GMT December 10, 2012

·         Note to Government of India It has long been known in Indian that the Romani people (Gypsies) came from India. Now scientific research done in the west uses DNA genetic evidence to prove this. http://tinyurl.com/bkym5jf Indeed, it is being said that the Romani were outcastes who enlisted in Prithvi Raj Chauhan’s and other northern armies to fight the Muslim invaders on the promise of an improvement in status. On the defeat of Chauhan, the Romani fled westwards, eventually arriving in Europe.

 

·         As you know, the Romani have been victimized over centuries and many of them do not have statehood or proper papers. It seems reasonable to consider giving them Indian citizenship. It is, after all, only 820-years since they were scattered. It might be nice if, for once, you – the Government of India – got off your fat butt and did something proactively because it is the right thing to do.

 

·         While we are on this subject, may I remind you that donkey’s years ago Parliament authorized dual citizenship for India. But you – again said Government of India Fat Butts have not acted on the intent and will of parliament, on the wholly paranoid and specious excuse that enemies of India, such as Pakistanis who were Indian citizens before 1947, might claim Indian nationality, arrive in India to undermine our defense and to steal our women. First, is there a shortage of Pakistani agents infiltrating India? Second, are you saying you are so incompetent that you cannot keep out people who might threaten national security? Third, even the Pakistanis, who are even more paranoid than the Indians, permit dual citizenship. If infiltrators are the problem, doesn’t allowing Indians dual nationality permit the infiltration of Indian agents into Pakistan?

 

·         Right now, what you – Fat Butts – have done is force Indians to choose between their Indian nationality and their foreign countries of domicile. This probably comes as a great surprise to you, but there are some of us, at least, who don’t want to make that choice. We don’t want to give up Indian nationality. In the case of Editor he is not sure why, but then, of course, Editor is known to be seven short of a six-pack when it comes to the land of his birth. At the same time, living overseas without nationality of the country of your domicile poses its own perils. I do not see why, given – last time Editor checked – 80 or 90 countries permit dual-nationality, India has to be stand out for Super Stupidity and expose the country to even more ridicule than you already have, simply by the fact of your sad, pathetic existence.

 

·         Thank for allowing me this opportunity to express myself on how India can be improved. Of course, it would be best improved by every bureaucrat seizing one politician, binding the pol to the bureaucrat with iron chains welded tightly, and then launch said pol into the nearest river. Of course, you, the bureaucrat would also die, but hey, no sacrifice is too great for you guardians of the nation, is it? Since you do not want to allow dual nationality for the sake of national security, think how much safer the Republic would be if the bureaucrats eliminated the politicians – while eliminating themselves at the same time. Jai Hind!

 

·         PS: while you’re busy drowning yourself and the politicians, would you be so kind as to take an American politician with you? With the American politicians gone, America will easily meet its Kyoto targets even if we switched all power generation to coal tomorrow.

 

·         Meanwhile, Back On The Ol’ Ranch the American president is going strong by showing the GOP who is the boss. According to what we read in the media, now that he’s been reelected, and gained an unassailable position in the Senate, he does not see why he has to compromise with the GOP. One should not believe everything in the media (and readers will be best advised to believe nothing they read in this blog), but if the analysis of the President is correct we are in trouble. We are not referring to hyper-partisanship as being bad for the country. The US has pretty much had it anyway, the issue now is really how best to hasten its decline so that its rebirth can begin.

 

  • We are referring to the horribly simple reality that to bring the budget under control we need to cut spending as much as increase taxes.  The President seems congenitally incapable of cutting spending, much as the GOP (Grover’s Old Party) seems congenitally incapable of raising taxes. We’ve in earlier posts said that the failure to reduce the deficit is robbing our children to allow us to live better than we otherwise could, and this eat-the-young strategy is immoral. Dear Prez, it may not occur to you right now, but one day you’re going to be old. If your children don’t have enough to look after themselves and their children, the first thing they will have to jettison is old people. That will include you. Dear Prez, out there an ice floe with your name waits. And don’t think because of global warming there will be no ice floes. If you go by the school of thought that says we are heading into global cooling, there will be no shortage of ice floes for you and shortsighted, selfish old people like you.

 

Friday 0230 December 7, 2012

Pearl Harbor Day. Doesn’t mean much to many Americans, but that’s inevitable. We suspect the Civil War didn’t mean much to Americans of 1937 (72 years after Appomattox), or the Revolutionary War to Americans of the 1840s.

·         Fox News and more Benghazi Revelations Now, admittedly Fox is not the most objective of observers on the Benghazi September 11, 2012 fiasco. But this article is worth reading because it suggests that Fox’s thesis of a major administration Snafu may not be accurate.

 

·         Fox says that when the attack on the US consulate began at 2135, the CIA post started destroying its files and equipment. There likely wasn’t much, because the CIA knew the post was in dangerous territory. By 2335 CIA officers had done their thing. Fox further says the shenanigans at Benghazi may have been an attempt at driving the CIA out. http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2012/12/05/cia-moved-swiftly-scrub-abandon-libya-facility-after-attack-source-says/

 

·         If this is correct, the implications are interesting and significant. First, CIA had two critical missions that day, in the few hours the crisis lasted. First, likely protecting the consulate was a contingency CIA was not prepared for. No blame attaches to CIA because likely they went on this mission despite having their own work to attend; in other words, they responded gallantly to appeals for help. Protection of the consulate was not in their remit.

 

·         Second, if the real target was the CIA post, the possibility arises the terrorists attacked the consulate – under cover of the Koran protestors – to get CIA personnel out of their fortified post, making it easier for the Islamists to attack the post. This is the purest speculation, but it could make sense.

 

·         Why so? Because the Islamists seem to have had no interest in the consulate. They made no effort to kidnap any State Department personnel, or to steal files. All reports say files were just lying scattered over the consulate; Fox says the consulate was not secured after the attack. If files were an objective, surely a half-dozen Islamists would have energetically grabbed everything in sight. Now, we don’t KNOW that no attempt to kidnap consular staff was made. But since the armed protection numbered perhaps four, one may assume that snatching hostages was not a difficult thing.

 

·         Further more, there is the very baffling circumstance that it was Libyans who searched for the Ambassador, found him, and rushed him to the hospital, to no avail. Several possibilities. One, the local militia tasked to defend the consulate did turn up and got into doing what they were supposed to do. Two, the Ambassador was supposed to a popular sort, perhaps when the trouble started ordinary Libyans rushed to the scene to see if they could help. We prefer One to Two, because we don’t see a bunch of unarmed fans of the Ambassador risking their lives to spontaneously arrange rescue parties.

 

·         Another baffling aspect is: just how big was the mob and just how many Islamists were present? We tend to think the mob was small and so was the group of gunmen. We base this on the news that enroute to the consulate  fallback position and until the arrival of reinforcements, just two Americans were killed – including the Ambassador. The other two deaths  took place after the consulate staff was rescued and reinforcements arrived in the early morning. Please feel to correct us in case we’ve got these details wrong. The immediate CIA reinforcement was just eight men. True, they finally got the militia organized, so a lot more armed forks appeared at the fallback position. But that took a couple of hours. Till the CIA cavalry arrived, there was essentially no one protecting the consulate staff. It seems likely that were the Islamists in any number, say 30, 40, or 50, they would have overwhelmed the remaining consulate staff. Of course, we also don’t know how many consulate staff there were. The American staff at the consulate may just have been 4-6; presumably the Libyan staff could slip away in the confusion.

 

·         Another question is what was the connection between the consulate and the CIA post? Everyone assumes they two groups were completely separate, but this may not have been the case. For example, the consulate could have been part of the CIA presence, or at least some of it. There have been many rumors the Ambassador was on a clandestine mission. Perhaps this is no more than rumor. But if there is some truth to it, it may strengthen Fox’s belief that the entire operation was directed toward the CIA.

 

·         Now, of course, all we’ve done is present a new set of speculations by parsing the very limited data available. But at any rate, if the whole thing was an anti-CIA op, is it beyond possibility that CIA lied to the Administration to divert attention from itself? Nothing sinister here, please understand. Regardless of what the good Senators may think, CIA’s first responsibility is to maintain its operational secrets. If the CIA did lie, then we should stop beating up the US ambassador to the UN for having “lied”. She has said a hundred times she was going by the info given to her. That brief would have had to be prepared by CIA, because they were the only ones on the scene bar a couple of American staff and some Libyan staff at the consulate.

 

·         Again, please to appreciate we are not defending the young lady. We absolutely don’t want her as SecState. BTW, while women media persons are beside themselves claiming sexism, that no one complains when men are rude and offensive, we’ve give the example of Mr. Holbrooke who never got a chance to try for SecState. There is another person we did not mention. The infamous John Bolton; oddly enough the young lady’s predecessor at the UN. He also suffered from Soccer Mom Mouth, and no one liked him either, men or women.

 

·         If this was a CIA affair, forget about learning the truth. You might get to take a look at the scrubbed files in 2062. By the way, there’s even higher levels of classification. Used to be 75-years was the max in our day. That Editor knew of.

 

·         BTW, here’s what happened when Editor wrote to DIA under FOIA, asking for material on Warsaw Pact orders of battle 1947 or whenever the Pact was formed to 1980. Months later we got a letter saying the information was scattered in many buildings and would take time to assemble.  Months after that we got a letter saying no such material existed.  We’ve often commented that Americans are as big fat liars as the Indians. Whereas the Indians lie blandly, Americans bury themselves in legal talk. The DIA is lying through its tooffies.  And for what reason? None, except habitual liars have to lie. (We sent in an inquiry the other day asking if any faculty or fellowship positions were available at the DIA. We’ll let you know what they say. Probably “Dear Sir, the Dustbin Inspection Agency has no fellowships or faculty. You may, if you wish, apply for an unpaid volunteer internship to inspect your own dustbins and report any suspicious activity.”)

Thursday 0230 GMT December 6, 2012

Sorry for the short update: have been under the weather this week.

·         Syria: beginning of the end but when is the end? The Syrian Army is starting to disintegrate. It may be down to 100,000 and is continually losing ground. The big question is when does Assad make a run for it? Rumor has it he has asked some South Americans if he can hang out. This includes our fave dictator. Hugo of Venezuela. It appears that previous western promises to settle him nicely in exile have been withdrawn, and the International Criminal Court is starting to look through documentation to make a case – many months away, if not longer.

 

·         The breaking point of an army is difficult to predict. But if it is true Assad is down to 100,000 loyal troops, it can take the loss of just 20,000 to cause the organization to collapse, no matter how desperately the rest fight. The army has lost many of its bases and is said to be low on ammunition. Assad is in the process of attacking his own capital’s suburbs, which from the loyalist side cannot be considered a Good Thing. The rebels are moving to control the roads to/from the capital; each day makes an escape more difficult. Of course, Assad can always do a goatherd kind of escape, but he has his family to worry about, and in any case we don’t see the lovely Asma Assad doing the goatherd’s wife thing and helping Baby Assad drive a flock of goats on foot from Damascus to – where?

 

·         Whenever the collapse comes, dear readers, please evaluate it just as the end of Phase 1. The next war for Syria will start immediately as the rebel factions, already far from united, start fighting each other.

 

·         BTW, speaking of our Fave Dictator, the rumors say he is very ill. Cancer has spread to the bones. The poor fellow may be terminal. We don’t want him around because he is anti-American, and honestly, we don’t need more reason than that. We are not going all “My country right or wrong” on readers, but the truth is America has not for many years been oppressing the people of Venezuela.

 

·         The people of Venezuela have been oppressing their own people, first the fascists and then the Chavistas. US has nothing to do with what’s happening there. In fact, Clinton, Bush, Obama all took a hands off approach: the people have elected him it’s not our business. We don’t like he is using made up stories about the US to justify his oppression. While it is true he won a “Fair” election, which is to say he didn’t much tamper with the vote, but he played every dirty trick before the vote by silencing the opposition. Nonetheless, no one should wish serious cancer on anyone.

 

  • Been listening to the full length Marriage of Figaro Hitherto had listened only to the Good Parts version. Big mistake to do the full version. Thought it would be snappy as The Magic Flute. Wrong-O.

Wednesday 0230 GMT December 5, 2012

·         The Morons That Rule America So readers will already know about the latest fiscal cliff foolishness.  After talking up a compromise, President Obama offered a bill that had little the GOP wanted. So then the GOP came up with its own bill, and it has little the Democrats find acceptable. Normally you could say that these are just first negotiating positions. But this fiscal cliff thing has been under prolonged negotiation already. The idea is not to start off ab initio. The idea is we know in nauseating detail what both sides want (GOP=spending cuts; Democrats=tax increases). So – say – a trillion dollars must be cut from the budget. The solution is half that money comes from increased taxes and half from reduced spending, and we can all go home.  Of course, no one is talking about cutting a trillion a year, which is the minimum needed for a balanced budget. They’re talking about a couple of hundred billion a year, so in the meantime the national debt is just going to keep growing. So to realize how bad the situation is, there is no deal even on the symbolic reduction of the deficit.

 

·         Readers may not be so aware of another deal that is going down the tubes. Everyone agrees the US needs more technically educated migrants, the so-called Science, Engineering, Technology and Math brigade. So the GOP said it will agree to an expansion of 50,000 visas, provided the so-called Diversity Visa program is cut to accommodate the additional STEM visas. Over our dead bodies, says the Democrats, and truly Editor wishes he could grant them their wish. The visas the Dimwits are protecting are for random people chosen by a lottery, and require only a high school degree. So to let in people with no more qualifications than high school degrees, we are going to have the joy of excluding people with STEM college degrees.

 

·         At this point Editor has to make a diversion. There are lots and lots of people who argue no, we do not need more STEM immigrants, we need to pay our people better. The STEM program, they say, is just a cunning ploy by the Elefant-wits to provide cheap technologically skilled labor to the greedy capitalists. At least one of our readers who is the computer field has disagreed in the past, saying there is a genuine shortage. As a teacher, Editor can personally testify that the issuance of H-1 skill visas to teachers is absolutely, 100% a ploy to get 3rd World teachers happy to work for a wage US teachers refuse. Editor has had the pleasure of working with some of these teachers, and there is no doubt they are very highly skilled. But then we get into the argument why stop with teachers? Why not let anyone migrate who is qualified and willing to work for less? India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh will send you 50-million teachers, engineers, architects, IT types, skilled workers, administrators, doctors, lawyers, corporate leaders etc etc and we could cut US salaries by half in every field and become more “competitive”.

 

·         In line with the growing American trend towards Moronism, here’s something from one of the two big US teacher unions. They’re proposing a national certification exam as rigorous as the bar and other top professional exams, plus a year of intern teaching. This will ensure us qualified teachers, says the union. Now, everything the union says makes perfect sense, yet it has declared itself a firm adherent to the Cult of Moron. Why the union is doing this is a very Machiavellian thing, so cunning it will make you shiver. We’ll discuss that another time. Right now, the assumption behind the union’s proposal is that all we need is stricter teacher standards and we’ll get better teachers. Ha ha. Double Ha Ha Ha. This is so Ha Ha that we need – Indian style (Indian Indians, not the fakes ones you all called Indians) – to flap our arms, make rude armpit sounds, and go “Tickle me!”. This is Indian-speak for “what you just said is so unfunny it’s not funny.”

 

·         To explain what we are saying, let’s remember this is a capitalist society at least in the sense everyone gets to work at a job of their choice. No one can be drafted to do a job. We are all volunteers. True, much of the time we “volunteer” for Job X, say WalMart, because we can find nothing better. But still, its not like the Department of Labor says “Hmmmm, next year we will be short 11,111 elevator operators, so send out the draft cards.” So if you want better teachers, you have to ATTRACT better teachers. No teacher will invest in qualifications up the wazoo unless there is an incentive for them to so do. (Except Editor, who is likely the most overqualified teacher in his county, but then we all know Editor is quite Cwazzeeeee!)

 

·         So let’s look at Republic of Korea. It has a 1-2% teacher turnover, probably the lowest in the world. The teachers come from (different people give different figures), the top 5-10% of college graduates. But here’s the hitch. ROK teachers spend HALF the time American teachers do in the class (in class – not in school, where they likely spend as much); and they get paid twice what American teachers do in terms of per capita income.  Suppose you offered teachers $100,000 a year for teaching half the load, you can be sure you will get very qualified people competing to get these jobs. Needless to say, in ROK students are respectful, behave in class, and do 3-6 hours a day of homework and extra tutoring. Back on the ranch in the Good Ole USA, my advanced 12th Graders, all college bound, are telling me – in September – they can’t focus because they’ve got Senioritis. If this is not enraging, I don’t know what is. These are NOT poor minority kids, but upper-middle class Anglo kids supposed to be doing college level work. The good citizens of Montgomery County spend nearly $18K a year per student (and they get what by many measures is the top large school system in the country). If I could, I would take these students, issue them 10-lb steel bars, and make them run laps with the bars held above their heads, with whipping each time they collapse. Of course a good many of them ARE working very hard. But enough are not the teachers are openly saying it’s become a problem. ROK kids don’t suffer from senioritis.

 

·         But Americans are unwilling to pay their teachers more; indeed, they seem to think teachers are paid way too much already. So please do tell: how does anyone propose to get more qualified teachers into the class? By flogging teachers till their morale improves?

 

·         What is this teacher union up to? Quite simply, it is tired of hearing teachers are insufficiently qualified.  But you do know what happens when teachers have professional qualifications similar to lawyers and architects? Yes indeedy –do. That same union is going to say: Well our members are just as qualified as the other top professionals, and they deserve the same type of salaries. And you know what? The people who run this country are such drooling, blithering idiots they’re going to walk right into this one, with their eyes wide shut.

 

  • Editor, of course, will be first one in line for the national “bar” exam. Not that anyone is going to give him a job, but then he’ll be even more overqualified than he already is. Besides – confession time – he LOVES taking exams. Can’t help it. Cwazzzzeee! And the cuckoos go: “Cuckoo! Cuckoo!” Editor was getting prepared to study for a third subject area certification when the State Certification branch said since he’s already got two certifications plus a master’s in the subject he’s seeking certification, he doesn’t have to take any exam, just send his $10 application. Editor was truly depressed till he realized he doesn’t have a master’s in English. So he is studying for certification in English. Yay! Same time next year he’ll have five masters degrees and four certifications and no job! He’s already got the sixth master’s mapped out and ready to start Spring 2014. Yay!

Tuesday 0230 GMT December 4, 2012

·         Indian Navy Chief: Something Really Strange Happened The Navy chief announced at a press conference that India was determined to protect its interests in the South China Sea. If that meant sending warships, then so be it. http://t.co/mtfZLR8d

 

·         What is odd about this is it is the first Editor can recall that a senior Indian military officer has told China quite calmly where it gets off. The Army and the Air Force chiefs have made several statements in the last couple of years about defending Indian territory, referring specifically to Arunachal Pradesh, which China claims as part of Tibet. But they have not been aggressive about it. No talk of going into China’s wading pool or something, just signaling a clear intent to fight back if China attacks. The Navy chief’s statement falls into a different category altogether because its asserting India’s right to project its presence well outside its backyard, the Indian Ocean. Naval movements to the South China Sea are expeditionary in nature because of the distance.

 

·         China has been behaving very badly about Indian warships in the South China Sea, going “Mine! Mine! Mine!” loudly and throwing a tantrum each time an Indian warship visits. India has economic interests with ASEAN and Vietnam, and it has specific anti-China military interests in Vietnam. It’s not an alliance, let’s just say it’s a close friendship that dates, oddly enough, from the 1960s.

 

·         A bit of background. Everytime China glares at India, its political lot and civil service gets what the Indians inelegantly term “loose motions”, and the Americans with their usual aversion to mincing words, call “the runs”. So this stiff stand will cause eyebrows to rise.

 

·         Part of the reason the Indian Navy is acting tough is that China has been doing altogether too much sniffing around the Bay of Bengal and along Pakistan’s Makran Coast. China calls it the “String of Pearls” approach, where it has built, is building, and planning to build, a chain of naval bases to keep India quarantined in its own backyard.  But there is an another reason which is a bit harder to pin down. This is that the Indian Navy is not disturbed by the notion of fighting the PLAN. It’s major warships are every bit as good as the PLAN’s, and the Indian Navy is confident it is superior in organization, tactics, and the myriad bits and pieces that go into making an effective naval force.

 

·         The Indian Navy is not by any means dismissive of the PLAN. Indeed, the Navy chief specifically admires the rapidity and quality of the PLAN’s buildup. But the Indian Navy believes it is better. One place where the PLAN is superior is in the matter of nuclear-powered submarines. India’s domestic construction program is finally yielding results, as is its seaborne ballistic missile program. But India has taken so long to developed its own propulsion reactors, that in numbers it is ten years behind the PLAN. Though not nopt neccessarily in operating experience, thanks to India’s leases of Soviet boats, including a large, sophisticated, and spanking new Akula II class. Earlier, in 1988 India recieved a Charlie I on lease and had signed for two more. But they never came, and the first was rerurned in just three years. The Charlie was was a piece of junk even the normally mong-suffering Indian Navy could not tolerate.

 

  •   And of course India’s nuclear-armed cruise missiles are limited to a 300-km range, though a 1000-km missile is likely to make an intial flight in 2013.  The Indian SSBNs will carry a 750-km range missile to start, with longer range ones in development. The first SSBN is undergoing trials for 2013 commissioning, and the second of the class of four will launch next year for 2016 service. The boats can carry 12 missiles, or four 3500-km range missiles under development.

 

·         India’s sole point of happiness, submarine wise, is that the PLAN’s SSN/SSBN programs seem to experience one failure after another to match actual performance to design specifications. Inevitably, however, the PLAN will get it right within the next five to seven years. India is also undertaking a six SSN program. India is, of course half-a-century ahead of the PLAN in the matter of carrier aviation.

Monday 0230 GMT December 3, 2012

·         The next US Secretary of State Editor is against the appointment of the likely nominee. His sole reason is she is a rude person. And no, he is not being sexist because he cordially dislikes rude men. So, for example, he thought the late Mr. Richard Holbroke was fit only for latrine duty, because that is where his mouth belonged. Editor does not care how brilliant someone is; a potty mouth shows a fundamental weakness of character. When someone swears at an equal or a superior, that is fine by Editor. But to swear at subordinates or people who have no power to retaliate is the mark of an extreme bully. Americans display a confused state of mind when they equate cussing with toughness. A bully can never be tough. Rather s/he is weak.

 

·         Editor had to make this clear as prelude for what he is about to say. To pick on the likely nominee over her briefing on Benghazi is stupidity beyond moronic. First, she said what she was told. Second, her duty lies not to Congress, but to her President. So she shilled for him on the issue. That is her job, if the President tells her it is her job. Third, Editor has yet to hear one explanation of how what she/President said affected the outcome of the election. How would it have hurt the President to say “this was a terrorist attack”? Some people have gone just looney tunes over this, claiming it was the biggest cover-up in American history. There was no cover up. The thing start to finish was a CIA affair. In case someone hasn’t noticed, the CIA prefers to say as little as possible. Further, it is hardly unknown for the CIA to mislead to protect its operations.

 

·         This said, neither the President nor the likely nominee has helped their case. While Editor keeps insisting on the facts, one reason he has gotten nowhere in life, the reality of life is that personalities count for 90% and facts for very little. The likely nominee did not help her case because she reacted with her usual arrogance when questioned about the alleged misstatements. The President has gone wholly over the top, saying sexism and racism, and saying an attack on her is an attack on him. Gee, what a giant ego the man has – its all about him.  

 

·         Sexism has nothing to do with it – and how weird to allege sexism when the likely nominee’s boss is a woman. And equally weird to allege racism when the country has twice elected a man who defines himself as black. (Editor defines him as white Irish. According to Editor, the mother is more important simply for biological reasons, and in this case, the mother was also the one who brought him up. To deny his mother is to betray her. This is only Editor’s opinion, but there it is.)

 

·         Some professional women commentators who Editor respects for their balanced views have said the opposition has to be racism because a man who is abrasive is seen as tough. First, who has denied the likely nominee is tough? Moreover, has anyone said SecState Clinton is not tough because she does not have an uncontrollable middle finger and a potty mouth? Second, no one likes an abrasive man either, especially for a job that requires the utmost tact. We go back to Mr. Holbroke. Would he have been okayed as a SecState? We doubt it.

 

·         Obviously the likely nominee has some very serious personality issues. The opposition has every right to criticize her for this without being called racist or sexist. But the opposition needs to be responsible and not put the blame for flawed announcements on her. When personality is the issue, false facts are hardly the way to go.

 

·         Kim K was in the Gulf the other day. Hundreds of screaming teenaged girls paid fabulous money to come see her. Meanwhile 100 stern-visaged mullah’s demonstrated, saying she should not have been allowed to come because she has a “bad reputation”.  How delightfully quaint. Where does that leave Lady Gaga? With a “very bad reputation”?  At any rate, the girls expressed their opinions of the mullahs, which can be summarized as “Butt out”.

 

·         Knowing Editor’s oft-stated antipathy for Kim K, readers might be surprised to know he very much approves of the young lady as an ambassador for America. The reason is simple. American is headed down the tubes of history. Thanks to Kim K and others like her, at least we’ll take the rest of the world with us. Can’t be the best, then strategically the power play must be to pull down everyone else to our level. We believe Sun Tzu was the first to make this point, and it was updated for modern times by Mahan and McKinder. After all, America destroyed its greatest enemy in 236-years, communism, by pushing consumerism. Now it is busy destroying the People’s Republic of China’s political structure because, oddly, consumers also somehow want the freedom to Just Be Me. The Chinese, before the embarked on their capitalist revolution, the previous one having flopped big time, thought their people could be kept satisfied with material objects while allowing the Party to rule, instead we have to start wondering how long this so called Party is going to last.

 

·         The way to destroy fundamentalist Islam is not to bomb it of existence, but to push the idea that sex and lusting after under-aged girls is a human right up there with the right to life and liberty. Sex and lust come under the Pursuit of Happiness clause. Now truthfully Editor has never associated Kim K with sex. Of course, her fans can retort that at Ed’s advanced age, sex is at best a faded memory, so what does he know. A student asked Editor when was the last time Editor had sex. Editor said Roosevelt was still president. “Ah,” said the student sympathetically, “Theodore Roosevelt’s time”. But truthfully, Editor does not know many males who think Kim K = Sex. If the women are going wild over her, okay, good for them because anything that pokes a mullah in the eye has to be a Good Thing for America.

 

·         Readers might wonder why Editor is constantly putting down Kim K. Could it be he secretly lusts after her? Truthfully no, because like Jimmy Carter, Editor has reached the physical age where the only place that he can feel lust is in his heart. A good lady friend has pointed out this may be the source of Editor’s lack of dates on Saturday. She says women are now sexually liberated and apt to expect and pursue  sex as much as men, if not more. She suggests that when Editor thinks a tender, intimate moment is when the Editor looks deeply into his date’s eyes and seductively says:  “Now, my dear, would you like me to explain why India’s mountain strike corps is delayed?”, women are likely to say “This old coot is weird” and cross him off their Must Invite To Tea list. Editor refuses to believe women are THAT shallow. But back to the question of why Editor makes fun of Kim K.

 

·         The first reason is that she is not aesthetically designed. If she were a warship, she would sink bow first into the sea on her very first trial run. The second reason is that when she goes on a date, she has to be carefully constructed layer-by-layer. Industrial size air compressors and paint guns the size of those used on automobiles are involved. You start wondering “is she really a robot sent to invade earth by an engineering team that has relied on what it thinks are Earth notions of feminine beauty?” The third – and most important reason – is that the Editor is plain frightened of Kim K. You see, you may have noticed she is – er – incredibly pneumatic. And she wears a lot of jewelry on her wrists. Well, this is an accident waiting to happen. Should she prick herself accidentally with a sharp part of the jewelry, well, there will be a massive explosion and Earth will undergo an extinction event. It’s kind of like watching someone dance Chubby Checker on a wire anchored on opposite sides of the Grand Canyon. It is complete agony, because you’re frozen in fearful anticipation that the dancer is going to miss a step and plunge into the canyon. In Kim K’s case she would go straight through the Earth and arrive in time for tea with the Ozzie Kangas, which is serious animal abuse.

 

  • Editor would like to remind all men: You have a right to be frightened of Kim K. It is fine if you cannot  be a man and instead want to run screaming into the wilds to escape from her. Be scared, Very scared.

Friday 0230 GMT November 30, 2012

Next update Monday December 3, 2012

·         Letter from S. Renfrew on Obama and Taxes Your assertion that everyone with an income of $1 or more should pay federal tax is shocking. Particularly so because you claim (I am inferring from the figures you have given) that you are in the bottom of the third quintile and undergo considerable financial hardship. Shouldn’t you of all people be more sympathetic to the poor, who consist of minimum wage workers, disabled, and elderly. Are you even aware that the poor pay a higher percentage of their income in federal excise taxes, payroll, and state and local taxes than the 4th through 1st quintiles? They are not, as you seem to believe, getting a free ride! Imagine if you earned minimum wage and took home $12,000 a year, or were an elderly or disabled person getting that or less. If $400 for car repairs has busted your budget for a year, can you possibly imagine what that would do to someone with an income a third of yours? Shame!

 

·         Editor’s response Phew! S. Renfrew is clearly a person of strong convictions. Actually in India we say “Shame, shame, puppy shame, all the dawggies know you name!” Don’t ask what it means. Okay. Let’s go back to first principles. Editor most of his life has been for income equalization while giving those who make more money enough incentive to keep at it. Editor has pointed out that in Eisenhower’s/Kennedy’s time, the top 1% was paying confiscatory rates of taxes, 70-90%. Editor cannot recall anyone in the 1% saying “I have no incentive to make more money and so I’m not going to work more than I am. He agrees the argument that the wealthy generate jobs is bogus. He has himself stressed that the Bible enjoins us – requires us a precondition of salvation – to help the poor even if it means going around in shabby clothes ourselves. The Indian philosophers very very big on the idea the rich have a special responsibility for the poor. (Not that anyone with money does that; for all their faults Americans are exceptionally generous when it comes to giving to those less advantaged.)

 

·         There was all this excitement about the Lotto, with the prize reaching half a billion or something. Editor also bought his $2 ticket, though objectively he understood the chances of winning were less than the chances of a date on Saturday night. Since the latter is effectively zero, so is willing the Lotto. But, since Editor likes to be prepared, he went through the plan if he won the Lotto. To his horror he realized his philosophy did not allow him to keep even a dollar of winnings. His first obligation – this is enshrined in India – is to ensure his family is comfortable for the rest of their lives. What’s left over has to go to what the Indians call “feeding the poor”, which of course these days extends to a lot more than just feeding them, if you have the means. Pardon us a moment…

 

·         Okay, we’re back. Editor was so overcome with his own nobleness he had to get a box of tissues of which he had to use half to wipe away the tears.

 

·         But there is a problem. Some of our readers who are to the extreme right of Ron Paul have been pointing out in private emails that where does it say in the Constitution that the Government has the right to take from the rich to give to the poor? Okay, you will say, and where in the Constitution does it say black folk and women can vote? Correct, it doesn’t, and it’s because in time people came to understanding that denying black folk and women the right violated the spirit of the Constitution that the original absurdity was corrected. But there is no spirit of the Constitution that says the rich have to pay more taxes and the poor no taxes. There is an ethical issue here because we are treating the rich differently from the poor. It’s called discrimination. Editor does not deny every time he sees a BMW 700 series or a Mercedes 600 series sedan stopped at the light, his first impulse is to block the car, get out, throw the owner into the traffic, and drive off in the fancy car. But it would not be ethically right for the Editor to do that, just as it is not ethically right for the government to do that.

 

·         Yes, agreed that the poor pay an outsize share of their income in non-federal taxes. The biggest item, almost 9% for the bottom quintile, is payroll taxes. But its fair for the poor to pay this because they get it back in Social Security and Medicare. As for sales taxes, they’re completely neutral between income groups and thus ethical. Editor said the other day that taxes have to be raised, entitlements have to be cut. You don’t have to charge the poor much by way of federal tax – make it 2% if you want. But you have to charge them something because that is the ethical thing to do.  As for bringing up the disabled and the elderly, this is emotional blackmail and nothing more. Before the state massively took over the job of financially supporting the citizenry, families looked after the elderly and the disable. If you had children out of wedlock, you either looked after them yourself or you put them in an orphanage. If your husband ran away that was your bad luck. What has this got to do with the state? It is not the duty of the state to be our father and our mother. If we take this argument to its logical end, should the Editor maintain it is the state’s duty to provide him with dates on Saturday night? And BTW, Editor can make that argument in a logically sound way. We’re going to quite now because Editor is on the verge of getting carried away. He’s very sensitive about the No Dates issue. But he will add what also got to go is government assistance to corporations. Leveling the playing field means leveling for everyone, not just poor people.

 

·         Letter from AA on Technology Readiness Level 6 There are actually 8 levels. Level Six is not "ready for deployment". It is only prototype demonstration of effectiveness in a combat, or realistically simulated combat environment.

 

  • Editor’s response Okay, that means US target for Level 6 demonstration of an Iron Dome type system by 2015, if it meets the deadline, still leaves many years before deployment. And of course all the components needed have already been deployed. For example, the Rolling Airframe Missile (RAM) launcher tied with Phalanx 20mm Gatling gun can easily be used for CRAM. These are mature weapons. Remember, the Israelis took two years from stating the need to deployment for Iron Dome; they also used bits and pieces of technology that was already developed. People talk about reforming entitlements; one thing that will never get reformed is the US defense procurement system. It is in a death spiral of dysfunctionality, and honestly, we are tired of everyone in that system blaming everyone else.

 

Thursday 0230 GMT November 29, 2012

·         A short note to the President Dear Your Prezziness. I am told yesterday you called for tax cuts for the middle class. See, right here you have shown you are no more serious about putting America on the road to fiscal responsibility than the Republicans. It is well-known that our Government spends $1-trillion/year more than it takes in taxes. It is further well known that we will have to raise taxes on everyone, poor, middle class, and rich (I am the lower-middle class income wise). Yes, I know raising taxes on people like myself and the many, many Americans who make less than I do is going to be very hard for us citizens. But you know perfectly well just raising taxes on the rich is not, by a long shot, going to work.

 

·         As well as requiring everyone with an income above zero dollars to pay taxes – income taxes as well as other taxes, you know perfectly well entitlement programs like Social Security and Medicare and Medicaid and so on will have to be cut. My Medicare medicine and doctor visits already require copays so high that I skip the doctor for important things unless I am in pain or hemorrhaging blood. (For some reason, the sight of my own blood makes me upset. Other people’s blood – including your administration’s – bothers me not at all.) I already do what I am told tens of millions of American do: cut their medicine in half, or skip doses. If my co-pays go up even further, I will have to cut back even more. My Social Security check is $770 which I am told is fairly typical. Yesterday my 14-year old car died – conveniently – right after I refueled as the gas station. So it was easy for the repair shop to wheel it 20-meters and into a bay. Very nice people – immigrants – and because they know I am a substitute teacher they cut their labor cost back and got rebuilt parts rather than new. Alternator gone, belts gone, bunch of other stuff, came to $440. That takes care of my discretionary income for four months. Turns out the car is leaking oil and burning oil; it’s not going to die, but it requires $550 worth of work. Which pretty means discretionary spending  gone till September 2013. Okay, so you know, and I know, that in addition to raising taxes, and cutting entitlements, you’re going to have cut deductions. I save $2250/year on annual taxes because of the mortgage deduction (mortgage is 63% of my monthly income), and if you take that away, I am going up Honey Creek with a limp noodle for a paddle.

 

·         I am telling you this not to angle for sympathy, because despite all my problems I am STILL better off than about one-third of the people in the country. I am very heavily in student debt, but unless the law changes that will be eliminated when I drop dead, and provided I can keep paying the mortgage, I will at least have something left to pass on to my kids. I am where I am because of my own choices and a never ending stream of bad luck - yet, even the luck was mine to make, or not. No one gave me bad luck. I absolutely do not begrudge Pie Face Gates and his ilk, or even you and your ilk, the money you make. The skinny-butt  long-haired guy Upstairs tells me you and Pie Face earn your money honestly, and that’s good enough for me.

 

·         So why am I telling you this? See, it’s because I have two sons, two nieces, and two grandkids, with more – I hope – in prospect. Every time I realize that the comfort I enjoy – small as it may be – is at the cost of my children and grandchildren, I don’t feel good. In fact, I feel downright sick.

 

·         You have two daughters. Supposing tomorrow you fell on bad times – the Lord forbid. Supposing your family did not have enough to eat. Would you and Ms. Prez tell your daughters: “I need to eat, hand over half of what is on your plate”? Obviously not. Though you may only half the calories you need, you will give from your share to your children. But this is exactly what you and others of your ilk – the politicals of America – are NOT doing for the country. You are, in a very real sense, the father of our country (not the first father, obviously, but the job gets passed down with every election). Yet you are a father who is concerned only to secure the future of your two natural born children. But all the other children in America are also yours, at least while you are in office.  It is your ethical and legal responsibility to look after all of America’s children. For that you know we have to have fiscal responsibility, which means everyone – poor, rich, you, me, 20-years old or 90-years old – will have to cut back on our consumption for the sake of our children and grandchildren and great grandchildren.

 

·         You say you care for America. But when you say the middle class must pay less, how are you any different from your so called opponents across the aisle, who want the rich to pay less. (I say “so called opponents” because everyone knows there is absolutely no difference between you and opposition politicians. Your motto as much as their motto seems to be “I’m looking out for Number 1”.)

 

·         See, if we’d built up these huge deficits for a noble cause, like World War II, we’d have some justification – but no justification for blindly adding to the deficits. These deficits have come about because we spend more than we earn. Its not more complicated than that. Yes, I am aware that many respected economists say the deficits don’t matter. Is that really the case? Today people pay the US to keep their money. But what happens tomorrow when we have to pay real money to pay interest? And BTW, the US Government keeping interest rates low has not been without cost. You’ve robbed from those Americans who dutifully and diligently saved for their retirements, only to see themselves getting no more than inflation as returns.

 

  • May I suggest you start living up to your responsibilities to the Republic and ignore responsibilities you think you have toward special interests – be they seniors or the superrich. Because my brother and I were born in India, our children and grandchildren always have the option of returning to India to work and to life in reasonable comfort should things go wrong here – or, really speaking, wrong-er. Tell me, dear Prez, where will YOUR grandchildren go after you and your ilk have eaten their future?

Wednesday 0230 GMT November 28, 2012

·         Revolutions and all that In various blogs and letters to editors and so forth, we are seeing a lot of people very upset about developments in Egypt and Libya. Egypt: a return to dictatorship that the dictator planned as even tougher than that if ousted Mubarak.  Libya: chaos that was part of the cause four American embassy deaths. Americans are asking: what did we intervene for, then?

 

·         Sorry to tell the upset folks you aint seen nuthin yet. When Assad of Syria goes down, you are going to see a bloody mess that is going to make you grossly ill. Please to remember, forty thousand (40,000) people have already been killed in a country that is about the size of Missouri, and if people think that when Assad is overthrown it may be 50- to 60,000 dead. If anyone thinks after Assad is hung in Central Damascus there is going to peace has been imbibing something stronger than the Editor’s 20mg Prozac a day (BTW, Editor has protested to his doctor that everyone he knows is getting more than 20mg a day, why is he being discriminated against? Doc has a very peculiar answer: “You don’t need more; in fact, I don’t think you need any at all.” Is that something to tell someone who is perpetually broke even though he works 12-hrs/day every day of the year, and who has not had a date on Saturday night since 1968?). Then let’s not forget that Iraq is going to crack, and whether that’s done peacefully or with more blood is entirely up to Baghdad.

 

·         First, Editor should be clear he is not an expert on history and revolutions. Indeed, today he had a very sharp recollection that when he should have been reading Hannah Arendt half-a-century ago he was missing class and out chasing some particularly pretty and empty headed lady. They were the only ones he could persuade that the proper attire for discussing Indian philosophy was – er – no attire. And even with the empty-headed ladies he had no luck. That said, think back: with the exception of the American Revolution – that was back 236 years in case people have forgotten – has any significant revolution ended well?

 

·         Well, what about Iraq 2003 to the present. They seem to have some kind of functioning democracy. So they do. But they didn’t have a revolution. The US came in and executed the dictator. The natives did not have to lift a finger. Then before it left, the US built up a force of 600,000 military/paramilitary troops. The Iraqi Army circa Saddam was actually a pretty efficient one, and Iraqis as a society were pretty educated. US did not have a particularly hard time creating the new army.  Peace has been maintained because the Shia ethnically cleansed the Sunnis under US rule, and have a Size 18 quadruple wide jackboot firmly planted on the Sunni neck. And the Shia leave the Kurds alone; the Kurds run their own show. So what is there to fight about?

 

·         Next, remember that the countries of the Mideast went straight from the Ottoman Empire to subjugated states run by Western masters. Then when the western masters decided to call it a day, the local tyrants took over. On the question of states, folks, what you see in the Mideast – as in Africa – is administrative divisions drawn on the map by the Western conquerors of the Ottoman Empire. Places like Libya, Syria, and Iraq have been kept together by force. Not only do they not have a tradition of self-rule, each of these places is a country only courtesy of Mr. Shotgun. Take Mr. Shotgun away, and you’re going to get chaos. Look what happened to Yugoslavia. The country was an artificial created to suit the needs of the victors of World War I. The first time the tyranny was removed Yugoslavia fell apart into what – eight different countries? And anyone thinks Bosnia-Herzegovina is going to stay together because US said so is also on something stronger than 20mg Prozac a day. Same thing is happening in the Mideast, just that it’s taken something like 700-years to lift the tyranny.

 

·         Well, you’re going to say, what about the Soviet Union? Sixteen new countries and they’re doing okay. Well, sort of. Russia itself is no democracy, and neither are most of the other states. Also remember this was the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. The constituents of the USSR had their own nationhoods, even though they were ruled as vassals of Moscow. Their own history, culture, language and so on. With the exception of Egypt and Iran, the other countries are made up patchworks. Take the jackboot off their necks and they’re going to explode.

 

·         What’s happening in the Middle East is 100% normal. Nothing to get worried about. Things will take time, and the best the US can do is to stay out. When we say time, remember the Central and South American republics? They were independent for darn nearly 200 years before they got democracy functioning. And some of them are doing their best to unget democracy.

 

  • We suggest relaxing. We cannot tell you to enjoy prohibited substances, that’s again the law. But you can double the beer consumption. If the beer is not relaxing, there’s always tequila, which the US drinks 48% of production. That does not work or you cannot drink (like Editor) talk to your doctor about adding another psychotropic. While you are at it, please talk to Editor’s doctor too. Maybe she will listen to you. If you’re going to be typical American and go screaming “I want it now!” (rather funny book by Kingsley Amis, back in the day) you are going to be disappointed. Look at Editor. No Saturday night date in half a century. Is he running around screaming for instant gratification? Not a bit. Some things take time. Like successful revolutions and Saturday night dates.

Tuesday 0230 GMT November 27, 2012

·         Now Let Us Praise Iron Dome Frankly, Israeli boasts about their weapons being the best get terribly tedious. For one thing, a whacking high percentage of their weapons is built with US money, components, or R and D. For another, systems like their Merkeva MBT may be well-suited to their requirements, but best MBT it is not. Nonetheless, with Iron Dome the Israelis have legitimate bragging rights. And so far, at least, the Israelis haven’t been claiming it’s the best in the world because actually it is the only operational CRAM (Counter Rocket, Artillery and Mortar) system around.

 

·         Well you may ask: why doesn’t the US have such a system. That’s because in the matter of weapons, the US has become Futzer Nation. We’ve been futzing about on CRAM for at least 10-years Editor can recall, and where are we? Well, read this RFI (Request For Information) https://www.fbo.gov/index?s=opportunity&mode=form&tab=core&id=e859f9a0d04cbea443bebc75f3587faa which was posted in October this year. It calls for coming up with components that can be moved into Level 6 by 2015, i.e., just short of limited rate production.  The bulk of the hardware has already been developed in some form or the other. (It’s been decades since we did anything related to US RDT&E, and we cannot find a definition of the levels after spending 15-minutes on the web. So we may be wrong about what’s expected at Level 6. Please correct us if necessary.) The way the US goes about the development business, it will be a miracle if anything is actually ready for an RFP (Request For Proposals) by 2015, and how many years it takes to get to the troops is anyone’s guess.

 

·         The Israelis, on the other hand, started work on Iron Dome in 2007. They too relied on components that were mainly already developed and tested. The first battery was deployed in 2009. They’ve cut the production time for new batteries – we are told – to 4-6 months from years. The clever thing about the Israelis is that were updating their system during combat! Yes, it was software updates, but that’s what they needed for greater effectiveness, so while the troops were firing away in the field, others processed the new data gathered within hours, and within hours altering the software. Phew.  Can the US do this? We’ll leave the snickering and snarfing to reader. (A snarf is when out of politeness you try to suppress a major snicker and it explodes from your nose with more force than if you hadn’t tried to suppress it. Snot – a great deal – is involved.)

 

·         How were the Israelis able to achieve this highly compressed schedule from start of work to combat? They say they focused on developing a system that did just what it was supposed to, with no extras or diamond plating or hypothetical threats to the year 2412 AD. They figured that once they got it deployed, actual combat would show them what they needed to do in order to improve. So whatever cannot be accommodated by the software upgrades, will roll out as Iron Dome Version 2. (Actually, we think was used last week was Version 2 if not 3.) And by the way, a new battery of 3 launchers with 60 ready missiles is priced at – get this - $50-million. Of course, this is not what the Israelis will charge other customers, because they will expect – and get – fat profit margins. But still.

 

·         Now, in case you are an old timer, you may be scratching your head and asking yourself: “Now where did I hear of someone else using this system: rapid development-test-upgrade-rapidly deploy-test-upgrade and so on ad infinitum. Scratch your head no longer, friend. This was the US system just a few decades ago. The Nike Ajax/Hercules SAM system is such an example, US got battalions and battalions deployed as fast as possible against the Soviet bomber threat, kept testing furiously every year – actually every month – and then going back and modifying/upgrading the system on the go. Compare this with Aegis/Standard, where tests are less frequent than total solar eclipses (or something like that).

 

·         India has been interested in Iron Dome since the system’s inception. Every time Americans feel bad about their messed up development and procurement system, they can look at India. We are working on forming our first squadron of the Light Combat Aircraft, which requirement was formulated and on which work began 42 years ago. India inducted its first aircraft carrier half-a-century ago, its first own-made carrier is still not ready for deployment. We have to stop now – blood pressure is rising dangerously.

 

·         India is talking of four regiments, which we assume means 12 batteries. We cannot imagine the batteries will have just three launchers. For one thing India is about a gazillion times larger than Israel. A battery should have at least six launchers. So – this is interesting – Editor was reading the Letters to the Editor in a major Indian newspaper about this news, and someone said what good is Iron Dome for India  because it cannot intercept cruise missiles. Coincidentally. The Israelis have been working on David’s Sling, for first deployment by 2014. This system is intermediate between Iron Dome (75-km max range – the Israelis squeezed an extra 5-km out of it during the week-long war) and Arrow, which handles the ballistic missiles. David’s Sling will have a range of around 350-km. And get this: not wanting to waste a good little fight, the Israelis launched a couple of David’s Sling missiles at live targets and even shot down one. These ranges are current ranges: there’s already talk of extending the Iron Dome interceptor’s range.

 

·         And also, get this. Israeli Ministry of Defense told Rafael, which makes the Iron Dome interceptor, “we need to rebuild our inventory ASAP as well expedite deployment of more batteries because the shooting match could restart at any time. Rafael said “no problem dudes, we’re already working to double production for you.” The rumor mill says that within months Rafael will be turning out 10 interceptors a day. Can you imagine a US manufacturer doing this? And the missiles cost between $40- and $50,000. The interceptor is like a long-range air-to-air missile. Can you imagine a US company handing this over for $50,000/round. US AMRAAM costs $300,000+ a round. Okay, AMRAAM is not the same as an Iron Dome interceptor. Its heavier, but the C version has about the same range as an Iron dome interceptor. Incidentally, it is likely Israel’s improved interceptor will cost $90,000; meanwhile AMRAAM D version will cost - $700,000.

 

·         The genius of the Israeli system is that it does not try to shoot everything down.  No sir. It calculates which rockets will likely impact against a target, and it takes out these with 90% efficiency. Those that will land without causing damage are ignored. Editor at least is very impressed.

 

  • BTW, India held another test of its ABM interceptor a couple of days ago. As nearly as we can make out, four interceptors were fired against a salvo of two incoming missiles. India says both targets were destroyed. Congratulations to India. Of course, it is more than likely the tests are being staged in a manner that the interceptor has to hit the target, i.e., the conditions are lab conditions not operational conditions. But the US intially did the same with its ABMs. 

 

Monday 0230 GMT November 26, 2012

·         Letter from Reader VK on Israel-Hamas If we use Occam razor in Pillar of Defence this is indeed a massive Israeli cop out. But this round looked like that neither side wanted a fight
and grabbed the ceasefire when a face-saving opportunity arose. Methinks the whole thing was deliberately calibrated Israeli escalation war game to see how each actors precisely behave in the changed Middle East scenario, testing its civil defense infrastructure, effectiveness of Iron Dome in real life situation, how new Islamist regimes react etc on top of usual lawn mowing of Hamas in preparation/anticipation of something big. Perhaps US is going to do something in Syria or US-Israel is planning something big in Iran.

 

·         It was weird how US, Israel and major European countries were in perfect co-ordination and at least the criticism of Israel was minimum. The status quo on Syria and Iran
is untenable and it must break down soon. The arrival of US warships to evacuate its citizens from the region is ominous of something big will happen.  My preference is for a conspiracy theory in this round of Israel-Hamas/Hezbollah fighting is because usually Israel is sucker punched into a situation like in 2006 into reacting.

 

·         This time Israel took the whole escalation right up to mobilization on border and sudden seeming cop out points to a pre-planned calibrated escalation & de-escalation. The clause in ceasefire that promises stopping assassination means nothing. If the Israel wants to resume assassination, it can make some rogue group fire couple of rockets to Israel, cry "violation of ceasefire",  and whole thing can start over. A piece by David Sanger piece supports my theory. http://www.nytimes.com/2012/11/23/world/middleeast/for-israel-gaza-conflict-a-practice-run-for-a-possible-iran-confrontation.html?hp

 

·         Letter from Reader YL on Israel and Hamas Your rant on Israel’s defeat oddly matched the extremist Debka.com’s comments on the recent operation. In case your readers are unaware, Debka.com is an unofficial mouthpiece for “Israel first” extremists masquerading as patriots. Their preferred solution to Israel’s security issues, first and last, is unlimited violence unleashed against its enemies. I don’t know if you are aware, but Israeli views on Palestine cover a wide range and there are probably more people for peace than there are for war.

 

·         As an Israel-American, I follow your blog closely when you write on Israel. I am amused – and baffled – at your totally schizophrenic attitudes on Israel and Palestine. You often say as Third Worlder you sympathize with the Palestinians, even to the extent of maintaining that Israel should not have formed in Palestine. Yet whenever Israel launches war, you get upset and angry because it hasn’t gone far enough, at least by your lights. So which is the real Editor? Your writings make it impossible to tell!

 

·         Concerning the recent flare up. It was not started by Israel, but by Hamas, Bibi responded, as he must, meeting force with force. But Gaza is not this prime minister’s fight, He is focused on the more serious threat of Iran. Gaza was, for him, a distraction that he needed to get rid of at the soonest. It was critical to keep western public opinion favorable to Israel, to give him a freer hand on Iran. A ground invasion of Gaza, with the inevitable civilian casualties, would have cost him the support of the western public.  The same applies to any hawkish moves on Gaza. By accepting the ceasefire Bibi has conceded nothing, because it is inevitable Hamas will start its nonsense again as soon as it can. Instead of losing, Bibi and Israel have gained because for the first time you have Israel willing to forgo some of its national security objectives for the sake of peace. This is very important. Unlike yourself, who are very pessimistic on what has happened, I am very optimistic, and I believe Israel won this round.

 

·         Editor’s Response Editor freely accepts he is schizophrenic on Israel and Palestine, and this is inevitable considering he is a 3rd Worlder brought up in, and living in, the US. Editor is a great believer in the traditional American theory that ultimately force is the solution to all intractable problems. After all, when confronted with the Gordian Knot, Alexander immediately and efficiently solved the problem by slicing it with his sword. America’s stalemate in Korea, and its defeats in Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan all arise from an insufficient application of force. Either American should not play the game of force, or if it chooses force, it must go all in. Going half-way will led to defeat, which causes far more problems than not intervening in the first place.

 

·         Editor has no reason to doubt that Reader YL has accurately stated Bibi’s position. This does not change the reality that this is the first war that Israel’s enemies began and ended on their terms. Every other time Israel has severely punished the aggressor. By letting Cairo broker a ceasefire, Israel has let Hamas go, and Hamas is already preparing for the next round. Not enough people have asked why Hamas broke the ceasefire in the first place. By using force, and by remaining standing after Israeli retaliation, Hamas has clearly established to the people of Palestine that Hamas, not Fateh, gets results. Fateh, which is for peace with Israel, has been discredited. As it is Fateh was in decline; this rumpus has accelerated the decline. Hamas, needless to say, far from being interested in peace with Israel, doesn’t even acknowledge the existence of Israel.

 

·         Far worse, Hamas had shown the ability to exploit western public opinion to limit Israeli punishment . Isarel’s greatest strength – as was Ronald Reagan’s – was giving the impression it is violently crazy and will not be swayed by logic even if that violence hurts Israel. No one wants to fight a crazy person.  That is all gone now. Hamas’s next provocation will be greater still, and the cost to Israel greater still. Israeli deterrence has failed. This is a major defeat.

 

  • As for Debka.com, Editor read the editorial Reader YL refers to, and yes, it is embarrassing to be saying something that Debka.com is saying. What is to be done? No one is right all the time, and no one is wrong all the time. Take a hundred positions at random, and some will prove to be correct. So it is with Debka.com. Even fools can occasionally hit on the truth.

Friday 0230 GMT November 23, 2012

·         The Congo Civil War turns serious again as M23 rebels take Goma and advance on Sake to the west. M23 is supported by Rwanda; indeed, Goma is just a few miles from the Rwanda border. There was no real fight for Goma as the Congo Army simply withdrew. MONUC has no mandate to fight the rebels. It has supported the Congo Army in operations against the rebels, and did so last week as it used attack helicopters to try and stop a rebel push. But by itself the air support proved insufficient, and with the Army having vacated Goma, there is no one for the UN to support.

 

·         M23 says 2100 Congo Army troops and 700 police surrendered; many have joined the rebels. The rebels plan on advancing on Bukavu, at the southern tip of Lake Kivu, which is shared between Rwanda and Congo. From there they want to advance west, all the way to Kinshasa. To us at this time this seems an unrealistic plan, but let’s see what we see. The push for Bukavu has hit a temporary roadblock because the Congo Army is fighting back at Sake, an important town on Highway N2 from Goma to Bukavu. Whether the army can stop the rebels remains to be seen.

 

·         The UN’s position is simple. Its job is to provide security for the civilians in the region and to help out the Army. It is not to do the fighting for the government. There is no doubt that if MONUC is ordered into action, with its several Indian and Pakistani battalions it will quickly sweep away the rebels. But what next? MONUC was supposed to buy time for a new Congo national army to be formed from the 5-6 major rebel armies in Eastern Congo. MONUC did this, and now the Congo Army is not doing its job. Frustrating as it is, MONUC is doing the right thing by staying out of things.

 

·         The Central African War, which at its peak in the 1990s involved eight countries vying for the resources of this astonishingly mineral rich land, has already cost over 5-million lives, the vast majority civilians, who have brutally treated by all sides. This is the costliest war in terms of casualties since the Second World War. Africa is an out of sight, out of mind situation for the west, which has done little except support MONUC and conducted some training for the new Congo Army. It is only a few million African black folks that are being killed, how is Europe and the US to get excited about this?

 

·         The rebels loot, murder, rape, and impress children into their armed service. The Congo Army does the same, though it is less guilty of using child soldiers. Unwilling to defend Goma the Congo Army nonetheless gave the people they were supposed to protect a parting gift: they looted the civilians and along with the rebels, are doing their standard killing and raping.

 

  • Afghanistan: The beginning of the end The French have withdrawn their combat contingent, leaving behind 500 military trainers. The Canadians left in 2011. The UK, with the second-largest contingent (9000 troops) is going through and existential crisis, understandably because in proportion to its strength, it has taken the most casualties (over 400 compared to 2000 for the US, with a peak contingent of less than 10,000; the US contingent at peak had 100,000 troops). Italy is sticking it out till 2014.

Thursday 0230 GMT November 22, 2012

·         Israel Loser This may sound harsh, or at best a rant from the Israeli right. It is neither. This particular round started with Hamas ramping up its usual rocket nonsense, in the calculated belief that the Arab Spring and Cairo being on Hamas’ side would stop Hamas from suffering fatal consequences. The idea was to say “we punched Israel, and Israel has to back off leaving us still standing.” If you are not an Arab or a Palestinian, this may sound like a pretty self-destructive attitude. You may laugh, or even taunt Hamas. But that would be making the always big mistake of viewing a situation solely through our own lens. But for the people who live in the Mideast, to punch Israel and then escape from Israel’s crushing retaliation is a very big deal indeed.

 

·         Within days of Hamas starting this round, the world rushed in to stop the fighting. So Hamas was already proved right. It could provoke, and get away with it. Then the Israelis scored a massive hit on Hamas: they got a chance to kill its military chief, and did. Retaliation was inevitable; the last people to be surprised that the rockets started flying again would be the Israelis. But as far as the Israelis were concerned, they were on top, because obviously they could punish Hamas at will.

 

·         Well, sadly, it didn’t work out that way. The minute Israel started hitting Hamas in earnest, the whole world including the US jumped on Israel and told it to stop. Israel has become so weak politically after years of punishing Hamas, Hezbollah, whoever and whatever, only to see them spring back that it couldn’t even afford to see this round through. Hamas and allies launched over 1000 rockets etc at Israel. Back in the day, say even 2 years ago, this would have meant Israel would have gone in and whacked Hamas but good, regardless of how many civilians died. Instead Israel launched 1500 surgical strikes, and collapsed.

 

·         The ultimate humiliation: who saved Hamas’ lamb chops? Egypt. Yup. Egypt, which has never had respect from Israel, was the coordinator of the ceasefire and Israel (and Hamas too) is now accountable to Cairo to maintain the peace. For heaven’s sake, is it possible to sink lower? We do not think so. Particularly because Hamas from the start said Cairo would stop the fighting.

 

·         If that wasn’t enough of a victory for Hamas, Israel has had to make a very, very major concession, one that frankly is having trouble accepting Israeli actually made. This is Israel has given up its right to target individuals. Hamas and its terrorist allies can sleep soundly in bed now.

 

·         Now, obviously it wasn’t Cairo that forced Israel to back down. But this is what is really bad: all of Israel’s allies ganged up against it and accepted Cairo’s role as the key negotiator.  For all the honeyed words uttered by the US Administration, even the US helped sell Israel down the river. The entire world’s first priority was to stop the fighting regardless of Israel’s interests, and they succeeded.

 

·         We can just hear right-wing Israelis saying: “Gosh, this Editor is such a dingbat. He has so little understanding of the situation. Israel has scored a great victory because for the first time it has forced the Arab world to take responsibility for restraining Hamas. Next stop, we’re going to maneuver  the Arabs into restraining Hezbollah. You say we’ve lost? We’ve scored a major victory.

 

·         We can also hear the left-wing Israelis saying: “How could we have invaded Gaza again? There is no end to this if we choose the path of violence. We need peace, and now the Arabs are working with us to ensure peace. This is a great first step to a negotiated settlement. We’ve scored a major victory.”

 

·         But what is there to negotiate? Is Israel going to withdraw its people from the West Bank and let an independent Palestine rise? No. Is Israel going to allow the Palestinians it kicked out return? No. Is Israel going to dissolve itself as a nation and head back to Europe and America? No. So what is this business about a negotiated peace? Any agreement that leaves the Palestinians with one slice of bread in a loaf is not going to be acceptable to the extremists. They might settle for half-a-loaf. They never have, but Israel is not prepared to give half a loaf. It doesn’t matter if 99% of Palestinians say: “We’ve had enough, let’s have peace at any cost.” It takes just 1% who are extremists to reject this and top keep the violence going. Wanna bet that the 1% is not going to agree to peace except on its terms?

 

·         As for the idea that the Arabs are now invested in peace with Israel and will control their extremists who seek to use violence against Israel, please, people, have a heart. The Arabs can’t control their extremists, how are they going to control Palestine extremists? And we’ve made huge assumptions here, namely that Israel is willing to give half a loaf (it never will) and that the extremists will accept half a loaf (they never will).

 

·         Hamas had 10,000 rockets at the start of this round. Israel has destroyed thousands. Okay, so not only has Hamas got thousands more, it is now free to rebuild its arsenal. Hamas lost 150 military and civilian lives. That is what – half-a-day’s population growth? Hamas and the Palestinian [ep[;e probably suffered the loss of a billion dollars worth of infrastructure, perhaps even two billion. Wanna bet the west is right working overtime to rush fresh aid to Palestine and Hamas’ allies including Iran are rushing hundreds of million worth of military assistance to build up Hamas ‘ arsenals?  Wanna bet Hezbollah and Hamas are sitting down, this very minute, plotting the next move against Israel, slapping each other on the backs and saying “tole ya the Jews are wimps, next time they’ll sue for peace even faster.”

 

  • Israel has obtained an end to the fighting. But at what cost? For the very first time it has failed to knock its enemy out of the ring. This is a victory, precisely how?

Wednesday 0230 GMT November 21, 2012

·         OK, this Gaza thing is getting really boring and both sides need to stop already. We were hoping Israel was going to do a ground invasion because strictly from an enthusiast point of view we want to see what the Israelis have learned about combat in urban areas. If they’re not going to invade, then please stop wasting Editor’s time, too much of which has gone in covering this matter.

 

·         Among the things we note approvingly is that the Israeli Air Force is using mini smart bombs. We cannot, from the pictures, estimate their weight because for that we need a full side shot. But the bombs seem to be shorter than the ejector racks. The Israelis are also taking some care to warn people of impending attacks. And they are continuing to send civilian supplies into Gaza so to that extent they are not squeezing the civilians. The squeezing of the civilians on the expectation they would rise up against the militants was brutally vicious, and the least attractive and least defensible aspect of Israeli action in Palestine. This is against the law of war and  defies common sense, because of all parties, the civilians are the most helpless.

 

·         Mind you, we are reporting this stuff from the Israeli side, and of course you would expect the IDF to paint itself in the best possible light. But from the casualties – just 124 dead over 6 days, according to the Palestinians themselves, or less than one per ten strikes – it really does seem the Israelis are being careful. A reader wrote us to ask why we haven’t mentioned the fake dead children positioned by Hamas propagandists for gullible fotogs, and the habit of Hamas and other militant groups of using civilian shields. The answer is that the Israelis say they are civilized – indeed, they a western nation that happens to live in the Mideast. Civilized behavior is expected of the Israelis, no one expects anything from the militants. Unfair? Yes. But if Israel wants to appear moral, unfairness has nothing to do with it.

 

·         We have also been asked why we are not condemning Hamas’s indiscriminate fire whereas Israel is going to considerable lengths to target civilians. We have explained this in previous years, no harm in repeating it. The disparity in combat power between Hamas and Israel is probably three orders of magnitude. That is to say, Israel militarily outclasses Hamas by thousands of times. When someone is that badly outclasses, they have no choice but to hit back as they can. And that is what Hamas is doing. It’s managed to kill exactly one Israeli soldier so far, and of course that was by accident. This does not mean we are excusing Hamas. We have a real problem with Islamic militants not least because they wrecked so much havoc in India. We are simply stating the reality. The underdog has to seize the few opportunities that come his way.

 

·         Would Hamas solely focus on military targets if it had the necessary weapons? Doubtful, because the Palestinians believe Israel deliberately targets civilians. Besides, Hamas does not have the necessary weapons, so this becomes a sterile debate like where would Editor take his date on a Saturday night. He doesn’t have a date, so what is the point of discussing where he would take her?

 

·         In case you haven’t been following the cease fire discussions of the last 48-hours, the reason there is no ceasefire is simple. Hamas does not want a ceasefire that makes it look as if it was forced into a dead end by Israel. Not just that, Hamas wants to be able to declare a victory. Fair enough, that’s Hamas’s business, not ours. Israel says it is tired of this stop and go rocketing business, where Hamas agrees to a ceasefire to buy time, then starts up again. Israel wants, tactically, a 24-hour period where no rocket is launched before it ceases fire; and strategically it wants a solution to the rocket problem.

 

·         But what about the assertion that the militants had ceased fire and Israel broke the ceasefire by killing Hamas’s military commander? This is  what the Turks have been repeating a hundred times a day, and all we can say is that the Turks, who are among the most level-headed people in the world, have lost their marbles. At least their leaders have lost their marbles. First, any ceasefire agreement Israel makes explicitly excludes its bringing to justice militant leaders. Israel has not attacked the political leadership, but never once has it implied or stated that terrorists get immunity.

 

·         Second, Hamas broke the ceasefire first, by starting rocket attacks all over again. Moreover, that is hardly the only problem. Since the Arab spring, Hamas has been stretching its macaroni muscles, and pushing Israel from all sides – attacks on the frontier, increased smuggling of weapons, missile attacks on Eliat – these are just some of the things that come to mind.

 

·         Okay, you say, didn’t Editor just say that the weaker power has to strike as best it can? People, people, we are not moralizing. We are not saying “Hamas devils, Israelis angels.” There is much wrong on both sides going back to the turn of the 20th Century or whenever it is large scale Jewish immigration to Palestine began. BTW, this is not an argument anyone can with an Israeli, because he will say “We are only returning to our homeland from where we were expelled in 70 AD”. Fine. By that standard, us Northwest Indians have the right of return to our ancestral lands in the Caucasus. And as the eldest surviving male heir of my grandfather, I have the right to return to claim my grandfather’s house in Lahore, that our family had to flee on Partition in 1947. You all in Israel support my right of return – there’s also a dacha on the Black Sea I am sure I can make a claim to – the land at least. We can argue this nonsense till the earth grows cold and we will get nowhere.

 

  • All we are saying is that once you pick up a gun to make your claims (Hamas) you can’t complain of the other guy picks up a bigger gun (Israel). We have said before there is only one intermediate-term solution to the Palestine-Israel problem is that the Palestinian people resort to non-violence. You want to resort to violence, you want to be a hero because you’re shooting at Israel, please don’t bother Editor with your woes and sorrows when the Israelis shoot at you. Doesn't matter who start what when or where.

Tuesday 0230 November 20, 2012

·         Israel-Gaza Jerusalem Post says the cabinet met late Monday night to consider a ceasefire. Hamas is already crowing that it has achieved a balance of power with Israel, and says that Israel must ceasefire first because Hamas will not agree to an imposed ceasefire. Israel, of course, is saying the same thing in reverse, plus insisting a long-term solution be found to the problem of Hamas’ and other terror attacks. If no such solution is found, Israel will do a ground invasion. http://www.jpost.com/DiplomacyAndPolitics/Article.aspx?id=292612

 

·         So what exactly is going on with Israel? First, let us be clear that if Israel agrees to a ceasefire without a long-term solution, Hamas has won. Hamas’ calculation was Cairo would save Gaza’s lamp chop. It wouldn’t be Cairo saving much, but the world community which is very keen that the whole problem of Hamas and Israel would just go away, preferably to another star system, say Epsilon Eiridani, if not further. The EU in particular is sitting on both sides to compromise.

 

·         So why is Israel of all countries playing nice, even to the point of kissy-facing with its enemy? First there is the practical consideration that an election is due in January, though the talk is it may have to be postponed. If Bibi goes into Gaza and it turns out a disaster, his political career suffers. Second, his public is not behind him on a ground invasion. Israel is not just a raucous democracy,  it is not falsely patriotic like us Americans. Waving the flag in Israel does not automatically bring the country to its feet singing the national anthem; nor does it cause a complete suspension of thought as happens here. Your typical Israeli is a true patriot: threaten his country, and he’s ready for war. But over the years he has become suspicious of his government in this matter of marching off to war. After all, the current op is the third major one in just six years. Third, just about every Jewish Israeli is in the military, or closely related to someone in the military. That makes the people a bit more hesitant to shed blood. Unlike in America, where we always ready to shed our soldiers’ blood. Fourth, Bibi needs to keep the west sweet because of the Iran problem.

 

·         Last, and this may be Hamas’ real victory, Israelis are plain tired of war. Please to remember that in their first four major wars (1948, 1956, 1967, 1973) their enemies created an existential threat where if Israel did not fight, things could end up with Israel vanishing.  1978, 1982, 2006, 2008, and 2012 are non-existential threat situations.

 

·         So, lets see how this goes. The general mood seems to be this round will end with a ceasefire, but not just yet. Meantime, anyone can see nothing will be achieved by either side, except the laying of ground for the next bash. When you grind a man down to nothing, as the Israelis have done to the Palestinians, he has nothing to lose. The Palestinians are fatalists; they expect to lose everything at regular intervals; and if the Israelis are tired of conflict, the Palestinians are beyond exhausted. They have no strength to tell their militant leaders that they don’t want more war. Nor can they fight Hamas, or in the West Bank, the Palestine Authority. No matter what happens in 2012, the hardliners of both sides are ever ready to provoke the other side, and then it starts all over.

 

·         Frances loses Moody’s Triple A rating The UK Telegraph is careful to note, however, that being put on negative watch in the past mid-year did not increase France’s borrowing costs. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financialcrisis/9689457/France-stripped-of-prized-AAA-credit-rating-by-Moodys.html

 

·          Meantime, the Telegraph, which has always been super-skeptical on Greece, has bluntly stated the obvious re. Greece. Athens is going to need $125-billion debt forgiven on top of what has been previously forgiven; else it is heading for a debt of 190% of GDP, and its youth unemployment to 58%. The economy is down 7% this year after many years of decline. Fiscal tightening has not worked for Europe, indeed, the EU/IMF have made things worse. It is a given that either more debt relief is given, or it’s bye-bye Greece. (Many think its bye-bye Greece anyway, even with debt relief. If the immediate relief is given, the Germans stand to lose $25-billion, which is going to play havoc with Merkel’s political standing. If it is not given, the consequences will be worse.

 

  • Our American conservatives have been unhappy about the bail outs and quantitative easing and so on. But America did what it needed to all at once, so our GDP did not fall by more than 3% and we are on an uptick – painfully slow, but we are growing. Can you imagine what would have happened in America if we had acted like the EU/IMF on Greece? 20% unemployment right now and going down. By the way, this does not change Editor’s position, which is to the right of the conservatives. He still thinks the country should have declared bankruptcy, and taken its medicine in one swallow. Let the GDP drop by 20%, but let us clear the books and give the younger generation a clean balance sheet by ruthlessly cutting all enlightenments and raising taxes. Instead we are eating up our children’s inheritance. Editor speaks not as member of the 1%, but of the second quintile from the bottom.

Monday 0230 GMT November 19, 2012

·         Israel-Gaza There has been a serious reduction by strikes by both sides on Sunday. Only 120 rockets and 120 air strikes were launched. We do not think this is because of any negotiations taking place. The Israeli Defense Forces spokesperson has said Hamas’s launch capability is reducing. But we would like to make clear that our assessment is not they are running out of rockets; they have used just a fraction of their arsenal. Rather, the problem is the speed with which Israel has been retaliating makes launching a risky activity. This is so even in the case of the rockets fired from tubes buried underground and remotely detonated. There is not a lot of room to hide in Gaza. On Israel’s side, we believe it is running out of targets.

 

·         Our assessment is that both sides are waiting for third parties to bring about a ceasefire. Israel is hardly suffering, but Hamas is being hammered and now the Israelis are going after individual Hamas leaders. Israel has said it will not quit until Hamas cries “Uncle!” Hamas says we will never surrender, we will unleash the gates of the Hot Place Downstairs (as if Hamas has control of the Downstairs Place); vengeance is ours and so in in rather colorful language that could send a hot-air balloon to the Moon.

 

·         Nonetheless, Israel is fully aware of the risks of a Gaza land invasion. It is not on the Israeli “Must Do Today” list. And in any case, when you have a reservist army, you need time to bring the reservists – and even the regulars – up to the mark. Better to spend more time getting ready than less. And of course, in the meanwhile may be a ceasefire can be arranged. But Israel wants to tell everyone that if this shooting does not stop, an invasion is inevitable.

 

·         What honestly amazes us is not that by the end of Day 5 75 or so Palestinians have been killed. What amazes is that ten time or more have not been killed because Israel has put in around 1000 air, attack helicopter, naval, and artillery strikes. If you have been to Gaza (which we haven’t since the 1970s but we keep in touch) you will see the towns – Gaza City in particular – are very densely populated.  The Israelis are using small bombs and anti-tank missiles where they can, accuracy makes up for the loss in kill radius. But still, this absurdly low death toll speaks well of the Israelis. Who, we repeat, in our opinion should not have created their country where they did. Yet, saying “should not” doesn’t help when the country is already there for six decades.

 

·         Back to Benghazi Episode CXII One thing that baffles us about Benghazi is that people are saying the president lied. For the sake of argument, let’s assume he did lie (as opposed to messing up the PR part, which is actually what happened).  But why exactly would he lie? What would he have gained? People say he wanted to avoid an October surprise. But how exactly does a bunch of crazies overrunning a US consulate in the back of beyond qualify as an October surprise?

 

·         A friend of ours says we need to stop reading the right wing blogs and trying to make sense of what a bunch of Obama haters say, and will keep saying forever. Fair enough, but how can we stop reading material and views that contradicts our analyses? What should we read instead? The White House Times or whatever? The left-wingers do not make much sense on the issues they take up, either. Everyone needs to read a bit of everyone’s angle if only to learn different points of view, rational or not. Editor does need to stop trying to convince people whose hatred is so visceral they will not be convinced. It was the same thing with the Clinton haters and the Bush II haters. We owe it to readers to say something, but there is no need to take up every point every time it is repeated.

 

·         UN Ambassador as SecState  When we heard this lady was a serious candidate for Secretary State, we were, like, “Say what, again?” Truthfully, if you are going to make her SecState, even the Editor is better qualified. Even his Teddy Bears are better qualified. (Likely the Bears are more qualified than he is.) On hearing the news, Editor had no choice but to roll his eyes and say: “There he goes again”, meaning the Prez. The Prez, according to Editor, lacks maturity and gravitas, and here he was demonstrating it – again.

 

·         Well, Prez is free to choose his own team, but we have to disagree when Prez/supporters said attacks on the UN ambassador were sexist and racist. Pathetically cheap shots. Still, this person is such a non-entity we couldn’t understand why Washington was getting het up. To say she shouldn’t become SecState because she said the Benghazi attack was on account of the anti-Islam video seemed unreasonable to us. That is what she was briefed, and the briefing had to come both from State and the CIA. So why beat her up?

 

  • We learn the reason for the opposition to her from Dana Millbank of WashPo http://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/dana-milbank-susan-rices-tarnished-resume/2012/11/16/55ec3382-3012-11e2-a30e-5ca76eeec857_story.html  Mr. Millbank is a Democratic sympathizer, but he makes a real effort to be balanced, so we take him seriously. Apparently the UN Ambassador is a naughty little girl who can control neither her temper, nor her mouth, nor her middle finger. She picks fights with everyone who disagrees, and has made particular fun of Senator McCain in 2008, and even of Ms. Clinton. She has a lot of enemies in this town. And you know like Hollywood people here have long memories. You may not agree with everything Ms. Clinton does and says, but she has a lot of class. The UN ambassador does not. Her ethnicity and gender are quite irrelevant.

Friday 0230 GMT November 16, 2012

Next update will be Monday November 19, 2012 unless there occur important developments in the Middle East

·         We’ve had to postpone our planned comments on the US and its Klasse Klowne Parade as there is serious news to be covered tonight.

 

 

·         Meanwhile, please to note General Petraeus will be testifying before a Congress committee, which starts work today  0730 US winter time (1300 GMT). So we can stop with the conspiracy theory he was pressured into resigning as part of a Benghazi coverup. This widely touted theory made no sense at all because Congress can subpoena who it wants when it wants. And a General Petreaus mad at being thrown under the bus (part of this conspiracy theory) would be very eager to tell Congress his side of the story. It is time we all took our medication and calmed down both about Benghazi and the General’s personal misfortunes. Editor has zero idea what is actually going in the investigations including the Broadwell investigation. Editor wagers that the bloggers also do not know. To then run around posting bits of gossip and pausing every second to go “OMG! Treason!” is immature and unintelligent.

 

·         Republicans will say that Democrats were doing just that with Mr. Bush the Second. True. And we defended him when we thought we should. Just as we are defending the present administration. Why do so many bloggers want to wage a propaganda war? Sure, it feels good, especially since Mr. Romney lost. But the purpose of a blog – we feel – is to convince others to come to your side, not to preach to the choir. Unless we are all to pick up guns and decide issues that way, the issues have to be decided by debate. Those who are civil, reasoned, and fair have a better chance of winning the debate. We repeat that Editor is NOT pro-Obama: he said many times the US is doomed no matter who gets elected because our leadership regardless of its political bent is owned by the oligarchs and is, besides, a complete  and incompetent failure. You want to attack Mr. Obama, please do so. It’s your right. But if you want to convince others, be fair about it.

 

 

·         Israel/Gaza As of midnight Israel time, the Jerusalem Post reports that Israel has recalled 30,000 reservists and begun concentrating infantry brigades and tank units on the Gaza border. http://www.jpost.com/Defense/Article.aspx?id=292102

 

·         Late Thursday night the Israeli defense Force announced it had launched 70 air attacks on Gaza in an hour, bringing the total  number since Operation Pillar of Defense began to 320. Readers will recall that Israeli killed Hamas’ military chief on Wednesday in retaliation for a resurgence of rocket fire against Israel. At that point Hamas and allies began firing rockets all out, and have launched 270 as of 2330 GMT Thursday November 16.

 

·         The blitz attacks appears – as far as we can make out – to be directed mostly against the longer-range rockets capable of reaching Tel Aviv, like the Fajr 5 given by Iran. Yesterday Hamas & Co said they had launched two rockets against Tel Aviv; the Israelis said they had seen no sign of attacks against Tel Aviv. Nonetheless, Hamas does have the longer-range rockets, stored mainly for underground launch, and presumably the Israelis have decided to reduce the risk to their capital. Hamas has shifted much of its rocket capability underground because by the time rocket crews get set up to launch from the surface, Israeli UAVs have detected the setup and the sites have been attacked while they are launching or very shortly thereafter.

 

·         Situation Assessment Orbat.com’s obligation is to be honest with its readers and not to pretend we know more than we know. Nor do we believe in the standardized media headlines which seem to be dragged out from wherever they are kept and used at every opportunity. What follows is our best assessment.

 

·         We cannot say why Hamas was provoking Israel before Wednesday by resuming rocket fire. People are saying that in view of the Sunni victories in the Arab world Hamas is feeling strong and is ready to tough it out. We reject this explanation as making no sense. It is being said that Hamas is counting on Egypt to pressure Israel not to retaliate. This may be so, but if so, it is a major error. Israel is not going to give immunity to Gaza because of Egypt. The Israeli Army will use no more than 30,000 soldiers in any Gaza invasion; it can quite easily handle Egypt simultaneously. It remains unclear to us that Egypt is willing to risk war and the inevitable defeat just to help Hamas in some totally unclear objective. This is quite aside from what happens to Egypt’s relationship with the US if Egypt attacks.

 

·         So if Hamas wants to appear to be tough, the question “why” is unanswered. The answer most probably lies in the internal politics of Palestine. But right now things have become personal: by killing Hamas’ military chief and threatening to declare open season on Hamas’s civil leadership, any back down by Hamas will reduce its credibility in Palestine. Of course, an Israeli invasion will destroy not just Hamas’s credibility, it will destroy Hamas. In our opinion, it is perhaps unnecessary to think too deeply on why Hamas has started this, because the Arabs are impulsive in the extreme.

 

·         There is a possibility that Hamas is acting on Iran’s behalf. Teheran is under immense pressure because Israel has declared openly and covertly it is prepared to go for a unilateral strike, and clearly such a strike may happen right after the Israeli elections early next year. We could sit here and argue that elections Israel will calm down, but we’re not talking Israeli motives, we’re talking Iranian perceptions.

 

·         We don’t like this explanation because it makes Hamas an Iranian puppet, which is absolutely not the case. The worst outcome for Hamas is an Israeli re-occupation of Gaza; why should Hamas sacrifice itself to oblige Iran? From where we sit, we see no good outcome for Hamas regardless of it continues fighting or it stops now.

 

·         It is possible that Hamas has decided that in view of Israeli failures in Lebanon 2006 and Gaza 2008, that Hamas can defeat or at least stalemate Israel in the event of a new ground invasion. Two things. First, this still leaves unanswered what has led Hamas to stage a showdown. It’s doing rather nicely as it is, and given that Abbas of the West Bank is very weak right now, shouldn’t Hamas be focusing on overthrowing him?

 

·         Second, if Hamas is going by the 2006 and 2008 outcomes, it is making the mistake of fighting the last war. It is true that years of peace and plain hubris led to a very severe deteriorating in Israeli Army’s fighting capabilities. We are not in a position to say to what extent the deficiencies of 2006/2008 have been remedied. What we do know is that Israeli Army itself was seriously shocked at its bad performance and has been working to correct the situation. And we can say with surety that Israel will not repeat the strategic and tactical mistakes of the earlier wars. Still further, Israel’s airpower capability has significantly increased

 

·         Now, Israel has clearly said it will not stop attacking Gaza unless the rocket fire ceases. We’d like to add that unless the whole show is stopped immediately, Israel’s position will harden and even if the rocket fire stops at some point, the Israelis will want blood. Israel is headed for elections early next year, and the conservatives are on the rise after having to rule within a tricky coalition. Israeli internal politics require a stern response or else come Election Day the Government will be in trouble.

 

·         It is understandable that Hamas wants to hit Tel Aviv. If, however, it succeeds in inflicting casualties in this critical city, Israel will have to react in full force. Though Israelis do not want to reoccupy Gaza, this may become a necessity if Tel Aviv is attacked.

Thursday 0230 GMT November 15, 2012

·         Editor considers himself doubly blessed in the matter of his countries. Both his home country (India) and adopted country (America) have an endless profusion of Klasse Klownes. Both countries have a high percentage of citizens who are simultaneously citizens of La La Land. Both countries are a source of endless amusement. Thank you, Lord (twice over) for your beneficence in this matter. If either India or America were “normal” countries, life would be so dull. As it doubtless is for people not privileged to live in those two countries.  Editor has often wondered why the British press, to take an example, is so fixated on strange doings in America. He used to get irritated at what he perceived was an open anti-Americanism.

 

·         But then one day the truth hit him: the Brits, poor things, have no choice but to focus on America because Brit people are excruciatingly dull (“normal”). But for America, the Brits would have a suicide rate ten times as high as they do now, because they would have no lives. Brit Metros would not run because trains would be constantly held up while workers scraped the latest suicide off the rails. Brit ports would be shut down to recover those who, unable to take it anymore, have drowned themselves. No airplanes could fly for the Brit passengers screaming “No! No! No!” before opening the emergency exit and hurling themselves out. And so on.

 

 

·         Thanks to America, little of this happens. Because of America, when a person calls the National Suicide Hotline to announce “Goodbye, cruel world”, the counselor on the end says “Not so fast mister. Before you go let me read to you the latest on an American general and his tootsie…” By the time the counselor tells the latest news, the would-be suicide is restored to his regular radiant self, and tells the counselor “Thank you. Thank you so much for giving me a reason to live. I now anxiously wait the next episode.” The counselor responds “Don’t thank me! Thank America!” Then they sing “God Bless America” and shed a quiet tear for the love God shows us by having created America – God’s own country and all that.

 

·         So let’s take India first In 2008, the Government auctioned 122 licenses for 2G wireless spectrum. A government agency declared that the government was cheated out of $32-billion because the auction was rigged by telecom operators working with corrupt ministers and bureaucrats. Several people were thrown in jail among national outrage. All 122 licenses were cancelled in 2012, and a re-auction ordered.

 

·         The re-auction was held this week, and guess what? The bidding topped at $1.8-billion, almost 18 times less than what the government watchdog said the spectrum was worth. You will naturally want to know what was paid in the 2008 auction. Please hold your breath: $2-billion was paid, or MORE than the 2012 auction http://www.ndtv.com/article/india/what-is-2g-spectrum-scam-66418  (All figures at current rate of Rs 53 = US$1.) But please to notice that the 2008 price vs 2012 price has to be adjusted for inflation for the last four years. Very roughly, the Indian rupee has lost about a third of its value over the last four years (this is not an exact calculation). So the $1.8-billion paid is worth $1.35-billion today (again, rough calculation); so the government has theoretically LOST money after it repays the 2008 fees. Of course, it will not be this much because government will pay only a nominal interest; perhaps it will not pay any interest. Against that, however, are intangibles like global loss of confidence in India as a stable place to invest. If your license can get cancelled on a zero-fact assessment of fraud, then you will think many times before investing in India.

 

·         Now, government critics will likely point out that two of the original 2008 companies sold major shares of themselves to foreign companies for prices higher than they paid for their licenses. Neither company seems to have had previous telecom experience, so their sole assets were the licenses. At this point our reaction is a big fat AND??? So what? Foreigners were not allowed to bid. If they wanted to get into India, they had to partner with an Indian company. Since it is the spectrum the foreign companies wanted, it would make no sense for them to pay anything for the two Indian companies unless the Indian companies had the licenses in hand. If anyone was so concerned about this, why not have let the foreign companies bid directly? When you artificially restrict bidding for licenses, there will be those willing to partner with the license winner if it makes them money. This doesn’t mean the Indian company should have bid higher: the Indian companies bid against other Indian companies and won. Any future profit is theirs. Not letting foreigners bid was the government’s stupidity and these two Indian companies too advantage of that.

 

·         One of the two companies, an old, established Indian firm, won only two licenses, indicating it wanted to put a toe into the water in this new (for them) business. What is wrong with that? Or is the critics’ case only those already in a business should be allowed to bid? That is called oligopoly, which is generally considered A Bad Thing.

 

·         The other company took 9 licenses. Allegations have been made these were improperly awarded as the company did not meet auction requirements. Fair enough. Investigate and prosecute the company if cause is found. Why cancel the entire auction and end up earning LESS money than you did the first time?

 

·         Now it is time to play “Bring in the Klownes…” India Rising: always fabulous, always exotic, and always good for a hearty laugh. Please don’t shoot us: we’ll do it ourselves and save you the cost of a bullet!

 

                 Tomorrow: The very amusing US of A (United States of Amusement).

Wednesday 0230 GMT November 14, 2012

·         The FBI and the investigation of the CIA former director Our letter writer is at pains to note that while he is familiar with FBI procedures, any information about this particular case comes solely from the media. We hope the letter will help resolve many questions our readers may have about the FBI handling of the matter.

 

·         The chairman and ranking member of the house and senate intelligence committees must be informed of ongoing intel activities and operations.  This is a legal requirement that was enshrined in law back in the 1970s after the Church committee hearings.  So, the FBI was perhaps naughty not to tell Feinstein in the Senate and Rogers in the House.

 

·         In response, FBI will say that this started as a criminal investigation into cyber threats, and the FBI rightly never talks about ongoing criminal investigations to Congress or other government agencies.  However, one of the things they saw in the emails from Broadwell was info about Petreaus' schedule and movements when he was CENTCOM chief.  This set off alarm bells regarding potential breach of security for obvious reasons.  Later FBI learned of the sexual affair and put the pieces together realizing that there was no security breach, and that they were dealing with a psycho ex-girlfriend.

 

·          So, in fairness to the FBI, this thing was a criminal investigation that kind of veered into the realm of intel issues.  As a political matter, someone high up in the Justice Department should have informed the President, as well as congress earlier.  Remember that FBI would have been working with a federal prosecutor in Tampa as they sought court orders to get into Broadwell's email.  Something like this surely would have quickly gone from the US attorney in Tampa to DOJ HQ in Washington. 

 

·         So, as a political matter, this was a cock-up, as the Brits would say, by the high level appointees in the DOJ.  FBI handled things exactly the way they should have.  However, they will now take all the blame, as the powers-that-be in Washington scramble to protect Eric Holder from the Congress.

 

·         According to another source the Editor spoke with, since the end of J. Edgar Hoover’s days, the FBI has been most loathe to be seen as an instrument of the ruling politicians. FBI would have completed its investigation with due diligence, and given its report when the investigation was finished. It was not for the FBI to rush to the President or press until it was satisfied it had been thorough, particularly as no intelligence breach was found. The investigation was not wrapped up until just before the election. Mr. Leon Panetta was informed on November 6th.

 

·         We drew our source’s attention The Washington Post of November 13, 2012. WashPo rhetorically asked that since there was no national security issue, and since the FBI concluded the threats made by Ms. Broadwell to Ms. Kelley did not rise to the level of criminality, why is this matter being discussed in the first place?

 

·         Our source said the FBI never went public with anything. An agent knowledgeable about the investigation informed Mr. Eric Cantor of the investigation and said he was a whistleblower because he feared the matter would be covered up. It is likely, but not proved at this point, that the “whistleblower” was acting from political motives. But you cannot go public because you fear something may be covered up. A crime has to be committed before you can blow whistles. This agent has committed a gross breach of discipline; it now appears he is infatuated with Ms. Kelley; and his future is in the hands of the FBI's internal affairs unit. The FBI has committed no sin here: its agent lost it, the  Bureau acted promptly.

 

·         Our source asks us to note that Mr. Cantor wisely chose not to make capital of his information and thus open himself up to charges of partisanship.  Mr. Cantor merely informed the authorities and said nothing. This shows that at least he has shown high ethical standards.

 

·         We asked our source that since the FBI had concluded there was no criminal action, why did it inform Mr. Leon Panetta about the investigation. Our source cryptically said it is not the FBI’s place to inform Mr. Panetta and that our source doubts this is what happened. Our source noted the information from two aides of the former CIA’s Director that he had no thought of resigning; presumably because he believed he had done nothing wrong. Our source says he believes the news correct that only when the Director National Intelligence told the CIA Director he should resign did the Director put in his papers.  Our source suspects that the former CIA Director’s wife may have had something to do with resignation decision as she is reported to be “furious”, but added this is just his speculation. He does not know.

 

·         Meantime, Reader Luxembourg, our resident cynic wants to know how the general accused of improper relationships with Ms. Kelley found time to generate 30,000 pages of emails to the – er – object of his affections. He would have had to write nonstop for 40-hours a week for the whole year, at the high speed of 50 words a minute, to fill anywhere near that number of pages cited. Reader Luxembourg says no wonder we are losing in Afghanistan.

 

·         Well, the reality is more prosaic. First, the total pages seized include only some that are emails between the two – er – the two admirers. Further, a single line email prints out as a page when sent to hard copy. A 30-minute luvvy-duvvy session can easily generate 50 pages to and from, allowing for times for sighs, languidly sniffing roses, refilling the wine glasses and so on.

 

·         Also meantime, Editor has long been sick and tired of this business that women promote, that men rapaciously seeks affairs and the women are the victims. First, this is not biologically correct. The female of the species chooses, not the male, and the poor, pathetic mindless male simply responds. Second, look at the fotos and bios of Ms. Broadwell and Ms. Kelley. Just who exactly is victimizing whom here?

 

  • In the unlikely event that these two ladies are reading this blog, may the Editor put in a pitch for himself after the outraged husbands toss these ladies out? (Which they should not; you can’t throw your wife out for having an affair else no one in this country would remain married. Think of the kids, not your ego.) But suppose these ladies are thrown out, they are most welcome at Editor’s. He is way smarter than Generals P and A – put together, squared and the results raised to one googol. Oh, its Editor running speed and push-up capability they want to know. Editor has been known to cover one mile in one hour – that’s only one zero’s difference between six minutes a mile – and he can do one thousand pushups in one year.

 

 

Tuesday 0230 GMT November 13, 2012

·         Former CIA Director We had one response from a reader. He asked why liberals thought it was a matter of little concern for President Clinton to have an affair and then pile on to the former CIA Director.  We may be wrong, but as far as we know no one is condemning the former official for having an affair. What people of every political stripe seem unable to process is why a man of his stature should embark on an affair at all.

 

·         Speaking purely for himself, Editor does not see what is the big deal about anyone having an affair. He does not see it is any business of the American public. Let those without sin cast the first stone and all that. Editor, as a true sinner – along with the other 5-billion adults on the planets – is not in a position to cast stones. If anyone IS condemning the former official, they need to stop right quick, before the Old Boy Upstairs enters a “Hypocrite” against their name. Hypocrisy is also a sin, and it seems quite pointless to condemn someone else’s sin and then get written up for sinning.

 

 

·         Back to Mr. Clinton and the CIA former director. Is there actually a law that says the President cannot have affairs? We’re asking for informational reasons because there definitely is a law that says married military personnel cannot have affairs. We will go one step further and assume the CIA also has such a rule, at least for its senior officers.  Though there is no security angle in this case, we are reasonably guessing the former official’s boss (the DNI) had to ask him to resign. It also seems to us since the lady in question is an officer herself (we were told Major but apparently she is a Lieutenant Colonel), even if she is a reservist  she is likely to be subject to military discipline. The CIA officer, having retired at 60, would not be a reservist.  So the CIA and so on have to sort out their rules.  As we said, let the rest of us MOOB (Mind Our Own Business).

 

·         Another “A Billion a’int what it used to be” example So at the peak of World War II, in 1944, US was spending about $70-billion; in today’s money $920-billion or so. No need to repeat the obvious: 100 army divisions, 6800 warships, 80,000 USAAF aircraft, 12-million men under arms and so on. In 1968, US was spending about $80-billion, or about $450-billion in today’s money, and that too was a big spending blowout. Ten divisions fighting in Indochina, whacking great N-weapons buildup, 3.6-million men under arms, something like 2500 air force and naval aircraft  and 12,000 helicopters in the war zone alone, 930 warships, etc etc.

 

·         Now comes news of two $6-billion arms deals, one for Saudi, and one for Qatar. The Saudi deal is for 25 (that’s right, twenty-five) C-130Js, and the Qatar deal is even more pathetic, for two THAAD anti-aircraft/anti-missile batteries (12 launchers and 150 missiles).  Yes, yes, training and documentation and parts and so on for a few years is included, but still.

 

·         The other day Editor was idly wonder what three new UK 60,000-ton class carriers would cost if India had the money. Well, $12-billion for the ships plus $12-billion for parts and mods for 20 years; about the same for 12 Daring class escorts, and about the same for the airgroups (F-35B plus helicopters and so on) including attrition. In other words, three carriers would cost $36-billion over 20-years. That’s not much lower than India’s total defense budget for about 1.5-million men under arms (all services).

 

·         Why is not India knocking a zero off its currency? When Editor first came to the US, the US dollar equaled Rupees 4.78. The rate is now around Rs 53=US$1.  The smallest Indian coin now issued by India’s central bank (the Reserve Bank of India) is 10 paisa, or one-tenth of a rupee. Therefore India can knock off one zero, making the exchange rate Rs. 5.3 to US$1.

 

  • This doesn’t change the terms of trade because New Rupees 5.3 would equal Old Rupees 53. But it would give Indians a sense of dignity, that their money is not funny money. DeGaulle knocked two zeros off the French Franc, bringing it to Francs 5 to the US dollar, precisely because of the dignity issue.  When the Italians shifted to the Euro, they in effect knocked off three zeros from the lira.

Monday 0230 GMT November 12, 2012

·         Former CIA Director We no particular fans of the gentleman. If he is the greatest American general of his generation, all we can say is this generation’s standard are abysmally low. He did a good job in Iraq; he did a bad job in Afghanistan – along with all the other Afghanistan generals, of course. This said, orbat.com’s position on the gentleman’s personal life is this: it is his personal life.

 

·         Regarding the matter of his testifying in front of the scheduled closed Benghazi briefings. There are briefings and then there are hearings initiated by Congress. It is the government’s prerogative to bring who it wants to a briefing. But it is Congress’ prerogative to subpoena who it wants for a hearing. So the general may not be at the briefings. But if Congress is unsatisfied, it can summon him. To talk about cover-ups and link the revelation of his affair to the Congressional proceedings is naïve.

 

·         We bloggers and media types have to stop seeing a conspiracy behind every corner. We need to follow Occam’s Razor, which broadly states that the simplest hypothesis with the greatest power to explain the factcs is preferable.  If we refuse to be logical, and attribute everything to some giant conspiracy being manipulated by the government, we not only are unable to face reality, but we are also clinically paranoid. In any investigation of any sort, it is not for the accused to prove every charge made by accusers wrong. The accusers have to prove their charges.

 

·         The Benghazi affair is the first time Editor has followed events as seen through the lens of bloggers, thanks to reader Luxembourg who sent us stories several times a day. Editor was utterly amazed at the low level of “facts” presented, the lack of standing of the “sources”, and the abysmal lack of knowledge of military procedure on the part of the bloggers. The solution for clinical paranoia lies in the hands of trained doctors, not in the government opening its classified files to the public.

 

·         As with Benghazi, the anti-government (meaning anti this particular government) blogosphere says “this does not seem right” or “that does not seem right”. But who are the bloggers to say what seems right or wrong? What are their credentials? Do they understand that just because ABC is a retired official and is alleged to have said “this does not make sense” means absolutely nothing and is no proof at all? And of course, the vast majority of the blogosphere has not talked to retired official ABC. Some blog somewhere may know someone who talked to ABC. After that it is all multiple repetition and Chinese Whispers.

 

·         So, for example, some bloggers are saying the FBI would have notified X, Y, or Z that an investigation was underway. From there they jump to the assumption that someone WAS told. Then comes the next assumption: since someone WAS told, the government is withholding information. Why? Obviously so that the President’s reelection bid is not harmed. It all makes perfect sense. But trained professionals who work with paranoids will tell you that if you accept the paranoid’s starting assumption, the rest of the belief system can be remarkably consistent and even logical.  

 

·         Let’s go backward on this. If anyone believes the President’s chances of being reelected were contingent on the public knowing that the former CIA Director had had an affair, can they prove this belief? A simple way of looking at it is that supposing the GOP was in power. Just before the election it emerges the CIA Director has been having an affair. Is there one person, just one person, who was going to vote for the GOP person now say to herself: “Oh dear: the CIA Director was having an affair. I blame the GO president. I am shocked to the point I will now vote for the Democratic nominee”. Does this make sense? It does not to us, and if there is someone out there willing to make the case, please do. Your case will be printed as a letter.

·         A prominent Congressperson – not belonging to the President’s party – says Congressional intelligence committees should have been notified an investigation was underway. Really? We don’t know what the law is, but what if the investigations uncovered evidence saying a member of the committee was up to no good? You can never tell where investigations go. After all, this one began only because the former Director’s paramour was threatening harm to another lady friend of the Director’s. It is the second lady who went to the FBI, and their initial investigations led them to believe someone had hacked the former Director’s email account. It is only when the FBI confronted the former Director and his friend and they confessed, was the matter settled. That still does not mean the FBI is under any obligation to rush anywhere making pronouncements. They have to wrap up everything as neatly as possible before informing anyone. After all, you are dealing with a national hero here. You do not want to be the one to ruin his career without possessing as many facts as possible, or get yourself into trouble for not having done the best possible investigation.

 

·         When the Director National Intelligence was informed, he immediately called in the CIA Director and asked he resign. But, says the Congressperson, this was a matter of national security and he, the Congressman, should have been involved. But was it a matter of national security? The paramour was not a Syrian or Iranian or North Korean reporting back to her government. She was a US Army Reserve major and a fellow West Pointer with her own security clearance. This was an in-house affair not having anything to do with national security.

 

·         Do we know all this for a fact? Of course not. But on the facts as announced so far, we are taking the least complicated hypothesis. Tomorrow new facts will emerge that may change matters. Instead of heroically going down with our good ship USS Hypothesis, we will reframe the hypothesis in the light of new facts. And keep repeating the process as many times as necessary.

 

·         Editor has made this point before, for our Very Young readers. The essence of military intelligence analysis is that you are required to give your superior officer snap analyses with a bare minimum – or even less than bare minimum – of facts in your hand. You therefore do not engrave your hypothesis in stone. You engrave it in sand. The minute a new fact arises, you have to redo the hypothesis. If you stay attached to your original position, or if you came to your original position based on ideology and not facts, you are not doing your job. The same thing applies to bloggers.

 

  • Just a month ago the Editor received information about the Pakistan Army that forced the Editor to overnight jettison a long-held analysis on that Army. The whole thing went topsy turvey just like that. Editor decided to sleep on it for one night. The next day he rewrote the hypothesis – which is quite different from the original. The information, by the way, was sent by a diligent reader using purely open sources. Editor did not waste time worrying about losing face at this abrupt turnaround. The truth is more important than one’s face.

Friday 0230 GMT November 9, 2012

Next update Monday November 12, 2012

·         Pentagon says Iran fires on US drone in international airspace and US will do what is required to protect its forces.  Two aircraft attacked the UAV and missed. US has conveyed through diplomatic channels to Teheran that it will continue to fly reconnaissance over the “Arabian Gulf” – nice stab at Iran there. The incident happened November 1, 2012. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/iran/9665701/Iranian-fighter-jets-fired-on-US-drone-in-Gulf.html

 

·         South Korea working age population to start falling from 73% starting next years (15-64 years). By 2050 the working age populated is expected to be 53%. According to the report in Chosun Ilbohttp://english.chosun.com/site/data/html_dir/2012/11/08/2012110801139.html , the Bank of Korea says every 1% drop in working age population causes a 5.2% drop in the growth rate. We are assuming this means that – for example – GDP growth is 10% annually, a 1% reduction in available workers will slow growth to 9.5%. if this is not what the Bank of Korea means, we are unable to explain the figure.

 

·         Sudan threatens “painful” response to Israeli attack on Khartoum arms depot shipping weapons to Israel’s enemies. http://www.jpost.com/International/Article.aspx?id=291079 Gee, Sudan, we hope the response doesn’t hurt you too much: we don’t want to see you in pain.

 

·         Putin dismisses his defense minister Since Mr. Putin is known for sticking to loyal followers through thick and thin, and the defense minister is one such, there has been some confusion and considerable speculation on what is really going on. On the surface, the gentleman is being fired because he was told not to protect subordinates over a corruption inquiry into sale of Defense Ministry owned lad as below market prices. The Minister refused to back away. But the notion that a corruption inquiry is the cause of the minister’s downfall has everyone familiar with Russia ROFL (rolling on floor laughing). Particularly because Putin and Co have made much of their money by selling state assets way below cost.

 

·         The closest anyone can come to a plausible reason is that the Russians generals have revolted. The minister has been reorganizing the armed forces, emphasizing quality over numbers, and firing generals left and right as he reduces manpower. We’d add that possibly, additionally, the reorganization has upset the internal empires of important generals. Perhaps generals’ ties to military factories have been threatened. http://www.itar-tass.com/en/c142/565216.html

 

  • China 18th Congress elections We have had no comment till now, because the voting started today and the process will take a week. But China watchers say apparently the conservatives are expected to stage a coup and return to power.  The new Commission has 7 members, down from 9. In the previous commission, conservatives and reformers were split 4-5. In the new commission it is expected to be 5-2 in favor of the conservatives.  So there will be no liberalization, political or economic. Part control and state control over the economy stands strengthened. http://www.brookings.edu/research/articles/2012/11/05-china-leaders-li (original report from BBC). I mean, does anyone really care? Even Editor, who has no life, has better things to do than concern himself with the party congress. Like staring out of the window.

 

Thursday 0230 November 8, 2012

In the unlikely event any of our readers expects a comment on the election, here it is: Boooooorrrrriiiinggg

More seriously, one of Editor’s boys, who is a Republican, BTW, and has a fair knowledge of Washington as well as US election history told him in early 2008 that Mr. Obama would win the election. He has been steadfastly saying since early 2011 that no matter whom the challenger, Mr. Obama would win again.

·         So are the Good Times ever going to Roll again?  There is a school of thought that says “No, they aren’t.” This school says that US’s economic woes are not temporary, and cannot be solved by politicians because the problems are structural.  For increasing amounts of GDP, you need an increasing population and increasing productivity. The US population growth is slowing – without immigration we may even head for negative growth. And there is no sign of what the next productivity thing is going to be.  (Please see the article "Is the US condemned by history to slow growth?" In Business Week, October 22-28, 2012, pages 19-20.)

 

·         You have to see that GDP growth of even just 1% is pretty wild in historical terms. Rounding off, 1% means GDP doubles every 75 years. In just over 2000 years, GDP would increase by 134,217,728  times. So just arbitrarily assume the world had a 200-million people in 1 AD. The Roman Empire had over 50-million http://www.tulane.edu/~august/H303/handouts/Population.htm ; given that India and China likely each had far more, and there was Africa and the Americas and so on, a quarter billion is probably reasonable. Further arbitrarily say the per capita income was $200 in today’s money – see  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:World_GDP_Capita_1-2003_A.D.png , we are estimating the height of the bars by sight. So world GDP would have been $50-billion back in the day. At 1% annual growth world GDP should be about $6.7 quintillion (15 zeros). It is, in fact, about a million times smaller.

 

·         In case you’ve forgotten – and with all these figures who would not have a blank mind – our point is that 1% annual growth is very, very high if you look at the past 2000 years. So obviously the sudden spurt that began in 1700, accelerated in 1800, and then really took off in 1900 (all approximately) has to be in small part because of population growth by about 30-times, and a whacking increase in productivity, which came mainly in the 20th Century.

 

·         Now, obviously no one can foretell the future. So we don’t know for a fact there will be no more breakthroughs on the order of the steam engine, the telephone, and the computer and so on. Indeed, it seems to us very unlikely there will NOT be spectacular breakthroughs. Humans use only 1/10,000 of the energy the sun puts out. So we are a long ways from using all the energy of a sun, let alone all the energy of a galaxy, or that of a universe.  In our known universe there are 300-sextillion starts (300 followed by 21 zeroes). Our universe is infinite and the number of universes is infinite. So in theory we should at some point have an infinite GDP, which each of being infinitely wealthy.

 

·         All we’re saying is that at this time we know the factors that are causing growth to slow down in a mature economy like the US, the same thing will hit everyone else in the next few decades. 1% annual GDP growth may become the norm for the rest of this century, and, until the next big productivity breakthrough occurs, in the 2100s even 1% is going to look like explosive growth. UK had economic growth of 0. 2% in the 13th to 18th Century, equating to a doubling of GDP in 350-years.

 

  • So there it is, folks. The implications first for the US and then the world is something we leave for you to figure out.

Wednesday 0230 GMT November 7, 2012

·         India: The Republic of Government Idiots we start with a deep apology to actual idiots (IQ zero to 25). Compared to the Government of India, particularly the Ministry of Defense, idiots are actually Mensa level. To properly define the IQ of significant parts of the Government of India, we have to construct a new scale, going into the negative numbers. So deeply into the negative numbers that we would emerge in Australia for tea with the kangaroos.

 

·         The latest atrocity about to be committed with the MOD is cancellation, for the second times in 5-years, of bidding for the Light Utility Helicopter program. It is said that 197 LUHs are on bid for Army Aviation, at a cost of $1-billion. About 130 are for the Army. The money seems way to low, because now-a-days you do not get military grade light helicopters for $5-million each. Be that as it may, at this point the LUH requirement is seven years behind schedule. If the bidding is cancelled and a rebid ordered, at the very minimum two years will be lost. After a big is accepted in Indian defense, the real negotiations start before a contract is signed. This can take 1-2 years. Then the helicopters have to be manufactured. More years.

 

·         Meanwhile, Army Aviation continues operating the obsolete Aerospatiale Alouette 3 (entered service 1960) and the Alouette 2 Lama, modified for India’s very high altitude requirement (entered service mid-1950s). India built 500 Lamas and Alouettes (Cheetah and Chetak are the local names.  A Lama can lift 20-kgs to the Siachin Glacier, about 8000-meters. We do not have to explain that is a very serious limitation. And aside from the Siachin, there are dozens of places where the Indian Army is deployed at altitudes of 5000-meters and up.

 

·         It is not as if Army Aviation is getting no new equipment. An order for about 130+ Dhurv utility helicopters should be complete next year, and orders for 40+ attack versions (which can zip along happily at 6000-meters and up) will start delivery in 2013. A Dhruv, BTW and as far as we know, can deliver 200-kg to the Siachin outposts. Also because of the LUH program delays, as an expedient 12 Cheetals (Alouette 3s upgraded with a new engine and capable of very high altitude operations) are likely to be ordered. The problem is that all this may meet less than 40% of Army Aviation’s requirements. The Army, at least, has to have the LUH.

 

·         We should make clear that our “inside” sources cannot be quited, and at least as of this update, the blogs we rely on – Ajai Shukla Broadsword, Shiv Aroor Live fist, and some others – have not taken up the matter of this latest holdup. It seems as if the US Defensenews.com has been first to break the story. http://www.defensenews.com/article/20121106/DEFREG03/311060001/India-8217-s-1B-Deal-Light-Helos-Faces-Cancellation?odyssey=nav%7Chead  In addition to our lack of more precise information, the story from this source is quite confused and the details are making no sense. With this proviso, we Bash On Regardless with this analysis, and promise to update it as more information emerges.

 

·         What the source is saying – we are jettisoning the contradictory parts of the story – is that this second rebid was to be decided anytime very soon, but may be in jeopardy because some Army one-star officer asked someone for a bribe. We’ll have to wait till one of our experts emails us to explain why the first bid was cancelled in 2007 or 2008.   This was followed by a 3 ½ year reevaluation, with the contenders winnowed to the Ka-226 and the Eurocopter 550. The Indian Defense Minister has said if any signs of misdoing happen, the contract will be cancelled again. This man is so incompetent that we would be justified in suspecting he is in the pay of both China and Pakistan to cripple India’s armed forces. Except, of course, why should India's enemies bother to bribe the man when he is destroying the armed forces for free.  We are told the gent is on a one-man crusade to clean up corruption in the MOD, though we’d like him to lay bare his 40 years career and tell us that he has been an Honest Injun all along, and has committed no corruption, nor taken a bribe. Which would make him a saint in India – and  were he an American politicians, in America too.

 

·         Now look at the foolishness of this man. If someone has asked for a bribe, investigate and punish that man. If a bribe has been given, investigate and punish those that gave it. The larger question is, how can an Army one-star be bribed to influence the outcome of bidding? He cannot, because in the hierarchy of decision-making his importance is lower than that of the file clerk. Moreover, the point is the Army needs modernization. This idiot defense minister is also holding up dozens of other programs.

 

  • When the entire political establishment in India at all levels is corrupt, and likely many bureaucrats and some generals are corrupt, why all of a sudden do the Indian armed forces have to prove they are holier than the Pope? Defense is a critical need, and India’s re-equipment programs are decades behind schedule. The Prime Minister is so weak he cannot call this minister of his to order – or any other minister. The PM is so determined to prove he is honest (he is) that he does not overrule any decision of his ministers where money is involved. The PM’s ego and the defense minister’s ego, the rest of the Indian military can go the devil tied to the backside of the braying ass that is the Indian Government.

Tuesday 0230 GMT November 6, 2012

·         The election  Editor is feeling tres grumpy about this fraudulent show called the 2012 US Presidential election. In 2008, Senator John McCain opted for federal financing, spending $74-million. In 2012 Tweedledee and Tweedledum have spent $1-billion, with $300-million coming from black funds. No one except those who spend it knows from where it comes.

 

·         One gazillionaire, some vague fellow by name of Adelman, has alone contributed $53-million known, so that 1 of 20 dollars spent is from just this one person. If anyone thinks their vote is worth the same as vague fellow’s vote, they are delusional. This is an election by the rich, of the rich, and for the rich. This is not democracy, it is an oligarchy. Can’t say we’re constitutional experts here, but last we heard the US constitution says nothing about oligarchical rule.

 

·         The effect of money is simple. It distorts, indeed renders irrelevant, the will of the people. This vague person, for example, is contributing $53-million not because he likes his candidate’s smile, but because he expects if his candidate wins, the candidate will do favors for the vague person. So again, your one vote is not equal to this gazillionaire’s vote.

 

·         If Americans feel this system is fine, then certainly Editor is no one to disagree. After all, he is a guest here. But he has lived here long enough, and knows enough, to be able to tell what’s happening is not democracy, but a sham. What’s happening is anti-American and is subverting the foundations of the Republic – what’s left of the Republic, anyway. Those who subvert the Republic are traitors. Traitors need to be shot.

 

·         Honestly, we wouldn’t have to shoot too many. Just take the top 10 donors. It wouldn’t even cost money because lots of people with guns would volunteer in a snap and would be happy to use their own ammo. If the rule became the top ten donors to any election campaign are shot, you can bet next year no one will give a penny to any election. Problem will be solved. No need to thank Editor. Solving problems: that’s what he is here for.

 

  • We have to quit after the above rant: spent 45-minutes looking for something of interest. Nothing is the result.

Monday 0230 GMT November 5, 2012

·         Syria Things are getting more complicated in Syria, and not in a good way. Militarily, the rebels are getting money and arms from supporters, who include governments operating under credible deniability and rich individuals. Everyone, of course, backs their own faction.

 

·         Because of this influx of supplies, and also because the rebels are becoming more experienced, the fighting has gotten fiercer with heavier casualties on both sides. The rebels have made no substantial headway in Damascus and Aleppo, so they have started to sight out as the Government’s supply lines. Much of the fighting is taking place out of site because it’s happening at communications nodes. The Government has thrown restraints on air strikes to the winds. Last week on one day alone there were sixty air strikes. The Government from the start has shown no restraint on the use of armor and artillery; combined with the air strikes the cities and towns being fought over increasingly look like something out of World War II, the damage is so extreme.

 

·         The United States has pulled way back. Not that it was particularly involved to begin with, but if this continues US will be irrelevant to the outcome of the war and Syria’s future. Is this a bad thing? We’ve argued it need not be: US is so overextended it does not need another commitment. US has even withdrawn support of the main rebel alliance – which was mainly words – because, Washington says, the alliance has become unrepresentative of the Syrian opposition. US wants everyone to get together to exclude extremists. But of course, in this early stage of the troubles, a unified opposition is impossible. It is only after the main opposition groups have fought it with each other (as is happening in Libya) that a unified opposition can emerge (as is the case in Iraq, where the Shias, previously in opposition, now rule).

 

·         Because US has put so many conditions on the opposition before it even considers help, the opposition is taking help from where it can and ignoring Washington. Among the help opposition is getting is from extremist groups, including our old buddy old pal AQ. So even as US knocked off AQ in Pakistan and crippled it in Afghanistan, like the Hydra, AQ has spread to one more country, having p[previously established itself in the Sahel, Yemen, and Somalia. This is what happens when gnats and elephants fight. The elephants are tormented; the gnats are sufficiently nimble to change countries and alliances. This is very sad from a professional view point, but as we’ve said many times, the words “US” and “counterinsurgency” have become oxymorons when used in the same sentence.

 

·         You cannot blame the opposition for taking help where they can find it. US is not helping, the opposition has been dying for months, so anyone who comes willing to foght the Assad regime is welcomed.

 

·         Last month we thought that Turkey was building up to an intervention, and to heck with the US. This month it looks like Turkey has become rattled about the prospect of intervening all alone. NATO has made it absolutely clear Syrian action deliberately provoked by Turkey does not fall under the defense charter. And NATO has also made it clear that with each passing day, its wimp factor increases; i.e., the odds NATO will intervene grow less. As such, recent reports of rebel atrocities must have been greeted at NATO HQ with cheers and sighs of relief, because obviously NATO cannot help an opposition that is committing some of the same crimes as the government is committing, and to stop which will be one purpose of intervention.

 

·         The spread of war crimes among the opposition is inevitable. The longer these civil wars go on, the more ruthless all sides become. The Syrian opposition is not evil; it is not killing prisoners out of some desire to get cheap thrills. It is giving back to the Government what the Government has given to the opposition, which is merciless killing of civilians, women, children, and captured fighters. This extrajudicial killing will only get worse each passing day.

 

·         Washington Post yesterday said what we and a hundred other people have been saying, which is the increasingly unstable environment in Syria is spilling over to the Kurds. Syria has its own Kurds, who according to WashPo have established independent rule in the North west corner of Syria, on the Turkish border. This is only going to encourage Turkey’s own Kurds, and those in Iraq and Iran, to step up their efforts for independence. We’ve in fact argued that the US should support the Kurds as a way of crippling Iraq, which because of its alliance with Iran is now inimical to US interests, and as a way of increasing pressure on Iran. But Editor’s ideas aside, the Kurdish factor appears to be giving serious pause for thought in Turkey.

 

·         So naturally readers will want to know: what is Orbat.com’s evaluation of the outcome of the Syria civil war? Impossible to say. Compromise is now impossible because Assad steadily rejected compromise from day 1. He might under pressure be open to a compromise, but the opposition will not agree – not least because Assad cannot be trusted. To much blood under the bridge and all that. The situation has to get a lot worse before the outlines of possible outcomes become clearer. Editor knows you will be saying: how can it get worse? Well, honestly and not to shock readers, the Syrian civil war is pretty mild. A hundred people a day are dying. That’s nothing. Both sides can keep this up for a long period. Particularly as Iraq is making sure Syria is supplied from Iran. Needless to say, pay no attention to the occasional truck or plane Iraq stops for inspection on account of US pressure. After what happened with Pakistan, no one takes US pressure seriously because they know US is impotent and has turned soft.

 

  • Softies make very bad imperialists. That’s why we want US to stop with the imperialism thing and come home.  We’d love to see the next world empire as an American empire. Aint going to happen. Our comforts matter more than world empire.

 

Saturday 0230 GMT November 3, 2012

David Ignatius (Washington Post) Benghazi attack timeline

●9:40 p.m.: A senior State Department security officer at the U.S. Consulate in Benghazi called the CIA base, at an annex about a mile away, and requested assistance: “The compound is under attack. People are moving through the gates.” CIA officers at the base can hear the alarm, and a team immediately begins gathering weapons and preparing to leave.

●10:04 p.m.: A six-person rescue squad from the agency’s Global Response Staff (GRS) leaves in two vehicles. The team leader is a career CIA officer; the team includes a contractor named Tyrone Woods, who later died. During the previous 24-minute interval, the CIA base chief calls the February 17 Brigade, other militias and the Libyan intelligence service seeking vehicles with .50-caliber machine guns. Nobody responds. The team leader and the base chief agree at 10:04 that they can’t wait any longer, and the squad heads for the consulate.

The senior intelligence official said that he doesn’t know whether Woods or any of the other team members agitated to go sooner but added that he wouldn’t be surprised. “I want them to have a sense of urgency,” he said.

●10:10 p.m.: The rescue team reached a chaotic intersection a few blocks from the consulate. Militias gathered there have several .50-caliber machine guns, which the CIA team tries unsuccessfully to commandeer; three militiamen offer to help. The rescue party now includes 10 people: six GRS officers, a CIA translator and the three Libyan volunteers.

●10:20 p.m.: A reconnaissance party of two GRS officers heads to the consulate; at 10:25, three more GRS officers enter the main gate and begin engaging the attackers. The firefight lasts about 15 minutes.

●10:40 p.m.: Members of the CIA team enter the burning inferno of “Villa C,” where Ambassador Christopher Stevens is believed to be hiding. CIA officers try numerous times to reach the “safe room” but are driven back by the intense smoke and fire. Small-arms fire continues from the Libyan attackers.

For the rest of the time line visit http://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/david-ignatius-cias-benghazi-timeline-reveals-errors-but-no-evidence-of-conspiracy/2012/11/01/a84c4024-2471-11e2-9313-3c7f59038d93_story.html

Friday 0230 GMT November 2, 2012

Next update Monday November 5, 2012

·         Benghazi Episode CIX (That’s one-hundred-and-nine). So some credible new information has finally emerged, thanks to David Ignatius of the Washington Post http://tinyurl.com/94oku7f First, necessary to make clear Mr. Ignatius and the Pentagon are BFFs. That gives him the credibility. Second, if you are anti-Mr. Obama, you may be tempted to dismiss Mr. Ignatius because he and Pentagon are BFFs. Frankly, the way the gentleman defends the Pentagon through the worst atrocities of its decision making does make the Editor frequently upchuck.  But here he is not giving his opinion. He is simply giving four facts. If someone disagrees with the facts, then they have to counter with their own. And the information has to come from someone on the level Mr. Ignatius has access to, not from a blogger who was in the service or has a BFF still in the service.

 

·         Fact One. The nearest armed drones were at Djibouti, out of range as Benghazi is 1700-km distant. This should put to an end Monday Night Quarterbacking (or whatever night it is that people sit down to replay that lost football game) about how a drone was up and it could have fired Hellfires and come to the rescue. Editor would like to add that even if an armed drone had been up, with the civilians and the bad guys mixed up, firing missiles would not have been the greatest idea. May we suggest skeptical readers examine fotos of what a building looks like after a Hellfire hit. Please to notice this missile is designed to take out highly armored main battle tanks. It creates one big mess. Unless you are certain the friendlies are out of the danger zone, you don’t let loose these things. Please also to notice that the pro-US militia supposed to be protecting the consulate staff/building was also mixed in with the civilians and baddies. Another good reason not to blast away.

 

·         Fact Two. No AC-130 gunship was available anywhere near Benghazi. In any case, as we’ve pointed out before, you absolutely do not use a C-130 gunship unless the good guys and bad guys are clearly demarcated. The destructive power of this weapon has to be seen to be believed. It is as the proverbial scything the field of wheat. Now, of course if your troops are in a very bad place and about to be overrun, the ground commander may decide it’s better to risk own casualties than everyone get it, and may call in a gunship strike. This situation does not pertain to what happened at Benghazi.

 

·         Fact Three. Two Special Forces teams were sent to Signonella in Italy. They arrived too late. The reverse side of this is there were no Special Forces when the incident began.

 

·         Fact Four. The delay in sending in the CIA men in Benghazi? Mr. Ignatius says yes, a delay did take place. It was 20-minutes, which was spent getting coordinated with the local militia. Now someone is going to say well even 20-minutes is precious in such situation. This is true. But when your SOP as laid down is to coordinate with the militia, charging off like the cavalry of yore is not a good idea. Indeed, it can lead to far worse trouble.

 

·         Mr. Igantius’s question He has an absolutely valid question: was it the greatest idea to rely on a local militia for protection? In retrospect no. But what was the alternative? The US ALWAYS depends on the local authorities to protect its embassies/consulates. Yes, Baghdad and Kabul are exceptions. Surely readers will not want Editor to explain why they are exceptions and why we can’t have hundreds of guards at each embassy and consulate.

 

·         There was an alternative: with the consulate warning it had insufficient protection, State could have closed down the office. But two questions arise. One, there is always a conflict between people on the ground who need more resources and the people upstairs who don’t have sufficient resources to give everyone what they need/ask for. This is as true of the police in your neighborhood as it is of the US military. Two, would the US ambassador have agreed to close the consulate? He is the man in charge, ultimately State will go by his perception. Editor thinks by now we should all be clear that the ambassador would not have closed the consulate. Indeed, despite the known danger, underlined many times, he chose to go to Benghazi because he believed it was his duty, that it was more important to go than to worry about his safety and that of his subordinates.

 

·         Then there is Ms. Jennifer Rubin a conservative blogger for the Washington Post. She has said that if President Obama had spent as much time on Benghazi as he has on showboating in New Jersey regarding Hurricane Sandy, then maybe things would have been different. Er, so President Obama is supposed to personally worry about the safety of the Benghazi consulate? We thought he was Prez of the US, not the head of State Department Security for North Africa/Mideast, or whichever directorate the area falls under.

 

·         Before we say our piece, let it be clear we are neither judging nor condemning Ms. Rubin for her comment. The reason is that she is openly partisan and if we recall right, she was hired to be partisan. WashPo had a contest where they chose one left and one right blogger. So Ms. Rubin is not a journalist for WashPo, and she is under no obligation to be non-partisan. In fact, that would likely violate the terms of her employment.

 

·         But the purpose of this blog is not partisanship. Editor is not shy about giving his opinion, even as his readership of three cringes and begs “Please heaven, not again!”. Our job is to provide such analysis and insight as is within our capability, hopefully leaving the readers better informed to make their own decisions about a situation.

 

·         This Benghazi thing has reached heights of absurdity Editor has not seen since Congress tried to impeach Bill Clinton for Monica whatever her name was. People are screaming the coverup has been worse than Watergate. Er, no. Mr. Nixon committed crimes against American laws in the matter of Watergate. Personally we have always wondered what the big deal was. The dirty Tricks were totally normal back in the day. Still are, its just that people are smarter about their Dirty Tricks. Be that as it may, Watergate and Benghazi are hardly comparable. In Benghazi the Administration has shown its incompetence in its public dealing with a crisis. Incompetence is not a crime, else we all would be sitting in jail.

 

·         If the 24/365 media did not demand answers to the most complex situations 30-seconds after the action has happened, maybe the Administration could have quietly gone about its fact-finding. Of course, not for us to defend the Administration for its incompetence, no one held a gun to Mr. Obama or to Ms. Clinton’s head and forced them to take the job. Mr. Obama’s response was also not worthy of his office. Like President Reagan re. Beirut 1983, it would have been best for Mr. Obama to say: “Whatever happened, I take the responsibility because the buck stops here.” Call us naïve, but we believe that would have taken the agro out of 80% of his critics. So Mr. Obama is not Mr. Reagan. Is that a crime?

 

  • The really amusing thing about this brouhaha is that some of the anti-Obama crowd actually believe this issue will affect the election. Sorry, it will not. And you know why? The anti-Obamaists may find this hard to believe, but the reality is Americans don’t really care that four Americans died in Benghazi. It was a tragedy. We all on some level want it investigated – as we would want of any tragedy – and changes made to reduce the chances of it happening again. But tragedies involving dead Americans happen every day. Are people who were going to vote Obama switch their vote to Mr. Romney because of Benghazi? Call us naïve, but that is really naïve.

 

Thursday 0230 GMT November 1, 2012

·         October 30 we Twittered a story from UK Financial Times saying that four Chinese patrol vessels had tried to force a Japanese Coast Guard cutter from the Senkaku Islands.  We must note that yesterday we saw no mention of the story in Xinhua of China (English) or Asahi Shimbun (Japan, English) and Japan Times. While it could be that China does not want to publicize such an incident, and Xinhua is the official paper, the Japanese newspapers are independent, even if Asahi Shimbun is deferential to the government. It does not see reasonable that the Japanese press would not mention such a major incident. http://t.co/AKalV3mI

 

·         Meanwhile, the incoming Japanese ambassador to Washington reminds that the Senkakus are covered by the US-Japan security treaty, implying that Washington’s pleas of neutrality between Beijing and Tokyo are irrelevant. The Us is extraordinarily limp-noodlish when it comes to China’s provocation, so Editor at least is looking forward to China doing something aggressive on the Senkakus and then seeing Washington writhe in agony. Washington needs to be taught that the profits of American companies cannot take precedence over national security, of which our alliance with Japan is definitely part.

 

·         The Japanese also need a solid spanking with a limp noodle in the matter of their defense. They are terribly passive-aggressive when the US wants Japan to raise its defense spending, saying “well our constitution does not allow us an aggressive stance”. This is a dig at the US because the Japanese constitution was basically written by the Americans, specifically McArthur. We think Japan has gotten enough of a free ride from the US on defense. McArthur could not have foretold – when he wrote the constitution – that China, then a US ally, would quickly become a US enemy. Nor could he or anyone foretell the economic rise of China and the vast expansion of China’s military power. It’s time for Japan to stop quivering in sensitivity about being seen as aggressive. Germany was very quick to assume the major role for the ground defense for Western Europe when the Soviet threat became acute. Twelve powerful German Army divisions backed by a large and very modern air force provided the core of NATO’s defense for decades.

 

·         Right now the need is for Japanese aircraft carriers, and Tokyo needs to stop futzing around on this. If the people of Japanese get the vapors every time “aircraft carrier” is mentioned, US needs to tell the Japanese people that US cannot carry the West Pacific defense burden by itself, and if the Japanese don’t like aircraft carriers, the solution is simple. They can become a vassal of China and finish the matter.

 

·         It is true the Japanese have moved on to 19,000-ton full load “destroyer helicopter carrier”. You can see a video at  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2Bduj9j2XGM This ship’s main armament is supposed to be 11 helicopters; defensively it carries a 16-cell Standard SAM launcher, a 16-cell advanced Sea Sparrow launcher, and two Phalanx 20mm Gatling guns. Obviously something this big can carry the F-35B fighter, but apparently there has been zero discussion between Japan and the US on acquisition of this STOL/VTOL navy/marine fighter. Now, Japan plans to buy 42 F-35Cs to partly replace its F-4Es, so it will gain familiarity with the type.

 

·         Of greater interest is the new 22DDH class of “destroyers” which at 27,000-tons full load are about the size of the US’s Essex class fleet carriers that bore the brunt of the Pacific war in World War II. Calling this a destroyer is now really, really, really pushing things. The first has been laid down and two more are planned. Meanwhile, of course, China is moving ahead with 60,000-ton carriers, which is about the minimum size to qualify for fleet carrier today. The 22DDH could carry 18 F-35Bs and 6 helicopters. But all this is still doing the pussy-patter. There is no need for a progression from 19,000-tons to 27,000-tons to – say 40,000-tons and so on because Japan is one of the world’s most advanced ship builders. Nor is money an issue. Japan routinely drops hundreds of billions for infrastructure construction it does not need, as a way of stimulating the economy. Let’s have some of that money to build six 60,000-ton carriers, which will certainly stimulate China, at least.

 

·         Meanwhile, the Japanese remain hugely aggravated about the deployment of the Marine Corps’ V-22 Osprey aircraft to Okinawa. As time has gone by, populated areas have crept right up to the base. The Japanese are convinced an Osprey is going to crash into them, and so you have hordes of Japanese researching every mishap the plane has ever had and standing around making notes on every flight. This is all a shadow play, the real problem is the people of Okinawa don’t want to be a US base, period, and feel their wishes are being ignored by Tokyo, which allegedly treats Okinawa like a colony. It does not really, but that is the way the inhabitants feel. So here again it would be a positive solution for Japan to expand its army and marine corps and naval aviation tyo take care of Okinawa itself, unburdening the US of this responsibility.

 

  • It has been suggested if the US would let the Japanese use Yokata AB (Tokyo) for corporate jets and commuter airliners, the US would gain a lot of goodwill. The US keeps refusing, but the two Japanese airports are loaded and there is no room for the all-important corporate jets. It stands to reason there should be an effort made by the US to accommodate something of so great an importance for the Japanese.

 

Wednesday 0230 GMT October 31, 2012

 

·         The mystery of bad American generalship resolved Yesterday was a rare intellectually good day for Editor. For decades he has been trying to understand what went wrong in Second Indochina, and for the last ten years he has been banging his head, trying to figure why American generalship in Second Gulf and Afghanistan has been so abysmal. Now thanks to Tom Ricks, who summarizes the problem in about four paragraphs, Editor is finally enlightened. http://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/2012/11/general-failure/309148/?single_page=true

 

·         You first have to see that American generalship in World War II was remarkably good; particularly considering the Regular Army was so insignificantly small between the wars. American admiralship, of course, was spectacular.  From there one jumps to Second Indochina, skipping Korea because Korea was a war severely constrained by the political leadership. There was almost nothing the generals could have done to obtain a more favorable outlook, since the political decision became a restoral of the status quo ante. American troops suffered terrible disasters at the outset. This had less to do with generalship than that the Army had been completely hollowed out by demobilization, and the advent of nuclear weapons made problematical the future function of conventional forces.

 

·         Though Editor began his military studies in 1960, he was in a 100% learning mode and did not write his first paper till 1970. Moreover, he has never been interested in strategy. His expertise lies in orbats, weapons, tactics, and grand tactics, not in the biggest issues. The last thing he knew about was American generalship in Second Indochina. He was aware that something was going very wrong, if only because every six months the US would declared victory was at hand, followed almost instantly by a request for more troops. We were all much more trusting of the government then, and since the military had won the Second World War in such spectacular fashion, it would not have occurred to many that something was very badly wrong with the leadership. So there was just this continuous, vague, nagging feeling that there was an 800-pound gorilla making giant poopy messes, but where he was in the room and what he was poopily messing up was unclear. Sort of Aristotle and his Cave. Editor went to India in 1970, and naturally his focus became south Asia and the Indian Ocean. When he returned to the US in 1989, the last thing he felt capable of was undertaking a study of what happened in Vietnam. The trauma was too much to deal with except blanking out that war. And then, of course, in 1991 we had the super-spectacular First Gulf Victory, so finding out what happened twenty-years ago in a forgotten war didn’t seem important. It was only about 2000 that the Editor could bring himself to read analyses of Second Indochina, very small doses at a time, and he quickly learned the failure was caused by the most severe failures starting from the Presidents down to the battalion commanders. In other words, just a mess through and through.

 

·         During the conventional phases of Second Gulf and Afghanistan US generals performed with the clockwork precision we had come to expect since First Gulf.  It was kudos all around. But by 2005 it had become apparent to even the most loyal that things in both wars were going very, very wrong. Editor knew that the strategy and tactics were both faulty. But here is a well-known problem of being an expert. As an expert, you know how much detailed knowledge and years of study is required to attain that status. And it makes you very, very hesitant to criticize other experts. Editor having spent 20-years in India was reasonable knowledgeable about successful counterinsurgency. But what would his credibility been had he pointed to the Indian Army as a model the US should study – and that includes the Indian Army back in the British days? Zero. Moreover, Editor though knowing American generals were acting like pretentious jack-asses, since he is not a Washington insider, what would have been his credibility in saying this, aside from the occasional dark mutter in the blog? More importantly, he could not answer the question WHY were American generals performing so badly.

 

·         Well, Tom Ricks has answered all that. It’s useful to read his article, but unless you are a historian there is no need to read his book because his thesis is so simple and therefore so obvious. Of course, it takes very clever people to come up with simple, obvious explanations.

 

·         Ricks goes back to General Marshall’s management style (not in this article, but elsewhere). Marshall selected who he thought the best man for the job. If he felt the man was not up to the job, within weeks he would warn the person. If the performance was not improved very quickly, the man was replaced. It is important to understand that did not mean that the man was incompetent. It meant only he was not the right man for the job under discussion.

 

·         By the time Second Indochina rolled around, no one was being replaced for incompetence. The  infamous 6-month tour of duty encouraged people who should have been leading to keep their heads don and not make trouble, so they could go on to their next job with a clean record. Careerism at its worst. As Ricks says, to take risks and be a good leader was not rewarded, to be a bad leader was not punished. So who the heck wanted to take the risks associated with good leadership?

 

·         By the time Second Gulf and Afghanistan rolled around, the American people had become detached from their military, which was now given a huge measure of uncritical adulation. The generals could do no wrong, whatever bunkum they fed us was swallowed uncritically. When criticism arose, it was of the civil leadership, and the Editor was right there on this for some years. Until it began hitting him that yes, the civilians were really stupid despite their high IQs (remember Vietnam), but it was the military doing the serious messing up. The same syndrome – mediocrity and failure not punished, success not rewarded, keep your head down and go on to your next promotion, operated here too.

 

·         There actually is no more to the failures of Iraq and Afghanistan than that. On a narrower level, Editor has become convinced that the American military has a serious mental block about CI. It does not understand what is required, and it refuses to learn. After Vietnam the US military made a unilateral decision that it was never going to do another CI, so instead of doing a proper lessons learned, a painfully accumulated body of knowledge was tossed out. The same thing has been going on in Iraq/Afghanistan. Nothing has been learned, and those who have learned are not listened to. Editor honestly thinks the US should, once and for all, get out of CI. Enough is enough. You can’t teach the new dog old tricks; its time to stop trying. It’s time to do the conventional war thing, something at which the US really is best in the world, and after the enemy’s conventional forces are destroyed, we should go home. It is not complicated.

 

  • Libya is the perfect example. We helped destroy Gaddaffi, now we’re letting the Libyans figure it out even if it ends up as not favorable to us.  The mistake in Syria is not that we are refusing to intervene. It is refusing to intervene because we keep asking: After we destroy Assad, what then? Our job should be to destroy Assad. Leave the “what then” to others who are more competent at it, including the locals. We are great at busting the status quo. We are no good at rebuilding and in today’s world it has become too complicated anyway. Japan and Germany are no longer relevant examples.

Tuesday 0230 GMT October 30, 2012

We’re doing this partial update at 0030 GMT while the power in Washington DC Metro area is still on. Likely to go soon.

·         US Missile Defense Agency has staged its first multiple target, multiple missile test incorporating all major systems except for the big fat Boeing Mid Course Interceptor. This was last tested in 2008 and the program was put on hold while people fiddled with improvements. A three stage missile will be tested this December.

 

·         Five targets were involved. A THAAD missile intercepted a Medium Range Ballistic Missile analog dropped from a C-17. Patriot PAC 3 intercepted a short range SSM as well as a cruise missile analog. Most disappointing where two Aegis tests from the USS Fitzgerald (DDG-62) which, as far as we know, are the first time a destroyer instead of a cruiser has been used. One Standard 3IA was fired at a cruise missile analog and missile; another missile missed a target analog for a short-range ballistic missile. There are no details as yet on what went wrong with the Aegis: the targets were “engaged” but not intercepted. We have no clue what “engaged” means in this context. Acquired and tracked only? Or were missiles fired and missed?

 

·         At least this test (FT-1) used multiple targets and different systems, simulating a real-world engagement to a greater level than yet conducted.

Monday 0230 GMT October 29, 2012

Tested the generator today and it works, but if you don’t see an update on either Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday, it’ll be because the generator is being moody. In the Washington DC Metro area we are supposed to have only a 50% chance of tropical storm winds. But our utility, PEPCO, is known to shut down on clear days with zero wind. It’s not the storm Editor is worried about, its PEPCO’s well-known prowess at “restoring power”.

·         Benghazi Editor honestly wishes he could give readers more analysis on the subject, particularly with a whole bunch of new facts emerging. The problem is that Editor has no way of confirming these facts. Every source seems to have its own fact that no one knew about, but a lot of this seems to be someone giving their version of what happened. Since government people have also become hyperpartisan, there is no sense in accepting these facts just because some in the Pentagon or someone in State or someone in the CIA is given as the attribution. That does not mean that the fact is verified.

 

·         The best advice Editor can give readers is that by its very nature combat is highly confusing and people’s accounts are limited to what they saw, or what they thought they saw. Two people standing shoulder-to-shoulder can give completely different accounts. Working in an environment where people are trying to kill you is not conducive to calm note-taking and reasoned analysis. The more people that get involved in the telling of the story, the more confusing and the more obscure the truth gets. And in the Benghazi story there seem to be hundreds of people involved at every level.

 

·         There is only one thing that is clear beyond doubt: the Administration’s handling of the story has been pathetically inept and has itself created endless paranoia and suspicion. Mr. Obama has only himself to blame even if some of the people after his life think it’s preferable to have the Devil as the president rather than him. Just because Mr. Obama has enemies does not excuse the way he has gone about things. He should have said he has ordered an investigation, and a proper investigation will take time. That will not stop people from screaming “cover up”. Let them scream. Anyone knows a criminal investigation – for example – takes months; something as complex as Benghazi should take at least that time. Or it has not been properly done. Coming up with a different version every day is not helpful. Nothing shows the ineptness and haplessness of the Administration better than this episode. When all is optimal, anyone can be president – Editor could do it in his sleep. Where the separation between leaders  and sheep comes is when things go wrong.  Leaders lead when disaster strikes. Sheep go “baaaa” and act helpless. This administration has been going “baaaa” and acting helpless, with a high degree of passive-aggressiveness directed at those who question the administration’s version – if there was a version as opposed to ten versions. We, the people, have a right to criticize the administration. But none of that means that there was incompetence beyond the norm for any large organization, or that there is a conspiracy afoot.

·         Readers should also remember that there can be many explanations for what happened. We’ll take just three. It is now said that a Predator or a Reaper was the drone at the scene and it could have taken the attackers under fire. Point the First: do we definitely know it was a Predator of a Reaper?  Point the second: that a drone is capable of carrying weapons does not mean it was. In most cases the killer drone are not on a kill mission. They are on a surveillance mission.  The US is no longer shooting in Libya: even if it was a killer drone, there is no reason to believe it was armed. Point the Third: unless you have an exact handle on where the good guys are and the bad guys are, you do not order weapons release. From everything we read it was a very confused situation. Supposing the drone was armed and had been ordered to fire, and the drone killed Americans. The same people who are screaming for blood because this putative armed drone did not fire will be – screaming for blood.

 

·         Then it is being said an AC-130 was in the air. Please, people. Do you have any idea how destructive these things are? You absolutely do not tell an AC-130 to fire unless you are sure you’re not going to kill people on your team. In combat, you often have to accept collateral damage when the sacrificing some lives you save many lives. How can we the public possibly judge if this was the case?

 

·         Then it is being said that General Carter Ham told the high command he was ready to intervene and was told no. He is supposed to have said to heck with the high command, I’m sending intervention. A few minutes later his second-in-command walks up to him and tells him he has been relieved. Question: given the vast and dense telecom networks that exist in the US military, why is high command not directly telling General Ham he is relieved rather than getting on the horn to his deputy to deliver the news? Particularly when some are saying he was in the Pentagon while the attack was underway?

 

  • We need to calm down here until a full investigation is concluded.

Friday 0230 GMT October 26, 2012

·         Electronics destroying warhead tested You’ve probably heard of this feller because it’s been in development for four years. Boeing has staged an operational test where a missile with a warhead broadcasting microwaves shut down seven electronics targets one-after-the-other. It does not appear the electronics were hardened, but it seems inevitable a more powerful version will take care of that.

 

·         It has been known for some time that atmospheric N-explosion can fry electronics over a wide area. So obviously lighting a nuke over – say – Iran prior to an attack on its air defense systems is probably not the best idea, but this new system generates the required killer microwaves conventionally with a warhead compact enough to fit in an aircraft-fired cruise missiles.

 

·         And the project has gone from RFP to field test in 4-years, which shows that American R & D can deliver if required. Of course, to be fair, people were working on this sort of thing well before 2008, but still.

 

·         So we in America have our religious nutcases just as the Islamists have. Of course, our nutcases merely try to get their ideas passed through legislation; they are not running around with guns and bombs killing those who do not agree with them. Still, America has a particular nutcase Congressperson who is against abortion even in the case of rape because, he says, if a woman gets pregnant because of rape, obviously God intended it. It goes without saying that one cannot go against God’s will.

 

·         This creates a problem, because yon Islamic fundoos who busy killing people insist that they are only doing what God intended. Thus people like Stalin and Mao, who between likely caused directly or indirectly the deaths of 100-million were doing Gods work (They didn’t call their god God, but no matter). And where does that leave Saddam and Assad? You mean to say we executed a man who was doing God’s work? We sure are gonna go to heck in that case. This lot including Hitler will have to raise to the position of saints because they have done so much of God’s work.

 

 

·         There is another problem. The people who claim that God told them X, Y, and Z cannot prove that God told them that. Look: let’s be reasonable: you’re out in the desert, starving yourself, and its 135F in the shade, you’re liable to get the DTs, if you know what we mean. Alternatively, you have people who are consuming vast quantities of the Really Good Stuff. Editor sure would not to like judge any human being on the basis of what such people are telling us God told them. In any case, we’ve all played Chinese whispers and you know how messy that can get.

 

·         So, as Editor has often mentioned, he regularly communicates with God via the Special Purple Telephone that has no dial. Just pick it: its the direct line to the skinny, bad-tempered guy upstairs who seems always to be in the middle of a bad hair day. Editor and God have not had one conversation where God says “I want you to go and tell people back down there that I prefer sacrifices of chocolate.” Or even if God has told him that, Editor is not about to start preaching because he doesn’t want the little green men in white coats taking him away. Also, people will get suspicious when Editor tells them that he, the Editor, is the channel via which your chocolate sacrifice will reach the Almighty. (Of course, if Editor is intercepting the chocolate its only for God’s own good, because the Old Boy get serious gas when he has too much chocolate and then the heavens rumble and the people tremble and the air gets unbreathable  and so on.)

 

·         But seriously (not that we haven’t been very serious all along), if a woman’s getting pregnant via the agency of rape is God’s wish, then God must have meant the rapist to do what he did. So it would go against God’s word to punish the rapist. Rather, we should make him a saint. Equally, however, if some irate woman takes a large pair of scissors to the Congressperson’s – um – vitals, we’d have to say that too is God’s wish. Then we’d have to saintify the woman too.

 

  • You doubtless can see the problem. No, it’s not that everyone will have to be acknowledged as a saint even if all they did is take a giant poopy (God’s will, again). The problem is that if everything that happens is God’s will, then if Editor defies God, that too is God’s will. So the woman getting an abortion because of rape is also doing God’s will.  Congressperson should be asking to pray next to her, not to condemn her.  

Thursday 0230 GMT October 25, 2012

News/commentary 5 days/week M-F

·         Iran and Iraq The law of seen consequences is at work. By destroying the Sunni minority regime that has ruled Iraq for 3-400 years, and by bringing democracy to Iraq, the US has strengthened Iran. Iraq and Iran are now close allies, and among other things Iraq is helping ship weapons to Syria’s Assad – the Alewites of Syria are Shias.

 

·         Some will see this as an opportunity to attack former President Bush. But even if Mr. Bush’s actions have had negative consequences for the US, they were still the right thing to do. Saddam was a terrible dictator and he needed to be overthrown. The US was right to replace his dictatorship with a democracy – else how would the US be justified in overthrowing Saddam? The US’s true mission from 1776 has been to spread democracy; this will be the enduring contribution US has made/will make to civilization. Nowhere does it say US has to see immediate benefit from freeing other nations.

 

·         The real question involves not the past, but the future. A democratic Iraq is to the US’s long-term advantage; an Iraq closely tied to Iran does nothing for US geopolitical interests. So what is to be done now? Quite simple, shift the paradigm. Reduce Shia Iraq’s power by encouraging the country to split. The Kurds want independence; let us help them. The Sunnis do not trust the Shias – rightfully – so let us support a separate Sunni state. And let the US help to ensure the two new states will be democratic. Kurdistan will block Iran’s land access to the Mideast, and a new Sunni state will block Iran’s access via Iraq to Syria.

 

·         Of course these moves will create their own problems. Supporting Kurdistan, for example,  will aggravate relations with Turkey. There are several ways of looking at this. One, an Iraq earning $350-billion/year from oil – possible by 2025 -  is going to aggravate the heck out of everyone in the Mideast because Sunnis are the majority, including in Turkey. Two, it’s unclear if the Turks can fully suppress its Kurds; moreover, if the various ethnicities in Europe deserve their own countries, Former Republic of Yugoslavia and the USSR being the leading example, so do the Kurds. Three, an independent Kurdistan will bring eastern Iran under severe pressure and cramp Teheran’s plans to rule the Mideast. Fourth, Iraq is the creation of western imperialism, an amalgam of three provinces of the Ottoman Empire that are home to different ethnicities. There is no “natural” Iraq, just as there no “natural” any nation, not even the US. The boundaries of nations are flexible; again, look no further than today’s Europe, particularly the UK, which once not so long ago rules the world. Last, no matter what action one takes, including doing nothing, has consequences. The object of foreign policy is to tilt the consequences in favor of the US. There is no risk free action.

 

·         The objections on an independent Sunni state are also many. The state may have little oil, so how is it to support itself. Will Sunnis be satisfied with their own small country, or will they use it as a base to promote insurgency in residual Iraq, destabilizing the reason as they have been doing since 2003? Will not a new Sunni state prove vulnerable to Isalmist and AQ penetration? Good points all. With a strong US alliance, many objections can be mitigated. Islamists can be kept out. The Sunni state can be encouraged to turn its attention inward, to develop itself instead of fighting old battles with Najaf. Most of Iraq is unexplored for oil; there may well be large reserves of oil in the Sunni majority provinces; there is a good possibility of gas reserves.

 

  • We are not suggesting that tomorrow America reverse course on Iraq. Currently it can only be said that the present course is not to US interests. A united Iraqi under Shia rule – that is so yesterday. Time to start looking to tomorrow.

Wednesday 0230 GMT October 24, 2012

·         US Navy: Quality vs Quantity Editor has just a smattering of functioning brain cells left, so he avoids reading what politicians say because he can’t afford to lose any more cells. So just to be clear, he was told – but did not himself read – that one presidential candidate said the US Navy was down to its lowest ship strength since 1917; and the other one said quality is what matters, the day of the horse and the bayonet has passed. Terribly witty rejoinder, we have not stopped laughing. (Actually, truthfully we never started laughing, so we cannot stop when we haven’t started. Our statement then becomes logical, but totally devoid of sense. Sort of typical of America today.)

 

·         We’d like to say that the debate about quantity vs quality is a serious debate. Except there is no debate, so it can’t be serious or unserious. Every country now automatically opts for quality. The Indian Army may be the sole global exception. Because India has two long borders with hostile nations, Pakistan and China, India needs quantity as much as quality. Particularly when India’s strategic doctrine, such as it is, and that means it’s seven short of a six-pack, mandates that no ground has to be given up. So you have to have mass to hold on to every kilometer of frontier. Mountain in particular absorb huge amounts of manpower. Oddly, the Indians are not off-base with regard to the mountain frontier. This is because of India’s side the frontier consists of an endless series of valleys running from Tibet into India; lateral communication is very difficult. So you have to hold the frontier in force because shifting reinforcements along a west-east axis is very difficult. Anyway. That is another discussion for another time.

 

·         In modern times the debate of quality vs quantity is said to have begun with the rise of Germany in the 1930s and continued in full force till 1945 and the defeat of Germany. The Germans went through this two decade period of a weapons Cambrian Explosion. They came up with an amazing variety of different weapons, some pretty darn advanced. Because Germany’s industrial output was limited, even after it seized most of Europe’s arms producing factories, and because Germany did not enjoy a large population – 80-million – the quality vs quantity debate was automatically resolved in favor of quality. So, it is true that it took 5-10 Shermans to put down one Tiger tank. But the Americans in those days knew mass production like no one else (now its China), and they produced Shermans like cupcakes. Nonetheless, even back in that day the quality vs quantity debate was a bit overdone. Lots of Americans weapons were high quality AND were produced in big quantity. The Willys Jeep, artillery (quality came in the form of networking vast numbers of guns, the first soft multiplier of modern times), aircraft carriers, and any number of aircraft – the C-47, the P-38, the B-29 and so on and so forth.

 

·         After the war, the west opted for quality, the Soviets for quantity. But the Soviets had no choice: they were technologically behind, the communist production system never assigned a true opportunity cost to a weapon, and – equally important – the Soviets lacked the highly trained soldiers that a quality military machine requires. Quite cleverly, the Soviets turned their lemons into lemonade: they adopted a very short war doctrine which required overwhelming force from Day 1, and would be over by Day 10 or 21 by the latest. In such a situation, it didn’t matter of Soviet equipment broke down on Day 3 and there were no trained maintenance crews or spares to fix it. The Soviets simply brought up replacement units, and they had enough to keep replacing 1 for 1 for the time they needed. You ask: well, what happens after Day 21 when the Soviets are out of tanks, aircraft, everything? No problem, folks. The soviets figured – correctly we reckon – that either NATO would be defeated, or it would have to use tac nukes, and every scenario involving tac nukes rapidly escalated to the doomsday scenario of full nuclear release. When each side has taken 100-million casualties in a full-scale N-exchange, it really doesn’t matter if your tanks, BMPs, and aircraft are out of spares and unable to function.

 

·         But please note. It’s very easy for tough generals to calculate they are better off with quantity, but it’s very hard for those who have to do the fighting to know they’re entering action with inferior equipment even if they have lots of it. In a democracy it is downright impossible to give the troops anything but the very best a nation can afford. The Soviet Union in the 1970s began realizing that it could no longer count on sending millions of men to their deaths to overwhelm the technical superior enemy, and they too turned to the quest for quality.

 

·         The race for quality has meant an ever escalating cost escalation, and the cost escalation has reduced the number of weapons you can buy, and that has pushed up the cost of the remaining weapons even higher. Thus the $2-billion B-2, the $150-million F-35, the $12-million M-1 tank, the two billion dollar submarine and so on.

 

·         The people who vow quality have a perfectly reasonable point. An F-22 can routinely fight off ten other top-of-the line fighters, and if you look at the lifetime system cost, the F-22 comes in far cheaper than the 10 adversary fighters. Ditto the M-1 tank – we saw what it did in First Gulf; the kill ratios ran above 25-1 and so on.

 

·         But the people who are arguing quantity are also right. The lack of numbers limits your options, and as we have sarcastically remarked, every time an F-35 goes down the US will have to declare a week of national mourning. There are plenty of situations in which 10 va-va-voom carriers will be worth less than 20 not so va-va-voom carriers. Etc.

 

·         Nonetheless, the quantity crowd has not considered psychology. Suppose the SecDef were to announce America’s new fighter, the F-40. We can afford five F-40s for every F-35, he says, and we’ll just swarm the heck out of any air force. The same prezzy candidate who is now advocating for quantity will be accusing the administration of not providing the best possible weapons for our men and women in uniform.

 

·         It’s a cliché to say we need quality AND quantity, and the price of quality weapons will decline if we order more. We’ve gone over this before: the west bar America has given up. It cannot countenance high military expenditure – high for them being 3-4%. America will face China largely on its own, and it has got the rest of the world to look after. Six percent of GDP is needed. But that means raising taxes. In 2060 when health care will take up 33% of GDP, in any case who is going to agree to 6% for defense?  The way we’re going on weapon costs, soon we will have 100 ships, 6 fighter wings, and 5 army divisions.  

 

  • Impossible, you say.  Okay, do the math yourselves. Make a chart of how many ships, fighter wings, and division we had in 1970, 1980, 1990, 2000, and 2010. See how many warships and fighter wings we had in 1950 and 1960. The number of army divisions was small – in 1960 it was 14. That’s because those days massive retaliation was the doctrine, and a large army made no sense. In the 1960s we realized massive retaliation made no sense, so we started a ground buildup. That’s why best to start with 1970, though if you like go back to 1950 and 1960 if you want.

Tuesday 0230 GMT October 23, 2012

·         Benghazi and the Clive Cussler effect You could also call it the Tom Clancy effect. Anyway. Finished reading an old book of Cussler, “Cyclops”. Editor has little time to read off the net, except at night when from life-long habit he reads for at least half-hour. With “Cyclops” Editor read it in one day, letting all the other work go to heck. It is that kind of a book. Tom Clancy, before he went rouge and started prostituting himself for money – anyone’s money – used to be that kind of author – can’t put it down, sort of thing.

 

·         Anyhow, lets leap to Benghazi.  Yesterday’s pointless chatter on the incident goes like this: “US had a drone up in the area, and Washington was listening in to phone calls. Yet Washington did nothing”. Ergo Obama is incompetent, venal, unpatriotic – insert whatever anti-Obama adjective you want. This kind of talk did not irritate Editor, because after all how are civilians to know the difficulty of staging some kind of cavalry-to-the-rescue drama. People think the military is just one giant machine on constant alert, and can go into action anywhere in the world at a moment’s notice. They’re overly influenced by the action movies, where the US can seek, locate, target, and take out a particular individual in the middle of the Sahara, or the Congo, or the Arctic.

 

·         But yesterday a reader forwarded an article by a former Pentagon official http://www.nationalreview.com/corner/331125/first-aid-living-bing-west#more that says the US could have had a fighter over Benghazi in an hour of the start of the attack, and Special Forces troops at the consulate in 3 hours. Editor found this a bit baffling because, after all, the gentlemen should have some idea of how his military works – or any military for that matter. Its only when the Editor got to this that he had an explanation for what was going on with this official:

 

In the past, presidents had taken immediate actions to protect Americans. In 1984, President Reagan had ordered U.S. pilots to force an airliner carrying terrorists to land at Sigonella. Reagan had acted inside a 90-minute window while the aircraft with the terrorists was in the air. The Obama national-security team had several hours in which to move forces from Sigonella to Benghazi.

 

·         Editor than realized that either the official was being partisan, or he was being ignorant. In either case what he was saying could be dismissed

 

·         In 1984 the Cold war on in Europe, and interceptors were maintained on 5-10 minutes alert. US would know precisely where the airliner was, and sending in interceptors to force it down represented as close to zero a chance of danger as it possible to get when you’re doing this kind of intercept. An order from the C-in-C could be carried out within the window of opportunity.

 

·         But Benghazi? That’s a different of kettle of fish. (Another expression Editor has no idea what it means. Why is it significant that’s it’s a different kettle of fish? What’s the deal here? Say you’re cooking fish for a hundred people, won’t you have lots of different kettles of fish? Anyway. The world is a mysterious place.)

 

·         First let’s get it out of our heads that the Administration sent no help. It’s not at all clear to us why the President has to order help if a consulate is under attack by an armed mob, there are plenty of other levels that can give that order, but let us let that be. The point is, help was sent,  whoever ordered it. A presumably armed group of – what? – contractors? Marines? – 22 persons were sent by air from the Tripoli embassy. It took four hours to arrive. If at all you are familiar with the mechanics of these things, four hours is reasonable.

 

·         Since everyone is speculating and prescribing wildly, Editor should also be allowed to do that. What if something like this took place. (a) President to Tripoli: “What help do you need?” (b) Tripoli to Prezzy: “We think we’re okay; reinforcements are on the way, party is holding its own and is a step from the bunkers. If we need more help we’ll ask. (c) Prezzy to Tripoli: “all right then, we’re standing by.” Now of course Editor has zero idea if such a conversation took place. But it’s plausible. Before shoveling a supertanker of poop on the Prez, shouldn’t we wait till a thorough investigation is done?

 

·         Re. sending an F-18 to make big noises. Ha ha. And more ha ha. Do people seriously think the US Navy/Marines operate like that? Does anyone actually believe the Navy/Marines think: “Oo-er, we can make some giant sounds in the sky, launch the aircraft?” Now, Editor cannot swear that the military would NOT do that, but after all, you all have a thoroughly professional military. A thoroughly professional military would not launch planes to make noise in the hope some people can en scared away from the consulate. And in any case, before you start buzzing targets you have to know what the situation is. For example, do the attackers have some of those gone-missing SAMs? You have to get aircraft ready and brief pilots. (Why on earth would aircraft be sitting at Signoella ready to launch 360-degrees in minute?) You have to arrange tankers and SAR, the latter if something goes wrong. After you’ve done that, you’re faced with a big question: “We can’t release ordnance because we’ll kill our own people. We cannot strafe because we’ll kill our own people. So all we’re doing is making a noise.  Will that work? Can we take the risk? And if it doesn’t work, what then?”

 

·         As for the Special Forces arriving in three hours…Really? This official is absolutely sure of that? He’d better be if he’s accusing the Prez of criminal negligence. But look, folks. It took 4-hrs to get reinforcements from next door, and that’s quite reasonable. Three hours using Signolla as a base? The flight time alone in a straight line for C-130s is 90-minutes. Rather than distance, the limiting factor is planning. For that you first have to know what’s going on with some precision. You just don’t round up the first soldiers you see roaming around, toss them into a plane, and send them off. We’re out of touch with the mechanics of these things, but simply getting teams organized, checking out the equipment, making plans, making sure everyone is on the same page, getting intelligence grade information as to what is up at Benghazi and its environs, etc etc ad nauseum is going to take several hours. Its only in Clive Cussler or Tom Clancy that all this stuff is done instantly. The cavalry would have to consider many things, including ingress. Do they drop over the consulate? Very complicated requiring at least 24 hours – and that’s really pushing thing because you don’t just drop at the drop of a hat. Proper planning can take days. If you land at Benghazi, how do you know you’re not walking into a trap the minute you enter the city? Anyone remember what happened with Mohammad Adeed in Mogadishu? And BTW, that was a careful planned/rehearsed mission. Another how do you know: how do you know the mob/terrorists haven’t taken hostages and once they realize a rescue has arrived, they simply shoot everyone?

 

·         People who come up with these nutty rescue scenarios should take time to figure out what they’re saying. Unless the know the reality but are twisting facts to make a partisan attack. If its politics you’re into, well, Editor has nothing to say except “Have the fun. Enzoy. Just don’t expect anyone to take you seriously.”

 

·         The sad reality is that the only thing that could have been done was to keep Ambassador Stevens out of Benghazi. Everyone and his rabid parrot knew it was a high dangerous place. Everyone in their right mind was avoiding Benghazi.  Mr. Stevens was a brave, dedicated American who wanted to show the people of Benghazi that he was not going to be put off by risk, he was going to come there and do what he had to do. It was his decision. Editor admires him enormously for that. Editor in real life has led the Charge of the Light Brigade – to the rear. He has never, ever, knowingly gone into the slightest danger. If there is a risk of a hangnail, Editor retreats, bravely of course. Being a SuperCoward, Editor has a double appreciation of bravery. But you see, there is the expression: There are old knights and there are bold knights. There are no old, bold knights. Count Editor in the Old category. Mr. Stevens knowingly, deliberately, put his duty ahead of his personal safety. And he lost.

 

  • If you read through the events as they are known, you have to ask a question. The ambassador’s protection team would have been under orders to knock him over the head if necessary and drag him into the bunker ahead of anyone else. Why did they not do so? Because against operating procedures,  the ambassador insisted on not retreating till everyone was accounted for. He could have saved himself by going first instead of last. He chose not to. We repeat, a brave man. Should we not keep our focus in him instead of bunch of jackassed couldas, wouldas, and shouldas?

Monday 0230 GMT October 22, 2012

·         US training of Afghan forces We’d mention this as one of the failures of US policy in Afghanistan. Now you can have Americans tell you about the failure, though you have to read between the lines.  Rajiv Chandrasekaran of the Washington Post http://tinyurl.com/8g8zan2 has written an article that covers of 3% of the problem. For an American journalist (and young Rajiv is very highly regarded for his seminal work on Iraq and Afghanistan), 3% means a deep analysis. We are by no means running down Rajiv. You cannot expect a journalist to be expert in more than one primary and one related field. American journos became instant experts in whatever happens to catch their fancy. They are bettered only by Indian journos in this regard, but with a big different. Indian journos know they are frauds, and they write with the full understanding they are producing hectares of bull poop. They know their writing is a joke. American journos are convinced they are God’s gift to humanity.

 

·         See, the problem is American journos will talk to 10, 20, or 50 sources. (Indian journos will talk to 1 or 2.) But since the journos themselves are not experts, they have no way of assessing the validity of what they’re being told. Because they cannot assess the validity, they rely on what the majority of their sources tell them. The majority may be absolutely wrong, and the outlier may have the real story. But the jounos don’t know that. Another problem are Bravehearts of the 4th Estate face is that they cannot tell who is an expert and who not. The assumption is that if you are a battalion commander in Afghanistan, then you are in expert. Nonsense. The battalion commander is expert – highly so, we might add – in leading his troops. It does not make him an expert in anything else. Then you have military sources who have an impressive academic degree in, say, counterinsurgency.

 

·         Such a source gets double rating from the journos. But here’s the thing: Editor could write quality doctoral theses in – for example – military history, Indian national security policy, teaching K-12, distance education, some aspects of management theory, modern international relations, 3rd World development, energy policy, and English. He could go on and on, but he’ll modestly stop at nine. But would a doctorate in any of the mentioned fields make him an expert? It most certainly would not. A doctorate in a subject is only the start of having some literacy in a subject. Editor began his study of the military 52 years ago. Every day he is struck not by how much he knows, but how much he doesn’t know. As a generalist in the field, of course, it wouldn’t take him more than a week of reading and talking to real experts to bring himself up to snuff (what exactly does this metaphor mean, BTW?).

 

·         The Editor’s point here is not to say what a great person he is (though if readers were to say it he would demur modestly, but not very forcefully), but rather to say journalists are really limited in their expertise. One reason is they have to report stories, another reason is they have to cover what their editors tell then. So how much time do they have to study? So, we are not blaming Rajiv for being superficial in his article, particularly as he has actually packed in a lot more than most journalists could or could.

 

·         The Post article  mentions criticism by US officers of the attempt to make Afghan forces clones of the US military. This is accurate, and if it comes as a surprise to our American readers, we’d suggest they talk to some non-Americans on the subject. Because the whole world and his brother, sister, mother-in-law, three-legged dog, and rabid pet squirrel has been saying this from the early years of the Afghan campaign

 

·         The Post also talks about the Afghans’ base centric CI policy: spend the day in fortified bases, go and patrol at night. This is obviously a foolish way for the home team to run things, but Rajiv might have noted that the Americans also operate this way and it is absolutely futile. There is, of course, a reason for this American approach. It maximizes force protection. Problem is, no one won a war by putting the focus first and last on force protection. If you are that worried about casualties, don’t go to war to begin with.

 

·         In our critique, we’d mentioned that only about five Afghan battalions were capable of independent operations. From the Post article we learn the number is – zero. Every ANA battalion has to have a cadre of US advisors, and even the ones rated “effective with advisors” rely on the Coalition for “…air support, medical evacuation, intelligence, and other tasks not yet developed within the Afghan army”. This last, of course, covers anything the US wants it to cover. Seventy-two battalions are in this category, seventy-four require much more help. Basically what this assessment says is that ANA cannot function on its own.

 

·         US officers that spoke to the Post decry the rush for numbers over quality. Excuse me, please, but eleven years is a rush? You have to wonder is the US military functioning on Earth or is functioning on Gliese 581B. This statement is just so wrong, so pathetic, so futile that you want to beat these officers with limp noodles. If eleven years is a rush, whose fault is it, the Afghans or the US’s? And further, if after 11 years the ANA cannot fight independently, what earthly good is it? How can the US possibly insist that the Afghans will EVER fight for their country? How long did it take the ROKs, the ARVN, and the Iraqi forces to build up their army with US help. The ROK took two years, the ARVN took perhaps five, and the Iraqis took perhaps three. Sure, all three armies relied extensively on US advisors, firepower, and logistical support. In all three cases US units and formations had to fight alongside the local armies. But think: the Afghans have to fight off a couple of hundred pathetic insurgents, once in a while. The ROKs and ARVN regularly battled very experienced, very tough communist units. The Iraqis, of course, would have taken less than six months had the US not disbanded the Iraqi Army in the first place.

 

·         Everyone realizes that pure counterinsurgency has to depend primarily on the police. Even the US knows it. But the Afghan National Police is in a complete, utter, unsolvable mess. To this day no ANP unit can perform even to totally minimal standards. And the reason here is the culture. Like 3rd World police, the ANP believes its job is to (a) extort money from the locals; (b) do as little policing as possible; (c) take zero risk. It doesn’t matter if the US spends another 11 years training the ANP, nothing will change, because the US cannot change the culture of a nation – something the US has known all along. But something the US has steadfastly refused to face the logical consequence: there can be no winning this war.

 

·         Another example the Post gives concerning total US stupidity is that the Afghan forces, having being built up to 350,000, are now to be reduced to 230,000. The lower number is supposed to be more sustainable and provide the opportunity for quality. If only it was so. Afghanistan cannot afford even the lower number. The higher number of troops requires $4-billion/year, twice the Afghan Government’s revenues.  No one is factoring in what air support, helicopters, ISR and so on will add to this total. The reality is Afghanistan can probably afford no more than 50,000 effective troops and central police. That means the national government has to go back to the pre-American era: 50,000 suffices to control Kabul and four other major towns. That is it. Is the US willing to face this reality? Absolutely not.

 

  • American doublespeak is so extensive the Americans fool themselves. One example is that when the Americans leave, the Afghans will not be facing the Taliban. They will face the Pakistan Army as they did in 1994-96, and the Pakistan Army will silly-slap the Afghan forces so hard, they will disintegrate. Ah,say the proponents of continuing this war, the Pakistanis will not come in because we have them under control. Titter. The Americans have not had the Pakistanis under control from Day 1.  Ah, say the Americans, but we will maintain Special Forces and airpower indefinitely in Afghanistan, and that should thwart the Pakistan Army. Really? Just as American airpower and SF thwarted the Chinese/Norks, the VC/PAVN, and the Sunni rebels of Iraq?

Friday 0230 GMT October 19, 2012

Afghanistan: What did we wrong and will we learn from our mistakes?

Part II

·         The third thing we did wrong – and this is the real doozy is what happened after we missed OBL at Tora Bora. The right thing to do would have been to continue covertly searching for him. Instead someone set up the objective of making sure that AQ never again returned to Afghanistan. Odd. Why didn’t we plan something simpler, like building a wooden staircase to the moon? Our reasoning was that to stop AQ from returning – all fifty of them – we needed to take over Afghanistan, build a national government capable of protecting every square mile of its territory, and keep that government as our slaves to do what we told them.

 

·         In retrospect, this is about the nuttiest foreign policy idea that America has had since it became independent. We are not going to go into detail about why it was nutty, because by now everyone knows the notion of making a tribal state into a hard state with the governance of the US or Europe, and one whose interests would be what we told Kabul, as pretty, pretty far out.  You can see here that whoever thought it up had just committed America to a high-intensity adventure that would last a minimum of 50-years. Ooooooh, how exciting: another endless war. Pentagon so happy.  Another endless battlefield for the CIA, so happy. Thoughts of thousands of State Department jobs, so blissful. And hundreds of billions of dollars, possibly even trillions, to be spent. Everyone including defense contractors so happy.

 

·         The fourth stupid thing we did was to convince ourselves that we would force Pakistan to help us destroy the Taliban. Interesting idea, given the Taliban was a de facto fourth arm of the Pakistan military. For the Pakistanis to not just abandon the Taliban, but also to kill them, would have meant that Islamabad had to abandon its deepest national interests for what? A couple of billion dollars a year in economic and military aid. We see how far that idea has worked.

 

·         The fifth stupid thing we did was the way we trained the Afghans to become Mini Me, bearded, mustachioed brown folk who would be taught to do everything the way the Americans did thing. First, we failed massively – maybe 3-5 Afghan battalions can fight, that’s about 5% of the Army – after 11 years of training. Second, given how entrenched the Taliban were/are in half of Afghanistan, the Pushtoon part, given how large the country is, given the pathetic state of communications, given the terrain, etc etc etc, nothing less than 500,000 well-trained afghan military could have secured the country. And no one could ever secure the country sufficiently that a hundred AQ would not be able to find a friendly valley with a few friendly villages to shelter them.

 

·         The Taliban have no military organization or logistics. They come in sneakers with commercial grade 4 x 4s, and largely use infantry weapons. They fight for a few days and go home. Then when they feel like it, they fight for another few days. The men who don’t feel like returning to the battlefield don’t return until they feel like it. This is not even a guerilla army. It is NO army at all. It is like the Somali clan fighters. A couple or three or five million dollars per month  suffices to keep 20,000 men available, if not more. The Pakistanis give the Taliban that. They extort local taxes and they accept payoffs from optimum smugglers. The same transport companies that move NATO supplies to the front are paying off the Taliban to let them through – after the Taliban take what they want. The reality is that the Taliban have way more money than they need. Depending on how you calculate it, $5- to $10-million/month keeps them going for ever and a day. We on the other hand, at peak were spending $10-billion/month – above and beyond what our allies were spending and above the regular budget of the military, probably another $50+ billion a year.

 

·         The only thing that would have made sense is an Afghan Army that looked like the Taliban with a bit more by way of weapons, signals, support, and transport. But to create such an army would have required our troops training them to live and operate the same way. And there is no way we were prepared to do that. We had to have the entire nine meters that goes along with the US military, which is the most lavishly equipped in the world and lives better in the field than just about anyone else. Once your trainers and your military units mixing with the Afghan units are living six-stars, you cannot expect your so-called Allies will agree to live like zero stars. And no matter how well you equip the Afghans, your troops remain better fed, looked after, and equipped by a factor of ten. And you cannot expect them to fight and die for their country.

 

·         This brings us to the sixth mistake Can the Americans understand that when they have to pay Afghan recruits the same monthly salary a career Indian Army captain gets, and yet the recruits keep deserting, that the Afghans are not willing to fight for their country?

 

·         And if they are unwilling to fight for their country, how can we fight for them instead? From everything we see and hear, in the public media and not-so-public sources, American troops on the ground have known this for a very long time. But it has taken 11 years for Washington to understand. And the understanding has hit Washington so hard, that OUR morale has collapsed and WE are running away.

 

·         As for the military handling of our part of the war: it has been so inept that it is a travesty to call the US military the best trained, the best equipped, the best this, and the best that. It is all that, and they have just about the most incompetent civil-military leadership of any major army in the world. The strategy and the tactics have been so pathetic that the leaders have shown criminal negligence in fighting this war. We’ll discuss this another time when Editor’s blood pressure is down.

 

  • The reality is Americans have repeatedly proved they cannot fight an insurgency. When it comes to conventional war, yes the Americans are best. When it comes to insurgency, they are worse than the Three Stooges. The Stooges at least kept us laughing.


Thursday GMT October 18, 2012

Afghanistan: What did we wrong and will we learn from our mistakes?

 

Part I

 

·         This question is best answered by disposing of the second part. No, we will not learn from our mistakes. Americans don’t do history. We are so energetic, so clever, and so good-looking that history does not apply to us. History is for those tired old Euros who are paralyzed by their past. We step boldly into the future. When we get thrashed and retreat with our tail between our legs, just like in a videogame, we press the “Play Again” button. The past is miraculously wiped out. Only the future, bursting with possibilities, beckons. So we can safely go on to the first question, what did we do wrong?

 

·         You may well ask, what is the point of asking what did we do wrong when we do not do the past? No point whatsoever. This here is just an intellectual exercise for those who like the “What Ifs” and like to replay the game with different assumptions.  It’s us enthusiasts that do these replays. For example, Editor has a first draft of ten things that cost Germany the Second World War. No great discoveries here, anyone who studies WW2 knows what those mistakes are. For example, on December 8, 1941 Germany should have declared war on Japan, not on the US.

 

·         The first thing we did wrong was to make OBL the Evil God who repeated Pearl Harbor 60-years after the first Pearl Harbor. Yes, we know the US Government (GUS) says it has incontrovertible proof OBL did the dead. GUS has nothing of the sort. If OBL had been tried in court, he would likely have been acquitted. The harsh truth is after 9/11 we wanted to reflexively hit someone. Since we had no clear target, unlike 1941, we should have done a careful investigation before undertaking any action. But asking America to wait for gratification is, well, un-American. One reason Editor loves America is that like the US, he has no impulse control. He does something first and then thinks about why he did it.

 

·         Second thing wrong was that after careful investigation, if we have the goods on OBL, we should have negotiated with the Taliban for his extradition. Like it or not, the Taliban was the sovereign ruler of Afghanistan. You do not tell a sovereign government, especially one who has not done the crime, “hand him over NOW or you die.” The reality is the Taliban are Central Asians, and in Central Asia you state your position in response to the adversary’s position, then the adversary gives his second position and you give yours, and so on, until a deal is reached.  If a deal is NOT reached, you escalate. Many Americans hold the Taliban would not have given up OBL. This belief is so shockingly naïve, idiotic, and moronic that it is hardly worth refuting. The reality is we could not believe anyone would fail to tremble in fear and refuse to kiss our fat left toe. We acted like the Big Bully On The Block, which we are, instead of negotiating with Kabul on the basis of mutual respect. You see the results of our belief that if we demand, the Taliban must jump to it or we send the B-52s. We sent the B-52s. The Taliban is preparing for our departure.

 

·         Humiliated in Vietnam by a bunch of 90-pound  yellow guys barely taller than their AK-47s, and  with less than a hundredth of the US GDP. Humiliated in Somali by a bunch of scrawny black guys with less than one-ten thousandth of the US’s committed resources. Humiliated in Afghanistan by a bunch of towel heads who spent likely about  one-hundred thousandth  of what we spent.  Anyone see a pattern here? Who is left to humiliate us? Tonga? The Maldives? The Senkakus? The Republic of Antarctica? Bah.

 

·         And please no one start the absolute bull poop about the Afghans have never been beaten. They have been beaten ALL the time. Talk to Major AH Amin who knows about the Afghans and he will tell you a starving British-India force one-fifth of the strength of the Afghan forces took Kabul. The force had no logistics, so it was pushed out.  But the British and Indian returned in short order and beat the Afghans again, this time decisively, this time permanently.

 

·         RTBC (Rant To Be Continued) Much as Editor loves the sound of his own voice, once in a while he has to work to pay the bills.

Wednesday 0230 GMT October 17, 2012

·         India Corruption in India has been much in the news for the last couple of years. After waiting for decades for a wise king to come to power and eradicate corruption, Indians have come to realize it is up to them, to the ordinary people, to overthrow the corrupt. Americans consider their society very advanced, and India somewhat on the primitive side. But in the matter of getting rid of corruption, Indians are a light-year or so ahead of Americans. American realize their system of government is corrupt, but haven’t the faintest idea of what to do about. And they too have become fatalistic, wondering what can an individual do against the massive corporate interests that actually rule this country.

 

·         So a great grassroots movement has begun in India. We should explain that for millennia the average Indian has not believed he could do anything if the ruler as corrupt. And you can see this made sense, because when you don’t have a democracy, protesting against corrupt rulers is imprudent. If they get sufficiently annoyed, they simply cut your head off. It is one of the sad realities of our universe that if you are in one place and your head in another, there is not much protesting to be done.

 

·         But, you will correctly say, since 1947 India HAS been a democracy. So why has this grass roots movement taken so long? Well, look. America has been a democrarcy four almost 4 times longer than India, and where is the grassroots movement to reform our governance? Anyway, that doesn’t your question about India. Its taken so long  because you cannot undo three millennia worth of conditioning. In India it has always been the king who has changed things for the better. There’s volumes and volumes of stuff on the duty of the just and dutiful king. Sometimes you got a king who took these duties seriously, like the great Emperor Ashoka. In some ways Akbar ruled as a just king. Of course he was as capable of jealousy as the next man, and when his favorite dancer, the more-beautiful-than-the-most beautiful Anarkali took a shine to Akbar’s son, Akbar ordered her executed. That was not a just thing. But we digress.

 

·         So we’re not going to go into the events of the last couple of years. For one thing they are of interest mainly to Indians; for another, the Editor positive he doesn’t understand the nuances of the anti-corruption movement. He never understood Indian politics when he lived in India, so what can he understand today. Rather, we’re going to mention one government officer who has refused to bow his head to his political masters. http://t.co/y6inNOsb

 

·         A bit of background. The Indian Administrative Service provides the administrators for the federal part of the Government of India. The cadre is small, about 3000 officers. Appointments are won by passing a very tough exam, and there is no way the exam can be manipulated to suit X, Y, or Z. You either pass on merit or you fail. The system is gender neutral, so you have a large number of women running the country along with the men. When an officer gains admission to the service, he is generally attached to a state government, and the state disposes of the officer’s services as it decides. We will not get into the details because again, Editor does not understand them. Never did. Never will. (You can see how Editor us really an American at heart. Here he is, boasting he knows nothing and he is just as good as Warren Buffett or President Obama. But we digress.)

 

·         Okay. So since the officer is an employee of the central government, there’s nothing the state government can do if it is displeased with the officer. Officers can be removed only for corruption and a few other things; the process is not within the hand of the state government. Officers being human beings want to get along with the state government, so in reality they make a powerful lot of compromises, obliging their state politicians and turning a blind eye to wrongs committed by the state politicians. But an officer can be just as stubborn as he wants, and just refuses to sign off on a file he believes is improper. All the state government can do is transfer him to another job in the state. With this in mind, we can make the denouement.

 

·         This particular officer has been transferred 43 times in 20-years. Phew. He just doesn’t seem to get the hint that his state politicians are unhappy with him. Transfers can be disastrous. Just take one simple example: education of the officer’s kids. If he is transferred to another city or district, he either takes his family with him, disrupting the children’s education, or he leaves them in place, and incurs the expense of running two separate households. A transfer is not a small punishment.

 

·         Now, a bit over two months ago, he got transferred to what the state government presumed was a harmless posting, land records. No sooner does this officer arrive, he starts investigating – as is his wont. And what does he find? Government land has been sold to Citizen A for a certain price. Citizen A turns right around and sells it to a developer at about 15 times what the government charged him. Fifteen times profit for two months is not bad. But obviously this is a case that has to be investigated, because the state government has been cheated of a large sum of money. On investigating officer finds the land was sold for a pittance to Sonia Gandhi’s son-in-law. For those not up on these things, Sonia Gandhi essentially runs the country as she is head of the Congress Party, currently in power.

 

·         Now obviously it is the advantage of the Chief Minister of the state to be on kissy-kissy-face terms with the son-in-law of the Great One. Chief Minister is not amused that corruption has been uncovered, since he is the source of it. Chief Minister does not care the people of his state have been cheated, because his whole was to buy favors with the Great One at the cost of the exchequer. Chief Minister orders the officer transferred to another position.

 

·         The officer starts getting threats to his life. In the state he works, Haryana, you take threats to your life very seriously. Haryana folks tend to shoot first – literally – and ask questions never. If you are the Chief Minister’s man, the Chief Minister will make sure the police (which he basically owns – too complicated to explain) throw the case. So the officer has gone public. Chief Minister is not bothered; he is a hardened criminal else he wouldn’t have become Chief Minister. He has issued a statement it is the state’s prerogative to transfer its officers where it wants.

 

·         This is true. But now the cat is out of the bag, everyone in India knows the Chief Minister has been engaged in a big scam with the Great One’s son-in-law. Like all Indian politicians, he is used to getting away with anything, so he still fears no justice. But from now on, the officer’s strength can only rise, and the Chief Minister’s only wane. If anything happens to the officer, the brotherhood of government bureaucrats will be on the Government of India like flies on the poopy. The state and Supreme courts will get involved, and these courts are notoriously independent. The press is already swarming over the case. The officer will become an anti-corruption icon.

 

·         Does this mean Editor is predicting the Chief Minister is going to pay? No. Editor does not think India has reached that stage yet. But if the matter goes to court, the Chief Minister may well pay. Indian courts, particularly the Supreme Court, have shown no hesitation in ordering the arrests of ministers. But as the trial will go on for decades, the Chief Minister will likely escape justice. But he will still pay, because of the uproar gets too much, the Indian National Congress will have to ask him to step down. For one thing his enemies within his own party will pull him down.

 

·         So this is progress – not as much as Indians would like. But two years ago, or certainly five years ago, neither the press not the people would have had much to say. Particularly so because in the pantheon of Indian government scams, this is a baby - $10-million. Central Government is dealing with a $25-billion scandal (Coalgate). But it is really progress that the Central Government is besieged on all sides on account of scandals. People have indicated they are just not willing to take it any more. And what is going on with this officer is just another indicator that the people will have their say.

 

·         Back to America: yo, peeps, have any plans for the revolution? The Indians are on it. You going to be left behind? You going to let those poor, backward Indians get ahead of you? After all, you have your massive scandals too, when companies pay off the politicians and the president to get the playing field tilted to their benefit. So what are YOU going to do?

 

  • Editor is going to have a nice glass of chocolate milk, shift his Teddy Bears from their day bedroom to his bed, tuck himself in, and go to sleep.

Tuesday 0230 GMT October 16, 2012

·         India and China Editor is getting tired of reading, again and again, that India has the second biggest army in the world. It has the biggest, and this has been true for some time because the PLA has been steadily reduced while the Indian Army has been growing. US DOD puts China at 1.25-million. Personally Editor would put it lower, but at least the DOD figure has the stamp of officialdom.

 

·         So how big is the Indian Army? The odd thing is that most people do not know the precise figure, and that includes your Editor. But it is certainly 1.3-million and increasing. People use a figure of 1.1-million which may have been true a couple of decades ago. That figure does not include, for example, the 70,000+ Rashtriya Rifles raised from the early 1990s as specialized counterinsurgency troops.  They are called differently for legal and psychological reasons. The psychological reason is the Indian Army hates doing CI against its own people and has been clamoring for decades to be taken off this duty.  The figure also does not include, for example, the latest raisings of at least 30,000 troops in two divisions. We say at least because no matter how economical you are, when you raise new divisions the support bases increases. Agreed, it is not in proportion. But some increase is inevitable. Also, formations totaling another 100,000 have been okayed, and more after that.

 

·         When you take a close at the PLA, you wonder why it even has 1.25-million troops – if it really does.  Public Enemy Number 1, Taiwan, is down to a handful of active brigades. Public Enemy Number 2, Russia, is down to 24 brigades for its entire army, the bulk of which is west of the Urals. There are no plans to teach Public Enemy Number 3, Vietnam, another lesson; particularly as Vietnamese had their own lessons to impart to the PLA. As for Public Enemy Number 4, the PLA has for decades known full well that the Indian Army is very large, the Chinese assessment is that because of psychological factors, the Indians are no threat. And to be perfectly honest with readers, the Chinese assessment has, up to now, been absolutely correct. An example: India’s permanent deployment against Tibet is 8 divisions, each larger than a PLA division. So how many divisions does China keep in Tibet? The equivalent of one, and even then its main job is internal security.

 

·         On top of this, China after First Gulf has fallen into a swoon over high-tech warfare. It honestly, really, truly believes it no longer has to go head-to-head with mass armies. Intelligence, reconnaissance, electronics, airpower etc etc are supposed to be the decisive weapons. Much as Rumsfeld of the USA envisaged, the Chinese really believe that ground troops are now to seek and pin down the enemy, high-tech will take care of the rest. Well, if the Chinese want to delude themselves, far be it for us to argue. They might note the Indians believe in quantity AND quality, but that isn’t our point here. Because the PLA no longer sees corps, army, and army group type battles as a Good Thing, it has been cutting down its corps (armies in PLA parlance) to 3 and 4 brigades. So right or wrong, they don’t see the need for a large army anymore. And look, if they cut the PLA to half, they would still remain the world’s second biggest.

 

·         When you take a casual look at the Indian Army, you see 36 divisions. Because the IA is not an expeditionary force, it does not need the huge number of support troops that, for example, the US requires. In World War II, US had 100,000 men (roughly) for each divisions. This number had not significantly fallen by Second Indochina. Today the US Army has 50,000 men per division, but of course this is misleading because of the very high number of contracters. They don’t quite bring the figure to 100,000 per division, but still. There is nothing wrong with this: the further you are from home base the more troops you need.

 

·         But India makes do quite nicely on <30,000 men per division because all it does is protect India’s borders. You will now say: wait a minute, if it’s somewhere south of 30,000, then how come Editor is saying the manpower total is 1.3-million. Even including the CI troops. Should not the Indian total be around 1.1-million?

 

·         Well, here’s where the Indians get a bit sneaky. In addition to the 36 divisions, they have a rather large number of independent brigades and many divisions have extra brigades. And they’ve started adding artillery divisions, replacing the old corps artillery of one brigade plus the occasional reinforcement from a handful of army level artillery brigades. Etc. etc. We can’t go into more detail, but really 1.3-million is a more realistic figure. We of course include what the Indian Army calls Non Combatants Enrolled – barbers and washermen and so on that are part of every unit. Also good to remember, Indian infantry/mechanized battalions run to 850 troops as opposed to China’s 500.

 

  • So does any of this really matter? Its just numbers. Yes it matters. Psychologically, there is an enormous difference between being Number 1 and Number 2. If the Government would get its feet out of its nose, it would release the true figure, and give something for its people to be proud of. Of course, this brings up the question: does the Indian Government know how many troops it has? All we are willing to say is that SOMEONE in the Defense Ministry has to know and possibly even some person in the Finance Ministry. But we have to restate that. The figures have to be around somewhere. Whether MOD or MOF knows offhand is another matter.

Monday 0230 October 15, 2012

·         Turkey-Syria The gap between Turkey and its western allies on Syria continues to grow. Editor has nothing but sympathy for the Turks. It’s fine for Washington to go “blah, blah, and blah”, but the Syrian civil war is taking place on Turkey’s doorstep. If there wasn’t enough danger for the Turks, it is clear that Islamic fundamentalists are steadily gaining influence in Syria. All well and good for Washington to say “we can’t give help till we can be sure our help goes to the right faction.” The insurgents getting killed and wounded every day have no time for niceties; they will accept help whoever gives it.

 

·         It requires no great perception to say that Assad’s overthrow will lead to a second civil war. It always is this way. We’re seeing the seeds of a new civil war in Libya; this was only to be expected and it would be far better if the Administration had taken some time to explain this to the American people. But in Syria the new civil war will be complicated by the presence of Islamic fundamentalists, and by Iran, which will not take Assad’s overthrow lying down. The US has basically dealt itself out of the Syria game. And you know, that is not necessarily a bad thing. The US does not have to be involved in every conflict in every corner of the world.

 

·          Turkey has made clear it will not wait for Washington to get its thoughts straight. That is one reason it has been trying to provoke a war with Syria. The seizing of the cargo of a civilian plane flying between Russia and Damascus is only a fresh attempt toward that end. With Russia sitting on Assad not to respond to Turkey, it is possible Turkey will have to escalate its provocations. Washington is attempt to sit on Turkey and bring the temperature down, but Washington has zero credibility because none of its solutions deal with the realities the Turks face.

 

·         Washington, London, and to a lesser extent France are worried that Turkey will drag NATO into a regional war. But unless NATO looks after Turkey’s concerns, such as by equipping the rebels, Turkey will have to make its own decisions. If NATO does not help Turkey, the alliance will fracture. And that too may not be altogether a bad thing.  NATO too has bought into Washington’s Endless War Syndrome. The dissolution of the Warsaw Pact should have led to the dissolution of NATO. Instead NATO has been expanding its size and its missions. What some in Washington would really love is a NATO that encompasses all of Europe, making it that much easier to dominate a world in which the center of gravity is shifting from the West to other regions. When Editor is in his hawk mode he sees much merit in this idea, providing the effete Euros step up defense spending to 3% of GDP rather than the pathetically-less-than-2% they manage. Otherwise the Euros are using America, though Washington seems perfectly happy to be used in return for a tug of the Euro forelock. But as an American taxpayer, unless Europe antes up, Editor would have to violently object to the continuing expansion of NATO and its missions.

 

·         The problem with the problems facing US/NATO today is that they are infinitely complex. The western alliance was built to handle a single, very simple contingency: to stop the Group of Soviet Forces Germany from crossing the Inner German Border. But now look what NATO is being required to do. Remove a dictator from Iraq. Destroy the Taliban and build a nation in Afghanistan though no nation in modern terms has ever existed. Free the Mideast and North Africa from its despots and build stable, democratic societies. Fight Islamic fundamentalism in Africa. And no doubt the list will grow. Its seems NATO’s hubris is infinite, and we know what happens to folks with unlimited hubris.

 

·         All very well, readers will say. You’ve made a good polemic, Editor. But what is your prescription for the real world problems we face, such as Mali, Yemen, Syria, just for starters. Well, Editor has been thinking about this. There is a school of Indian philosophy that says when problems get too complex, attempting solutions will instead create new and deeper difficulties. It is best, therefore, to sit and do nothing.

 

·         What are the chances Washington, for one, will follow this course? Zero. You cannot be an America while simultaneously believing you cannot solve any problem. The more intractable our problems at home become, the more determined we are to solve the world’s problems. This is also a traditional method of diverting voters’ attention from what is not being done at home. This was Soviet policy on a macro scale. It is Cuba and Venezuela’s policy today. There are many other states that could be named. Pakistan, for one. If Islamabad ended its plan to take over eastern Afghanistan, the country might collapse. India used to think that way, first in its non-aligned days and then in the 1980s, when India decided to be regional policeman. Thankfully it has realized that without sorting out problems at home, no one is going anywhere.

 

  • It seems unlikely Washington will follow either Indian philosophy or the Indian way. And Editor thinks even though Washington’s present course will lead to disaster and defeat, perhaps the US is right to avoid the Indian way. It is a very complicated way, you see, and therefore best left alone.

 

Friday 0230 October 12, 2012

·         Benghazi If America is being attacked in the media on a foreign policy/defense issue, Editor feels obliged to respond immediately and forcibly. But if the media is attacking one political party, in this case President Obama/Secretary Clinton on the Benghazi incident, editor gets into a difficult position. He has no interest in getting involved in a domestic partisan battle, particularly when one candidate for reelection feels he is so superior to the rest of humanity that he does not have to rationally defend himself; and the other behaves like he is an Etch-a-sketch: draw, tilt tablet, and you get a clean surface to make another drawing.

 

·         As far as Editor is concerned, if the Martians took away both candidates, their vice-presidential partners, and a bunch of other people he won’t specify, on whom to perform experiments, and if the Martians forget to return them, America has a chance of surviving. With these two Klasse Klownes there is no hope whatsoever. Come to think of it, maybe the Martians did take away the would-be presidents/vice presidents. That’s as good an explanation as any of why none of the four can make any sense at all.

 

·         Be that as it may, Editor’s field is national security and international affairs, after all, and he feels compelled to say something here. But please don’t take this as a defense of Mr. Obama at the expense of Mr. Romney.

 

·         First, we are completely, absolutely, totally baffled as to why the administration had to shoot off its mouth about the attack before it had the slightest clue. Our bafflement has nothing to do with domestic politics, it has to do with common sense. In such a situation, you do not, under any circumstances, fall for the five-second analysis syndrome. You gravely announce this is a serious matter, we do not have a full picture of what and why things happened as they did, we owe the American people the truth. Soon as we have the truth, we will inform you. End of the matter. That won’t stop the GOF cuckoos from screaming “Cover up, cover up!”, but so what. They’re going to scream that no matter what.

 

·         When you shoot without taking the gun out of your holster, then have to walk the story back several times, you actually strengthen the hands of those yelling “Cover up!”, and what’s more, you look totally incompetent. Remember, in life, especially Amerocan life, it does not matter if you ARE incompetent; you must never give people the idea that you are.

 

·         Second, we are nothing short of confused why the Administration has not pointed out the obvious smart alecky retort, which is the GOP cut the State Department security budget, and has threatened vastly more severe cuts in the total State budget.

 

·         Third, why hasn’t the Administration made another simple point. No country can assure absolute security of its interests everywhere in the world. Resources are limited. You do your best to allocate resources according to threat, but there is always a chance the threat is going to win. That’s the game, and GOP needs to stop having a tantrum and understand that. Anyone in the GOP remember Beirut? In terms of human life that was much, much worse. The man in charge at the times was their man. To have attacked President Reagan at that point would have been totally unpatriotic. Anyone remember 9/11? Did we start attacking President Bush for his failure? No, we united behind the president.

 

·         Last, Obama’s critics of every stripe (we cannot blame this on the GOP alone) are going on and on and on and on and on and on about the failure to pay attention to intelligence that the Benghazi consulate was threatened. Kiddies, have you no clue whatsoever about the intelligence business? Are you not aware of what goes on in your country? If this is the case, confess to grandpa and he’ll let you off with one hundred lashes of a Singapore cane, because while there is no excuse to be so stupid, you confessed and you must get consideration for your honesty. These days the problem is not a shortage of intelligence. It is that there is just way, way too much and it is a herculean task to sort out what’s relevant immediately, tomorrow, the day after and so on, or not relevant at all. Especially with the pathetic resources devoted to human intelligence.

 

·         Lets make this personal. Have you never said over the telephone “I am going to kill that SOB”? Let’s suppose NSA intercepts all calls. How many calls a day do you think they will record with the words “kill”, “murder”, “wipe put” or whatever. Our guess is tens of thousands if not more. Is there any possible way in which the police have of following each lead to see which is serious and which is just gassing? Obviously not. In the Arab world these words, and people who utter them, probably do number ten thousand a day. 99.99% of those calls are likely no danger. In figuring out which one is real, you will win some, and you will lose some. If every time you get a hint that a US mission is in danger you dispatch a 50-member Marine counter-terror detachment, we will all have to serve in the Marines so they have sufficient teams.

 

  • It is said the head of the consulate asked for a 16-man team to extend in Benghazi. So would you like to guess how many other stations also needed that team? We’d hate to guess because we fear we will guess too low. But you don’t have to know a whole lot to appreciate the number of these specialist teams is highly limited. Aside from which you might well have had 20 Americans dead, including almost the entire team. Of course, they’d take at least a hundred bad guys with them, but is this any consolation? When you’re in the heart of enemy territory, if the terrorists found themselves facing resistance, it is a great deal easier for them to round up another 300 militia than it is for the Americans to reinforce.

 

·         Okay, you say, why didn’t the Administration withdraw the consulate? Okay, we say, are you and I to judge from the outside when a facility should be shut down?

 

·         And finally, what about the lamebrain Congressperson who made 100% sure at the hearings that the world came to know the Benghazi facility also houses a 7-person CIA station.  First the GOP demands open hearings. Then midway through the hearings people start saying: “Oh wait a minute, this is all so SECRET, and we really should not be discussing that building over THERE, and its not a good idea for the world to know that the building is a CIA STATION. Please tell us: why are these people not being arrested and thrown into Supermax?

 

  • Our trusty reader Luxemburg sent us a link to a discussion with an American officer who says of his efforts to get more security to Benghazi that it was a battle against his fellow Americans. He felt the Taliban (America’s enemies, not the real Taliban) were inside the tent. Honestly, Editor feels the same way. The enemies of this country’s national security are the morons who represent us in Congress and more often the media. The media pursues this line: the people have a right to know. Please to explain then how America is supposed to use clandestine information gathering and clandestine operations to further national security when the people’s right to know comes first.

Thursday 0230 GMT October 11, 2012

·         China-Pakistan The scuttlebutt is that China is very upset with Pakistan over the latter’s inability or unwillingness to tackle the anti-China militants that get safe haven in Pakistan. Beijing is allegedly saying that if the Pakistanis cannot handle these militants, it had better let Beijing take care of it. Which would mean more Chinese troops on Pakistani soil. The ones that are already there in Gilgit-Baltistan are, as far as we know, for security of Chinese road building crews and those engaged in mining activity. While China pressuring Pakistan over militants is well established, the idea that China wants to station its own troops in Pakistan to take care of the militants is, we much repeat, speculation.

 

·         China, incidentally, denies it has anything other than civilians in Pakistan. This is massively yawn-inducing because it is playing with words. You can call the security troops what you want, but they are troops no matter which way you look at it. China has to go for these verbal subterfuges because it has a holier-than-thou attitude to foreign bases and stationing troops overseas. These are all bad, bad things that imperialists do; China does not. Whatever.

 

·         Meanwhile there is Pakistan’s deteriorating economic situation. Several negatives have conspired to bring Pakistan GDP growth almost to a flat line. Growth for 2013-2014 is estimated at 3.2%, barely ahead of the population growth, inflation is expected to return to double digits. The fiscal deficit continues at a high 7%+ because populist policies require subsidies that the country cannot afford.  And 2013 is an election year. Tax evasion is very high and the tax base narrow. Government revenue is only 13.5% of GDP (India is at 18.5%; not healthy, but better by far than Pakistan). In the past the IMF, US, China, and the Gulf states have  stabilized Pakistan’s dwindling foreign currency reserves, currently down to about $10-billion or less than 90-days imports. Currently, however,  with the possible exception of China no big donors are on the horizon. Worse, Pakistan is in the grip of a massive power crisis that is estimated to have cut GDP growth by 3%.

 

·         You will notice we haven’t included the usual western moan and whine about Pakistan’s high defense spending.  That’s because in reality Pakistan is likely spending only 3% of GDP on defense, with another 1% made up of US grants. Three percent of GDP is not high by any definition.

 

·         So naturally there is speculation of China will provide a bailout, say of the order of $3-$5 billion. Let’s first say that the amount is so low China could spend it without noticing any hit to its own budgets. Let’s second note the Chinese do subsidize their allies. Venezuela is a good case.  Let’s third note that Pakistan is a critical China ally against a rising India. Whatever money the Chinese may need to give Pakistan to keep it alive is less than peanuts compar3ed to the percentage of Indian force that Pakistan ties down. This all adds up to an assumption that China will help Pakistan. It’s only an assumption, however, we don’t know. And if China steps in, it will want a healthy return on its money, to be likely paid for in the future with Pakistani commodities. This is something for readers to keep their eye on into2014.

 

·          Pakistan-China military cooperation More interesting to us is a 2011 report which we just saw, saying the PLA’s 101st Engineer Regiment had participated with the Pakistan Army on India’s borders. Both countries, of course, stage frequent exercises with other militaries. But China is India’s enemy, so joining Pakistan on the Indian birder is pretty significant.

 

·         We asked Mandeep Singh Bajwa, our trusty South Asia expert, what this meant. He noted the Chinese exercised in the desert. That India’s strategy calls for cutting Pakistan in two in the desert sector is no secret. Mandeep said part of this is China wanting to practice in the desert. Part, he said is posturing at India. Mandeep feels China will not come to Pakistan’s assistance in case India makes major inroads into Pakistan. Rather it will rely on posturing, particularly in the north, to prevent India from diverting northern front forces to the west, against Pakistan.

 

  • India is becoming much stronger in the north, and it will soon have enough troops to hold off China while still diverting northern formations to Pakistan. But if there’s a Chinese regiment or two standing in the way of India’s desert thrusts, well, this kind of posturing will have a very serious effect on the government’s willpower. The Chinese know that India’s weakens lies in the realm of psychology, not in military force. However much Indians may deny it, the sad truth is the government of India, an a significant part of its people, are terrified of China’s military intervention. This remains the case even though India can overwhelm Pakistan while maintain a staunch defense in the north. To the Chinese, military victory depends as much on psychological factors as military ones. There is no sense in denying that psychologically they very much have had the upper hand for 50-years and this continues.

Wednesday 0230 GMT October 10, 2010

·         Ah, the Bad Old Days Readers know Editor has a heavy nostalgia for the America of yesteryear. Editor thinks America was a great place and everything was just picture perfect. A big blow-up at the British Broadcasting Corporation is a sober reminder, though, that maybe it wasn’t such a great place if you were a working woman, particularly if you were single.

 

·         Jimmy Savile, who died last year, was one of Britain’s top broadcast personalities for thirty years. Since for many years broadcasting was government controlled in the UK, he worked for the BBC, or the Beeb, as the in-crowd call it. (Since Editor has never been in any in crowd, he refers to the Beeb as the BBC). After Jimmy’s departure from the world, a whole bunch of men and women started coming forward, saying he had raped, sexually assaulted, or groped them; many had been adolescents at the time. According to http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/crime/9594620/Former-BBC-DJ-Mike-Smith-hits-out-at-Jimmy-Savile-witch-hunt.html there seem to be about 100 persons so far who have come forward. As happens with these things, some people have said it is a witch hunt and that there was a lot of horsing around at the BBC, all in good fun.

 

·         The problem becomes, fun for whom? Editor remembers the Good Old Days well, particularly the 1950s and 1960s, and the amount of sexual harassment working women endured would shock the pants off many people today, men as much as women. Putting hands on women, openly soliciting sex in the workplace or demanding it after work, and plain, old fashioned rape were quite the done thing. The reasons most women did not bring this kind of behavior to anyone’s attention were not terribly complicated. The supervisors and executives were men, who like Savile’s defenders today genuinely couldn’t understand why the woman was complaining. Some of the men the woman might complain to were themselves engaged in this behavior. Usually the last thing the women wanted was to draw attention to themselves.

 

·         Not only women were brought up to blame themselves, men also blamed women. We were supposed to be terribly weak reeds, subject to sexual passion at the drop of a hat, and if we, the men, did something wrong, it was always the women had asked for it. This attitude is not all that different from that of the Islamic conservatives of today, by the way. Since women couldn’t go to the people in the organization, where were they to go? To the police? Get serious, someone. In the days before DNA testing it came down to “he says, she says”. Moreover, going to the police could cost your job at work, and it would 100% ruin your reputation in the public eye.

 

·         Editor entirely agrees that today the pendulum may have swung too much the other day. It is perfectly okay for a woman to get drunk with you, get into your bed with you, and then scream rape when you do something. This business of “it’s my body and I can say no at any point” may be deeply satisfying to feminists, but let’s face it, no one is asking women to get drunk with men and going home with them. There are other types of perverse pendulum swing. A woman is inappropriately touched and it becomes sexual assault, which kind of diminishes the realities of real sexual assault, particularly as groping is also a crime. And so on – Editor is just trying to make a point here, he’s not interested in going into gory details.

 

·         But each time he hears of a case where he feels the woman has gone too far and needs to start taking equal responsibility for her behavior, Editor harks back to the old days and has to remind himself: maybe some things today are not fair to the men, but back in the old days things were 99% unfair to women. There’s a bit of karma operating here. And in any case, why does any man have to in any way force a woman today? Back in Editor’s day for every woman who said yes there were 25 who said no. Today, on the other hand, for every one that says no, twenty five will say yes.

 

·         This is why most of the young men Editor knows today, in high school, college, or otherwise, are so relaxed. They are smart enough to know that not only must they not in any way coerce women, there must also be no appearance of coercion. So the young men simply lie back, and let the women come to them. The relations between men and women are so complex that many women are quite bitter about the current situation where they have to make the effort. Women like being chased, as long as they have total control. But after taking severe beatings in the 1980s, 1990s, and the new century, young men have decided not only its best to let the women make the moves, it’s fun not to have to deal with rejection.

 

·         If the former BBC women are trying to make money off this, that is wrong. There is a statute of limitations on anything except murder, and it really is not fair to take the BBC to court for stuff that happened half-century or decades ago. Yet to dismiss all or most of the cases as women money grubbing would also be wrong. Sexual assault, whether committed on men or women, can be exceptionally traumatizing. Indeed, so can violence of any kind if you are the victim. Editor suspects many of these women may be coming forward solely because they are trying to move on.

 

  • Editor wants to tell his readers: one of the worst places for sexual assault is India. In the old days men and women did not work together. Now they do. The new ways including movies and TV shows and what goes on in the west influences men, and they can and do behave very, very badly indeed.

Tuesday 0230 GMT October 9, 2012

·         Hugo Wins Look, people, we realize Hugo’s victory is upsetting many. But there is no need to mutter darkly about conspiracies. Folks are making too much about ONE exit poll that showed the challenger winning. We have no way of knowing how that poll was conducted; and as everyone says about American polls, these things can be quite wrong.

 

·         The main reason we have to accept Hugo’s victory is that the challenger has accepted it. Unless now we are to claim he was a Hugo stooge, and that is why he is not complaining, are we really to believe that the challenger would not object to Hugo’s dirty tricks? And if he is a Hugo stooge, well then, he wasn’t going to win anyway, was he now?

 

·         The thing is that whatever dirty tricks Hugo had to pull, he did so before the election. The Number One dirty trick is muzzling the press and opponents.  This was not a free election in the sense American might take the meaning. At this point, of course, Hugo’s defenders are going to retort: “Oh yeah? You have a free press in America?” Well, of course we do. It is so free it runs the adverts of anyone who pays. Those who don’t pay don’t get media time, so what good is a free press to them anyhows? Freedom for the privileged is not really freedom.

 

·         Hugo’s defenders will further say that the Venezuela rich owned the media, and represented only their opinion. So are the ordinary people of Venezuela to be denied a voice because they are poor? They have a theoretical point. Sure, arresting editors and such doesn’t seem the right way to level the playing field. But Americans have to face the reality that the non-monied interests in this country don’t get to express their opinion to the country as a whole. Also remember most people in Venezuela are really poor.

 

·          And this comes to the crux of the matter. Hugo need not have muzzled the press. He would still have won because he is truly seen as the champion of the poor. He didn’t fix the election because he didn’t need to. If people in America had bothered to read the non-elite Venezuela press, such as it is, they would realize the man is just wildly popular among the poor, who predominate.

 

·         Okay, so he has bought the votes of the poor. He has nationalized many industries to provide goods below cost to the poor. This is nutzoid economics, and hardly good for the poor in the long run. Hugo takes money from the state oil company and gives it to poor people to buy apartments. This hurts the state oil company because it cannot spend the money it needs on maintenance and expansion. That is the reason that oil production has steadily declined in the Time of Hugo. And it isn’t good for the people in the long run.

 

·         At this point, the Venezuelan poor would tell us to just stop right there. They don’t care that the country suffers long term because whether the country does well or not, they get shafted. They believe – on excellent historical evidence – they will not get to share in the country’s economic progress. So as far as they are concerned, a cheap apartment and subsidized food is good for them. And they will vote the man who gives it to them. And you can understand their view. Suppose you lived in a shanty in a giant slum, and your kids were malnourished, what would you chose – Hugo who is giving you these necessities of life, or the man who says “I will think of the country first and the poor after that”?

 

·         Before you say this is bribery, please look at our own country. Whoever is in power bribes the people using government programs to get votes. How is that different from Hugo? Those not in power but wanting it promise to bribe the masses if elected. How is this different from what Hugo does each time he stands for election?

 

·         Editor realizes this comparison is going to outrage you. But if there’s one thing Editor has learned on his second time around in America, it is that the people are subject to such overwhelming propaganda that we go around saying orange is blue and yellow is black. The elite’s propaganda is so powerful that even Editor, who should know better – on national security he’s got 52 years under his belt – is often taken in.  Hugo and Co are massively corrupt, but our elite is no better.

 

  • At Orbat, we refer to Hugo as our Fave Dictator because the man is such a clown we have to laugh loudly and often. But not only is he anti-American, the only reason he isn’t a true dictator is he knows the people will burn him out of the Presidential Palace. He is certainly an authoritarian. That doesn’t change the reality that he wins because he is popular with the poor and the Venezuela poor are in the big majority. We should accept that. His opponent did.

Monday 0230 GMT October 8, 2012

 

·         Syria-Turkey With the media pundits and some of the world ratcheting up the frenzy regarding the Syria-Turkey fire exchanges – 5th day in a row yesterday – Editor has to pull people into a dark alley, whisper “Do you want to see some facts?” and throw his coat open.

 

·         The reality is, what is going on has absolutely no significance in military terms. There is no crisis – except the one Turkey is trying to make.  The only way that Syria can make sure no mortar and artillery shells land in Turkish territory is to pull back about 10-km from the border, maybe even more. So, you will ask, why can’t Syria do that? Because then the rebels have their Turkish protected border zone. You will appreciate that Syria cannot allow this.

 

·         Let’s look at the mechanics of these things. The rebels get into a fight with the Syrian Army on the border, and flee into Turkey. It would take C3I, fire-control, and reconnaissance far, far more sophisticated than Syria has to ensure none of its retaliatory fire hits Turkish territory. Indeed, we’re not sure this level of precision is even possible. To us the surprise is not that 1, 2, or 6 shells are landing in Turkey, but that it isn’t ten times more. To us this suggests that far from being rash, the Syrians are actually being very cautious, likely to the point the guerillas already have some immunity at the border.

 

·         Now, the reason Turkey is raising a big hue and cry is that it is building up to an excuse to invade Syria for creating safe haven for the rebels. Here’s a paraphrase of the official Turkish announcement : “After exercising great patience and restraint in the face of daily Syrian provocation and attacks on our sacred soil, Turkey has no choice but to create a buffer zone that will protect its territory from these attacks. We have no aggressive intentions and are prepared to withdraw once provided with verifiable guarantees that Syria will end its aggression.” (Editor hopes we are clear there is no such announcement yet, but it is coming.)

 

·         The only choice Syria has to defuse the matter is to withdraw from the border – it has already moved some armor back despite Turkey’s continuing buildup – or to stop using mortars and artillery adjacent to the border. Either way Turkey gets its safe zone for the rebels.

 

·         Now let us assume that Syria does indeed cease fire or withdraw its artillery from the border. Will that end the incidents? Ha ha. It will increase the incidents because Turkey will start provoking fire against Syria – if it isn’t already doing so, BTW. Turkey, having got its nose under the Syrian tent, is now going to want to puts its head in the tent. It will want to increase the safe zone. Anything less than 30-km deep does not provide haven for the rebels or allow them to set up their own government.

 

·         So Syria is going to lose either way. We want to be clear that we are hardly shedding tears for the Syria regime. They want to stop Turkey’s inevitable drumbeat to war, it is quite simple. Let Assad stop killing his people, allow free elections, and depart. Syria has had more than a year to squash the rebellion. Now Turkey has gotten involved full force, figuring that the wobbly west is not going to help overthrow Assad, and deciding its cannot afford to wait longer. We went over the reasons, the other day, why Turkey wants this mess to end. Turkey is not going to back down. If Syria does, it places itself on the short road to defeat. If bets have to be placed on Turkey or Syria, we suggest you place your money on Turkey.

 

·         Quadruple rainbow? Yawn Editor is unable to understand why everyone is excited about a quadruple rainbow. http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/science-environment-15197774 In 1988 Editor was at about 2000-meters in the western Himalayas, overlooking a valley, when the rain stopped, clouds starting clearing, and the sun could do his thing. Editor counted eight (yup, 8) rainbows over the valley. The sight lasted only a few minutes. Editor was excited enough to believe this was a good omen, but if he recalls right, there was no practical result. I.e., Editor did not get a date that Saturday.

Friday 0230 GMT October 5, 2012

Next update Monday October 8, 2012

·         The big news is not that Mr. Romney won the first presidential debate, but that the Turkish parliament accepted a request from the military for blanket permission to cross the Syria border at will. The vote was 320-129 in favor, and the authority cover one-year.

 

·         The background to this is a bit complicated. Officially the background is the Turkish military wants to deter incidents such as happened a few days ago. Syrian artillery firing on escaping Syrian refugees killed two Turkish women and three children in Turkish territory. The Turks piously declared they did not want war, but Syria needed to understand that it had best behave itself.

 

·         If Turkey really didn’t want war, it would have accepted the apology given by Damascus. But of course the incident is only a pretext, because like a leashed pack of hounds, the Turkish , military has been gasping, whining, drooling, and panting to be let free on Syria. Turkey, at least, has a clear position on Syria: Assad must go. That Turkey is a Sunni Muslim nation is a major factor. And that Turkey does not at any costs want instability on its southern border is also a major factor. An unstable Middle East being to no one’s advantage. The place is not as volatile as it used to be, but things are pretty tense 24/365. Turkey has many worries regarding the Kurds, with whom it is in a protracted civil war. Syria also has Kurds. They have seen their main chance, and are busy as bees, preparing for – at the minimum – autonomy within a new Syria. That will prove a disaster from Turkey.

 

·         There is, however, a third factor. Repeatedly rejected by Europe, Turkey has basically told Europe and to a great extent even the US to go to heck. It has decided that being Mideast hegemon is preferable to being an inferior partner of Europe, where it will be continually condescended to and insulted. [The problem, from Europe’s viewpoint, is that (a) the Turkish respect for human rights does not meet western criterion; and (b) Turkish Muslim conservatives are making huge inroads against secular Muslims. Recently, for example, Turkey sent 300 military officers to jail for plotting a coup, which they may well have been. The armed forces are strictly committed to secularism as the foundation of modernization, and the shifts over the past years to the Islamic right were not acceptable to the military. Problem was, the trials would have met old Joe Stalin’s full approval: they were staged,  violated just about every due process precious to western law, and included the fabrication of evidence on a massive scale. ]

 

·         Having decided that at the minimum a separation – though not yet a divorce – from the west is needed to end the countless humiliation Turkey believes it has suffered, Turkey is seeking self-respect, and respect in the eyes of other, but exerting its military and economic power. Assad is not playing the role he has been assigned, that of a humble younger brother who knows his place and is neither seen nor heard. So Turkey has decided Assad must be punished.

 

·         Now, thanks to the weak wobblies afflicting the west, Assad is daily going “A hie, a ho, Off to kill I go” and having the time of his young life killing his people. The west is saying a lot, so much so that it is all sound and farty fury signifying nothing (with apologies to the Bard and to Faulkner). But it is doing little. Standing aside while the Sunni Gulf states send pop-guns to the rebels is not helping. The Sunni Gulf states understandably don’t want lots of anti-tank and anti-aircraft missiles floating around an unstable area, with every possibility some of the women will one day be used against them. Nor is the west establishing a no-fly zone.

 

·         This is terribly frustrating to the Turks, because psychologically they are unwilling to attack Syria as part of a coalition of One. There are legal issues, one being aggression. If you get UN’s okay, it’s okay. With Russia and China determined to exemplify the virtues of fascism, we aren’t going to get UN cover. Second best would be NATO cover; even that is being denying the Turks.

 

·         So just about all they can do is claim self-defense, thus the resolution. And at the least, whatever the world may say, the Turkish military has cleared the decks with its own government.

 

·         Turkey is still left in a predicament. If Assad is sensible, he will avoid providing a provocation to Turkey.  It’s a bit hard to send in two army corps rolling to Damascus because a sheep, a goat, and a camel have been killed in Syrian shelling. The good news is that so far Assad has done everything he can to provoke everyone. It’s part of his strategy, his way of telling the rebels: “I can do what I want, no one will save you”. Assad may gamble and call what he might think is Turkey’s bluff.  Readers have figured out by now our information is that Turkey is not bluffing. It’s ready to go in alone if it absolutely must, but it still needs a real pretext. Hopefully Baby Blue Eyes will provide it.

 

  • Just between you, Editor, and the wall, if Editor had as gorgeous a wife as Baby Blue, and a mistress as spectacular as at least one we know of, Editor would be tending to his campfires at home, if you know what he means, wink wink nudge nudge. Of course, then Assad would lose his power, and then lose his wife and mistresses.  It’s not easy being a guy, you know.

Thursday 0230 GMT October 4, 2012

·         Off we go to more lovely little wars  There is a paucity of authentic information on US Africa Command’s deployment. American forces have been operating clandestinely in the continent for several years now. Djibouti appears to be the main US base, but at any given time you are likely to find US Special Forces and training teams tromping around 3 or so African countries at any one time.  Some of the teams may be as few as 10-15 troops, and they rotate in and out of different countries. The purpose of these teams is to impart Counter Insurgency training. There are fairly big training teams – in the 50-100 range – in countries like Uganda and Kenya where CI is training is secondary, the Somalia Africa Union mission is the focus. There likely are trainers in Burundi, a major contributor to the Somalia effort. The EU also contributes military trainers to the effort, based outside that countries. There are long-standing missions to Ethiopia, west Africa, and some Sahel nations.

 

·         The US is very fond of paramilitary contractors. And these are stationed in several countries. Contractors are just another branch of the US military, whatever Department of Defense might say. Technically they are mercenaries, almost all US citizens. But they are hired guns, fighting as civilians, thus the mercenary label. If course we America Do Not Do things like run mercenaries, so let us not get into that discussion.

 

·         Contrary to the widespread belief that the US cannot keep anything secret, the war in Africa is secret. There are maybe 3000 persons committed, and Africa is a huge, huge continent where neither the media nor tourists are swarming. To this secret war the US is adding Mali and Libya. It is so thoughtful of AQ to give us new wars, things were looking a bit bleak since we withdrew from Iraq and started the withdrawal from Afghanistan. AQ has entered Syria, and in an act of pure kindness to America, AQ will reenter Afghanistan and start strengthening in Pakistan, so we can go round and round and up and down chasing our tails. Also in Pakistan they will start adapting to US capabilities, if they haven’t already.

 

·         So, we’re of two minds about this new expansion of the war. On one hand, after seeing what happened in Iraq and Afghanistan, we are not sanguine about the US ability to fight counterinsurgency. Before you say “But Iraq was a success,” please to note that before we dismantled the Iraqi regime, bureaucracy, military and police, Iraq was a highly functional state. We spent the next seven years trying to undo our mistakes. That is not success.  But on the other hand, even the cynical critic (that’s your Editor) will be the first to admit that in Africa we’ve done quite well. Take Somalia, the main US effort. US has suffered no casualties except to accidents, there are no US troops in Somalia except maybe a very small handful, and we are not spending $100-billion/year. But Al-Shaaba has suffered a major defeat thanks to US diplomatic efforts, training, and provision of money. When you think of it, it’s no mean achievement to have organized an African Army to defeat the Somali insurgents.   Of course Al-Shabaab is going to go back to guerilla war, but from a point where their victory in Somalia seemed imminent, they have lost almost all their important bastions. Sure its going to take another 20 years to finally defeat the insurgents, but because the US is spending so little it has 20 years with no domestic pressure.

 

·         What the US has done, for the first time in its modern history, is not sought to shove the locals aside, do the job itself, and try and recreate a country to make it pleasing to American eyes.  It has focused on helping locals fight Al-Shabaab. So there is every reason to believe that US will also do a good job in Libya and Mali. In the latter country the US has very experienced partners, the French, and as long as the US doesn’t tell the French their way is wrong and here is how you do it, and then rampage through the country like endless herds of drunk elephants, everything will go well. The people of Mali oppose the Islamists who have taken over the north; they have institutions and an army. The army needs a lot of work, but that’s what the French are there for. US will provide – as far as we know as of now – some infantry training; for the rest it will focus on technical training for the air force and specialist army troops, and provide money, equipment, and intelligence.

 

 

·         And the odds are excellent that 2-3 years from now you will see AQ/Islamists pushed out of Mali. People will be waiting in Libya, Chad, the Central African Republic, and Niger to take care of fleeing militants.  All very sensible.

Wednesday 0230 GMT October 3, 2012

·         Afghanistan an innocuous article in the New York Times tells the US and the world that the US knows it has completely failed in Afghanistan. http://t.co/N7HPqzU1 Editor was about the last person to learn US was failing. It took him until 2008 to figure this out. Admitting to this to People In The Know earned Editor considerable derision along the lines “Now you find out?” Truthfully, Editor deserves the derision, because people WERE telling him the US was failing, but he refused to listen. He could not believe US Government would blandly lie to its people, not after the transparency of First Gulf, and the fiasco with the public trust in Second Indochina.

 

·         It is said two things led to the end of trust Americans have traditionally reposed in the US Government. One was the assassination of President Kennedy; the other was the Vietnam War. Editor is still not sure how the first played into the end of trust, but he is only restating something that was said many, many times in the 1960s and 1970s. Vietnam as a corroding factor in the trust thing is obvious. Government on Monday would announce we’re beating the Reds, on Friday it would say its sending another 50,000 troops. After committing 550,000+ troops (actually 750,000 when you count the Navy, airpower based outside Vietnam, and air force units supporting the logistical effort), one day the country wakes up to the news that General Westmoreland is asking for 2250,000 more troops. Total freakout. Total, total freakout.

 

·         Anyhows, what Editor did not realize is that around 2005 the Taliban had rebuilt from its losses consequent on the US invasion of Afghanistan, and slowly but surely Taliban steps up its activity. By 2008 it has reached the stage US has to up forces by 50%. This was an “Uh Oh” moment for Editor. Bright feller that he is, he said: “Something smells in the Kingdom of Denmark”. Probing deeper, it emerged the Taliban controlled 50% of Afghanistan by day, 80% by night. Editor, being the genius he is, goes “Yo, amigo, looks like we’re actually losing”. Now he starts looking more deeply at the situation, instead of ignoring it and relying on other blogs, which give the US viewpoint 100%. Then he realizes (a) US has no strategy to win; (b) US is massively failing to train the Afghans. Anything wrong that can be done, the US is doing.

 

·         Editor at this point cannot emotionally handle it anymore, because the American failures are so massive and so total, that one either ignores the situation or one faces the reality that this country’s national security establishment and higher military leader is, like, totally incompetent. The consequences of this are so immense, that and aside from the occasional guerilla raid on conventional wisdom, Editor basically goes “La la la, I can’t hear you.”

 

·         Okay, so now Editor has done the mea culpa thing, lets come back to the NY Times article. It says that the Americans now admit that we cannot bring the Taliban to the negotiating table, and that it’s up to the Afghans to work this out. Moreover, the article also says that until we leave in 2014, there will be no major progress in negotiations. And even more abjectly, the article says the americans will have to give Pakistan a major seat at the table. This is as clear an admission of defeat as you are getting from American leaders today.

 

·         Editor has been saying, irregularly, moodily, and off-handedly that if there are Afghan-Taliban negotiations, they will solely be a Taliban deception to prepare its takeover. This means there will be NO real negotiations; the game is lost, and the leadership knows it.

 

·         So: let’s repeat what we’ve said before. Taliban will whack the Afghan Army with greater ease than you whack the weeds in your garden because the Afghan Army’s fighting potential is about as close to zero as one can get. The only thing propping up the mockery of an Afghan Army is the US. With combat units gone, no amount of advisors is going to save the bacon, or however that expression goes.  Once the US gets out of the way, the Pakistan Army is going to come right back into Afghanistan, and just as it did 1994-96, it is going to beat the daylights out of the Afghans.

 

·         Now: there will this time be a major difference. Last time the world was basically keeping out of the dreadful civil war that erupted after the Soviet withdrawal of 1989 between the warlords, followed by the rise of the Taliban, who at that time were only an extension of the Pakistan Army. Toward the end of the rise of the Taliban, people like India and Russia were aiding anti-Pushtoon Afghans. At the time of the US invasion in 2001, the Northern Alliance had 15% of the country, Taliban had 85% (in so far as anyone can actually have control over Afghanistan – another question for another time). This time, however, India, Russia, and even the US are going to aid the west and north Afghan who are anti-Taliban (and anti Pushtoon). The core of new opposition army will come from the split-up Afghan Arm. With foreign assistance, there will be no scope for Pakistan to take over all of Afghanistan; and its not clear if Islamabad wants to.

 

·         We don’t want to paint a rosy picture of Pakistan’s gains because there are going to be all sorts of problems for Pakistan this time as opposed to 1996-2001. Among these problems is that the Taliban have developed their own identity, and plus you have a bunch of Taliban who are anti-Pakistan. Again, this is another discussion for another time.

 

·         The only question we should be asking is: are any American generals, bureaucrats, Administration officials, and media going to be held responsible for America’s defeat? Are there going to be inquiries, trials, and punishments? Of course not, you silly person. You see, America works on two tracks. There is you and me, the peasants, and there are the elite. When us peasants mess up, the elite makes darn sure we suffer the consequences. When the elite mess up, they get better jobs and after a decent interval return to make another, even bigger mess.

 

  • The only way this is going to change if we, the peasants, get out the pitchforks and the flaming torches and the ropes, and go after the elite. In this struggle, please do not look to the Editor. He did his struggle thing in India for 20-years. It would be wrong to say he achieved nothing. He did achieve 0.00000000000000000001 of what he set out to achieve. After 22-years in America, and approaching 70, Editor is very, very tired. This country can make you very successful, but if you don’t make into that 1%, or you aren’t born into it, America can grind you down. Americans, this is your country. It’s up to you to revolt. Editor has been there, done that. Good luck to you all, and thanks for the fish, or something like that.

Tuesday 0230 GMT October 2, 2012

·         US walks itself back on Iran attack Let’s first stipulate that it never was particularly clear how serious the Obama Administration was about attacking Iran’s N-program. At various times in the last several years (and during the Bush Administration too) it seemed that an attack was unavoidable. But now that push has come to shove, the US seems to be walking itself back on the subject. A clear distance has been put by Washington between itself and Tel Aviv, to the point apparently the US has warned Israel that the US will leave Israel to its fate if Israel starts something without US permission. And then the US has made clear it is not giving its permission. How much of this is a bluff is not known to us, after all, Israel’s Bibi may also well be bluffing when he says he will if necessary attack without the US.

 

·         Washington’s point of view is that sanctions ARE working, and Iran IS being squeezed by the America boa constrictor. Tel Aviv’s point of view is that (a) the sanctions are a joke; Teheran is successfully avoiding them, and (b) the Iranians will eat grass before giving up their N-problem, no matter how much they are squeezed.

 

·         Added to this is the disagreement over how close Iran is to a bomb. The US believes there’s time to let sanctions work. Tel Aviv says Iran is weeks away from a bomb. Editor says he believes they are years away, but one day they are going to get the bomb if nothing is done. He also agrees with the Israelis that the Iranians would rather eat grass before giving up their program. He further believes even if the Iranians do give it up, they will keep the core of it intact, ready to ramp up at need.

 

·         And as if the above divergences are not bad enough, there is another. One school says the Mad Mullahs are not really mad, and even if they get the bomb, the Israeli/US N-arsenal will deter them. It is possible to go one step further and argue that in fact, anyone who uses N-weapons for any reason will have to be taken out by the world’s nuclear powers acting together. The other school agrees the Mad Mullahs are not mad, but they are far worse. They are ready to wipe out Israel even if it means their country becomes a radioactive waste. We could go back and forth forever on this issue alone.

 

·         Now comes an article from a longtime and reputable Aviation Week and Space Technology writer, David Fulgham that has US sources giving all sorts of reasons an attack would be pointless. The article is at http://tinyurl.com/92rn7bm Now, it’s true that you should rely on any article on background from Washington with less trust than you would regard a heroin user begging for money and saying he promises you will have the money tomorrow. It is also true that the people Aviation Week spoke to are simply planting their point of view. In this case they would be trying to slow down the drumbeat to war.

 

·         Essentially what the article says is that a strike will not work because (a) anything short of N-weapons will not destroy the deep-bunker part of the Iranian n-program; and (b) even if it is destroyed there is nothing to stop Iran from getting 20% enriched uranium and even working components of an N-bomb from smugglers. The kindest thing we can say about people who are saying these things is they need to step down form their jobs and get a proper education. Since we aren’t here to make one case or the other, let us continue with the theme that the US appears to be backing down.

 

·         Two questions arise. (a) Is the US actually in favor of a strike but is building plausible deniability by pretending to be against a strike? Will it tell Israel to go ahead, wait for Iran to retaliate by attacking US Gulf installation or Hormuz, at which point US says “see, we do not want to get into a war with Iran, but now they’ve made war on us.” If this is so, US is wasting its time. Those who support a strike, such as the Sunni Mideast states, will support it no matter what convolutions the US goes through. Those who oppose it are going to get angry at the US and will not for a minute accept there was any distance between US-Israel.

 

·         (b) Normally we are all for striking left, right, and center, and we particularly don’t like the Iranian mullahs. But as we have recently said repeatedly, the US just seems to have no capacity to deal with the aftermaths of its invasions/strikes/interventions. The quality of decision-making in Washington is so low is that the US is going to get into a right royal mess if it strikes. Look at the super-hesitance in Libya and in Syria. So perhaps the Obama Administration is right to avoid an attack, at this time, at least.

Monday 0230 GMT October 1, 2012

·         What do Sam Bacile, Nakoula Basseley Nakoula, and Mark Basseley Youssef have in common? They are the same person, and only three of several names used by the maker of the anti-Islam video.

 

·         Judging from comments on the blogosphere, many Americans appear unfamiliar with their own criminal justice system. Perhaps it is as well, since this indicates they have little cause to deal with the system. But the unfamiliarity has led to considerable heat without light. What has upset many in the blogsphere is the belief the video-maker is being punished by the Obama Administration for exercising his 1st Amendment rights.

 

·         The reality is more sordid, as is often the case when dealing with petty criminals. And unfortunately, that is what the video-maker is, a petty criminal. It is a mistake to turn him into a crusader for 1st Amendment rights who is persecuted by the US Government.

 

·         The videomaker is a convicted felon (check fraud) and has violated his probation eight times. This violation concerns the requirement that he stay off the Internet for 5-years unless permitted by his parole officer. He has consistently lied about his association with the video. And he has perpetrated a fraud on the actors, whom he told the movie was an adventure film. There is, of course, no movie. All that exists is the crude U-Tube clip the world has seen.

 

·         When a criminal makes the headlines in the US, law enforcement goes into overdrive at all levels, local, state, and federal. They do that not because the person is necessarily dangerous, but because they love publicity. The agencies pile on to the criminal. He may already be stretched on the playing field after taking a hit, but other players will jump on him just to get into the news, and to get their piece of him. The way law enforcement works is that in a high profile case, a considerable manpower is deployed to comb every aspect of the person’s life for the slightest hint of other malfeasances.  Everything dredged is subject to minute scrutiny, to see if additional charges can be brought.

 

·         This gentleman has proved an easy target. He is so averse to the truth that when tried for fraud, he used what was apparently his given name. Nothing wrong with that, but in 2002 he had his name legally changed so he should have given his legal name. There’s another case right there. He carried a driver’s license in his previous name, which means he has got the license renewed at least once in an incorrect name. There’s another case right there. And we don’t know what else will emerge.

 

·         What is known is the gentleman is a habitual liar and a low-grade scumbag. Why on earth is anyone holding him up as a paragon of the 1st Amendment? Much of the reason is that a significant part of our country cannot stand the President. They will jump on Mr. Obama for the slightest thing, true or imagined. One respected blogger has even made the argument that the Benghazi case is worse than Watergate. Come on now, people. You need to separate your hatred of Mr. Obama from facts. To allege the federal, state, and local authorities are following the President’s orders to persecute the video gentleman is a bit bunch. For the President to issue such an order is illegal, and you can be sure people in the various governments would be gleefully releasing the information to the media.

 

·         As an example of where people are making the wrong assumptions is the denial of bail to the video gentleman.  Violating probation, people argue, is not a non-bailable offense. They are correct. He has been jailed not because of his parole violation, but because the judge wanted more time for the authorities to clear confusion about the man’s multiple identities, and wanted the defense to offer firmer proof the man will not flee the country.

 

·         This said, Editor agrees people have a right to be very angry about the way the Administration has handled the matter. The manner in which Administration officials have apologized repeatedly, and excoriated the video repeatedly, is completely unacceptable. There is nothing to apologize for. The video person may be a low-grade scumbag, but he retains his 1st Amendment rights. Absolutely all the Administration can legitimately say is: “The US government does not like the video, but the man who made it has constitutional protection. We take the Constitution more seriously than the hurt feelings of people.” The Administration might add that when we do not punish people for “insults” to other religions, not even to Christianity, America’s main religion, why exactly is America required to be more sensitive to Islam?

 

·         The other day news appeared of an ancient writing fragment that appears to have Jesus say Mary was his wife. Washington Post had a cartoon of Jesus’s Sermon on the Mount, something very sacred to many Christians. Instead of delivering the sermon, Jesus says that he was misquoted, and he was referring to whiffle balls, not to a wife. Personally Editor thought this was kind of a lame cartoon and definitely unfunny. But look at the carton from the viewpoint of a devout Christian. It can be seen as highly offensive. So should Christians now insist the Administration punish the cartoonist and the newspaper, preferably by execution? Should an American cabinet member offer a bounty for the cartoonist’s head, as a Pakistan minister has done for the insulter of Islam? And what about people who are highly offended by ALL religion? Should foreign Christians attack US overseas missions and murder US government employees?

 

·         By condemning the video without adding the qualification the man was within his right, the Administration has insulted the nation’s honor. Further, it has shown that it is okay for tiny groups of foreign extremists to attack and to threaten the US. Yet further it has given one religion, Islam, a greater importance than other religions whose sole crime seems to be they are not as violent as some Muslims. Who would not be aggravated with the Administration?

 

  • But none of this has anything to do with the video gentleman’s arrest.

 

Friday 0230 GMT September 28, 2012

 

·         Where is SEAL 6 when you need them? They’re so hot to catch terrorists and scum like OBL, but where are they when it time to take out a contract on Julian Assange? What, exclaim our readers, is Editor also falling for this business of Julian being an enemy of state?

 

·         Not one bit. Okay, so he was given US secrets by a confused US private, but if he becomes an enemy of state by releasing the secrets, so is every Americans newspaper that carried some part of those cables. Are we suggesting SEAL 6 take out the Editorial offices or the NY Times, the WashPo, the LA Times and what not? No we are not. If Julian in any way conspired with Manning to steal those secrets, by all means, hang them both. But how does he become an enemy of state by releasing the cables when the media is not an enemy of state for doing the same thing?

 

·         No. We want him assassinated because he is getting really, really, annoying. Since when has an accused rapist hiding from justice allowed to address the UN? What was Ecuador thinking? Since when is this man an expert on anything? More to the point, what was the UN thinking?

 

·         Okay, so all the anti-Americans of the world are getting whacking great cheap thrills from the Julian person. But don’t Ecuador and the UN realize they are only cheapening themselves and the institution? So what next? When there’s a human rights discussion at the UN, US should get Russia’s Pussy Riot to address the august world body?  And, mind you, Missus P. Riot have been severely punished for speaking. Absolutely they should not have done the protest in a church that they trespassed on. Absolutely they should be punished for the trespass, say a fine. But THEY are victims of a repressive regime, not Julian, who is being sheltered by a repressive regime.

 

·         The thing is, have all the laffs you want, folks. US is extraordinarily averse to being slammed in the UN, especially without cause. Julian is no one to speak on behalf of Manning, who is a US soldier and subject to military law. The Americans are going to bite back and then there will be real unhappiness. We sincerely hope the UN isn’t falling for the line that “oh, America doesn’t matter, the Chinese will pick up lost funding”. When the Chinese are in an economic position to become the Number 1 UN donor, the only thing they will allow the UN to do is sweep up the horse poop from the Emperor of the World’s carriage.

 

·         BTW, we have no clue of this is right, but someone told us the Swedish police are no longer wanting young Julian because they want his side of the story. We’re told they have completed their investigation, have decided to charge him, he will be allowed his piece after he’s under arrest, and then it’s off to court. Is there truth to this? We seem to remember in Sweden they don’t have bail: you stay in till your case is decided.

 

·         Canadians bust major smuggling ring, arrest policeman Drugs? Arms? Human trafficking for immoral purposes? Wrong, wrong and wrong. Please sit down with a strong drink close to hand before continuing, because the shock can be severe. Please read and sign the disclaimer that absolves Orbat.com?/Editor of any responsibility in case you are injured or die or suffer sleepless nights or your sex life, bad as it is, takes a turn for the worse. All set? We can reveal that the smugglers were smuggling…

 

·         …cheese. Yup, the stuff you put on pizzas and ham sandwiches. Apparently it is illegal to bring into Canada more than C$20 worth of cheese without paying duty. Apparently the stuff is so much cheaper south of the border, the Canadian cheese industry would be wiped out. (Isn’t Canada part of the North American Free Trade Zone, by the way?)

 

·         Everyone likes the Canadians. They are clean-cut, of good morals, straight-talking, peace-loving, and abhor violence. Honest, upright, great civic citizens, excellent neighbors. Soft-spoken, tolerant, kind to immigrants, bear more than their fair share of international responsibilities and so on and so forth.  If there’s one shortcomings we Americans have towards the Canadians, is we tend to condescend to them. To us they’re amiable duffers, a bit eccentric, but harmless, really, and really decent folk.

 

·         This cheese episode confirms all the stereotypes of Canadians. On this day and age were violence and chaos marches everywhere, it’s kind of sweet, relaxing even, that our northern BFFs are fighting cheese smuggling.

Thursday 0230 GMT September 27, 2012

 

·         Taliban attack on Camp Bastion These days since we usually stick to one topic in the update, we haven’t gotten around to mentioning the Taliban attack on Camp Bastion in Helmand, Afghanistan.  Doubtless readers are simply desperate to ask (at least on Alternative Earth z5ZDA93TT54321LKB3838sxj) “Editor, you’re always criticizing the  Taliban for being idiots about their attacks on Allied bases. This was pretty successful: they burnt 6 AV-8 Harriers and damaged two more, probably beyond repair. So do you want to revise your opinion?

 

·         Not really. Of 19 attackers, the Taliban lost 18 killed and one taken prisoner. So where are the survivors to teach other Taliban the art and craft of attacking Allied bases? In life, if every lesson you learn, successful or unsuccessful, ends up with you being dead, the learning curve becomes very, very short. Fighter pilots have a saying worth pondering: “My job is not to die for my country, but to make the other man die for his country”. Profound, and the Taliban might want to think about it.

 

·         The saying Editor quickly learned in his youth is also worth pondering: “He who fights and runs away, lives to fight another day.” And it works. That Editor is around to quote these wise sayings is proof.

 

·         American genius It is quite boring to have to repeatedly slam American stupidity, so it makes a nice change to celebrate American genius. A gentleman invented, and is now field testing, $20,000 industrial robots that can be taught to learn skills and keep upgrading those skills. Attachment can, of course, be changed for new tasksThe robot also mingles freely with humans, unlike the $200,000 specialized robots that the Japanese produce. These have to be kept segregated because they have all the brains of Killbot in the comics strip “Brewster Rockett, Space Guy”. This robot, if utilized for one 8-hour shift/day, costs $4/day and pays for itself in 3-years. Meanwhile, depending on the developed country you’re talking about, human robots cost $30 to $56 dollars a day. That high end is Norway, BTW.

 

·         Fascinatingly, the way you teach this robot a new skill is grabbing its hands and mimicking the job you want done. Pure genius. “Smarter robots, with no wage demands” by Brad stone; Business Week September 24-30, pages 39-40.

 

·         Something interesting in the article. American manufacturers produce $2-trillion worth of goods annually. Chinese produce $2.2-trillion. But it takes the Chinese 9 times the workers to get the same dollar output. Naturally people will worry that these new type of inexpensive robots will displace American workers. On the contrary, what the robots will do is allow American companies to compete with Chinese ones, so hopefully more jobs will be created at home than destroyed. Incidentally, as commonly noted, wages are not the sole consideration in product cost.  The Chinese will always have an advantage in products produced for their market and surrounding countries because transportation costs will be way lower.  And unless the Chinese change their ways, American environmental costs will be way higher. Of course, the transportation works two ways: American companies enjoy the advantage when producing for the Americas. As for the environmental cost, best to hie over to China and live there for a few months. You will return and become a radical Green.

Wednesday 0230 GMT September 26, 2012

Not feeling particularly rantish today because nothing particularly outrageous happened newswise.

·         Mr. Romney’s airplane joke Editor remains unsure what to make of the joke. In a way it would have been better had he NOT been joking, because this joke about why do not airplane windows open is, well, totally pathetic. A good joke has to plausible at some level, and the matter of roll down windows on a passenger jet is not plausible no matter how you look at it. Editor is very partial to jokers, and his Romney Like Meter, already very low, has now fallen through the basement. The man is a preppy of considerable privileges, if he cannot make a job, preferably at his own expense, than what exactly is the point of all that privilege? He may as well have gone to an urban public school and taken a job as a toll collector.

 

·         Editor was thinking the other day: have his right-wing friends come to grips about what they will do when Mr. Obama wins a second term? Will they be able to reconstruct their lives and soldier on for another four years? Given the conditions of Mr. Obama’s first four years, the election was Mr. Romney’s to lose. He has (as is said of us Indians) bravely snatched defeat from the jaws of victory. Of course, anything can happen, such as Mr. Obama saying something that actually is both meaningful and sensible.  But a Romney win is no more likely than President Obama making sense. By the way, before indignant readers assail us with the latest statistics, for our opinion on a Romney defeat we are quoting not Democrats, but Republicans. There’s no point to even talking to Democrats on Romney. What may happen, we are told, is that the GOP PooBahs may decide to stop throwing money after Romney, and shift it to getting control over the Senate. That is likely to prove acceptable to our right wing friends. As for someone writing in to say “You are resigning yourself to 4-years more of gridlock”, Editor has already said many times it doesn’t matter who wins, left or right our politicians are sold out to the moneybags and nothing can, or will change. It is only when the entire political system is changed can there be an end to gridlock. That’s not going to happen because the moneybags are not going to let it happen. Prepare for gridlock for another 40-years, don’t bother worrying about the next four.

 

·         The declining SAT scores A friend who backs charter schools over public schools metaphorically rammed yesterday’s Washington Post down Editor’s throat gloating all the while: “You keep saying where’s the evidence American public schools are failing. Here’s your evidence!” Now look people, the friend is very – um –intelligent and Editor likes the friend not for the gorgeous figure, but for said friend’s braininess. Editor is not one of those shallow men who goes only for a woman’s looks. It is pure coincidence that the women Editor considers intelligent are also very good looking. Just saying if one is going to be stuck with a non-brainy lady, time passes so much more pleasantly if she is good-looking. Anyway, we wander off topic.

 

·         Right in the Washington Post article – you do not have to take Editor’s word for it – it clearly shows a direct correlation between family income and SAT scores. Yes, there are exceptions. Editor’s youngest is one such. He scored a 1580/1600 (when 1600 was the top score) without spending a minute of studying for the SATs, and in our county Editor ranks low in family income. You don’t have to spend money to make sure your child learns, you have to spend time. In the Brahmanical tradition, just as in the Judaic tradition, scholarship and income are almost inversely correlated. In the case of the SAT, exceptions don’t make the rule.

 

·         Moreover, the article points out what every person with a half-brain knows. The scores are falling because the American education system, against all logic, believes all you have to do is set high expectations and everyone can go to college. So American school systems encourage, nay, require, everyone to take the SAT even if the kids have no hope whatsoever of getting into college. Washington DC, which has among the lowest SAT averages, also has one of the highest percentage of students taking the SAT. So obviously the scores are going to drop. WashPo notes that in the last 4 years alone the percentage of kids taking the SAT has gone up by 35%. Obviously the scores are going to drop.

 

·         Look no further than this quote to see why American education is in such a mess:

 

But the national trend lines are alarming and should serve as “a call to action,” College Board President Gaston Caperton said. “When less than half of kids who want to go to college are prepared to do so, that system is failing.”  http://www.washingtonpost.com/local/education/sat-reading-scores-hit-a-four-decade-low/2012/09/24/7ec9cb1e-0643-11e2-afff-d6c7f20a83bf_story.html?tid=pm_local_pop

 

So the criteria for success of the nation’s schools is that everyone who wants to go to college should be able to go to college? Otherwise we are failing?  Please note again: this man is the head of the College Board. If he cannot reason with simple logic, why is anyone surprised American education is messed up? Clearly he cant pass the SAT because reasoning is a must for success. But of course, he IS being logical. He wants his company to make more money, so he declares a crisis in American education. Then he uses illogic to push his ideas forward, and a public that cannot reason logically may well fall for it.

 

·         Here is Editor’s comment America, please note and quote. “When 99.999% of Americans who want to be billionaires are not making it, America if failing.”

 

  • Naturally Editor did not SAY any of this to his friend. You can either be one-up on your lady friends in the Logic States, or or you can get a date on Saturday.

Tuesday, 0230 GMT September 25, 2012

·         Like flies to like, as the poet says. And so it with Iran. The place is run by folks who could use serious does of product from the American pharma industry. These folks like to think they are terribly Machiavellian and devious and smart, whereas the truth is they are just plain bonkers. Delusions of grandeur are just one sign of going bonkey. But that is not our point today. Our point is that that because Iran is such a crazy place, it attracts a lot of crazy happenings.

 

·         Take, for example, the Signals Intercept Rock. Guards patrolling the outside of the Fordow nuclear-enrichment facility (it is being built inside a mountain, which sorry to say, will not save it from destruction) came across a rock. They tried to move the rock. It blew up. From the debris the Iranians learned the rock was intercepting feeds from Fordow’s computers. We will join you in saying, “Hey, that’s really neat!” But extend yourself a bit. An exploding Signal Intercept Rock is a pretty crazy gadget. It took someone even more crazy than the I-rain-ians to come up with this device, plant it, and tap into Fordow’s computers.

 

·         Then came Siemens and the nuclear equipment wired with tiny hidden explosives. Foul, cried the Iranians. But Siemens says it has sold no N-equipment to Iran since 1979. So are Iranian engineers perhaps blaming their own mistakes on a sinister Western conspiracy? As in “sorry, chief, but the whole centrifuge cascade is history and we believe it’s because the Siemen’s equipment was booby-trapped.” Since Siemens is not selling Iran anything that can be used for N-work, is Iran clandestinely procuring equipment from Siemens? Is someone pretending he is out to make a fast buck supplying booby-trapped equipment to iron, saying this is the really good stuff from Siemens? The possibilities are endless. And the scheme is pretty crazy.

 

·         BTW, we need to share with readers something most media do not seem to be aware of. A uranium enrichment cascade is not conceptually a difficult engineering problem. But the reality is very different from the text-book. Once you have a cascade going, if anything happens to force a jump or a reduction in centrifuge speeds can not just physically knock the centrifuges to pieces, it can destroy the product stream. You basically have to shut everything down, clean out all the pipes and pumps and centrifuges, and start up all over again. A centrifuge is a tall metal cylinder rotating really fast – supersonic speeds. If one cylinder gets physically knocked out, say by exploding, the debris is going to create havoc with the cascade. We know from the media that someone has been tampering big time with the computer programs that run the centrifuges. But this is not like a regular industrial process stream gone wrong. You just shut it down, reset, and restart. If a bunch of centrifuges in the cascade are being spun up too fast, at the end of it the cascade might as well have been bombed out. You can also tamper with the enrichment process by fooling around with speeds without drawing attention to your meddling, such as would happen if the cascade is wrecked. We don’t mean to discourage you from the continuing with the centrifuge you’re building in the basement, but the materials science part of the deal is itself very, very hard. More so if you have smuggle parts, alloys, equipment and so.

 

·         This is why Editor, for one (and perhaps only) steadfastly said in the 1980s that Pakistan had no N-weapons, and would get none, until its plutonium fissile material plants came on line. Which they now have, at greatly sub-desirable efficiencies, but they probably by now have enough plutonium for half-a-dozen warheads. It is the same thing with the Iranians. Watch what their plutonium plants are doing, not their uranium enrichment plants. These probably ARE really only producing, sort of, uranium for civilian power generation plants.

 

·         Does this mean that aside from civilian plants there’s no practical use for Iran’s centrifuge plants? Nope. Keeping in mind it’s years since Editor last looked into the physics and technology of the thing, and does not have his notes, one thing he found was that instead of using natural uranium in your plutonium production plant, if you use slightly enriched uranium, say 3% or 5%, it much simplifies the production of weapons grade plutonium.

 

·         The Editor’s search for the Pakistan Bomb is another long saga that would bore normal people (such as our readers) to death. This was not a search such as  in “Where’s Waldo?” It was a search for data that would show Pakistan was not diverting fissile material from KANUPP and its centrifuge program was a hoax perpetrated by the clever Dr. AQ Khan. He not only took his own government for a ride, he took several other governments for a ride. This was not a search the few American nuclear chemists and physicists Editor contacted were willing to assist. Just hearing an Indian voice on the phone, asking for an appointment to clear up the U-234 problem so Editor could show Pakistan did not have a bombs, would result in phones slammed down. The poor fools thought Editor is trying to find out how to enrich U234, for the Indians. Actually fools is too lame a word. Blithering idiots is more like it. Do they honestly think the Indians have to ask someone who never passed Calc I to get this information from the Americans? It’s probably Indians who are TEACHING the stuff to Americans in American universities. This whole story also is about University of Maryland College Park wouldn’t give Editor a fellowship to get his MA/PhD in government, whereas as little babies in the prams graduating with BAs were getting the fellowships and coming to class with their mommies to get their nappies changes and noses wiped.

 

·         What that readers are asking? Speak up! Editor is 80% deaf! Oh, you’re asking what is the U234 problem? Okay, its simple. Using centrifuges to separate isotopes of uranium (or anything else) means spinning natural uranium in centrifuges (in the form of a gas, UF6). So the heavier isotopes go off to the side wall, and the lighter remain in the middle of the spinning cylinder. Still there? So U’s natural form is U238, which is not fissile. The U on Earth has 99.3% U238 and just 0.7% U235, which is the Good stuff (If you’re Dr. Strangelove, anyway). The U238 goes to the edges, the U235 status in the middle3. You drain off the U235 and pipe it to another centrifuge and repeat till you get weapons grade uranium, composed of (generally) 90% U235 and 10% U238. Purer the better, but for most purposes 90% if good enough, and each step forward for purer stuff  gets more and more difficult and expensive.

 

·         Okay. If you are still there, what the popular media doesn’t tewll you, perhaps because it doesn’t know, but in natural U, its not just 238 and 235, but tiny bits of U234. And lo and behold, U234 not only is not fissile, it poisons the U235 fissile reaction.

 

  • Now comes the punch line for the 1 reader that’s still here. U234 is lighter than U235. So your centrifuge is giving you increasing quantities of 234 as you enrich to get 235, and you do not want that. So how do they get the dratted 234 out of the centrifuge? Suggestions and thoughts welcome, but best would be if someone who reads this actually knows. (Last time Editor looked at the problem the WWW had not been invented. Checking now, but can spare only 10-minutes.)

 

Monday, 0230 GMT September 24, 2012

 

·         What do current US Navy deployments tell us? Reader Chris Raggio asked our opinion on what the current US Navy deployments indicate. Many decades ago one of Editor’s jobs was keeping track of US Navy deployments and drawing conclusions. Inevitably the reports went straight to the trash. The folks who got them had zero interest in the subject. But: Editor does not care if he has loved and appreciated. Then as now, he cares only if he is paid in timely fashion.  These days Editor is pretty clueless, except he remembers that back in the day when we had 15 carriers, action was imminent only if five were in the same theatre. Now we have 12 carriers, so it makes sense action is imminent if there are four hanging out in the theatre. Luckily, we have Tacman (who is a real expert in the matter) to ask. This is what he says.

 

·         My angle on the argument concerns the deployments ... and what boggles me is why the President said nothing about COUGAR 2012 lighting up several beaches in the Med real soon.... which would make people wonder if they're going into Syria. BUT, give him a month, and maybe he'll talk about that too.

 

·         Honestly, I'm all for explosive-induced excitement in Iran or Syria... why not... that seems to make them happy... and if I were any good at predicting actual surprise attacks, then I'd either have different employers or be dead. Anyway, I'll toss my two cents in...

 

·         5th Fleet has 2-CVNs and 1-LHD...CVN-65 needs to go home ASAP for its retirement party. CVN-69 is good until turn of the year. LHD-7 is only good for 2-3 more months. 7th has 1-CVN and 1-LHD...CVN-72 is beginning it's fall underway…LHD-6 is also just beginning…Moving forward into 5th & 7th is 1-CVN and 1-LHA... my guess. CVN-74 is replacing 65…LHA-5 is replacing LHD-7; 7th Fleet doesn't need any help, so 5th gets it.

 

 

·         LHD-7 did a lot of APS and Euro exercises on the way in, it might do the same on the way out, and the mack-daddy EX to not miss is COUGAR 2012. The Illustrious, Bulwark, De Gaulle and lots of escorts are attending. Why the US is not listed isn't understood by me yet. It's still possible that the US will send LHD-7 back into the Med next month to join the party, either off Algeria or in the Adriatic. Of course, part of COUGAR is to intimidate Syria politically by having a primo NATO naval strike force next door... and right before the US election, and maybe the Israeli election... right when things could get adventurous. It gives us options, and I'll bet the Iwo Jima will be in the Med in October / November. FYI... The Enterprise will be passing through on it's final tour around the same time, but maybe sooner.

 

·         My guess is 5th and 7th will be same-old / same-old. 6th might see some posturing during COUGAR.

 

·         If Iran does light up then we have 2-CVNs and lot's of USAF assets nearby. If Syria lights up then we have the UK, France and maybe the US 1-CVN and 1-LHD.

 

 

·         What I'm looking for is 4-CVNs with plenty of time to blow within 2-days of each other. We're close, with 4 sailing but separated. Put all 4 in 5th Fleet west of India, now I'm throwing a bag of popcorn in the microwave waiting for the show to start.

 

·         BUT, before that can happen, some kind of openly political justification needs to be presented... remember Op Iraqi Freedom? Someone has to draw the red line, and Obama isn't fond of such things. The Israelis have pretty much done it already. That said, I don't see the US in an offensive position, militarily or politically. The Israeli's and Iranians, oh ya, big time. My thought is that the US is acting defensively right now... status quo. Something has to change before that does. That is what you look for.

Friday 0230 GMT September 21, 2012

·         Somalia Kenyan troops are now preparing to enter the last Al-Shabaab coastal stronghold, at Kisamayo (South Somalia). Many are speculating if this means the end of the terror group. Without a coastal base they will find it difficult to obtain supplies. Besides which, loss of another port means their tax base is withering. But as this article makes clear, the matter is not so simple.  http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/africa/the-last-stand-of-alshabaab-8157403.html

 

·         Initial reports earlier this week said that Al-Shabaab had evacuated the town ahead of the Kenyan offensive. For reasons Editor is unclear about, the group went right back to Kisamayo. Perhaps their first withdrawal was just to get their families to safety. Somalia’s story is based on clans, not on governments and other groups. Al-Shabaab has welcomed another anti-Government clan to move into the town, upping its strength. Meanwhile, the Ethiopians – again for reason we are unclear – are not about to let the Kenyans have the glory about taking Kisamayo, which would be a key town in an autonomous Jubaland. The Kenyans seem to back Jubaland, and their advance has been focused on destroying al-Shaabab in the south. So the Ethiopians are backing another tribe altogether.

 

·         So as the UK Independent says, we may see a 3-sided fight for Kisamayo. This is not going to help Somalia. And apparently neither are Kenyan tactics helping. The Kenyans are said to have refused creation of a corridor to permit civilians to flee; presumably the Kenyans are worried that rebels will escape. They are also using a lot of firepower such as artillery and air strikes; inevitably civilians are being killed in larger numbers than need happen. So regardless of which faction the town’s residents belong to, they will not be happy with the Kenyans.

 

·         In many ways Somalia is like Afghanistan. In Somalia the division is by clans, in Afghanistan by tribes. There has been war in Afghanistan for almost 35-years, non-stop. And surely fighting will continue after NATO withdraws it combat troops. If the Taliban emerge dominant again, the tribes in the other 60% of the country will turn to Iran, India, and Russia, and the endless war will continue. Even if the Taliban seek to merely control their traditional areas of East and South Afghanistan and left the North and the West alone, Afghanistan is finished as a country. It is unclear to Editor if the different tribes can be expected to peacefully coexist in a unitary national state. Before the arrival of the Americans, the different tribes got along because Kabul’s authority was weak and it left the provinces alone. That is the best outcome that can be imagined. But so much blood under the bridge, it is possibly that whoever has Kabul will refuse to preside over a weak confederation.

 

·         In Somalia the clans have been at it for almost 25-years. People assume that if a war continues too long, people long for peace and grow tired of war, leading them to compromise. But beyond a certain point, a continuing war breeds only more war. People want peace, but they don’t see it as possible. In Somalia the fight has been about control of resources. The longer the war continues, the fewer the resources, and the more desperate the struggle. As it is we can doubt if Somaliland can be forced back into a unitary Somali state.  Puntland has also become used to autonomy. Jubaland is clearly heading for autonomy as a Kenyan protectorate. The Ethiopians may insist on controlling central Somalia, and if they cannot, they will keep the pot boiling. The national capital region may well find nothing to govern, and it may have to reconcile itself to an autonomous status of its own, protected by the African Union.

 

  • Naturally the future is hard to predict. But Somalia’s troubles may not be ending, just entering a new phase.

Thursday 0230 GMT September 20, 2012

·         China and the Senkakus The dispute between China and Japan over the Senkaku Islands had witnessed a delightful escalation. It is all entertainment and so much fun to see Japan being beaten with limp noodles by the Chinese. Before we explain our happiness, the current crisis has been triggered by the Japanese Government buying the four pieces of rock topped with some greenery from a private owner. This was Japan’s reaction to increasing aggressive Chinese demonstrations and claims on the islands. There may be oil and gas in the area, but it is important to appreciate for both sides this is a nationalist issue, not an economic one. Do not get confused by Taiwan’s claims. Beijing accepts they are part of Taiwan, but of course Beijing claims Taiwan in its entirety, thus, says China, the islands are ours.

 

·         So after nationalization, the Chinese started playing their usual double game, which is rousing its citizens to demonstrate and riot, while officially calling for calm and negotiations. This is all part of China’s amazing subtlety that we in the west are too stupid to appreciate. Of course, China in reality is as subtle as the Marx Brothers, or a herd of starved elephants called for chow time. But everyone has their fantasies, so let us allow the Chinese theirs, even as we giggle and make rude gestures with our toes. Just to demonstrate their subtlety, the Chinese sent 14 maritime/fishery security vessels to the area. OMG! How subtle! Let us now swoon!

 

·         The problem has become that China, having made its point, now wish to dial down the temperature. But the citizens are having none of this. Demonstrations have spread to 85 cities, and Japanese factories have been attacked, leading the Japanese to shut down several plants. The people are not just refusing to their government; they are accusing the government of being cowards. They are saying the government ignores the will of the people (Danger, Will Robinson, extreme danger! – the citizens have neatly made the Senkakus into an issue of the democratic rights they don’t have. Neato, no?).

 

·         As if this subtlety is insufficient to make us crude non-Chinese morosely low-esteemed, a Chinese Commerce Minister says that China should consider selling its $230-billion worth of bonds. There are reports that China is about to cut off supply of rare earths. Others are saying that yes, China will suffer if Sino-Japanese trade comes to a halt, but the Japanese with their corrupt, rotting economy will collapse. China will not. To find an analog for China’s subtlety, you have to go back to Bluto, Popeye’s rival for the affections of Olive Oyl (“And he’s large, large, large, but he’s mine!”.

 

·         So the first object of our good-humored mirth and acid derision is the United states, which is caught between an ally (Japan) and a producer of profit for American companies (China). The US has been scurrying around like a little mouse with an invisibility cloak and squeeking “There’s no one here but us Americans” for all it is worth. The Americans are engaged in what they called “quiet diplomacy”. This consists of running between Tokyo and Beijing wringing hands and begging both sides to calm down. American foreign policy is have the stuffing knocked out of a primary foreign policy tenet. This says that as China becomes more integrated into the world system, it will become less bellicose.

 

·         Of course, the Americans have so long ago forgotten what it means to be nationalist that they could not conceive of a China that would become bellicose, not less, as it became economically/militarily stronger. Just because we worship the almighty dollar, or increasingly the almighty Yuan, it can never occur to us that their pride is more important to the Chinese than money. Just a reminder to Washington: the Chinese plan to push us back to Hawaii by 2040. They will happily trade with us and go along with our fantasies of importance, but that won’t stop them from doing what they believe they have to do. we hope by 2040 the Americans wake up, but who knows. We may be so busy buying IPhone-26 – made in China, of course, that we may no time to notice we have become a second-rate power.

 

·         Meantime, from India comes the news that since January 2010, the Chinese have intruded on Indian territory an average of 12 times month. Whatever you may say about the effete and ineffective Indians, they at least are engaged in a major buildup against China while Washington counts the money it makes from the China trade.

 

·         But it is for the Japanese we reserve our most affectionate derision. You see, since 1945, Japan has been passive-aggressive on its defense. It refuses to spend more than 1%, preferring to hide under the American umbrella. The sole cost is having to periodically massage America’s giant ego by whispering in its ear: “You really turn us on, Big Guy!” Meanwhile the snicker behind their hand-held fans at how colossally stupid the Americans are, and what a pain it is to put up with their criminal-rapists sailors and Marines who we wish would just go away to Hawaii or whatever. Whenever America has told the Japanese to do more for defense, the Japanese make big eyes like the kids in the manga comics, and exclaim “But we cannot! We were so bad in World War II! You defeated us and demilitarized us! Thank you so much for setting us on the right track! But clearly we cannot militarize again! You have taught us so well!” Then they give us the middle-finger salute when our backs are turned.

 

·         But now the skinny Japanese behind is being squeezed in the Chinese mangle. Today, yes, Tokyo can count on the Americans to protect them. Tomorrow they may not have the military means; worse, they may not have the desire. Japan will be left with a boat without paddles and a large hole in the stern. Editor is for sure ROTFLLTBAG (Rolling on the floor laughing to bust a gut.)

 

·         Nonetheless, under all that impeccable grooming, the Japanese are a pretty darn people. Already some Japanese have responded to the Chinese threat to sell-off Tokyo binds by delicately yawning and saying “Actually, not a bad idea! The Bank of Japan will buy them and the Yen will weaken, helping get our stalled economy going!” And though we don’t know for a fact this is happening, surely many Japanese are saying: “We spend hundreds of billions of dollars in pointless infrastructure projects to revive the economy, we could just spend that money on upping our defense preparedness.”

 

  • As for the Chinese, by this demonstration of their bile, they have further served notice on the world that as they grow more powerful, they are increasingly going to be demanding their way or the highway. They have already pushed India to a major military buildup on land, sea, and air; they have already woken up the Ozzies and the Kiwis, and the smaller Pacific/Indian Ocean nations cannot get together fast enough. The Chinese will learn, probably the hard way, that if you push people, they will push back.

 

Wednesday 0230 GMT September 19, 2012

Correction on Afghan suicide bomber who killed 12: three are identified as locals, and presumably are Muslims. Nine are identified as foreigners working for air transport companies. But how many were Americans or westerners from countries that are American allies in the GWOT?

·         The wounded Arab psyche Scholars who are sympathetic to the Arabs point out that the reason the Islamic militants are behaving badly today is that they have never gotten over their glory days. They feel inferior to the West, disrespected, belittled, victimized, derided – add whatever derogatory adjectives come to mind. So it all comes down to low self-esteem. Because Muslims supposedly perceive themselves as powerless, they will seek to demonstrate their power any way they can.

 

·          India in the middle of the second millennium was the world’s richest country. When it collided with the western invaders, its greatness was crushed by people Indians considered unhygienic,ignorant savages. My maternal grandmother came from a wealthy family of art collectors and intellectuals. To the end of her days, she never tired of telling me how in the days of the British she would sit by herself at the Grand Hotel in the Raj’s summer capital, Simla, and not a single English person would speak to her. That she was “allowed” there in the first place was because my grandfather was a civil engineer in British service, and the Grand was where he was accommodated when visiting on duty. If you want a flavor of what westerners thought about Indians, read the American journalist Katherine Mayo’s report “Mother India”.  All she saw was filth, perversion, and deviancy. (Good thing she's not alive in these times in America.)Today India is so poor that 40% of its people suffer from malnutrition, and $2/day is considered above poverty level.

 

·         By the logic people use to have us understand the Islamists, Indians should en masse be striking out at the west, blowing up its monuments and killing its citizens. Instead Indians learned from the west and are now on track to become the second richest country. What is true of India is equally true of China, and of Japan. If we are to talk about people who have been ruthlessly exploited and mercilessly disdained, look no further than Africans and African Americans. Let us talk about the Maya, the Inca, and the Aztecs, who were destroyed and enslaved just as the black people were. But do you see the Chinese, Japanese, South Americans, and Africans not just becoming global terrorists, but encouraging – no, demanding the slaughter of fellow Indians, Chinese, whatever, considered by the extremists to be apostates? The British ruled the greatest empire the world has ever known. Now they cannot even maintain two warships on round-the-clock duty to guard their shores. Should they be murdering and killing? The Russian empire was geographically the biggest land empire until 1990, when overnight it just vanished like dust in the wind. Should the Russians be out there killing and terrorizing?

 

·         Consider this episode from the day before yesterday. An Islamic terrorist, claiming he was striking out at America’s insult to Islam contained in a U-Tube clip, not even in a movie, killed twelve other civilian Muslims in Afghanistan as protest.  Excuse me, folks, but people like this are not suffering from lack of self-esteem, absorbed in dreams of distant days of glory. They are simply murderous psychotics.

 

·         In my younger days, I travelled often to the Mideast, a region I was introduced to by my father, who had fought there in World War II, and later returned under UN service. I stomped around Iraq, Jordan, Syria, Lebanon, Egypt, and Iran (not Arab, but still a very hung-up place). I went to the villages, where people were so poor sometimes it seemed to me village India must be an advanced civilization. Among the educated folks there was this overwhelming despair at the problems their people faced, and at the abject humiliation at being repeatedly defeated by the Israelis, and their just total inability to change things.  No one with the slightest empathy (or Mitt Romney) could fail to feel the Arab pain, a la Mr. Clinton.

 

·         But: whose bleedin’ fault was all this? The Arabs were being oppressed by – the Arabs. And they are still oppressed by their own, as in Saudi Arabia, Syria and Iran. The Arab condition has nothing to do with the West. It has to do with themselves. And while they claim to be fighting the West, for every Westerner killed there are 10, 100, or more Muslims killed – by Muslims. What on earth does this internecine slaughter, which reached new heights in Iraq, during Saddam and post-Saddam, have to do with the West?

 

·         Okay, so more sophisticated versions of the Arab-as-victims theory says that since they are unable to displace their dictators, they strike out at the West. Now, we can argue about how America should handle the Arabs. For ten years I supported the US administrations aggressive approach, until I realized that Bush/Obama have been lying to us from Day 1 of the GWOT. I say the solution is to come home. Official Washington, half of whom would be out of government funded jobs if we did that, thinks we need more engagement, not less. Whatever.

 

·         One thing we should by now be clear on is that the Arab condition is not our doing, or our responsibility. Every time one of these mad dogs goes on a killing spree blaming the west, we need the government, the elite, the media, to push back and say: “This is YOUR problem, not ours; you created it, we didn’t; you take care of it.

 

·         Someone will come up with stuff like the overthrow by the CIA of the first democratically elected Iran leader or America’s alliance with the dirty House of Saud. My reaction to this is to say “I weep for you, now I will play the world’s tiniest violin in requiem”. The US between 1945-1990 faced an existential threat to its existence because of the Soviets. All these countries could have allied themselves with us instead of kissy-facing the Communists. That was THEIR choice, and once they began the kissy-facing they became our enemies. We had to do what we had to do.  No friend as good, no enemy as fierce. That’s us. And now the Soviets are gone, we’re helping you overthrow your tyrants, the current crop of whom are none of our doing. We did not feed and nurture the Salafis, the Whabis, the Deobandis. Heck, 99.9% of Americans don’t have a clue as to what these misgotten species of sub-humanity are. I certainly didn’t know till two years ago and all I do every waking moment I can is to read/study/analyze international and military relations.

 

  • It is past time we realized: we cannot change the Arabs. We have no responsibility for them. We can, and must, change ourselves. And the first step in our recovery program has to be to ditch the self-imposed guilt. Darling, this relationship is not working and I need a divorce. And it is not even remotely me. It is YOU. So goodbye and please hurry along. It’s been real.

Tuesday 0230 GMT September 18, 2012

·         Chicago Editor was first saddened by the news the teachers strike had been resolved, then again delighted that it was not. Editor believes in unions for all workers. He is constantly astonished at how anti-union America is, and for what? Japan, Germany, France, UK, Scandinavia etc. all have tough unions,  have the same standard of living we do. so it baffles Editor why profits cannot be sensibly shared between the capitalist, the manager, and the worker. But, as they say, whatever.

 

·         Editor was only establishing background to his happiness the Chicago strike continues. We all have our red lines on behavior, we are tolerant of this but not of that. Editor’s strong red line is hypocrisy, and he happy to see President Obama and the Chicago Mayor getting it in the neck for their hypocrisy.  This does not mean Editor prefers the GOP; were he Overlord, he would give all politicians one hour to resign and go home and never enter politics again. Failing which they would have a walk in appointment with Mr. Guillotine. Editor is totally unable to understand why a people would give power to someone who wants it. Leaders should be chosen from those who absolutely do not want it and run for their lives if their name is mentioned as a potential leader. Those who run the fastest and farthest should be the ones to be put in charge. But, as they say, whatever.

 

·         Editor was only establishing he is non-ideological, and his attack on two prominent donkeys does not mean he favors elephants. No. The issue is thus. The President and the Mayor are trying to have their cake and eat it too. They pretend they are for the worker, but when push comes to shove, they are for Number One, who is not the worker.  The Chicago strike is all about political money. Rich anti-worker people have been giving money to the Mayor, so he has cracked down on the teacher unions as a start. But, as they say, whatever.

 

·         But remember when our pals the Dems were accusing Scott Walker of Wisconsin of taking rich people’s money to destroy unions? Remember when the Dems were accusing him of being a dictator? Well, now the Dems are taking the money of rich people to be anti-worker, and they are acting like dictators. Does this mean we support Mr. Walker? We cannot award him the Klasse Klowne Award, because though he is a clown, he has no class.   We thing the Chicago Mayor fails on both counts and is a terrific bore to boot. So we are being impartial here. But the hypocrisy factor is in the Dems court, because Walker has never pretended to be the worker’s friend. He has never denied who pays him owns him.  But, as they say, whatever.

 

·         Editor was only trying to show that he hates both Donkeys and Elephants equally. So that is why he is delighted the President and the Mayor are increasing up honey creek with a paddle. He is said only that – as dozens and dozens of people have told him – they don’t like the President, they don’t trust the President, they want the President to go somewhere unmentionable, but they are still going to vote for him because the Two Rs are even worse. But as they say, whatever.

 

·         Strikes Editor as very odd that people are attacking teachers for what used to be the package deal for most workers: decent pay, decent working conditions, decent dignity, and decent pensions. So teachers are among the last groups of workers, along with Federal workers, to enjoy these things, which were once considered the right of every worker. How strange that Americans do not envy the 1% at the top who now control 40% or more of America’s wealth, but are ready to pull down ordinary folks like them who have managed to hold on to benefits which once most workers enjoyed. Is it the new American way, to pull every down to the lowest level? But as they say, whatever.

 

  • Editor has had many reactions from readers on teachers’ union. Except for one reader who was a teacher and left the profession, the other readers are absolutely against the benefits teachers enjoy. But if these benefits are so wonderful, doesn’t the theory of economics say that workers should want to become teachers? How come there is no rush to become teaches? But as they say, whatever.

Monday 0230 GMT September 17, 2012

·         America in Wonderland It is said the Soviet Communists and the Nazis perfected the art of the Big Lie. If so, their most diligent students have been Americans. In every walk of life, Americans utilize the Big Lie. Advertising, which is built on the BL and which is part of blood, is an example. The political campaigns we have witnessed this year, left or right, are another. And now we have an example in foreign policy – as if we needed it.

 

·         The US ambassador to the United States has bestowed on us this wisdom: The Benghazi attack was spontaneous, not preplanned. Problem the First: the Libyans say it was preplanned and they informed the US of it 3 days ahead. Problem the Second: Al Qaeda says it was planned as revenge for the killing of the Yemen AQ leader.

 

·         Could the Libyan Government be lying? Of course it could. By saying the attack was preplanned and warning given, the government is lessening its liability for its failure to protect the consulate. Equally, of course, why would Tripoli feel the need to do this when everyone knows the central government’s writ does not extend to Benghazi? A warning is all the government could do and as far as we know no one is blaming the Government.

 

·         Could AQ be lying? Sure. They are an opportunistic bunch, quite capable of claiming credit for operations conducted by others, or even by just a mob.

 

·         But the US Government could also be lying. It HAS been widely accused of negligence in protecting its personnel, so it has every motive to say the attack was not preplanned, ergo, nothing could have been done.

 

·         In a situation all actors have a reason to lie, what are we to do? How can we determine the truth? We can’t, but we can apply simple rules of logic. Let us proceed.

 

·         How does the US know the attack was not preplanned? We know from the media the US has no contacts on the ground with the people and authorities in Benghazi. CIA personnel who had those contacts have been shifted to Syria. How come we know nothing about the people who carried out the attack or why, but we know they did not pre-plan it? It is logical to assume the US is lying because the US government has the biggest reason of the three parties to lie: it is 41-days (or whatever) to the presidential election. Obviously anything that makes the President looks bad has to be spun using the techniques of the Big Lie.

 

·         Next, in the law if the guilty party is proudly announcing it Did The Deed, unless the prosecution has clear proof it did not, the guilty party’s word should be accepted. The US Government has no proof AQ is lying.

 

·         We have said endless times that just because post facto it turns out there was a warning X, Y, or Z will take place does not mean it is definitive to the point Action Stations have to be called. Every day there are hundreds, if not thousands, of pieces of intelligence that say some attack or the other is imminent. Each has to be analyzed and evaluated; the vast majority is dismissed. As they must, because there is a cost to calling action Stations. Life is a compromise in every aspect. Threat analysis requires a high degree of speculation. That the Administration agency concerned got this wrong is neither proof of incompetence or conspiracy.

 

·         Now, we can say this because we have no dog in the fight. Matters not the flutter of a gnat’s wings who gets elected President, the country is doomed either way. Americans all know this, and we are applying the Big Lie to ourselves, because we cannot face the consequences of accepting we’re doomed. But to those involved in the political fight, it does matter that the blame be fixed, and obviously the Administration does not want to take the blame, thus its Big Lie.

 

·         Were it that simple, we could all go home after yelling at each other. But the matter, of course, is not as simple as the US being caught by surprise. There was the decision taken not to station a Marine detachment, to entrust security to local guards, and then refuse them bullets for their guns. Editor has no problem accepting Ms. Clinton’s explanation. She wanted a low profile, and a heavily militarized consulate does not have a low profile. You clearly don’t want Rambo consulate guards firing into crowds each time the guards get spooked and causing casualties (and consternation). But then where’s your back up?

 

·         In India, as in most countries, your backup is the local police. There’s a bunch of them permanently stationed outside the  Embassies and Consulates. The minute a crowd forms, reinforcements are called, and arrive in short order. They do the shooting of the mob, so no blame attaches to the Americans. If rioters get over the walls no one has much to say if the Marines now open fire and kill people; Indians know the Embassy/consulates are US territory and the Americans have a right to save themselves.

 

·         So, to repeat, where was the backup in Benghazi? There is no government authority in Benghazi, so there can be no official backup. There is no choice but to make the consulate into a fortress with Marines and to have armed contractors, American and local, inside and outside. After all, do we not know by now the Arabs will form a crowd and starting wrecking the place at the slightest excuse or no excuse?

 

·         This, then, is negligence. Better to explain to America, apologize, take responsibility. Better to say all these security decisions involve risks one way or the other. Mostly it works, sometimes it doesn’t. But telling the truth – well, you can see the problem with that. We can no longer tell the truth or take responsibility for our actions. Can’t blame the government for doing what we all do.

 

·         Which is to spin, using the Big Lie.

Saturday 0230 GMT September 15, 2012

Just some items in the news

·         The anti-Islam film Still unclear if there is a movie or just a crude 14-minute clip on U-Tube. The alleged makers of the movie are Egyptian Copts who later took American citizenship. The Islamists, of course, have been persecuting the Copts in Egypt, including killing them, so why is an anti-Islam video a big surprise? Moreover, says Washington Post (pA11, September 14, 2012) the clip has been on U-tube for some months and no one was interested. So clearly it is not a cause of the rioting, which appears more to be tied to 9/11.

 

·         Meanwhile, US president has gone against the spirit of the First Amendment by asking for the removal of the clip. As reader Luxembourg asks, does our tech-savvy prez not realize just how hard it is to stop anything on the Internet? If he doesn’t know, we suggest he ask the Chinese.

 

·         It is argued that the First does not permit someone to yell “Fire!” in a crowded theatre. Fair enough. So why is US not moving against the Egyptian government for its failure to stop the persecution of Copts? How is it okay that we must be sensitive to Islam’s concerns, but ignore the persecution of Christians? Where in our Constitution does it say one groups sensitivities take precedence over another’s? What every single US president in the last 30-years has done is discriminate against the majority American religion and Islam. For example, we killed Saddam because he was killing Shias; we had nothing to say when he – and his successors – were killing Christians and driving them out of the country. NO American administration has any legitimacy when it asks us to respect Islamic sensitivities. And of course, we are sensitive to the Islamists because they are a mad, murderous bunch whereas Christians are not attacking the US.

 

·         Chicago and Teachers We’ve been having a lively debate with reader Phil Rosen and learning about advertising, as we hope he is learning about teachers. A point he has raised that there is a 30% turnover in advertising staff every year: 10% voluntary quits, lowest 20% performers fired. So what’s so terrible about 20% teacher turnover in urban districts? Existentially, no difference. But it takes 5-10 years of experience to make a good teacher. So essentially, in urban districts you have some experienced teachers and a great many that have not reached that level – and never will, because they leave.

 

·         No teacher objects to being assessed. All they ask is they be assessed on factors under their control and using accurate measurement systems. None such has been developed to date. Nor is their evidence non-teacher union states perform better than union states. Montgomery County, where Editor works, has one of the best schools in the US. It is heavily unionized.

 

·         The issue in Chicago, we learn, is personality. Unions and political leaders have come to some very tough agreements all over the country. Thirty states have assessments of student scores achieved by the teacher. But instead of working cooperatively with teachers, the Mayor – who criticized Scott Walker (Wisconsin governor) for not working with unions – tried to unilaterally ram down teacher throats his wants. He verbally abused the local union head, because ultimately that is all he knows how to do. The only way to resolve this issue is to take him out of the negotiations.

 

·         Prince William and Kate A paparazzi using long-range lenses took pictures of a topless Kate on a private, secluded beach. A media source thinks it is fine to publish the pictures. Then the media wonders why it gets no respect.

 

·         So next time the media publishes pictures of a constipated you trying to do your thing on your throne, don’t complain. Yo, media: you are most welcome to take pictures of Editor in a similar, private solution. Any publicity is good publicity when you are a no body. Besides Kim Kardashian will surely be taking things to this next level, and Editor thinks he may as well cash in first.

 

·         Oh, say our readers, you think you look like Kim K? No, and thank goodness for small mercies.

 

·         Government of India has done something startlingly sensible: sun to rise in West The one rock of an Indian’s existence is you can count on the government NEVER doing anything sensible. Which means all us Indians are drifting aimlessly today because our secure order has been destroyed.

 

·         Many aspects of economic liberalization in India are heavily opposed by those who fear for their livelihoods. Not without good reason: we were told that the Chinese textile industry has wiped out 6-million Indian jobs, almost all of marginally paid handicraft weavers. So many Indians have been concerned that allowing in foreign supermarket chains will hit tens of millions of Indian jobs. India being a democracy, people through their politicians have stopped the entry of foreign chains. But India needs economic liberalization and the consumer needs clean, good quality merchandise at reasonable prices. So what to do?

 

·         Government of India has left it up to the individual states if they want to participate or not, In one stroke the problem is solved. And it makes sense, because in a country of 1.2-billion, there cannot be one solution for the whole country. (Hint to USA.)

 

  • Government has allowed foreign equity investments up to 51% in Indian airlines. No one knows why foreigners were not allowed this facility. Passenger airlines are not a critical national security interest. This move will give a big impetus to the second-fastest growing civil airline industry in the world.

Friday 0230 GMT September 14, 2012

·         Benghazi, Cairo, and Saana: More thoughts. To the rational person, one of the strange aspects of these embassy attacks is where is this film that is supposed to have set off the Ever Ready Defenders Of The Faith? No one seems to be sure if there is one movie, two, or even three, and no one has a clue as to who made these movies if they exist. The rational person also wonders: the Ever Ready Defenders Of The Faith (ERDOTF) have only to hear a rumor, and they are out killing Americans, without having bothered to verify the facts?

 

·         So what stops a clever provocateur from (a) commissioning such a movie, or (b) floating an internet rumor to the effect blasphemy has been committed? We can also ask (c) what can one call the people who embark on murder and mayhem on the basis of a rumor? This last question is easily answered. We call such people mad dogs. And sorry about that, but there is only one way to deal with mad dogs. Yup, you have to shoot them because their illness is incurable. There is no reasoning with a Deobandi, a Wahabi, or a Salafi just as there is no reasoning with a mad dog. You cannot coexist with these sects any more than you coexist with packs of mad dogs, because you never what is going to set off either group.

 

·         At this point, some reader is going to object “Editor, you are saying to shoot people without a trial not because they have attacked the US, but because they MIGHT attack the US? Isn’t this like shooting all dogs because they might go mad? There’s only one mad person around and that’s you.” Our reader is right, but for the wrong reasons. Editor was mad before this whole war of Islamic fundamentalist ism against the US started. But more seriously, what Editor is saying is a bit more nuanced.

 

·         Let us briefly go back to where all this started. All of a sudden America is the bad guy, but had it not been for America, the Afghans – who happen to be 99% Muslim – would have been wiped out. If it had not been for America, our good buddy Saddam – a Muslim who may have killed 300,000 Muslims during his rule, would have finished off Kuwait, the Gulf states, and Saudi Arabia – all Muslim countries. If had not been for America, Libya and Egypt and Yemen would still be trodden down by tyrannies.  

 

·         Muslims say this did not start with OBL. It started when America created Israel and dispossessed Arabs. This overlooks two inconvenient truths. One, had Muslims really cared about Palestinians, they would have taken them in and helped them make new lives. Two, instead every single two-penny tyrant in the Mid East used Israel as an excuse to deny their people freedom. The Muslim government cared as much for the Palestine people as they do for pond scum.

 

·         OBL was not one to belabor any point about Palestine. He is the one who declared jihad against the West, and he explicitly said it was because Americans had desecrated scared Saudi soil. Well, old buddy old pal, did the Americans suddenly just arrive in Saudi? No, you old dead loon, they came because your government asked them. If you have a grudge against anyone, it should be against your government. But of course you could go nowhere with that grudge because (a) the Saudis were paying you off to get out of the country, and (b) had you called the Saudis out, it’s more than likely you would be taking parachute training over the Empty Quarter – without a parachute.  You turned against America because you thought it was a soft target. And the same thing applies to your other mad dog friends. They could not – and still cannot fight their governments with whom the real grudge lies. That’s because these governments will shoot down their extremists like mad dogs – without trials and on sight.  Strangely, these ERDOTFs do not attack Russian targets, and the Russians are the great suppressors of Muslims right now. Nor do they attack Chinese interests, though the Chinese are number two oppressors.

 

·         They attack America because they know we are soft as Pampers. There’s two ways of dealing with this. One, declare open hunting season on Islamic extremists, including bounties. No charges, no trails, no sentences. Just kill them on sight, and if innocent people die, well that’s just too bad. They should not have been hanging around the extremists. That’s war.

 

·         But before we go to the second way, we have to accept that the extremists are absolutely right. We are too soft to fight back. Knocking off half a dozen terrorists a week using drone is not fighting back. Its propaganda to tell the American people the government is being tough. Whereas it’s the other way around, we’re being soft. If we were actually tough, for example, we’d carpet bomb the Haqqanis till they were all blown up. We’d get the Arab countries to open their police files, and go after the extremists. We’d locate some, and start cutting off body parts till they gave up others (no waterboarding please, it is so stupid). Then we’d shoot the informers and go after more extremists. The Arab countries will thank us.

 

·         But of course we aren’t going to do that because we are a bunch of quivering cowards and no longer fit to be a world power. OBL and his fellows are absolutely right. This takes us to solution Two. This is not our fight and that is all there to it. Every time the extremists have some grudge against their own governments they have taken to attacking Americans even though the same Americans helped overthrow the dictators that jailed, tortured and murdered these same extremists. The attacks on American embassies are a consequence of local power struggles.

 

·         We need to depart and let the locals sort out their own problems. Very Wise Person (not) have said that if we leave the Middle East this will not end the Islamic war on America. Agreed, it will not. But this is not a problem that came flown blown into the world yesterday. There’s decades of history behind it. It will take years to convince the Arabs of all political hues that we have gone home. No harm in a few well-planned retaliatory massacres of extremists, say 1000 extremists and their families for every American hurt. Each time we massacre them we should loudly say: “we left you alone but you won’t leave us alone. This will teach you.”Of course the second part of this plan runs into the Quivering Cowards problem so we’ll probably have to restrict ourselves to drone strike.

 

·         Readers will now say: “But how does this help? We’re droning them and they’re attacking us. What will change if we leave?.” A lot. We’ll present fewer targets. Sure they’ll start attacking our economic interests. They’re going to progress to that anyway. One that happens, we simply tell the government concerned: “You are now under tight economic sanctions because you enable terrorists”. The Arab governments will take care of the extremists right quick.

 

  • But now you will say: “Our capitalists will never agree because they’ll lose money.” True. But then it comes back to what OBL said, doesn’t it? We’re too weak to rule. So best to go home before we are forced home. Saves a lot of money.

Thursday  0230 GMT September 13, 2012

·         Benghazi and Cairo Truthfully, Editor was not going to comment on the attacks on US missions because, in the long run, such stuff makes no difference. They are just bumps in the historical narrative, and the more time passes, the more the bumps get smoothed out until soon only historians with a particular interest in that part of the world and those decades note the events as footnotes. For example, in 1968-79 five US ambassadors were killed; and does anyone remember that now? Editor certainly did not. He had to be reminded by the BBC website.

 

·         Then it occurred to Editor that in the long run we are all dead, and by that standard there’s no point in commenting on anything. (To which some readers will be crying “Amen! At last we are spared the Editor’s rants! But hey, readers, you do not get off that easy.)

 

·         Perhaps recent events do signify something, because as some distinguished media commentator or the other said the other day, Americans are growing weary of the Arab world. They are thinking that with rapidly growing domestic energy production, why do we have to be involved in the region anyway? As for the perennial Israel question, well, we can’t predicate a fifth of our global policy on Israel. This gent thinks that we cannot withdraw, because the rest of the world will continue its dependence on Mideast hydrocarbons, and any disruption could hurt our allies and therefore us.

 

·         Well, you know, Editor was saddened by this terribly silly thesis. It shows how deeply Washington is invested in Endless War syndrome, which has led to an enormous expansion of state power and a corresponding reduction in the liberty of the people. The US elite is so terrified of the Endless War ending that it will come up with any rationalization to keep the war going. Editor wanted to comfort the silly gent by reminding him the Global War On Terror was by itself good for at least a century more of militarization, why on earth do we need further complications?

 

·         What the silly gent cannot see is that this is not the Year of Our Lord 1945. The world lay shattered by war, and had we not erected a shield over our allies, it is possible we would be living in a communist world, with North America the sole haven of democracy. But that phase ended in 1990 when the Soviet Union collapsed and we became BFFs with the Chinese. Today the European Union and China have a GDP going on $25-trillion. They do not need America to defend their interests in the Mideast. If they spent 2% of GDP more on defense, and since they do not need large armies or air forces to protect their Middle East interests, they could spend most of that money on their navies. That would give each block a navy as powerful as that of the US. And that would allow them not to secure their global maritime interests, but en passant ours too. But as long as the US is willing to be the load-bearing donkey, they will never take their fair share of the burden. And that burden includes their fair share of fighting Islamic extremism.

 

·         Having set the Arab Spring going, the US needs to get out of the Mid East. But doesn’t this contradict the Editor’s thesis it is our responsibility to dethrone global tyrants? No. Because Editor has also said many times we need to get rid of tyrants, and then leave the locals to sort out things for themselves. We’ve said many of the countries we liberate will likely return to tyranny. That is fine, when their people ask we can liberate them again. One day they will get it right.

 

·         But doesn’t this mean endless war? No. We have explained that America has reached a level of military power where it can overthrow tyrants at the cost of a few billions of dollars and a few dozen American lives. After that we should hand over to the locals and leave. It is NOT our job to rebuild countries. Only the people of those countries can do that.

 

·         Just think of this: to liberate Libya we lost zero people. In a single small incident in Benghazi we lost four Americans. And for what? The right to free speech is a pillar of the US Constitution. We cannot stop anyone from disrespecting any religion, not even the religion most Americans follow. And look how ridiculous this is: we are being required to protect the sensitivities of looney tuners who have absolutely no respect for Christianity or any other world religion. These people don’t even respect their fellow Muslim, for heavens sake! In Iraq and Egypt they are doing their best to get rid of Christians. In Saudi Arabia they will jail you if they catch you with a Bible. Pakistan readers know about because of the recent blasphemy case.  We need to do our job – throw down despots if the people ask for us – and then come home.

 

·         Look, if this was the 1960s and the economy was growing 4-6% a year and we had plenty of resources to keep our country going, then perhaps we might want to take responsibility for a handful of deserving countries. These countries, BTW, will be in Africa and not in the Islamic world. But we are rapidly falling apart at home. If the core is rotting, but we still insist on maintaining military power around the whole world, we get a situation such as happened with Imperial Rome.

 

  • And that story did not end well.

 

Wednesday 0230 GMT September 12, 2012

·       

·         Chicago, you’re the Editor’s kind of town Actually, Editor knows very little about Chicago and even less about the teachers’ situation. He knows about its mayor, who has so foul a mouth if you washed it out with soap and a brush, the soap and the brush would dissolve. He obviously has adequacy issues in the – you know – what we mean is – oh heck, can we just say “in the Bible Reading in the bedroom thing”, otherwise he would not go around cursing. This, according to people in Washington, at least, shows he is a tough guy. Why people do not smack him silly when he curses shows only Washington’s slave mentality, and we surely are not talking about black folks’ mentality. If he cussed out a black person, a heavy duty saucepan upside the head would be the least of his problems. It is the other kind of folks we are talking about, the ones who are – um – not black. (Have to be PC, sorry about that.) And before white folks start writing in to complain of Editor being racist, please to remember that Washington ruler folks belong to no identifiable human race. They might best be compared to vultures, except that vultures are God’s creatures and perform a useful function in the ecosystem. Despite tens of thousands of studies, scientists have not been able to determine what exactly it is that our political types do. Since we converse daily with the Guy In A Red Suit Holding A Large Fork Who Lives In The Hot Downstairs Place, we have it on first-hand authority that he will refuse to admit our rulers to his place. He will send them Up, where they will first be castrated, then given white robes, clouds on which to sit, and harps to accompany their singing. Which will, of course, be in the very high octaves.

 

·         There. Now we’ve trashed the Chicago mayor and our rulers in general, Editor feels so much better and is actually motivated to write about Chicago. So. Are we clear that Editor knows nothing about Chicago? Good, because once readers accept that, they are also accepting that according to the American media system, he is imminently qualified to pontificate on the subject.

 

·         Being a teacher, Editor has to admit the teacher’s union is being so hardline about money is surprising. In the Washington area teachers are seeing – in some districts – very small increases barely keeping with inflation, for the first time in years. Nothing unusual about the teachers, anyone who works for the government has been seeing no rise and so is the case with most private sector folks too. So personally we think a 2% raise yearly for four years is a pretty good deal. But that is just our opinion, who knows what the real issues are.

 

·         Next, saying the average teacher gets $76K/year whereas the average household income is $46K or whatever is not particularly helpful or illuminating. We would hope most Chicago teachers have their masters degrees, and so obviously they are going to get more than the average person in what seems to be a poor, burned out urban center. You don’t want to pay your teachers the same wages McDonalds’ workers get, do we?

 

·         We can equally dismiss what the Great Prezzy Hopeful has said, that this shows the teachers care more about their wages than they do about the kids. So Prezzy Hopeful wants teachers to teach kids because it’s a mission, not a job? Let’s say Chicago teachers were to get paid half. Then every classroom could have two teachers, right? SO much better for the kids. Except the self-proclaimed capitalist Prezzy Hopeful seems to know nothing about economics and markets. If you paid Chicago teachers half, you would not get twice as many teachers. You’d be lucky to get half as many, so that teachers would be teaching twice as many kids.

 

·         In South Korea, only the top 1% of college graduates are taken as teachers. In the US the cohort comes from the lower one third. Because ROK teachers are the best of the best, their yearly turnover is 1%, compared to 8% to 20% in the US depending on the type of school. But because ROK teachers are the tops, they gets top wages. If you paid US teachers the same in terms of per capita income and teaching hours, according to a calculation Editor made once, you’d have to pay your teachers $150,000/year. You don’t want to pay that? Fair enough. It’s your country. But then please don’t scream about every classroom must have a highly qualified teacher.

 

·         Next we have geniuses saying: “Why should teachers be the only profession not judged by results?” Fair enough. Let’s start judging Congress/President by the results. Evaluate them at year’s end, if they falls in the lower one-third, its goodbye. Let’s start judging generals by the results. Ooppsies! Didn’t make adequate yearly progress in Afghanistan? Out you go, you incompetent feeder at the public trough! Let’s judge doctors by their results – after all, rare is the doc who doesn’t get the public dollar. The next thing you know, the inner cities will have no doctors. And so on.

 

·         Now to those who say why are teachers so reluctant to be judged by results. We’ve detailed this before. Let’s see what kind of business Mr. Prezzy Hopeful The Oh Too Great can run under the following conditions. (a) He has to take his employees from the neighborhood. (b) He has to take them on seniority of age, not on their qualifications even if they are functionally illiterate. (c) He has to keep them whether they come to work or not at all. (d) He cannot fire them if they insult him, physically assault him, sleep in their cubicles, play videogames, chat with friends, and just simply refuse to work. (e) Last, let’s have Presszy Hopeful agree: if he doesn’t get adequate yearly progress at the end of the year, HE gets fired because he’s incompetent. His professional license gets endorsed so that no one else will hire him.

 

·         So come on, young man. You agree to this, and Editor will agree teachers must be evaluated on the same criteria. Oh, and lets pay you a pittance, and if you dare ask for more, we will gather around and sneer at you, for putting yourself ahead of your workers.

 

·         Now, we don’t care what political party Prezzy Hopeless (sorry, slip of tongue) belongs to. After all, Chicago Mr. Foul Mouth is a Democrat, but ever since he’s started taking money from the capitalists, he is saying nothing that the GOP is saying.

 

·         And that’s what this game is about. $$$$$. There are two great large sums of public money in the US where the private enterprise porkers can snarff away to their hearts content – if the pools were privatized. One pool is social security; the porkers tried that under our previous Prezzy and got their snouts smacked hard by the people. The other pool - $600-billion last time we checked – is for K-12 education. The porkers want to say public schools are failing, privatize them. Then they will pocket $150-billion/year for delivering the same or a worse education, because educational success depends on socio-economic factors that no politician or any stripe can deliver.

 

·         Ah, our readers will say wisely. Tres drole, mon ami. You are a teacher. You will of course stand up for teachers.

 

·         Au contraire, Pierre, Editor replies. He wants the American people to completely destroy the public educational system. You know why? Because the nation will see teachers flee in droves. And guess who needs a teaching job? What an odd coincidence! But may I introduce to you  – the Editor!

Tuesday 0230 GMT September 11, 2012

·         India has been a democracy since its modern reincarnation in 1947. There was a brief period in 1975-77 – the “Emergency” where many democratic rights were suspended by Mrs. Gandhi. The court in 1975 ruled she had misused government machinery to win election in 1971, ordered her to step down and banned her from seeking reelection for six years. To be fair, Mrs. Gandhi had not done anything except what every government in power, national and state, does in India. Also, she was wildly popular and would have won no matter what.  Be that as it may, when she lifted the Emergency in 1977 to have elections, she was thrown out by poor, illiterate people who were allegedly too dumb for democratic rule. Poor and illiterate they may have been, but they considered democracy their fundamental right, and they punished Mrs. Gandhi and her Congress party for taking it away from them. Having punished her, they brought her back the next election. She was, after all, the much-beloved daughter of Jawaharlal Nehru, the Father of the nation. In her turn she was the Mother of the nation.

 

·         Indian democracy, however, has been a passive one. It has had one motto: “Throw out the bums”. Since 1977, whenever people feel a national government has not performed, they vote out the government in power. It has not occurred to them that in a democracy the individual has a responsibility to make sure s/he gets good governance, and that s/he has duties as well as responsibilities. Independent India still had a feudal mentality on the question of governance. The good king was supposed to do the right thing by the people, and the people gratefully received what the king chose to give them, or not to give them. So the government became the king, and people sat around waiting for handout. If they got handouts, they voted the government back in power. And absolutely the last thing that would occur to an Indian is that s/he, as an individual, can make a difference. We know you will be saying “In the Land of Gandhi inidivuals believed they were powerless?” But you have to see that 3000-years where the individual counted for nothing and the King for everything are not so easily forgotten.

 

·         Till the late 1980s and early 1990s, the media was rigidly controlled by the government in the socialist belief that the media’s duty was to explain the government’s policies to the people, not to search for The Truth, whatever that might be. But as India began its economic growth, 45 years after Independence – talk about lost decades – the media became freer and more enthusiastic about searching for The Truth. Then in the first decade of the 21st Century came the social media. India, which had blocked itself off from foreign influences (West = Imperialism = Bad), began to realize that, wait a minute, we as individuals do count.

 

·         Simultaneously, in large part because of the west, people began demanding accountability from the government. It was no more “you, the Government, are not doing your job; we will throw you out the next election.” It became: “If you don’t give us good governance, we will punish you in the here and now, and no minister is too big to go to jail.” No longer was it accepted that good governance was dispensed at the whim of the King. Indians started saying “We are the king makers, the government serves at our sufferance; it is their duty to do right by us – and our duty to make sure they do right.”

 

·         So what is happening in India is the start of a revolution. People are saying “we aren’t going to take lack of governance anymore.” The chief issue everyone has fixated on now is the issue that affects every Indian’s everyday life corruption. People are not just demanding that the government be honest, they are demanding the little petty officials also be honest, the policeman, the linesman who makes sure electricity is working on your street, the shopkeeper responsible for issuing subsided foodgrains. People are no longer willing to bribe petty officials just to get what is their due right in a democracy.

 

·         And strangely, people are demanding the government achieve. They no longer want discussions on why 40% of Indians are hungry, why the power goes off; why public transport does not run well. They are telling the government: “We are telling you that you have to achieve, no more excuses.”

 

·         So this had led to a strange situation where the world, and the Indians, are weeping and wailing about their country being at a standstill and nothing being achieved. Well, the reality is that Indians are no longer willing to accept one slice of bread from the government when their due is a loaf a day for every person. They have waited patiently for 65-years for progress to change their lives. And really, the lives of the upper 1/3rd have changed drastically for the better in the last 25 years. But the lower 2/3rds, and even large sections of the elite, are no longer willing to wait another 65 years while the next 1/3rd is pulled up, and then another 65-years for the lowest 1/3rd. As with Kingsley Amis’ protagonist, India Wants It Now. As of yesterday.

 

·         So of a sudden the establishment is caught. The old governance is not acceptable. But not only has the old establishment to change its ways or be dumped in history’s trash bin, but a whole new governance has to be created based on transparency, honesty, and the realization of the bureaucracy it exists to serve the people, not the other way around. So clearly this is going to take time.

 

  • Meanwhile, for all the moaning and groaning about where India is going vis-à-vis China, please to remember India is 65 years ahead of China in the matter of democracy. On its hundredth birthday, India will have democracy and governance equal to that of the developed nations. China will only be starting to embark on the path to democracy.

Monday 0230 GMT September 10, 2012

·         The Middle East is due for some very serious instability in coming years. Prior to US invasion of Iraq in 2003, by-and-large, Sunnis ruled the Arab world. The exception was Shia Iran and Alewite Syria (the Alewites are Shia). Lebanon was ruled by precarious coalitions of Sunnis, Shia, Christians, and Druze.

 

·         A separate overlay would have shown the Kurds fighting everyone to obtain an independent state. The Kurds are Sunni, but not Arabs, just as the Iranians are Shia but not Arab. The Kurds were driven by nationalism, not by religion.  They made little headway in Iran or Iraq because these countries, ruled by tyrants, did what they had to do to squelch the rebels. Turkey, oddly, because it was a democracy (even though the lily pure Europeans insisted/insist not enough of a democracy) had/has much trouble keeping their Kurds suppressed.

 

·         Overall, there was a Sunni imposed stability in the Middle East. When the US brought Iraq’s Shia majority to power, it opened up the proverbial barrel of rotten fish, in the usual “la la oh happy day” ADHD style that the US operates its foreign policy. It is not that the US had no policy objectives. It did. It wanted to get rid of Saddam because the Saudis and the Israelis considered him the biggest threat in the region. It succeeded in this, but created longer-term problems that are starting to now emerge.

 

·         Zoom back on Syria. The longer the civil war continues, the less likely the endgame will see a united Syria. After enjoying power for decades, the Alewites are not about to fade into the woodwork, any more than the Sunnis were after the fall of Saddam. The Alewites will have to be given their separate state – we’ve been through similar with Former Republic of Yugoslavia, where one state broke into seven, and Bosnia is yet to complete its fracturing. The Kurds will make their firm base in Syria because central authority in Syria will be weak, if it exists in the first place. Meanwhile, our charming little friend, Al Qaeda, has jumped into Syria on the side of the Sunnis, and as we know from the unhappy recent events, where AQ comes, peace, love, and brotherhood do not loom.

 

·         As a first step, Lebanon is in danger of once again being ripped apart. The Lebanese Sunnis and Shia are already just about at each other’s throats over Syria, and if Lebanon explodes, then we will have two adjacent Mideast states in flames. If there wasn’t enough craziness already, remember Saudi and the Gulf have Shia minorities who have been ruthless repressed by the Sunni regimes. The Shia of Bahrain revolted, only to be squashed by Saudi with the US’s full approval. But while the world may not see what the Shia of the Gulf are up to, they are certainly going to get up something soon, when the time is right.

 

·         As in the Balkans, the problem now become all too apparent in the Middle East is that the country boundaries were drawn by the white colonial powers after the fall of the Ottoman Empire in 1918. Those boundaries are now obsolete. For stability, you really need three countries in Lebanon, three in Iraq, two in Syria, two in Iran, and a large Kurdistan taking up chunks of Iran, Iraq, Syria, and Turkey. Again, before you ask “What on earth is Editor talking about?” ask yourself: could you have foretold in 1990 that FRY would twenty years later consist of 7 states with at least a couple more waiting to be created? In 1990 could anyone have foreseen the soviet Union was going to break into 17 states?

 

·         Now, the US, taking its anti-ADHD medicine regularly, fully understands the potential problems in Syria. This is the reason the US has not being going Tip Toe Through The Tulips, lavishing smart bombs on everyone in every direction.

 

·         The problem is that the Mideast is going to breakup no matter what the US does. For a wide range of reasons that we can discuss another time, countries cannot be forcibly kept together. For heaven’s sake, even the UK and Belgium are threatening to break up. The Republican part of Editor (traditional republican) says neither can we productively influence Mideast outcomes, nor can we maintain the status quo. So let us get our energy situation together on a wartime basis (which means freezing the Greens), send Israel a monthly check, and pull out, adopting a policy of strict neutrality. The revolutionary part of Editor agrees we can do nothing to help, but we need to swat down anyone who seeks to prevent freedom in the region. (Yes, that also means our BFFs the Saudis), so that when peace finally comes 30-years from now, at least the new countries will remember we helped them.

 

·         Is either position likely to be taken by Washington? Doubtful.

Friday 0230 GMT September 7, 2012

·         Israel, US, Iran Before embarking on a discussion of the topic, it is necessary to state the obvious for the one new reader we have since we last brought this up. Aside from the person who cleans the CIA Director’s office bathroom, Editor has no other sources in Washington. From where Editor sits, to predict if the Prez is going to bomb Iran is an act of high hubris. Particularly as the Prez himself doesn’t know what he’s going to do after the election.

 

·         That out of the way, the appearance Prez gives is he is disinclined to bomb at all. There are three reasons. The least important is that he is a wimp. His supporters would say no, he is merely cautious. With so many negative outcomes possible if he does bomb, he is only being responsible in holding his hand until there is clarity. Editor perfectly understands Prez’s concerns, especially as he has the noble example of Mr. “ADHD” Bush, who preferred to bomb before he thought. In defense of Mr. Bush, Editor has to say that if anyone thought rationally about the consequences of going to war, few would choose to go to war. Wars are best begun with less thought than deciding if you want vanilla ice cream or strawberry. Obviously to avoid this tough decision you take both flavors, and start two wars. Mostly people wait till they are pushed to the wall before declaring war. Usually the wait means things are really messed up. And if you go to war, things are equally a mess. It follows that one may as well go to war as its going to be a mess anyway. No wimp can accept that, and that is why we say the Big O is a wimp.

 

·         There is another factor. This is actually Iran is nowhere close to making a bomb. Obviously Israel cannot take that chance. It has to assume the worst case. But the US does not have to assume the worst case because the US’s existence is not at risk. Agreed the mullahs usually talk like crazies (Hint: this is because they are crazy). The reality if Iran attacks Israel with N-weapons, the US will make sure there is no Iran left. There will be no question of proportionate response. Iran will have to be turned into a burning pillar of salt, or however the Bible puts it. So it is fine to point to the mullahs statements about: “You love life. We love death” to explain how crazed they are. The reality is different. The reality says that if the mullahs are heck-bent on committing suicide, they will want something very important in return. Is the destruction of Israel so important they are willing to die along with tens of millions of Iranians? Obviously not. They go on yapping about Israel to maintain their totalitarian control of their people. They get a charge from being totalitarian and ruling over people. If they are reduced to bits of radioactive ash they will not be ruling anyone. The thing is that Iran has not done anything so far that is irrational. The terror war against the US is perfectly rational: Iran wants us out of the Mid East because it wants to be The Big Dog. The only vague hope they have is to use terror. In sum, you cannot blame the Prez for believing the mullahs are rational. And if so, there is no need to bomb Iran.

 

·         Let’s switch back to Israel Can Tel Aviv afford to assume Iran is rational? Obviously not. In living memory they’ve gone through one madman who didn’t just rant about killing Jews, he killed as many as he could get his hands on. Had he won World War II in Europe he would have killed those he had missed. Jewish history is replete with terrible massacres and expulsions of the Jews. (By the way, not to complicate the discussion, what Iran wants is for the Jews to leave Israel.  No mullah wants to kill Jews for the heck of it as did Adolf H.)

 

·         But then we arrive at an irrevocable point of separation from the Israelis. Their interests are not our interests. If you want to be brutally moral about it, the Americans did not commit the Holocaust. The Americans did not kill Jews. So why must Americans be their protectors regardless of the cost to the US? Yes, undeniably the American elite was anti-Semitic before and even after World War II. But this was because of the Christian versus Jew thing – something Editor has never understood because Jesus said he was a Jew and was mocked by the Romans as he hung from the cross as The King of the Jews. The Jews did not kill Christ, the first Christian. The Romans killed him because he was telling people not to pay taxes and creating general havoc in the law-and-order of Palestine, an important province of Rome. Sure the moneyed Jews conspired to have the Romans kill him. That is not the same thing. Anyway, we wander. The point we are making is that the American elite had a history of treating everyone different very badly. The Red Indians. Black folks. The Irish, the Italians, Catholics in general and so on.  Just because you discriminate against the Jews and did not give shelter to as many as you could have doesn’t mean the US is responsible for Israel. There were sound geopolitical reasons to back Israel in the 1950s forward. That doesn’t mean there are sound geopolitical reasons to attack Iran on Israel’s behalf.

 

·         We must be clear we are arguing the Prez’s position, not Editor’s. Ed has said many a time the mullahs need to be whacked. The US can do the best possible job. It follows US should ask Israel to stand aside and go do the job itself. But this is not the way the Prez is thinking, and who is to say he is wrong.

 

·         This leaves Israel in a bad position But here’s the thing. If they believe Iran is as big a threat as they say, they should attack regardless of what the US wants. It is probable Teheran will refuse to believe the US had no hand in the Israeli attack, and Teheran will counterattack. In which case the US can happily clobber Iran to protect the rest of the world.

 

  • What if Teheran does not counterattack except to retaliate conventionally against Israel? Can Israel even destroy the Iranian N-program on its own? The answer to that is yes. Everyone makes the error of thinking it has to be some kind of sneak one-shot attack. Sorry, it will not be like that. It will be a multi-phase attack spread over weeks or even months. BTW, if US were to do the job itself, it would also take weeks and months. The ignorance of the media on military matters is understandable, but it is not excusable.

Thursday 0230 GMT September 6, 2012

Uh Oh! Editor struck by ADHD again. Was happily racking up the work and sitting down to write another 1000 words for an article due, when he realized he hadn’t done the update.

·         Editor had planned to bloviate on Afghanistan today but within minutes got so frustrated that the head-banging was starting to hurt. The following, then, just a couple of unconnected observations. Chiefly, American policy on Afghanistan, civil, diplomatic, and military has descended so far into the deepest psychosis there is no hope for any rational outcome. The only thing that can save us is the self-imposed 2014 deadline.

 

·         Someone asked “Why are we still in Afghanistan?” Editor’s look became blank because it is so impossibly difficult to explain why we are still there, because no rational explanation is possible. All Editor could say is he envisages the US presence in Afghanistan will last the proverbial forever and a day. Well beyond 2024 , unless something we cannot envisage happens to force us out of there happens. “But we left Iraq,” the questioner insisted. Actually, no. We were thrown out of Iraq by the Government. Had we been able to, we would still have 60,000 troops there. True, the plan was 30,000 indefinitely, but that was merely a compromise offered from our side to the Iraqis when they began chanting “Heck No! Please Do Go!” when we talked about staying. This was no compromise as far as the Iraqis were concerned because their minimum negotiating position was zero troops. Afghanistan is unlikely to be in a position to force us out any decade soon. It has never been a strong unitary state, to begin with. There is no sign it is developing into one, 11 years after we invaded. Yes, the Taliban will retake most of the country when we withdraw most combat troops. But our airpower will prevent them from taking the capital and other man cities, ad infinitum. So we will be there until we feel like declaring “Victory!” and vanishing like thieves in the night.

 

·         One of editor’s latest causes of frustration is a breezy assessment made by the US government. It is said as fighting season ends, the Taliban will sit down to negotiate. No one can explain why this will happen. If the Taliban do negotiate it will be purely to amuse themselves as happened last winter. There is no reason for them to be serious about negotiations. They control, more or less, 80% of the country. After 2014 they will openly control 95%. For every Taliban killed, the Pakistanis provide three more. So who exactly is tired enough of war to negotiate? It is not the Taliban.

 

·         Another idiocy underway is the US’s unwilling ness to declare the Haqqani network a terrorist organization. You will say: “But they’ve been openly killing US troops since 2005 and conducting terror attacks when they can, how can it be they are not a declared terror group?” See, you poor, innocent, trusting children, you are dealing with the awful majesty of the US Government (awful is used in its dictionary sense, not as awe-full). The US Government, and sorry to say this, also America has become a Logic Free Zone. You may as well ask a bunch of crazed attack squirrels under the influence of powerful narcotics and hallucinogens to act rational. (Sorry, Little Fellers: we know compared to US Government you are highly rational even in that state.)

 

·         The reason we did not declare the Haqqanis a terrorist group earlier is because it would have made their patrons, the Pakistanis, unhappy. If you can figure out the logic of that, you are a better person and far more intelligent than Editor. (Yo! You all there in the gallery! Can you stop chanting ‘That’s not hard!’)

 

·         Right now we don’t want to declare them is that we are negotiation our way out of Afghanistan, the Haqqanis represent 40% of Taliban power, if we say they are terrorists, under US law we cannot negotiate with them. All clear now?

 

·         You will now ask: “But what is there to negotiate except the conditions of our withdrawal?” Exactly. May we further point out that if we are to negotiate with the Taliban now, what stopped us from negotiating with the Taliban in 2011? They said we could show our evidence against OBL and if they saw there was evidence they would extradite him to a Muslim nation for trial. Why could we not say: “Okay, how about we offer you $100-million/year, ten times what he gives you, and you also ensure the security of the natgas pipelines we want to build?” In other words, let the bargaining begin. Instead we invaded Afghanistan, and now 11 years and hundreds of billion dollars later, not say 2000+ lives, we want to negotiate with the Taliban?

 

·         If this was a rational country, every senior person – president, secretaries, top generals and so on – would be under arrest and serving 100-year terms without parole in SuperMax for complete incompetence causing great loss of life and the national treasury.

 

·         As the famous social critic Robert Heinlein, using science-fiction as his preferred medium, used to say: “There Aint No justice.”

 

  • Don’t blame Editor. He didn’t vote for any American Clown.

Wednesday 0230 GMT September 5, 2012

·         Change you can believe in? Try North Korea Washington Post reports that DPRK has instituted a new system in three agricultural counties. Instead of being allowed to keep less than 10% of their crop, farmers can keep 30%. They must still maintain quota. From 31% to the quota they will sell to the state, but at market rates. And anything more than quota they can do with as they want, including sell to the market and keep the money. http://tinyurl.com/br5lllf

 

·         There are two views if this experiment will be expanded and take hold. One group points out that DPRK had loosened up earlier, allowing citizens to sell their labor and products on the market in limited form. But this reform was reversed. The state food distribution system is bust. Kim III will loosen up only as long as it takes for food production to recover, and then he will clamp down again.

 

·         The other side says the longer the experiment/expansion continues, the harder it becomes to reverse course. Besides, we cannot a priori assume that Kim III is just like his dad and gramps, indications so far are he genuinely wants reform. The first side concedes this may be so. They worry that the elite may not want to lose their hold as will inevitably happen with economic liberalization.

 

·         We have addressed this point in earlier posts. With the economy unleashed, the state will have significantly more resources to give to the military and political/bureaucratic elite. The military in particular should welcome anything that gives them a bigger defense budget so that they can strengthen DPRK’s military power vis-à-vis ROK. Right now DPRK is in a terrible mess military wise, for all that the west loves to talk about its 3000 tanks and 6000 guns and how it will pound Seoul into oblivion within hours of the start of a war. The reality is ROK is on its own much stronger, and DPRK has no defense against the US. Within 4-6 weeks of the US unleashing its power over DPRK, there will be no DPRK military left.

 

·         Now, we may all accept the last thing Kim III wants is to lose power. China has shown the world how it is possible to raise GDP to $5000, going soon to $10,000, without the least loosening of the Party’s control. China is a huge country and maintaining central power is difficult – was so even in the days of Mao & Co, all the way back to the distance past, millennia ago. DPRK is the size of a Chinese province, and you can betcha with a 1-million soldier army and heaven knows how many hundreds of thousands of state security people there will be no lessening of the Party’s power. Besides, the CCP has only brought trouble on itself by trying to bring the rule of law and to allow people a voice. This is absolutely not an irreversible consequence of economic growth.

 

·         The thing about Kim III is he is only in his 20s. He has already shown his political skill by getting rid of his father’s generals and replacing them with his own. He can go as slowly as he needs to on reforms, and control the outcomes because he’s going to be around for half-a-century unless someone kills him. This is a man who has introduced his wife to the world, and they walk side-by-side, hand-in-hand, in front of the people. And no dowdy party frau, she. The wife is ultra-chic, which is sending a message to the citizens: it is okay to live well. The other day we saw a foto of Kim with an army unit composed of women. They were pressed up close, and two had grabbed his arms under theirs and were holding him captive. All, including Kim, seemed pleased as punch.

 

·         This is a man who toured an amusement park and got angry as its state of disrepair. He pulled a bunch of weeds himself, in irritation, as he gave orders the place be made presentable. He is clearly signaling he likes to have fun, and the people have a right to have fun.

  • Anything can happen. But Kim III really is different from his father and grandfather.

Tuesday 0230 GMT September 4, 2012

This old world is having a pretty boring day

·         Harry Wales From what we can tell Harry’s Las Vegas antics have caused little stir in his home country. It is the Yanks (ungrateful ex-colonials that we are) who seem to be in a frenzy about the young man using taxpayer’s money to party. Actually the British monarchy costs a pathetic $50-million/year. How much does our monarchy (aka the Presidency) cost? Editor’s opinion is that we are just jealous. We have Snookie and Kim Kardashian, and honestly you cannot get lower class than that. There they have a whole contingent of highly entertaining Royals, each one battier than the next in a nice way.

 

·         Look, the youngster is 28 and single. He was partying in a private place. If his security had been more diligent, no photographs would have been taken. Is there a single American man who does not wish he was 28, a prince, and able to spend the day choosing attractive young women to invite to his party at night? There is not. Unless you happen to prefer men, in which case you are excused, any man who says: “I don’t wish I was Prince Harry” is a pervert and liar.

 

·         The essence of American Puritanism can be summed up in seven words: “I’m not getting any, neither should you.” This is a terribly psychotic attitude to life. Americans are always going on about Islamic fundamentalists and their attempt to impose their morals on everyone else. Why does no one say a word about the American Taliban?

 

·         So now we have a young lady, a self-declared pole-dancer addict, who says she and Harry had a bit of a fumble for about 20-minutes. If everyone was as drunk and drugged as we are told, it would have to be a fumble because it takes certain motor skills to – er – mate the plumbing. Harry denies she was at the party, but with security as lax as it was who knows. Maybe she was or maybe she was not. Editor tends to think she was because (a) who aiming for publicity would say “nothing really happened”; and (b) no one could make up the story of Harry pressing up to the window and declaring to Las Vegas they could get a free glimpse of the Crown Jewels. To all the tsk-tsking prune mouthed gentlemen, Editor would say “Are you jealous you have nothing to show off?” We say gentlemen because, from the numerous letters to editors on the web, it is primarily men who are getting upset and snarky. Personally, Editor thinks the crown jewels thing was hilarious and show the Prince has a terrific sense of humor.

 

·         Then there are those who are getting upset about the use of drugs including – gasp! –cocaine. Oh please, folks, save that piousness for whatever else. America is the world’s biggest market for drugs of every kind. Of course, having the third largest world population and being rich compared to most of the world is the reason we are the biggest market. Editor’s position if that if you touch alcohol, mood stabilizing prescription medicine, pain killers, coffee and tea you are a druggie and have no basis to judge anyone for their sins. You cannot sit around saying “my sins are okay, Harry’s are not.” Because now not only you a sinner, you are a hypocrite. You are 100% not going to the upstairs place regardless of how hard you pray while casting lustful looks from the corner of your eye at your neighbor’s teenage daughter.

  • As for those going on about the taxpayer's dime, why not leave that to the British? They're paying, not anyone else. And where does it say because because you have taken the taxpayer's dime you cannot have a private life. There is no person in the US who does not get/use taxpayer money in some form. Does that give Editor the right to sit in your bedroom, ready to pounce on you for the slighest violation of his moral code?

 

  • Editor suggests a one-step recovery program for the sour-lipped Harry critics. Say “I am not getting any; it is okay that Harry is.” Repeat as necessary. You will emerge a better man, and actually feel better too.

Monday 0230 GMT September 3, 2012

Major crisis the other day. Extra cute 2-year old caught Editor eye. When he looked up he saw Mom was also extra cute and single. Editor gave cute Mom a grandfatherly pat or two and spent his time making friends with 2-year old. Anyone knows you use the kid to win Mom’s heart. But when push came to shove, Editor was more interested in winning over the 2-year old. We did get to the point of lots of smiles, waves, batting of eyelashes, and hide-and-seek.  (You might not suspect this, but Editor is an expert eye-batter when it comes to toddlers.) This has forced a major assessment. Editor moans and whines about no dates on Saturday night. But is that what he really wants? Or does he really want a bunch of kids running around the house? Four 2-4 year olds seems just perfect. With a couple of nannies to do the heavy lifting, of course. When if you stand on your toes a bit you can 70 standing there to welcome you, there’s no way you can have your own kids. It’s going to be terribly complicated because to persuade parents to leave their kinds with one for the week – they can have them back on the occasional weekend – means you really have to adopt the parents. That plus kids plus nannies means a lot of money. Problems, problems.

·         Amazing if true Ajai Shulka, one of India’s leading defense bloggers, reports that a private Indian company has developed a 17-gram receiver that can be put on any military platform. Combined with new software that permits use of Indian satellites to provide 3-meter navigation accuracy. The company has handed over its system to the defense agency responsible for research and development for evaluation.

 

·         This significance of this is that India will not have to rely on foreign satellites for pinpoint accuracy given in a crisis the foreign countries degrade their signals. Now, readers will rightly point out that whenever the Indian government makes an announcement about a technology breakthrough that can out India on par with the advanced countries, you can put the announcement into the smoking Too Much Of The Really Good Stuff category. But this is not the government claiming anything. It’s a private company that has not just made an announcement, it has handed over its stuff for testing – and drawn praise from the development agency, something that never happens.  

 

·         As Ajai suggests, this could become a new model for revitalization of India’s moribund defense research and development sector – which by the way is probably the oldest in the 3rd World, which has a spectacular record of claiming breakthroughs and then not delivering. http://ajaishukla.blogspot.com/

 

·         And also amazing is this news from Pakistan Readers know Pakistan is an Islamic state with no real protections for religious minorities – constitutional rights in this matter are theoretical. There has always been severe persecution of Hindus, Sikhs, and Christians. Of late a number of cases have happened where Christians have been accused of desecrating the Koran, followed by violence and ethnic cleansing within Pakistan.

 

·         Okay. So the other day a 12-year old Christian girl was accused of burning the Koran and trying to hide her deed in the trash. But something astonishing happened. The Christian community fought back and was aided by the media, and ultimately by the Government. The community made the point is the girl has Down’s Syndrome and illiterate. She is a trash picker. She did not burn the Koran, and even if she did, since she cannot read, she would not have known what it is she burnt.

 

·         The police investigated. The press revealed the pages in question belonged to a children’s illustrated book about the Koran. Of course, under Pakistani law, disrespect to the Prophet’s words in any form is blasphemy and punishable by death. But the accuser could not explain how he could see into the girl’s trash bag and tell that the burned pages were inside.

 

·         Now we learn the police two weeks ago cracked the case. The person they arrested was not the girl, but the mullah who made the accusation. Apparently he burnt the picture book’s pages and planted them in the girl’s trash. They have brought the mullah to court and the girl is expected to be freed very soon.

 

·         It remains to be seen if the mullah will now be tried by clerics and sentenced to death. We are not au courante on Islamic law, but do recall being told that anyone who falsely accuses another of a death penalty religious crime, has to be subjected to the same penalty. That this mullah has falsely accused a 12-year old mentally retarded girl makes the matter than much worse.

 

·         But in the meantime, the Editor has to congratulate the Pakistan media and Government for making sure justice was done. Equally, the provincial police deserve all credit. Last, though (as far as we know) the media has not said this, none of this could have happened if the local Muslims had not stood up for their Christian neighbors. The police would have unlikely to accept the word of the Christians simply because the community can be expected to do everything to protect their own. It has to be the Muslims who were responsible for giving the police the correct information. If our reasoning is correct, all credit to the Muslim community. As the article below informs, the international community also played a creditable part.

 

  • In the longer term the only solution is for the Pakistan Government buy the property of any minority who wants to leave, and allow them to do so. On the other side it means the international community  must persuade India to take these refugees. Since there may be as many as 2-million, the international community has to pay for their resettlement and rehabilitation in India.

 

Friday 0230 GMT August 31, 2012

Next update Monday September 3, 2012

Another day fighting with redirect virus, four hours lost. Do these virus jerks actually think when we want to go one website, and a super suspicious completely different website pops up, that we are actually going to explore that website and give them clicks and buy their products? This is vandalizing people’s property (their computers) and illegally restraining them from proceeding about their business.  If someone did it a person in person, to speak, for example deny them access to their office, it becomes the serious offence. . AVG, which is a pretty good virus stopper, cannot handle this at all. Installing Kaspersky, $40, they seem have removed about 100 viruses already that AVG missed, and they keep finding more.

 

·         Osama Raid gets more confusing We are not refering to the decision of the team to kill him. It would have been nice – from our viewpoint, not the US Government’s, to bring him back alive, but it wasn’t Editor risking his neck. After all, OBL had said enough times he wasn’t going to be taken alive.

 

·         Three things baffle us. First media reports about the new book released say that the military took weeks to plan the raid, including the inside layout. So how did US know he was going to stay put? Knowledge of the interior is consistent with the story an ISI officer gave OBL up and – we believe – took the reward and is now living in the US as Mr. Howard Jones. Second, where were OBL’s bodyguards? He seemed to live in the place with his kids and wives and maybe a man or two to run errands. Third, why did the CIA officer have to assure the Navy that she was sure the tall man was OBL? Could she not share from where the information had come?

 

·         What the lack of resistance and OBL’s total passivity shows is that if ever the man was the great master terrorist he was made out to be, he had been relegated to the realm of the obscure and the irrelevant. US will say , well, how were they to know he was no longer The Man? So what, you have hundreds of agents in the field, all the massive resources of NSA, and you could not tell he was now irrelevant – if he ever was relevant? Does not pass the sniff test as far as we are concerned, but till the US declassifies the files 75-years from now, no one will really know.

 

·         BTW, Editor needs to make clear that while he believes OBL did not mastermind 9/11, he was responsible in some way for the attacks on the African embassies. That plus his inspirational status is quite sufficient, as far as we are concerned, to merit a “dead or alive” warrant.

 

·         Wonder if Julian Assange is listening to all this. He is convinced – or says he is convinced – the US wants him executed. Well, here are US Navy Seals who absolutely are not supposed to talk about the mission, and what is US DOD doing? Nothing. Of course, you can say DOD wants this story to get out so that we can together sing “How Great Thou Art”, whereas Assange is an anti-American slimeball. We’ve said this before: unless US has proof Assange participated in the US Army man’s stealing of the information, he has not done anything wrong under US law, because he is a journalist. Whether the US Government accepts his protected status or not – for example – was he accredited by anyone? – is irrelevant, we are told, in the eyes of a US Court.

Thursday 0230 GMT August 30, 2012

·         Hafiz and Bashir Assad Hafiz was Bashir’s father, and unlike his son, took his duties as tyrant seriously. In 1982, the Muslim Brotherhood (Sunnis) revolted against the old boy. Hafiz sent his brother, who commanded an army division to Hama. His orders were not just that the insurgents had to be defeated, but the Brotherhood extirpated. This was done enthusiastically. The brother estimated he killed 38,000 people, the Brotherhood said 40,000, which is one of the few times you get two parties on opposite sides agreeing on the scale of an atrocity. Essentially, the brother told the people of Hama to leave before he moved in. Those remaining would be prevented from leaving and killed. No distinction was made between combatants or civilian males, women and children.

 

·         In less than a month the job was done. Those were the days of the Cold War, Syria was a Soviet ally, and there was no question of anyone intervening. Even if the Soviets had not been acting Grouchy Bears, back in the day it is unlikely anyone would have intervened anyway. The sanctity of a nation state was absolute. In 1971, when India attacked East Pakistan, the UN condemned India as an aggressor by the most lop-sided vote that the UN has ever seen. This despite that well over 1-million people, mostly Hindus, were massacred in East Pakistan, and over 4-million pushed across the border into India. (We are aware Indian figures go much higher; that is an argument for another day.) The entire world knew of the genocide; the whole world was horrified, but just about the whole world said nothing justified the Indian invasion. This business of intervention because human rights are being violated is an American construct, and perhaps we can discuss that someday.

 

·         Be that as it may. Machiavelli had some realistic advice for his prince. If you have to do something good, stretch it out in driblets over a long time. If you have to do something bad, do it in one go and people will very soon get over it. This is where young Bashir fails so totally, because 16 months after the revolt, it is still not put down. Bashir is winning the current phase because the opposition overreached ( as we pointed out). But the opposition will regroup, and this war will continue unless the west intervenes to end it.

 

·         Young Bash’s problem is that he is actually not a tyrant. He enjoys the western way of life and on some level believes in its value – he had many an idealistic notion for reform when he took over. That didn’t last long, because his elders just kept slapping his face saying “with those reforms you will no longer have all that you enjoy as tyrant.” Bash just wants to have fun, and good-looking ladies figure heavily in his notion of fun. Bash would rather be composing sensitive poems to his mistress (who has, we are told, a rather spectacular figure) and indulging his wife’s every whim. So because he is not a real tyrant, he recoils from doing what needs to be done to end the revolt, and so the Syrian civil war, like the Energizer Bunny, just keeps going on and on.

 

·         In other words, Bashi Boy does not deserve to be head tyrant of Syria because he is a wimp. He needs to be tossed out because he is an utter failure as a tyrant

 

·         What is not helping is President Obama. And no, this is not a pro forma right wing attack on the President. Editor as a staunch right winger himself would like to remind that the right wing believes in staying out of people’s way. “Don’t Tread On Me” is the true American right wing way. Leave me alone, and we will be fine. Trouble me, and you die.  It’s the Democrats who are supposed to be the party of intervention.

 

·         No. Our problem with President Obama is that he has his foreign policy completely messed up. You see, he believes – as do the majority of Americans – that if he intervenes anywhere, he has to straighten out the place. People are always asking, “But if we intervene in Syria, what is the endgame?” And after the Iraq, Afghan, Libyan, and Egypt fiascoes, it is understandable that President Obama wants to know the endgame. And of course, because the situation is so very complicated, no one has the vaguest idea of what is the endgame.

 

·         But this is wrong thinking. We have argued earlier that America’s destiny in the world is that of a revolutionary power. When America is leading, causing, or inspiring revolutions, it is at its best. Americans say theirs is God’s own country, and it is. But only when Americans open the way for all oppressed people to follow the American Way: Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness.

 

·         Our job is overthrow tyrants. Our job is not to build new countries for the locals. No one but the Syrians, the Egyptians, the Libyans and so on can build their new states. It follows that it is not our business what happens to Syria once Assad is overthrown. Revolutions create great instability until things sort themselves out. Very commonly, revolutions result in the rise of new tyrants. Or job should simply be to overthrow these new tyrants – as many times as the people ask. The endgame in Syria is no concern of ours. Getting rid of Assad is, because we are the world’s revolutionary power. America has done absolutely the right thing by ridding Libya and Egypt of tyrants, and then leaving them alone to decide their own way.

 

  • Back in the day interventions were costly so we inevitably got sucked into assuring the success of the intervention (Iraq, Afghanistan). But we cannot do more than overthrow the tyrants. And interventions now are very cheap. A few billion dollars and no American lives lost is what it cost us. Egypt cost us at most a few tens of millions. Syria would require billions, and may be a few Americans would die. But that is very cheap for helping get an oppressed their freedom.

Wednesday 0230 GMT August 29, 2012

·         Rachael Corrie an American citizen and peace activist died in 2003 when she placed herself in the path of a bulldozer demolishing Palestinian homes and was run over. The Israeli Army, which was conducting the demolitions, held an inquiry and concluded the ‘dozer driver was not at fault because he did not see Rachael. The US criticized the inquiry as a cover up. Rachael’s parents filed a civil case in Israeli court. The court has ruled against them, saying the ‘dozer driver could not have seen her.

 

·         The Israeli Army case is two-fold. One, no Israeli law was broken. The houses were being demolished under a collective punishment order because residents of the area had used houses as a base to attack Jewish settlements. The area was a designated war zone, people were warned to stay away. If they chose not to, what happened is on their head.

 

·          Second, with regard to the ‘dozer incident. The Israeli Army said – and this was accepted by the court – that (a) Palestinian demonstrators were moving around the area playing hide-and-seek with the Israeli Army. (b) Running in front of bulldozers to stop them was a standard demonstrator tactic. (c) There was fog. (d) Rachael was standing on top of a rise in the ground where she was visible, but appears to have fallen and thus was not visible to the driver. Editor should clarify this is his best interpretation of the matter as reported at this time in the press. He did not follow the case eight years ago and has not read any official documents on the court’s judgment.

 

·         Did the driver know Rachael Corrie was American? Unlikely, because it seems near impossible he would willingly murder an unarmed American civilian. After all, you are part of an engineer unit, you are told to demolish a bunch of houses, you do not tell your commander “Wait up a minute boss, while I go check who these people are.” It also seems near impossible he would casually run over a Palestinian woman. After all, it takes 30-second to put the brakes on and wait for the soldiers on the ground to take the woman away.  To us it seems probable Rachael did run at the last minute, and fell.

 

·         Now, obviously if you start with the assumption that the Israelis should not have occupied Palestine land; that collective punishment is against international law; and that the Israelis just love to kill Palestine civilians for laughs, then you are going to say: “I don’t care if the driver saw Rachel, she had every right to be there, the Israeli Army didn’t, therefore the  Israelis are in the wrong.

 

·         The difficulty with this argument is that Israel is a civilian-led democracy. The Israeli Army did not make up the rules about collective punishment, tit-for-tat retaliation and so on. Nor did the Army on its own just wake up one day and say “let go occupy a bunch of Palestine land.” The army, as armies are supposed to do, was acting on behalf of state policies. Rachael’s parents should petition the Government of Israel, not the Army, which is simply an instrument of the Government and the people.

 

·         Editor needs to make another clarification. Like Rachael’s parents, he has children. If someone killed his child, even by accident, Editor would not be petitioning courts. He would kill the persons responsible. And society would have to understand because he will be doing only what the Bible says – an eye for an eye. Of course, the Bible also says that vengeance belongs to the Lord. But if I am to trust the police and the courts, I would first like to see verifiable documents attesting that God has appointed them her/his agents for vengeance on earth.

 

·         The larger question as far as Editor is concerned is why the Israeli Army did not cordon off the area before starting demolitions. This is standard procedure when civilians are around in any country. Presumably the Army warned the residents to get out of their houses. They couldn’t have just come in on a surprise raid, start bulldozing, and then say ”It’s just bad luck we ran over a bunch of civilians”. Issuing multiple warnings but not cordoning off an area goes against common sense: what if mom sees she has forgotten the kids’ baby picture and makes a mad dash for her home?

 

·         So: is there a defect in Israeli operating procedures? Or was the local commander and his superiors negligent in not following cordon procedures if they exist? We can ask these questions, but they inevitably bring up another question. Do foreigners have the right to sue the Israeli Army, which was operating in a declared war zone because it was negligent in protecting the life of their daughter o who as far the Israelis are concerned should not have been there?

 

·         One way to answer this is to play “What If”. What if Israeli peace activists interposed themselves between the police and the Branch Dravidians as the police were attacking the compound? What if an activist died? Would a US court permit the Israeli activist’s family to file civil suit against the police?

Tuesday 0230 GMT August 28, 2012

·         These are difficult times School started yesterday. Every time the phone rings, Editor leaps under his bed with his eyes tightly shut and hands tightly over his ears for fear that might be a call from the substitute computer. The bed is 20-centimeters off the ground. Editor’s cross section is 25-cm at the thinnest point. You can see the problem. Worst, Editor needs the money and he likes being with the kids. But needing the money and liking the quantity are two different things. One hears of people being forced to take pay cuts to get job. That’s fine, times are tough. But a 75% pay cut? And even if he worked every single school day (impossible) the monthly wage would just about to pay the mortgage and zero else. So far Editor has been lucky: since school has just begun teachers are in good health and conscientious about work, so no calls yet.

 

·         To those interested: in Editor’s county teachers get 10 sick days and 3 personal days. But it is not a good idea to take all or even most of your sick/personal days every year because the older you get, when you get sick the sicker you get. So you need to bank those days. Also, to correct a small misconception: Teachers do not get the summer off with pay. They are paid for ten months which generally includes two paid vacation weeks (winter break – can’t call it Christmas break any more; and spring break – can’t call it Easter break any more).

 

·         And since teacher pensions are all the talk these days, while Editor has no clue how it’s done in other states, but in Maryland – last Editor checked – teachers pay 5% of their salary. In Illinois, someone was saying, it is 9%. The pension, then, is not a free ride, any more than a private employers’ 401 match is a free ride. It is also a partial compensation for that teachers with Masters’ degrees at least are paid $10,000/year less than other comparable professions.

 

·         As for making teachers responsible for their students’ grades: this is a fantastic idea and teachers would accept this in droves – always provided their work terms are the same as in the private sector. To wit: if students are habitually late or absent, teachers should be allowed to fire them. Students that swear, listen to their music or play with their games and texters, throw stuff around, fight, bully, drink and drug in school or come inebriated to school, litter the floor, sleep in class, refuse to follow teacher’s instructions, walk out of class and school if they feel like it should be fired. Students who do not do homework – part of their “work” – should be fired.  Students who do not achieve minimum productivity should be fired. Students who do not pass an annual review should held back or fired.

 

·         After all, that’s the way it in the private sector. As a supervisor (teacher) I am responsible for the productivity and discipline (test scores and discipline) of my employees (students). Give me the power – which every supervisor has - to discipline my students and to get rid of  the ones that do not cooperate or won’t learn, and I will give you the results you want.

 

·         There is an underlying problem that liberals refuse to see. When any good/service is made free, no matter how decent the intention, people will waste it.  Parents and students abuse the right to an education the state has given them. Now, we all know that education is NOT free: everyone who pays income, sales, and property taxes is actually paying for that education. These means even the poorest families are paying. But because most people are basically – let us be polite – morons, they think because they are not paying a monthly fee, it is free.

 

·         In India school is not free, though the fees are quite low in government schools. But still, the parent is paying for uniforms and books. The parent also knows that without an education the child will be limited in what s/he can achieve in life. If a teacher should inform the parent their little darling has been missing school or has cursed the teacher, the parents will take the hide off the kid’s backside.

 

·         The solution is to give parents vouchers, let them add what money they want to the voucher,  let them get their kids into schools as they can, and allow the schools to function like private schools in learning standards and discipline. Allow the school to make the parent responsible for the child – why on earth should the teacher be made responsible for a child when they parent won’t take primary responsibility? You will see results. You will also see a lot of kids not in school. And what is wrong with that? Why should you, the taxpayer, have to pay the state to babysit your kids and keep them off the streets? If you want to pay the state for babysitting, fine, the kid can go to a warehouse school, which will obviously cost a lot less than real school. But what about the argument that poor parents deserve as good an education for their parents? Maybe, but in America they are not getting it because schools work off property tax. Parents with money make end runs around the system by moving to communities where taxes are high and the schools are better.

 

·         The corollary of this that that most people do not need to be in American style school until they are 16, 17, or 18. There should be schools where the kids prepare for college. There should be schools where the kids prepare for a vocation. Mandatory schooling should be till age 14. After that the kid should have a choice: go join the workforce, go to vocational school, or go to college preparatory school.

 

·         The further corollary of this is that teachers must be given respect and pay as is the case in other countries. In South Korea, they take the top 1-2% of college students as teachers. In America, its from the bottom 33%. Why is this so? Because in terms of per capita income, a South Korean teacher has a median wage of $120,000 versus about $50,000 for the US. Discipline is very tight. ROK teachers have a turnover rate of 1% compared to 20% in the US. Since it takes 5-10 years for a teacher to develop into a master teacher, the odds are high your kid is being taught by a teacher who has not yet learned to be a great teacher – perhaps not even a good one.

 

  • But as with American nurses, the Great American Public thinks teaching should be something people do for the love of it, not for the money of it. You get what you pay for, America.

0230 GMT August 25, 2012

·         Correction from yesterday When we said there is nothing intrinsically impossible about the story that an ISI officer turned in Osama, we forget to mention a major angle. This is the possibility the journalist is being played by the government. US government is famous for the worst misinformation, at least in national security matters. We also forgot to mention that if this is the gent who turned in OBL for the reward and in effect “defected” to America, there is no way he walked into the Embassy in December 2010. It would have to be a very short while before the raid was staged, for the reason we did mention: because the wanted man’s location can change at any moment, US would have wasted no time – and certainly not four months – in going after him.

 

·         Can we break this gently to the American people? The President does NOT control the economy. It makes no difference who is president, global economic compulsions are such that it is going to continue to be very, very slow growth for the next four years, with lots of hiccups. It does not matter how much the stock market has recovered or how the housing market is climbing out of the pit. The hard reality is that companies are avoiding hiring, so around 15% of the work force is either unemployed, or working fewer hours than they want to, or can work but have simply given up – the U6 rate. If companies are making roaring fat profits without hiring, under the Anglo-American version of capitalism, why on earth should they hire Americans? If they need to hire, they will hire in low-cost markets abroad. Unless people have jobs, they cannot spend money. If they don’t spend money, employers don’t hire more workers. What exactly is the Prez, any Prez, supposed to do about this?

 

·         Your editor is quite typical of many in America. On Monday he starts his third consecutive year without a proper job. He has four masters degrees, working on a fifth, two subject area certifications (and working on a third and a fourth) has years of experiences. But the elephant in the room is age. And the longer you are unemployed, the harder it becomes, even though the Editor has the advantage of being in school 90-100 days of the year, knows the principals, the department heads, the janitors, everyone. And what can the Editor say: young people need jobs too. Just 6 years ago there was such a shortage for math teachers that when a summer school professor of Editor’s found out he taught math and needed a job, she hired him on the spot – in the class – with no references, transcripts, Praxis scores, nothing. And on top of that she told Editor he was NOT to go to county schools’ Human Relation, because they would grab Editor and post him to a school they wanted. The principal even had Editor started and was filling out time sheets before she informed the county! Editor was not even certified!

 

·         This is the reality of America today. Is either Mr. Obama or Mr. Romney going to give Editor a job? They cannot, because counties are bust, even the wealthiest have to do more with less. Schools go to any extent to avoid hiring regular teachers. But why is it Americans cannot understand the limitation on the president? Or are they in denial?

 

·         Either way is not good. It is not going to matter on broken potato chip is the tax rate is 30% or 32%. It is going to matter even less if the government is going to be big or small, because we all should know there is no way the government can be small today. And further – our right wing readers can lay as much hate on Editor as they want – government spending creates jobs too. Blissfully ignorant Americans are walking around talking about how they hate the government. The day the government actually cuts services, those same people are going to screaming for blood. As for simplifying regulations as a way of helping the economy, heaven must help Americans because no one else can. This is a country of lawyers. From top to bottom everything is megatons of legal regulations. We must be singularly detached from reality if we think (a) we can cut regulations, or (b) if we do cut them they will stay cut.

 

·         Reader Luxembourg delights in sending us items about pointless regulations. One story concerned an oil producer who was cited for the deaths of 20 birds who landed in open waste pits. Now, birds die all the time – more than a billion a year are killed by ole Fluffy. Should we cite the owners? They run into power lines. Should we cite the owners of the power lines? They get run over by vehicles. Should we cite the drivers? They are deliberately killed for game, and hundreds of millions are killed for food. Should all these people be cited? You can see how absurd this is. Okay, let’s do away with these messy environmental regulations. Then the industrial plant up the road decides it’s cheap to dispose of the waste in the stream that you fish, or along the path in the woods where you walk. What are people going to do then? Say “That’s fine, because those regulations were killing jobs”? Good grief.

 

·         Our GOP friends keep telling Editor that Government cannot solve all problems. The same friends swear that if Romney is elected, he will get the economy going. No he will not. Not because he is venal or incompetent. But because it is beyond his power. Elect him for any reason you like. But not because you believe he can improve your economoic situation.

0230 GMT August 24, 2912

·         Oh no! Not ANOTHER story about how we got Bin Laden! A US journalist, Richard Miniter, has released a book “Leading from behind” which asserts that at the end of 2010 a “senior” Pakistan ISI colonel walked into the US Embassy and told the Americans where Bin Laden could be found. Mr. Miniter speculates this may imply the ISI and the Chief of Army staff in effect turned in OBL. Mr. Miniter’s website may be found at http://richardminiter.com/books/leading-from-behind/ The story can be found at  http://thecable.foreignpolicy.com/posts/2012/08/23/pakistan_military_denies_isi_colonel_tipped_off_us_about_bin_laden The Pakistan Army’s denial can be found at http://dawn.com/2012/08/22/isi-colonel-provided-vital-help-in-locating-osama-us-author/ So with the sources out of the way, we can get on with analyzing the story, and the analysis will not look good.

 

·         The first thing that makes Editor suspicious is this “senior colonel” business. In the Indian and Pakistani Armies there is no such thing as a senior colonel, though the rank does exist in mainly communist armies and is the equivalent of a brigadier. Pakistan has brigadiers like anyone else (brigadier general in the US and other western armies). Does Mr. Miniter perhaps mean the colonel was senior in service? How does Mr. Miniter’s source know? By definition a full colonel has many years of service. He either gets promoted to the next rank or retires. He gathers no moss, so as to speak, in the rank, and is neither junior nor senior.

 

·         Our readers may object that Editor is being unnecessarily picky. But no one in the Pentagon would use the term “senior colonel” when referring to Pakistan. Nor would anyone in the CIA. An ignorant diplomat might, but then again how would the diplomat know the colonel was senior when there is no such thing? To us this smacks of someone pretending to know more than s/he actually knows.

 

·         Next, the US military, CIA, and State are in constant touch with the Pakistan Army and the except for State in constant touch with the ISI. Why on earth would anyone send a colonel over to the US Embassy to convey this information? Mr. Minister might say that the ISI wanted plausible deniability. But isn’t the best plausible deniability achieved by a quiet word with a US military or CIA officer at one of their meetings, say during a quick visit to the loo or during a smoke break, or a note slipped to an American officer the informant knows and trusts? Why physically send someone to the Embassy? While a Pakistan Army officer has every reason to be at the US Embassy, there are plenty of people watching outside and inside. Why would he take the risk?

 

·         Our readers might still be going: “Hmmmm. Seems pretty thin to us, Editor.” Okay. Then about this. US is informed in – say – December 2010. US stages its raid May 1 the next year. Why would the US waste so many months knowing OBL could move at any moment for any reason? Alternatively, it took the US four months to prepare a raid? Our impression is the US unit tasked to get OBL was ready 24/7.

 

·         Now having said this Editor will do one of his famous 180-degree turns. There is nothing actually intrinsically implausible in Mr. Miniter’s assertion providing one condition is granted: the ISI officer came in on his own, and in essence defected to the US. In other words, there was no plan by ISI to give up OBL, or some noble desire to fight terrorism. If the officer really was ISI, and a “senior colonel” at that, he would know that OBL was doing no masterminding of terror, that he was long since finished. Keeping in mind the adage that the minimum explanation must be chosen, all we need postulate is human greed for $20-million and a new life in the US for him and his.

 

  • By now you have undoubtedly visited Mr. Miniter’s website. If you are pro-Obama, you will exclaim: “This is no impartial telling; the man is an anti-Obama wacko job!”  But see, just because he is an anti-Obama nut does not make his OBL story untrue.

0230 GMT August 23, 2012

·         So much for focusing on the business side of orbat.com In the week we have been focusing on the business side of Orbat.com, the daily Google Ad revenue has dropped from $1/day to fifty-cents a day. Years ago we talked to the founder of Alexander’s Oil & Gas Journal, and he said it had taken him ten years to stabilize to the point he was making money, so not to give up on Orbat.com. You can see the difficulty immediately. Alexander, an intelligent young man, found a product required by a rich industry dependent on up to the minute news. Editor, a not so intelligent old man, has a product very few are willing to pay for.

 

 

·         On the plus side there have been very positive development on “Complete World Armies”. We are actually and unbelievably 95% of the way to readiness to sell the product. A lot of this has been because of the ingenuity of our web developer, Steve Sutherland at SiteWhirks.com in Virginia, who has done an outstanding job of delivering major value for our limited investment. If ever you decide to set up your own website to sell a product, and your web budget is in the thousands and opposed to the minimum ten thousands it takes today, contact Steve.

 

·         Syria To our surprise, the rebels are still holding out in Damascus (1-2 districts) and Aleppo (4 or so districts). On Tuesday 190 soldiers, fighters, and rebels were reported killed, which indicates a bad day for all parties. The rebels almost surely have ATGMs and SAMs, in small quantities, but still enough to give the Army pause. Oddly, the most lethal weapon deployed by the regime is snipers, some of whom are foreigners. Talk about low-tech.

 

·         What the rebels do not have is material aid from the US. Some satphones not traceable to the US have been delivered. How lovely. No doubt the US National Security Agency is going “And all the better to listen to you, dear.” Though in all fairness the minute anyone gets on the air the NSA is going to intercept the message, no matter whose equipment they are using,

 

·         The rebels also have been getting their large quota of hot gas from the US, this time joined by the UK. These two have been issuing all kinds of threats against Assad should he use chemical weapons against his people. Well, he has said enough times he will not, but does reserve the right to use them against western aggression. It is difficult not to burst out into “Here come the clowns” every time Washington speaks on Syria.

 

·         Meanwhile, of course the Iraqis are helping the Iranians to bust the embargo and in any way they can help. Iran = Shia, Shia = Iraq; cancel the common factor (transitive property), Iran = Iraq. US scores again. You will doubtless say giving the US history of scoring own goals, isn’t it better US stay out of Syria? We’ve said there is a good case to be made for the US to intervene, or not to intervene. Our objection is that the US is pretending to be the major player while taking zero risk. When the rebels win this one, they aren’t going to be thanking the US. Plus all that verbal garbage is aesthetically offensive, which is why we want the US to stop.

 

·         Lebanon is waiting to explode as a result of the Syria civil war. Of course, readers will ask “But when is Lebanon not waiting to explode? True. In this case, however, trouble is already taking place, with Lebanon Sunni-Shia clashes growing. This is what happens when a country implodes into civil war: everyone around is affected for the worse. The Jordanians seems to for now successfully cracked down on potential troublemakers, but this is another country that exists in perpetual instability because of the Arab-Israel tensions and because of Jordan’s large Palestinian population.

 

·         Israel is in a bit of a quandary The fall of the Egyptian regime has led to laxity in Cairo’s enforcement of law and order in the Sinai. The ever adventurous Bedouins have risen to resume their traditional smuggling businesses, which were never really curtailed. Palestine militants and likely AQ have seen the opportunity to harass Israel on another front by slipping into the desert. The Israelis want the Egyptians to crack down, and Cairo, which has taken the situation very seriously, has indeed cracked down.

 

·         Problem is, Egypt has moved more tanks into the Sinai than permitted under the post-1973 treaties. Israel is complaining. Cairo is saying “bosh and tosh, we told the Israeli exactly what we were doing and we have their agreement”. Intriguing.

 

  • After militants fired rockets at Eliat, the popular Israeli resort city at the southern tip of the Sinai, Israel moved an Iron Dome anti-rocket battery into the area. Tel Aviv denies this is because of the rocket attacks. It says this is the second deployment this year, and intended for training and familiarization purpose. We’d take the Israeli word on this. In any case, it’s their city, and they have a right to defend it as they want.

 

0230 GMT August 22, 2012

 

·         Israel war rumblings It’s difficult to say how serious the Israeli Government is about attacking Iran in October, contrary to all the deliberate leaks being made to that effect. In Israel you just never know what the political alignment is except for the second that just passed, and we are not exaggerating. The Israeli parliament has just 120 members, and it is possibly the most fractured such body in the world. The Israeli political spectrum ranges to the near-communistic to so far right that the Iran mullahs and the Israeli religious fanatics could easily be Best Friend Forever. Tides and alliances change rapidly, all the time. So we cannot say what in the political (as opposed to the military) imperative to strike this early. Editor’s Hebrew is limited to “Mazel Tov”, and honestly, he has no clue what that means (Have fun? Best wishes?). This point is relevant because the real Israeli news is in the Hebrew media, especially the military-oriented media. Editor knows A = aleph, but if you jumbled up the alphabet and asked him to find aleph, he couldn’t do it.  The only redeeming feature of Editor’s ignorance is that the world media is even more ignorant – this is not being sarcastic, it is valuable information the Editor is conveying to his readers.

 

·         Some have said that the politicians who feel no sacrifice is too great to fund the military (the current PM is one such) are talking about a preemptive strike because Israel’s economy is slowing down,  as is that of the rest of the world, and defense spending will have to be cut. Naturally if war is about to erupt no one is about the cut the defense budget. Personally we think this argument is feeble. Others argue that the hawkish PM is trying to preempt Israeli doves, of whom there are many in this matter, including in the military and intelligence. This argument has some merit, though we are unsure how this is supposed to work. Yet another argument we have heard is that the PM is trying to unnerve the Iranian into doing something stupid, providing him with an excuse to attack. Well, we could argue the pro and the con of this until the last dog puts his ears down (as said of Billabob’s talking powers – American idiom can be really funny sometimes). We could, but no one would be wiser at the end if talking.

 

·         But what really makes assessment complicated, Israeli domestic politics is indistinguishable from Israeli Washington politics. Israel is unique because it has TWO legislative bodies to manage, the US Congress and the Knesset. And honestly – Israeli politicians find managing Congress child’s play compared to managing the Knesset. Once again, Editor is not trying to be funny, simply stating well-known realities.

 

·         Rather than put before our readers all the alternate scenarios, we will mention one that was told us. The Israeli PM is trying (a) to light a fire under Mr. Obama; if that fails, (b) he plans to force Mr. Obama’s hand. Mr. Obama, as is well understood by now, has all the decisiveness of a limp noodle. We do not blame him, because many decisions he is required to take can have very bad outcomes. While we may not blame him, we do have to ask “You wanted to be the Prez. You are now the Prez. Part of your Prezzyiness is making very, very hard decisions that can cost you your job. But you were elected to lead the country, not to assure yourself job security.”

 

·         By threatening to attack in October, before the US election, the Israeli PM is happily blackmailing Mr. Obama. He is saying “If my strike goes wrong – as it may because my country does not have even a tenth of the military resources you have – your reelection is as dead as a dour dodo.” What have the two things to do with each other? Take one scenario. Strike is conducted. Successful or not, if the US is on the sidelines, Iran will retaliate. The resultant mess in the Mideast will mean bye bye White House.  Israel’s allies in Congress and the GOP in general will slam Mr. Obama to the floor and then stomp dance him. Mr. Obama will be seen as having betrayed Israel and turned out to be the next film installment of “The Diary of a Wimpy Kid”. This just one scenario. So what does the Israeli PM want of Mr. Obama? A hard promise to do a strike after the election.

 

  • Editor is not saying he is going with this scenario, because he is not, because he does not know what is going on. But he is saying is the answer to why the Israeli PM’s threatens an October war is more likely to be found in Washington than in Tel Aviv.

0230 GMT August 21, 2012

We now publish five days a week instead of seven.

·         Apple, and the Decline of the West Comes the news that Apple is now the most valuable company in the post-war world. Its products? We have here a harbingers of the decline of the west.

 

·         To be sure, the West (including Japan and Russia) is still sturdy, with something like 55% of the world’s GDP. Please to consider, however, in 1945 the United States had 5% of the world’s population and 40% of its GDP – just by itself. By 2050, the West may have no more than a tenth of world GDP, being outclassed by both India and China, who will have a sixth of the world’s GDP each.

 

·         In a sense this is inevitable.  Back in the pre-industrial age, GDP depended on your population. The more people, the richer the country. So Hindustan and China were the richest countries in the world. In the industrial age, technology became the deciding factor, to be followed later by capital and management. For whatever reason, the west took to technology like the proverbial polar bear to the Arctic waters, and raced ahead of the rest of the world in per capita income. But then in the late 20th Century, India and China started to cast off their traditional ways and began to grow, because capital, technology, management ceased to become the exclusive property of the west. In the age of globalization has arisen global levelisation.

 

·         We do not want to argue about the precise decade that various big countries will have the same per capita GDP as the west. But it is a reasonable assumption that somewhere around 2050 and 2050 China and India’s per capita GDP will equal the west’s, and a couple of decades later so will everyone elses. Please to note we are not talking about these countries overtaking the west in per capita. We are nly saying that when all workers in the world become equally productive, the population count of each country will again become critical. India and China have a third of the world’s population, they will have a third of the world’s GDP. So the west will have to decline proportionally.

 

·         But in another sense this was not inevitable. The west could have maintained its lead; more specifically the US could have maintained the top leader in quantum of GDP, instead of likely ending up with 5-6% of global GDP, equivalent to its share of the population.

 

·         You see, technology and management are not limited by some immutable law of nature. Nothing says “I have reached the technology level of X, so now I must now develop more slowly than countries that were behind me till one day we equalize.”

 

·         In the immediate post-war world, science fiction writers might have been justified in imagining that the world’s most valuable company would be engaged in space exploration and resource exploitation, bringing to life Tennyson’s vision of “Saw the heavens fill with commerce, argosies of magic sails; pilots of the purple twilight, dropping down with costly bales ...” Instead, we get as the world’s richest company Apple, which proudly and consciously bases its wealth on superior design of consumer electronics.

 

·         The reality is, in 1960 America stood on threshold of the infinite future. We had only to reach out and grab it. We reached out and grabbed the moon. Then we fell into ourselves and became a society for which the be all and end all was self-gratification.  So rapidly have we declined that at the exact moment of our greatest unmanned mission triumph, Curiosity of Mars, we are preparing to cut the space program. America was a country where people defined a goal, and did what was necessary to achieve it. Now we spend our time telling ourselves why something cannot be done – like fusion power, which would liberate humankind from resources shortages for centuries – and not doing it. Our management is so decayed we can bring no military or infrastructure program in on time and on the money. We spend twice as much as other advanced countries of health, and get worse outcomes. A whacking 10% of GDP is removed from investment for no gain. Indeed, so heck-bent are we on spending “my money” on “me”, our infrastructure is collapsing. But when it comes to the convenience of getting a latte, and having a choice of flavors, why, we are supreme!

 

·         All around us, 24/365, we are surrounded, drenched, drowned in propaganda telling us to buy, buy, buy. Is it any surprise we have become nothing except automated buying machines? Here’s a lesson in Economics 1. Every dollar we spend on self-gratification makes for one dollar less to spend on investment, including technology investment, a dollar less for the future. The dollar spent on self-gratification yields nothing except a passing, ephemeral happiness that like a drug high wearing off crashes us to the ground. And the only remedy we see for the withdrawal is to buy more.

 

  • This state of affairs was not inevitable. We chose this path. The consequences will start arriving in the second half of the 21st Century. By the end of the century, Chinese and Indian visitors to the US may look at us Americans tanked up to the gills with every imaginable drug – alcohol, natural and chemical recreational drugs, tobacco, pills, excessive eating to name some - and that most powerful drug of all, consumerism, and they may react with the same horror that Americans once reacted when they ventured into the then Third World.

0230 GMT August 18, 2012

·         More Assange Weirdness Now the Ecuador Government, that paragon of human rights, wants the Swedish Government to give it assurances that Assange will not be mistreated in Swedish prison and that he will not be extradited to the US.

 

·         When Assange has not been charged with anything in the US, how precisely is the Swedish Government to guarantee he will not be extradited? The US has unofficially said there are no charges outstanding against Assange. But even if the US is lying, Sweden has to first learn what the charges are before it can decide on extradition. Government of Sweden cannot give guarantees against a hypothetical future situation. As to assurances he will not be mistreated in prison, can Quito provide any evidence that Sweden mistreats prisoners? Without evidence, what right does Ecuador have to demand this guarantee? All that the Ecuador president is doing is shredding the dignity of his country. He might think he is creating a diversion from his domestic opposition, but we doubt that anyone in Ecuador will be taken in. Rather, the president’s grant of asylum on the grounds Assange is a persecuted truth teller will not go over well next time the president shuts down another newspaper.

 

·         No one can stop the president from making a fool of himself. We are not going to even mention his taking the Assange issue to the Organization of American States because it makes him out to be both desperate and inane. Of course, he thinks of himself as Hugo Mini Me. Which leads Editor to portentously state: “President, I have met Hugo, and you, sir, are no Hugo.” Of course, Editor has not met Hugo, his fave dictator. But Editor could not help that line.

 

·         Huge warning of a sexist type comment Editor saw a foto of the Ecuador London embassy ambassador. The ambassador is – er – very intelligent. Editor is selling everything he owns and heading off the London, and will arrive at the embassy to seek asylum with the ambassador personally.

 

·         Meanwhile we learn from UK press that London police have stationed men on the roof of the Ecuador embassy (it is a row house in a terribly fash district) and in the adjoining building. They will be heat inspecting packages exiting the Ecuador embassy. This may not work. Assange is clearly a self-propelled wax dummy with speakers. He will not have a heat signature.

 

  • By the way, why is the man so terrified of Sweden? It cannot be because the Swedes will extradite him to the US. We’ve already said he hasn’t broken any Swedish law by Wikileaking. And we are told he well may not have broken any US law either. He is a journalist. Unless he actively initiated a scheme to get Bradley Manning to steal documents at his (Assange’s) behest, he is merely a journo who has been approached by someone claiming to be a whistleblower. Assange is not a US citizen. If US was to go after him, it would have to go after just about every major US, UK, European etc newspaper and asscoiated journos because they are as culpable. What are the odds this is going to happen?

0230 GMT August 17, 2012

·         Israel Someone leaked to the press a document said to be from a retiring Israeli minister, saying that an attack on Iran could lead to a 4-week war and 500 Israeli dead. This assumes Iranian retaliation and full-scale Hezbollah rocket attacks. We do not know the point of the leak or the document. Is it a warning about the costs of attacking Iran? If so, it is useful to note that a single 20-KT Iranian N-warhead delivered against a major Israeli city could kill 100,000 and injure twice as many. (These calculations are quite dicey, as they involve assumptions of burst-height, fallout, wind direction and maybe at least ten other major factors.) If Israelis had the chance to get into shelters, the casualty toll could be substantially reduced, but surely even then an N-attack would kill many, many times 500 people. If more than one warhead was used against more than one city, casualties would increase.

 

·         Or is the alleged document saying the cost of attacking Iran is minimal; we can go for it if needed? Our inclination is to favor this explanation.

 

·         One of the silliest errors that the “don’t attack” people make is they say that Iran has so many N-facilities that they cannot all be got, even with the US participating. And Israel certainly does not have enough strike power to do the job on its own. This is silly because where is it written that an Israeli attack will consist of a single wave? Where do people get this Amateur Hour stuff from? Israel will attack for as many weeks as need to set back the program for years.

 

·         Another silly assumption is that if an attack is made, Iran will move against the Straits of Hormuz. Yes, they have said that enough times. But what would be the point of an attack that can shut Hormuz only for weeks (our estimate – US estimates 5-10 days) but gives the US carte blanche to take all of Iran apart, again conducted over several weeks? The answer to our objection is sometimes given as “the Iranians are irrational”. Well, we do not think so, but if they really are, all more the need to take out their N-program!

 

·         General Martin Dempsey, the top US military commander said something very wise the other day. So wise it also qualifies for a Silly Award. He said that while US-Israel can set the Iran program back, they cannot destroy it. Well, truthfully we do not know why the good General said this. If it was to warn the public not to expect easily-implemented final solutions to the problem, then what he says is blindly obvious, but it needs to be said. So we say he is wise. If, on the other hand, he is using this as an excuse to against a strike, we have to say he is being silly.

 

·         Because obviously the program will not end unless it is Iran is occupied for the next 100-years to prevent any facility from coming up that could have the remotest connection with an N-program. But you use the time gained to try other solutions, and if those do not seem promising, you attack again. (We’re saying 100-years not as anything precise, but to note that in that time N-weapons will become as useful as muskets, both because new types of weapons will be invented, and because fool-proof defense against N-weapons will be invented.)

 

·         This whole debate is silly because of the way the media frames the issues. It is always looking for the snappy one-liner, and rehashing old themes and memes all the time, so that the debate is a complete rehash of past thinking, instead of an educative process leading us to new thinking. There is a reason the media does this. It is not terribly bright, and it cannot discuss the issue except in baby-talk. Media likes to believe we, its audience, are so dumb we cannot understand complexity. The media cannot under complexity. A sentence like “if A, then B”, is much too advanced for the media to figure out.

 

·         We need to talk Folks, Editor has no choice but to cut down the blog to five days a week and to pen shorter entries. Today Editor added up the hours he spends each week on the money-making side of www.orbat.com and General Data (which has taken over World Armies). It comes to one hour a week. It is counterproductive to operate this way and it shortchanges our readers, who deserve a quality site.

 

·         The matter is simple. All his life Editor has been a content-creator, to use the language of media. He has never been able to sell anything, not even the content. After waiting 12 years for some genius to arrive and take over marketing (yes, www.orbat.com came on line in April 2000), the reality has to be faced by Editor, who is exceptionally good at not facing reality. This marketing genius is not coming and Editor has to do the marketing. Currently Editor spends at least two hours a day on the blog and on gathering stories for Twitter. Some of this time could be, and should be, spent on simple marketing. For example, we have Google Ads only on 300 pages of the sites (and associated sites). No one knows how many pages there are, but we think its 6000+. With a bit of money, Editor could get some very interesting and well-informed South Asian bloggers to occasionally contribute to this blog. That will improve the quality, increase readership, and increase revenues – a virtuous circle.

 

·         Editor knows there is a hard core of perhaps 300 readers addicted to the Editor’s rambling, sarcastic style and it is primarily for them he writes. But please – do understand we have to create a viable business model. As it is Editor spends way too much time on earning a bit of money from here, there, and wherever to pay the mortgage (pensions take care of the modest rest of his requirements). So: Let us give this new way a try, a year at least?

 

·         Assange under pressure Ecuador is to announce today its decision on granting Julian “Wikileaks” Assange asylum. The UK Guardian believes the decision is a “yes”. But quite unexpectedly, the British Government has told the Ecuador Government that because Ecuador is misusing its embassy premises by sheltering Assange, Britain has to right to force entry into the embassy.

 

·         We don’t know the reasoning, but likely UK is saying Vienna Convention does not apply to people accused of common crimes. And so far, of course, Assange has not even been accused of any crimes. He is merely wanted in Sweden for questioning. Assange has come up with a network of conspiracies, saying he is not guilty of charges in Sweden (Which have not been brought) and this is all part of a plot to extradite him to the US where he could face the death penalty. Both the British High Court and the European Court have rejected this as immaterial. If you know how judges work, they have to go by facts laid in front of them, not by inferential chains with no evidence produced.

 

·         A great weakness of Assange’s conspiracy thesis is: why would the US want his return to Sweden to grab him for extradition? Sweden is a western nation, but it is by no stretch of the imagination a US ally. And what Assange did is protected as free speech in Sweden. If the US wanted him, it would ask UK, which is US’s best ally. But judges are not permit to even make this point, because it lacks the first fact needed for Assange to make his case: that the Swedish women accusing him of sexual assault are doing so for political motives – where’s the evidence? – and that the US is out to extradite him – again, where is the evidence?

 

·         What Assange and his supporters don’t seem to understand – for them the end justifies the means – is that this young man has now broken UK laws: he is a wanted criminal in the UK. He can be arrested, tried, and sentenced to a UK prison for violating his terms of bail. Assange has made this personal between himself and the UK Government. Are his supporters surprised London is not in a forgiving mood?

 

  • The other thing Assange/supporters do not understand is that if the UK/Swedish/European courts are to free him because he believes certain things for which he is unable to adduce proof, then this destroys the process of law. Worse, it gives Governments the right to arrest and detain anyone simply by producing a string of suppositions in front of a judge. Would Assange/supporters support such a system?

0230 GMT August 15, 2012

Happy Birthday, India. You’re 65 (modern era) and just as messed up as ever. But we love you anyway.

·         Super volcanoes The other day in Twitter we mentioned the super volcano under Pompeii that’s waiting to blow up and perhaps kill 3-million+ people http://www.scientificamerican.com/article.cfm?id=super-volcano-global-danger-lurks-near-pompeii

 

·         Reader Eric Cox emailed to say that actually a whole slew of these things waiting to blow; perhaps Pompeii was mentioned because the Reuters correspondent was vacationing there.

 

·         This article in the UK Independent http://www.independent.co.uk/news/science/supervolcanoes-that-could-destroy-humanity-may-explode-sooner-than-scientists-thought-7807903.html says that scientists once thought the pressure for a super-volcano took 100,000-200,000 years to build. Now the theory is they can take as little as hundreds of years (Gulf. Two gulps.) Yellowstone, apparently, is waiting to blow. If one of these supers does blow, you get the usual problem: no sunlight, so no photosynthesis, so life starts to die off massively, temperature drops, and so on. Apparently the only thing worse is a big asteroid strike.

 

·          Talking of asteroid strikes, an Indian scientist in the US says a real buster hit earth in India’s Deccan Plateau region 300,000 after Yucatan, and this was the final blow for our pals the dinos. .http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2009/10/091016-asteroid-impact-india-dinosaurs.html He estimates the India one was 40-km in length, four times longer than the Yucatan one. Worse, it looks like a whole bunch of volcanoes were exploding in India for 100,000-200,000 years, either cause by the Shiva strike or just doing their thing earlier, and this too would have contributed to the massive die-off.

 

·         The thing here is we humans have such a high impression of ourselves and think the world is focused on us. But are we only fiddling while Rome is preparing to burn? People say the only things that will survive a massive extinction is roaches. Sorry to break the bad news to the roaches, but some humans will survive too unless a planet-buster say 1000-km long hits us. A 1-km object creates an explosion equal to 60,000-megatons of energy. A 10-km object does 60-million-megatons. A 100-km object will do 60-billion megatons. And a 1000-km one will do 60-trillion megatons. (Extrapolated from http://www.astronomynotes.com/solfluf/s5.htm )

1600 GMT August 14, 2012

·         So the fuss started when we said that the VP nominee Mr. Ryan cannot do arithmetic because he wants to cut all government spending to 3.75% while spending 4% on defense. Nonetheless, we said that his ideas on the proper role of government needed to be debated because one day we will be in a post-scarcity society. There will be no need for the government to transfer money to the less-well-off. That would give an opportunity to reassess the Federal Government’s role in America, and we personally liked 2.5% of GDP on all federal subjects, including defense.

 

·         We also accused him being just another pretty face with no brains and this we do not take back because we think it’s true. Of course readers will say “Editor, you’re just jealous”, and of course Editor will reply “you are absolutely correct”.

 

·         Turns out we should have read Ezra Klein’s article more carefully (“Ryan’s true calling: Conservative reformer”, Washington Post August 12, 2012, p. A2). First, it’s Mr. Romney who promises 4% of GDP on defense (Romney starts with an R and ends with a Y, so does Ryan. How is one supposed to keep all these politicians straight? They look alike, sound alike, and regardless of party are equally inane.) Second, Mr. Ryan’s 3.75% applies only to non-entitlement spending, currently 12.5% of GDP. Medicare, Medicaid and Social Security are not part of the deal.

 

·         So when Editor is in his Libertarian mode which is half the time (as opposed to his Christian Liberal mode, where he believes the rich must help the poor), as far as he is concerned, Mr. Ryan is a wild-eyed commie socialist leftist and can be dismissed as irrelevant.

 

·         So back to Editor’s argument. Back in 1906 total federal spending was  2.5% of GDP. http://www.usgovernmentspending.com/year_spending_1906USmn_13ms1n#usgs302 You can fiddle with the years you want, but someone 2.5% of GDP appeals to Editor. A purely non-interventionist defense structure could be had on 1%, with the Defense Department finally become the defense department. (The old timers at least had the honesty to call it what is, the War Department). That would leave 1.5% of GDP for the rest of government, or about $240-billion.

 

·         Could we run the federal government on 1.5% of GDP. You betcha! Currently government spending looks like this (2012, http://www.usgovernmentspending.com/breakdown )

Government Pensions

$1.0 trillion

Government Health Care

+ $1.1 trillion

Government Education

+ $0.9 trillion

National Defense

+ $0.9 trillion

Government Welfare

+ $0.6 trillion

All Other Spending

+ $1.7 trillion

Total Government Spending

$6.3 trillion

 

·         There would be no pensions, health care, education, welfare, and defense is already accounted for at 1%. That leaves $1.7-trillion for 2012 Government spending. Keep the White House, Congress, Supreme Court, State, and the DOJ, Treasury, Interior, and Transportation (Homeland Security to the defense budget) and a few odds and ends, on very tight budgets, eliminate everything else, and it is quite possible to manage on $240-billion, 1.5% of GDP. A flat excise tax of 2.5% on all goods and services produced in the US would take care of the federal budget.

 

·         Readers are going to object that how is post-scarcity society to be determined. People’s ideas on what constitutes poverty change, usually moving upward as per capita income changes. True, so let us fix a norm: everyone to get 2000-calories/day, 60-square-feet of living space per person, and very basic medicine. No one dies of hunger, lack of a roof, or lack of basic medical care. That norm increases only for inflation. Every year, as the economy grows, we will have fewer and fewer people below the norm, and government income transfers will become less and less.

 

·         The objection some may raise is that our plan is entirely arbitrary. Why 2.5% as opposed to 25%? Why are we rationing healthcare? And so on. Healthcare will have to be rationed whether we like it or not. We are having to the stage where in a few years one of every three GDP dollars will go to health care, and obviously no society can sustain that. As for the 2.5%, it is no more arbitrary than choosing 25%. The latter is an ideological construct assuming we must provide a certain level of services to all people, and income transfer to all poor people. Our 2.5% is an ideological construct which says  all but the very poorest must look after themselves. No more than we can scientifically prove our 2.5% is correct, the 25% people cannot scientifically prove their case.

 

·         The 2.5% people are feeling oppressed by the others, and the 25% people are feeling oppressed by those who want less. They will never agree. So it is best to have a confederation and let every state decide for itself what works for it. Of course, the big states will have to be broken up otherwise people within those big states will feel oppressed. Minor details. You want to live in Maryland where the people want the state to provide for all people, fine. You want to live in Virginia where people believe less government is better, that’s great. You cannot have a single American democracy for 315-million when the democracy was designed for 3-million people. It’s not complicated.

 

0230 GMT August 13, 2012

Thirteen days to school! Editor got a call from an organized teacher to sub for her two weeks after school opens, and then it really hit Editor: vacation is over. Like Charlie Brown’s sister, Sally, Editor wants to run around shouting “Run! Flee! School is here!” But then, Editor thinks, it’ll be nice to see the kids again. Life is kinda lonely without them. And the $110/day ($15/hour) is needed, pathetic as it is. When Editor was in college, he was assistant for special projects, reporting to the president of the student agencies. That’s $35/hour today. Talk about going backward. But then no one forced Editor to opt for a life of adventure and women. Piper has to be paid and all that. Run! Flee! First day of school is coming!

Update has been deleted because we misunderstood what Mr. Paul Ryan, VP nominee is really saying about federal spending. We'll straighten this out tonight. Meanwhile, apologies to Mr. Ryan: please continue being beautiful and empty-headed.

0230 GMT August 12, 2012

·         Another Mouse, Cat, and Dog story So Editor called the family in Northern New England, and learned it was a bad time to call because a Mouse Crisis was on. Final preparations for dinner were underway when a mouse appeared in the kitchen, unintimidated by the humans, and sauntered around as if he was Reepicheep from Narnia. Humans freaked, as is usually the case. Dog decided to call it an early night and went upstairs to bed. Cat sat on a cupboard in the kitchen and dreamed cat dreams despite all the commotion. Cat was finally picked off the cupboard and pointed at the mouse, which continued sauntering. Then the cat and the mouse had a polite conversation while the humans freaked some more. It was a true “Mi casa, tu casa” situation, except it was unclear of the cat or the mouse was saying that. Editor had to end the call as the situation was getting desperate.

 

·         Just about everyone has their version of a similar story. Which brings us to the Tower of Babel. As is well known, all people spoke the same language until some bright sparks decided to challenge the Tatty and Nutzoid Old Boy Upstairs by building a tower to reach heaven. Old Boy was not pleased, so he spelled everyone to speak different languages. Unable to cooperate further, humans abandoned the effort. We’ll have more to say on this in a moment.

 

·         Now, we all know that non-human cross-species communicate with each other. Naturally must of us do not want to face the implications, one of which is that if we accepted this out loud, we’d have to stop treating the animals like – er, animals. But that isn’t our point. You know our habit of insulting someone by saying he is a dumb animal? Well, what is CS Lewis was right and once upon a time all species could communicate – which is really to say, that humans could communicate with non-human species. The non-humans seem to talk together just fine. So wouldn’t it be odd if the animals are going around insulting each other by saying to the other animal “You’re a dumb human?”

 

·         Back to the Tower of Babel. We’ve often said the Old Boy Upstairs has Bats on his Belfry – “one bat in the belfry, two bats in the belfry, three bats in the belfry – but wait! There’s more!” – and aside from being neurotic is quite – we must be PC here – “slow”? This Tower of Babel thing proves it further. Any father would be proud his children have advanced to the point they want to be like him, perhaps even to outdo him. He would consider the Tower of Babel as proof that he has done a great job of parenting. He should be encouraging the little dears (that’s us). Instead, he strikes down the Tower, accuses us of wanting to displace him, and not flossing each night.

 

·         Phew! What a bad tempered old crank, so neurotically insecure he has to keep down his own creation. God is supposed to have created us to have fellowship with him, perhaps even to explore what it means to be god by seeing himself in us. He is not supposed to be so egotistically blind that he created us as a bunch of slaves to kiss his Skinny Butt. Who needs this? Is it any surprise more and more people are turning away from God?

 

·         Yo, Skinny Butt! You want respect from us, hows about showing us some respect too? Of course, these days being these days, this alone may not suffice. You may need the service of a good ad agency to rebrand yourself. Just a suggestion from your favorite follower.

 

  • Okay, God, this is now too much. Obviously Editor is not your Fave. Obviously Editor is being mordant in an attempt to inject a little humor into this discussion. Geesh! Does Editor have to explain everything? Oh yeah? Well, your mama so old that when she was in school there was no history class.  Oopsies! That joke refers to Editor being so old. We need to try again: You mama so…

0230 GMT August 11, 2012

 

·         DARPA is at it again For gizmo- and techno-freaks, heaven is the US Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency. It is now becoming clear that the next revolution in warfare is about to break over us, and it is going to involve robots – lots and lots of them.

 

·         Thanks to the Global War On Terror we have become quite familiar, if not quite friendly, with Unmanned Aerial Vehicles. The UAVs are unmanned, but are controlled by military youngsters who play ultimate videogames. For the target, there is no “Restart” or a blinking message saying “You have 4 lives left.” The new stuff has almost (we kid you not) reached the stage where the missile will match your face with its database, and then get you or turn away to look elsewhere if the picture doesn’t match. The warheads are becoming so small that (again, we kid you not), the missile will arrive at your party, find you, and kill just you. No collateral damage.  We know about drones that seem to loiter silently for hours, days, and now coming, months. What’s coming (and again, we kid you not), is UAV-launched payloads that will loiter silently for as long as necessary, likely resting alongside the road and looking like a rock and waiting for you to drive by, and then it’s Hasta La Vista, Baby.  This super advanced stuff is, of course, years away. But not really too many years because robots are going through their own Cambrian Explosion, and each new generation appears in less time than the previous.

 

·         At one end will be the goliaths, such as the bomber the USAF plans for the 2020s, and capable in the unmanned mode of 100-hour missions will carrying payloads of 15-tons of higher. At the other end, and this is where it starts getting messy, we’ll have stuff like MIT’s 10-inch worm, which moves at 20-centimeters (8-inches) a second, and has a flexible body enable it to scramble into a hole, flatten itself out to pass through, and get to the other end of the hole to continue. Right now it is for reconnaissance, but you can see the possibilities here. It will in time become even smaller, so you can envisage sending it into someone’s house to their bedroom, where it will creep into the target’s ear and then it’s Hasta La Vista all over again. By the way, this little feller is amazingly resistant to being stepped on or even beaten with a hammer. It is all sticks and stones as far the worm is concerned. http://www.bbc.com/news/technology-19200285

 

·         You will have read about the new robot minehunters which the US is already deploying to the Gulf. This link contains a picture of the UK’s nextgen effort, currently under development; alas no details are given. http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/aug/02/ministry-defence-plans-unmanned-marine-drones

 

·         And then you will also have read about the US Army’s AlphaDog http://www.extremetech.com/extreme/117493-darpas-alphadog-robot-pack-mule-begins-real-world-testing which looks like a mule without a head or neck, and which can carry 180-kg for 30-kilometers over 24-hours. It goes uphill and downhill, over broken terrain, across streams, and so on. This guy is supposed to be load carrier for an infantry squad, allegedly to relieve the need for the soldiers to carry 100-lb packs. DARPA is kind of naïve that way, because to begin with US Army/Marine infantry already carry 130-lb loads. Next,  anyone familiar with the Army knows that it will simply add 30-lbs to the average soldiers pack. That extra will travel on AlphaDog, and the soldiers will STILL be carrying 130-lbs.

 

·         Robotic ground vehicles armed to the teeth are already here, of course. They look about as big as a battery-powered kiddie car, except they have sensors to see and navigate and spy, and they have machineguns and grenade launchers and other nasty stuff to let loose if they see something they don’t like. In the future, rebels like the ones fighting in Aleppo won’t have a chance.

 

·         Exoskeletons are not robots; rather, they are bio-mechanical frames to augment human strength. Still, they’re worth mentioning. Exoskeletons that permit loads of 200-lbs were in prototype as far back as 2008 http://www.eksobionics.com/#slide3, next up will be 300-lb. types.

 

·         For years we’ve been hearing about drones that look like hummingbirds; these are very close to operationalizing – see http://www.foxnews.com/tech/2011/02/18/robot-hummingbird-spy-drone-flies-minutes-spies-bad-guys/ And yes, they do look like hummingbirds.

 

·         Next up will be wasp-size swarms – in testing or about to enter testing. Very unpleasant.

 

·         This is terribly fascinating but as you may imagine, the civil liberties folks are in a mega freakout because police and domestic agencies have started down the slippery slope of UAV surveillance at home. Think of the fun and games when some of the micro stuff we have mentioned comes into service.  The only people who will be safe will be like Editor: no one visits him, no one calls him, he has already given the world blanket permission to spy on his emails. When he goes out in his car, for the convenience of tails, he uses a bright red car held together with duct-tape, and he keeps to 20-miles an hours so that tails should not find it difficult to keep track of him. He also uses the same routes every single day. On the Beltway he stays in the right lane at 45-mph. People may want to curse, but when they see that duct tape, much of it artistically flapping in the wind, they understand, just like Dylan’s Tree With Roots, that the Editor aint going nowhere. But anyone with something to hide is a goner.

 

·         Oh yes: did we mention your own gadgets in your own house spying on you? That is almost here.

 

·         Some of the above starts crossing the borders into nano surveillance. This is all scifi stuff now, but people – including DARPA – are working on it. But to avoid getting you paranoid, and letting you have a few more years of innocent sleep, we won’t tell you what’s coming.

 

 

0230 GMT August 10, 2012

Syria

·         Announcement One  “A senior aide to President Barack Obama did not rule out on Wednesday the eventual creation of a no-fly zone over a patch of Syria that increasingly appears to be controlled by anti-government rebels.” http://www.aviationweek.com/Article.aspx?id=/article-xml/awx_08_09_2012_p0-484711.xml

 

·         Announcement Two “Sylvester Bear, Senior aide to Master of the Universe The Editor, did not rule out Wednesday that eventual the universe may end in 10^100 years.” (That’s 10 raised to a googol zeroes, and it is a very long time indeed.)

 

·         Question to readers: Which announcement is more significant? Obviously Sylvester Bear’s. He is the Editor’s senior aide because he is the silliest of his four bears. But he has infinitely more gravitas than anyone in the US Government, the president included. And his announcement at least has some meaning, whereas the senior presidential aide’s announcement has no meaning whatsoever, unless it is in the Red Queen’s domain, which is also known as Cuckoo Land.

 

·         We have made this point before so we are not going to beat it to death. You have the Syrian rebels who are fighting, and dying in some numbers. The US, for reason we completely understand, has not wanted to get involved. But when you do not want to get involved, please show the rebels some respect by taking charcoal tablets. These tabs work wonders if you have uncontrolled diarrhea; by extrapolation, the tabs should also work for the uncontrollable verbal diarrhea that afflicts the Administration on Syria. Not only is all this theorizing and wishful thinking about Assad in bad taste, when you substitute words for actions and expects words to have the same effect as actions, you are in Red Queen Territory. In such a condition, horse tranks work quite well, we are told, so it is a treatable condition.

 

·         Let us summarize why the Administration does not want to get involved It does not have good information as to who the rebels are and what their motives are. Washington is worried if Assad is forced out without a structure to take his place, Syria will become even more of a mess than it is already. Interestingly, Moscow is saying the same thing. Moscow’s support of Assad is not 100% ornery-minded love of a brutal dictator; though truthfully there is no brutal, bloody-handed dictator Putin does not automatically love (as was true not so long ago of the US). Complicating the situation is al Qaeda’s not unexpected appearance, the spillover of the Syrian troubles into Lebanon which is terribly fragile, Tehran’s insertion of itself in the confusion, the Sunni oil kingdom’s hatred of the Shia Alawites, the not so subtle interference of Iraq on the Assad regime’s behalf, Hezbollah, the Muslim Brotherhood, and Israel’s security.  Oh yes, not to forget the kitchen sink.

 

 

·         If you think Libya is a mess,  Syria has the potential of rapidly degenerating into Libya, Tunisia, and Egypt added together and cubed.

 

·         This being the case, why can’t the US simply provide non-lethal aid, tell the rebels not to expect anything more unless they come up with a plan for Assad’s replacement that the US can verify, and continue squeezing the regime more and more as it is already doing. It is fine for the GOP to attack Mr. Obama for not intervening, especially as they very well know that intervening could make a super mess into the Mom Of Super Messes, messing up the Prez whether he does not or he does. That’s politics, and the slings and arrows and poop patties of fate that go with American politics. It is not fine for trying to pretend he is George W. Bush, Ronald Reagan, and FDR rolled into one.

 

·         We’ve expressed our wish for intervention in force But Editor is perfectly aware that despite the US saying it has learned in lessons in Iraq and is trying to make others avoid the same mistakes, Iraq was oh so last decade, man. America is all fresh and ready to create another giant poopy party. Editor would rather trust the Ronald McDonald at the mall next door to run US foreign policy than he would trust this – or any other – American administration. But, readers will object, Ronald is a dummy that just sits there. Our point exactly – that makes him smarter than the US government, he knows his limits. By the way, having made a giant mess in Iraq does not qualify the US to give advice to anyone, not even to an earthworm. US was clueless then, and it still is quite clueless.

 

  • So, to sum up: It is better not to risk a US intervention, and our advice to the administration is: “Zip. Because loose lips sink ships.”

0230 GMT August 9, 2012

·         Mr. Romney and Bain The other day we blasted Mitt Romney for being an empty-headed goof for praising Israel’s socialized health system while still insisting that Mr. Obama plan is more immoral than, say, pedophilia. We did not want to wade into the sewer aka US presidential debate 2012, but were so annoyed by this intellectual twit that we could not restrain ourselves. For that one remark, we are now indeed stuck in the poopy quagmire, because having blasted him for one thing, we have to be fair and take his side on another.

 

·         First, agreed that it was rather stupid of him to tout his job-creation record by using Bain as an example. He deserves all the grief he is getting for this idiocy. Nonetheless, everyone needs to be objective about Bain. It is generally agreed nothing he has done is illegal.

 

·         We would like to point out neither has he done anything immoral. He played by the rules of the game of American capitalization, which is for the mangers of an enterprise to maximize their take regardless of cost to other stakeholders. We doubt even one in five Americans understand that the rest of the world practices different forms of capitalism and the American way has not been shown to be the best (Anglo-American, to be more exact). For example, the Europeans and the Japanese put workers first or second, and shareholders next to last. Their CEOs are supposed to maximize outcomes for all stakeholders, not just those of the CEOs. Nonetheless, Romney was not working in Europe or in Japan, he was working in America, and he played by American rules.

 

·         It is blatantly unfair to judge him by the standards of other countries in this matter of not looking out for his workers. Which American company does that? That is an excessively stupid way of making money is another matter altogether, because a company’s real capital is its workers, not its money. Money might have been the dominant factor in the 18th and 19th Century, and management in the first half of the 20th.  But for the last sixty years it has been the intellectual capital, the knowledge base, if you will, that workers from the lowest to the highest bring to the job. Companies that fail to understand what is their most important resource – people – are not going to be as successful as those who do.

 

·         The best people seem to be able up with to attack Romney on Bain, after his foolish talk of being a job creator, is that Romney’s total disregard for workers is Not A Nice Thing. Agreed. But why are we holding him to a different standard than we hold other businesspeople? Is this not hypocritical and unfair? In fact, is this not Not A Nice Thing? Aside from which, did Romney, decades ago, know he was going to run for the presidency and that he should conduct his life in a manner that everyone would later consider blameless, particularly when what he did at Bain was totally legitimate legally and morally?

 

·         This gets all tied up with Senator Reid’s assertions that Mr. Romney did not file tax returns for ten years and that to prove Mr. Reid wrong, Romney has to release his returns. Point the first: is Romney so ill served by his tax advisor that the advisor has not been filing returns? If you regularly file returns, and for rather grand sums of income (back to Bain), of a sudden IRS notices there is no return from Mr. Romney, how long is the latter going to get away it? Particularly as Mr. Romney’s income from many sources is compulsorily reported to the IRS by people or companies he has worked for.

 

·         Now look, we all know Mr. Reid (of whom Editor is quite fond) is not standing for reelection and has decided to become an anarchistic bomb-thrower. Editor is sympathetic: he too is an anarchist bomb-thrower, with the difference since Editor has no platform, importance, or legitimacy, no one cares he is throwing bombs. It is the old tree-in-the-forest thing: since there is no one to witnesses the bomb throwing, Editor might as well have taken a longer nap. Nonetheless, it is peculiar – to say the least – for Mr. Reid to argue “he has heard”, therefore it is for Mr. Romney to prove Mr. Reid wrong.

 

·         Take this, for example. Editor has heard the following. (a) Mr. Reid is a Titanian agent sent to undermine the US from within prior to an attack by the Titans (the ones who live on Titan). (b) Mr. Reid has filed his taxes but has cheated on them for the last 30-years. (c) Mr. Reid has improper and illegal relations with underage females all the years he has been married. Now it is up to him to prove us wrong. If he cannot, he is a liar. Pardon us, but didn’t this sort of thing end in the 17th Century when they stopped burning witches condemned by neighbors who swore “they had seen”? ( Parenthetically, if you lived in New England at the time with the cold, forced prayers 12-hours/day, zero entertainment because it was the devil’s work, no sex, and periodic group confessions of wrongs done or imagined, followed by wails of contrition and pleas for forgiveness, you’d start seeing things too. We suggest Mr. Reid consult a good therapist.”

 

·         So let us stick to the point here, people Stone Mr. Romney for his sins, but firing people and refusing to file tax returns are not among them.

 

  • (Tree-in-the-forest thingy aka the Copenhagen Interpretation, no, the tree did not fall in the absence of an observer. A camera left in the forest proves nothing, because the camera is created by the observer and serves as her/his surrogate. In the last 15 years Copenhagen is not as widely accepted as in the 20th Century, but as far as we know, none of the new competing theories has been equally or more successful. Now, of course, Editor is a rank amateur in the matter of quantum physics, but honestly, he cannot see the difference between Copenhagen and Many Worlds (Everett and Wheeler). In Many Worlds, the presence of an observer causes the instant creation of a new universe, one where the tree does not fall, one where it falls, and one where Editor has a date Saturday night. The problem is getting to the universe with the date: can’t cross universes, at least as far as we know at this time. Readers may well rephrase thew problem to: how do we get to a universe where Editor makes sense?

 

  • PPS: In Hindu cosmonogy, the observer is God, who from his dream creates the material world. Likely "God" is some tres bratty 14-year old super-geek who has created a Sim-Universe which we inhabit. If we make him angry, he pulls the plug. At least it won't hurt.

0230 GMT August 8, 2012

·         A reader asked an important question the other day. How come the site is “Orders of Battle” but the first page is whatever Editor feels is up? At least there was some rationale for the first page when for eleven years it was subtitled “America Goes To War”. What’s the point of it now? Are we going to focus now on Orders of Battle?

 

·         Editor’s first impulse was to reach for his guitar and sing Joni Mitchell’s chorus to “The Circle Game”, you know, the one where she goes “and the seasons they go round and round”. Problem: Editor neither has a guitar nor can he sing. Then his impulse was to say: “It depends on what you mean by ‘point’”. Unfortunately, neither did Editor go to Yale Law School, nor does he have a bevy of big-hair bimbos, nor is he Prez of the USA.

 

·         Editor’s third impulse was to sign and remind himself Westerners are just so limited in their thinking.  Point of the thing? Obviously there is no point. We mentioned the other day the song “Jimmy Brown” (original “Les Trois Cloches”) in which Jimmy Brown (Francois Nicot) is born, is married, and dies. (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gm3JigL9_ZY ). That’s it: his whole life. What is the point of that? Then you have Catherine and Heathcliff, one of the greatest and most tempestuous love stories ever. They love, they suffer, they die. Don’t see the point of that. At the other end of the spectrum there is the “eternal” (not) universe. Depending on which theory you favor, the entire universe is going to die in fire, or in ice, so what is the point of that. If by fire, that is probably just a few hundred billion or a couple of trillion years away. If in ice, it will take longer, but the result is just as final: That’s All Folks.

 

·         Once readers understand there is no point to this page (and obviously no point in their reading it), everything becomes startling clear. There being no point to anything, might as well spend our four score and ten amusing ourselves. Yes: let it now be confessed! Editor writes the blog and maintains the site for his own amusement. There is no other point. If readers are amused, he is happy. But even if we had no readers, Editor would still battle on with the monolog. Even with the readers we have (not sure how many – it’s somewhere between 600 and 4000 a day), it’s like a monolog as hardly anyone write back no matter how outrageous Editor gets.

 

·         Now, when we began this site in April 2000, it was quite clearly an order of battle site. We used to put up orbats every week, first written by Editor, then other people started to send their work. It was all quite peaceful. Then came the evil thought that perhaps we can make some money off this to compensate contributors and Editor. Bad move. It has not worked in the last 12 years. A major part of the blame, as such, goes to 9/11. From his school days Editor has been adept at taking latest news reports, and blending them into a coherent narrative. His first “war” was the Sino-Indian 1962. It seemed completely natural to start writing about the Afghan War, and then the Iraq War. Truthfully, the utility of America Goes To War was finished by 2006, when even the Editor started to realize US had completely, totally, fantastically messed up in Afghanistan and Iraq. We should have stopped there, particularly as the blog took away precocious time that should have been used to build up the content and marketing of the orbats. There were suggests – and offers – at that time to turn the blog into a serious affair, which could generate advertising and thus money. The problem is your Editor has a very wide range of interests, and aside from being eclectic, is iconoclastic, opinionated, non-ideological, and countercultural. Nothing wrong with being iconoclastic and eclectic, you can still become  a serious blogger and make a living.

 

·         Now here is the problem. In this business, in the US as much as anywhere else, you have to be a self-promoter. Particularly in Washington, you have to be a stuffed-shirt and a pompous ass. You have to take yourself seriously and pretend to take others seriously. Well, to put it simply, when one’s personality is to make fun of everyone and everything in sight, particularly one’s own foibles, it’s very hard to be serious. This is one reason Editor has so much trouble getting jobs, including teaching, for which he has qualifications up the wazoo. The people interviewing him sense immediately that Editor, behind that straight face, is laughing at his own pretentions, including his fake appearance of seriousness, and is mocking their pretentions and the pretentions of their organizations.

 

·         The other problem is that no matter what, people think Editor is planning subversion. It doesn’t matter if he trying to persuade a company to buy and ad, or a think tank to buy World Armies, or a company to hire him as a consultant, or an employer to recruit him, he looks like he is ready to blow up the whole system purely for the fun of it. Now, what’s the sense of blaming others, when the Editor is a complete subversive, and indeed, cannot enter through the foyer of an organization without his mind starting to work out how to blow everything up. Cannot help it.

 

·         A last problem is that if you are sitting across from Editor, and you have anything you are trying to hide, even if it is for your lifetime, Editor will invariably come to know. Even if he keeps his mouth shut, you will come to know he knows. If you are strong and confident, you will tease him about his weaknesses, and we will have a great laugh and be BFF. But generally people are NOT strong and confident. They have these tissue paper facades they think are suits of armor, and it is like Editor cannot help but poke a hole and then keep poking more holes and then start flicking lit matches.

 

·         Put all this together and we would like to ask our reader, who not just means well but wants Editor to succeed financially and professionally, are you serious when you want Editor to be serious? Be serious!

 

  • We hope now readers understand why the current state of affairs is as it is. You have to be not a little nutzoid to read this blog. For everything said there are ten things not said.  If you are crazy (i.e., sane) this blog is for you.  If you are “sane” (waaahahahaha!), Editor is very sorry to let you down.

0230 GMT August 7, 2012

·         Just a random update today. Feeling as perky as the chicken that crosses the road to get to the other side and was hit by an 18-wheeler. Part of this is paranoia: school starts in twenty days, and Editor’s achievements over the vacation are precisely 20% of what he had planned. Some sort of fatal, limpet- like affliction gripped his mind/body starting in February, draining him of energy. After many tests the doctors say it’s psychological.

 

·         Okay, then why can’t Editor have the green pills and the purple pills and the red pills and get back to normal pronto-pronto? Doctors are being very stingy with the pills. Editor has asked them several times “why?” Suppose Editor had gone over with a physical ailment, wouldn’t they have immediately handed over medicine? So what is the difference here? The doctors say nothing and peer more closely at Editor, taking notes. Since medicos have such bad writing, Editor cannot pull his usual trick of reading upside-down. One entry made by a doctor looked awfully like: “Check St. E for room”. St. E. is our looney-bin. Editor said: “Doc, this is unfair. The people you should send to St. E’s are the politicians that are destroying the country, not upright citizens like Editor.” Doctor wrote: “Patient resisting reality.” When Editor protested again, Doc quickly said “No, no, I was just finishing up the morning Sudoku.” Editor grabbed a pad and pen and wrote upside-down “Doc in denial, I play Sudoku myself and that was no Sudoko puzzle.”

 

·         Doctor sighed and said “Okay, okay, I’ll let you add a purple pill to the white, but only the lowest dosage.” He wrote a prescription for “Purple Pills, 10mg.” Editor said “Doc, this is not going to work. I already take two purple pills a day at 20mg.” That got Doc’s attention. He sat up and said: “But I have not prescribed Purple Pills of any dosage!” Editor had to pat Doc kindly on the arm. “No, but my imaginary doctor friend has prescribed them. They’re free at the imaginary pharmacy, and I take one imaginary pill in the AM, and one in the PM.”

 

·         Doctor grabbed his pad and pen and wrote: “Check with St. E’s IMMEDIATE”. This annoyed Editor so much that he decided this doctor was no longer his imaginary friend and banished him to the punishment corner. Sheesh. You let these folks play with your mind and then soon they’re trying to convince you that YOU’RE imaginary. Hmmmm. Perhaps Editor should not have had the discussion with Doc explain that according to Hindu cosmology all universes are imaginary, we exist only in God’s mind. And not even in his conscious mind, but in his dream state…

 

·         Wasps and the Editor Editor’s 3-year old neighbor in Delhi used to call wasps “wopsies”, and Editor picked it from her. This is little girl who had many brothers and male cousins living together in a joint family next door, and who had a meltdown one day when she discovered she wasn’t a boy. The plumbing problem, you know. That is a story for another time.

 

·         So. The wopsies are all over Editor’s place, making nests under his study window hives and in the ground in the garden. They fly around fiercely, and the stupid birds just get out of the way instead of crunching those nice protein snacks. Still, Editor lets the wopsies along. God’s creature and all that. Often one gets into his study alcove or follows him when he opens the door, then Editor has a hard time capturing the little beastie and getting it outside. Live and let live, we say. Except today the wopsies were not cooperating. Editor was making a pathetic attempt to mow his lawn with the 1-foot crabgrass which make the lawn look a set for George of the Jungle. It is just too hot and Editor is short of energy anyway. It takes him five tries to do the front lawn which is about 20-yards by 6. You can guess he doesn’t do it often. Luckily the neighborhood kids are fond of the Editor and vice versa, so the parents don’t complain to the town.

 

·         Anyway, of a sudden Editor finds himself under air attack and is going “Ow! Ow! Ow!” as he gets repeatedly bitten. (Of course, he’s going Ow in his head. Editor is a manly man and you do not vocalize the Ows.) Then the mower runs out of gas. Disgustedly Editor pushes it back into the garage, and downs hefty doses of Cherry Flavored Benadryl, which is quite puke-making. No wonder kids hate it. Before you ask, this is No Alcohol variety as Editor does not drink.

 

·         The wopsies don’t even have the decency to apologize. If any of them are reading tonight’s blog, please understand the Editor demands an apology. Otherwise he’ll have to call Mitt Romney and President Obama to do a debate on the front lawn, and then you guys will be sorry…

 

·         Which reminds Editor A reader from the earliest days writes in to complain that the blog is no longer about the GWOT but has become just an outlet for the Editor who is making no sense and disgracing orbat.com. Well, we did say the GWOT has becomes tres boring, and in any case, if you want the terror thing, www.longwarjournal.org does it a hundred times better.

 

·         Nonetheless, to keep you to date. Complete World Armies as it is now known is under a separate website www.generaldatallc.com. If you have $2000, order a copy. Editor cannot afford it.

 

·         This page is going to become a proper blog, focused mainly on strategic military matters, but you will not be spared the usual teeth-gnashing inanities that take over the Editor and he becomes an automaton with his mouth open and drooling and his eyes rotating on the vertical, writing what his controller on Mars wants written. Not a pretty sight. But at least you’ll be able to write in and curse Editor for the torture he inflicts.

 

·         Last, the links to other places on the site will and the general layout is being redesigned for a professional look. Editor may have to shift his whimsical writing to another blog.

 

  • If Complete World Armies does not make money in three years, the plan is reinvent it as hobby site, free to view, with user contributions welcome. Enough is enough.

 

 

0230 GMT August 6, 2012

 

·         India’s grid failure – revisited some things we forget to include and some things we since learned. (a) Because of the weak monsoon, hydel generation is down. This sector accounts for 20% of India’s installed capacity. (b) Because by fiat the central government determines the price which coal mines much charge thermal stations – in some cases 25% of market price – the mines can produce for the thermal sector only at a loss. This it cannot afford to, so approximately 10% of India’s overall power capacity is shut-in (20-GW) for lack of coal at the thermal plants. (c) aside from the 30-40% of generated power that is “lost in transmission” – most of it stolen – the government requires that farmers and Below Poverty Line consumers be given free power. The farmers sell their free power to factories, which gives this very powerful Indian lobby even more subsidies. (d) The Environment Ministry pulls from the air, for each coal mine, an arbitrary figure of how much mining area it can exploit. The Central Government’s pleas to allow a 20% expansion because of the power shortage have fallen on deaf ears. India has been importing coal from Australia, which is like carrying coals to Newcastle; but the sharp drop in the rupee’s value has made this uneconomical. Electricity prices will have to be raised, and you can forget about it.

 

·         In India it is not just one problem for the electricity sector. It is multiple problems, with political not economics determining process at every stage. It is such a hideous mess no one can be certain how much money is being lost. The best part is, that even the people Government is benefiting by given free power, and those benefiting from stealing power, are still getting the royal shaft because they too suffer from shortages and blackouts. People/factories that can afford it install diesel generators, which cost – we are told – 3 to 5 times more than base station power. Lack of power is costly because production gets knocked out, there is enormous damage to industrial machines, and the restart also costs money. So are the free/thieves actually benefiting? Unclear to us this is the case. Governments say these are voters. But are these people sitting around and saying “Okay, we get half or a third of the power we need and its free even if it is unreliable, so we’ll vote for the party in power”; or are they sitting around cursing the government and vowing they will not vote for it because they’d rather have 12-hour power and lots of it, even if they have to pay?

 

·         But, you will say, is not the Environment Ministry an agency of the federal government, as is the case in the US and other countries? Is it not accountable to the federal government? Well, India’s central governance is so weak that Environment and Defense Ministries, among others, do exactly as they want. To see the utter nonsense the Environment Ministry spews, read this article http://profit.ndtv.com/News/Article/15-coal-india-mines-may-get-conditional-green-ministry-nod-308574 You’ll love the part about the conditions imposed on a proposed new rail line in the coal state of Jharkhand: two passengers stations can be built but they are not to be opened to passengers, and trains should not run at night . So, the people who live in that region are to be denied – by government fiat – the right to use the rail line that is to be run through their land, and the coal will cost twice as much to transport because the railroad can only run halftime. Who is going to absorb these losses? The nation, of course.

 

  • Having said this has to make a quick jump to the other side, which is to stand with the people. In almost every development project, the people get ripped off. They are insufficiently paid for their appropriated land, they do not find jobs with the enterprise that displaces them, the government does not properly resettle them, they are unused to suddenly getting a lot of cash (even if it is a tenth of what the land is worth). They become internally displaced refugees in their own country, and life for most of them goes steadily downhill. There are so many ways in which this displacement can be handled compassionately and productively, but see, asking the Indian governments to be compassionate to their people is like asking a very hungry bear to be compassionate to the salmon. The added irony is that for the Environment Ministry to claim it guards the interests of the poor is a big joke. The Ministry actively interferes in development so that in the end, the country and the poor lose out. The bureaucrats and politicians who run the government accrete more power. It is not the Maoists in Central India or the North East tribes that are fighting the government that are the nation’s enemies. These people have been driven to violence by decades of corrupt, incompetent, and exploitative rule. The real enemies of India are the politicians and the bureaucrats. They need to be hanged, shot, drowned, and beheaded in droves. Drowning is cheapest and least messy. That said, who is going to do it? Not Editor, who is approaching 70 and is unwilling to travel without his four teddy bears and four pillows. Besides, Editor’s youngest is not settled. He has a job he loves, but he is not married and has not started a family. This revolution business takes a lot of energy and a freedom from family commitments. Editor should know, he was a revolutionary for a few brief years in his youth.  

0230 GMT August 5, 2012

·         Here’s a hilarious story about nun that’ll have you Rolling On The Floor Laughing Helplessly (ROTFLH – Editor’s contribution to the world of jargon, assuming no one else has done it first). An 82-year old nun, accompanied by two gentlemen, 59 and 62, cuts through the fence of Y-12 at Oak Ridge, TN; trudges for 2 hours to reach a building inside with Highly Enriched Uranium is stashed, and is able to put up slogans, police crime-scene tape on the side of the building, plus throw blood on the wall, all before being arrested.

 

·         Isn’t this the funniest thing you have ever heard? Did the alarms not go off? They did, it still took security over 2-hours to respond. Was this on some alternate earth where there is no terrorism? Nope. Right here on Earth 1, where the US spends hundreds of billions to protect the homeland and national interests from terrorists.

 

·         Here’s something that will make you go ROTHFLH some more. The company in charge of one of the US’s most critical defense facilities is none other than the famous G4S, which messed up security at the London Olympics. G4S was a Scandinavian company, now gone global. In the US G4S took over Wackenhut. When you have at last wiped tears out of your eyes, you’re going to say “Wait a minute: you’re saying a private company guards the sole US facility for HEU, grabbing enough of which goes a long way toward making an N-bomb? A company that is international, so no one can really know who is a shareholder? Isn’t Wackenhut the same folks who used to guard office buildings and such likes? You gotta be kidding.”

 

·         No mate, we are not kidding. This is all true. For the Y-12 intrusion, see http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2183022/Y-12-complex-Nun-Megan-Rice-arrested-allegedly-breaking-Oak-Ridge-Tennessee-nuclear-facility.html For G4S US, see http://www.g4s.us Moreover, in response to the intrusion Y-12 has been closed for some days while security personnel are being reeducated. So what is next? Someone busts into a Trident missile sub base, hugs a Trident missile, posts the picture to Facebook, and the US government shuts down the base to reeducate personnel? What does it take to get some serious response from the said US Government? Fly a B-52 with armed N-weapons over the White House, initiate a bomb run, open the bomb bay doors, and the swoosh off into the sky – all pictures posted to Facebook with minute by minute commentary? Or does someone actually have to drop an N-bomb on the US before we get something more serious than “retraining” personnel? Who knows: this is America, after all.

 

·         Of course you will say, “Come on Editor, a joke is a joke, but the military is not going to let 82-year old nuns anywhere near its submarines or bomber bases”. Well, one would assume so. But look: before the Y-12 intrusion happened, would anyone in their mind have believed such a thing could happen? By the way, Y-12 is managed by Babcock, another private corporation. It’s called a “National Security Campus”, conjuring up pictures of attractive, laughing young men and women cross-crossing to get to the next class, most hugging Starbucks, all with earphones, some with their skateboards. Very bucolic. Most idyllic. Terribly Peaceful.

 

·         Except in this facility there is HEU. Grab 50-kg of the stuff and you can make a 20-KT bomb (You cannot actually make much of a bomb with the standard 25-kg that is quoted everyone, but let us not go there. People get very ratty when you talk about N-bomb specifics.) But this is not a campus. It is a large facility of WMDs. Please be assured if another country had such a casual attitude towards protecting is bomb-grade nuclear material, we’d be invading it – before dawn today. But we’re so great, rules don’t apply to us.

 

·         Now let’s backup a bit We are not into cheap polemics, so it is necessary to point out two things. First, just having 50-kg of HEU does not mean you can make a bomb out of it. The HEU is probably the major step, but the other steps are quite hideously complicated. It’s not like you get an empty sheetrock compound 5-gallon container, stuff it with HEU, bury a dynamite stick with a long fuse inside, and run like heck. Second, and we’re not going to get into this, it’s a lot easier for a 82-year nun and two middle-aged gents to bust into Y-12 than its for genuine terrorists.

 

·         But this said, what happened is very serious. Why was not the entire shift, including supervisors all the way up to the president of G4S US put under arrest? Why was the DOE secretary and other senior officials invited to resign? Why is the President of the US not apologizing his butt off? (And PLEASE, partisan friends, you think Romney would have apologized any more than Obama? Let us not get polemical.)

 

  • No one responsible will get punished except for little people because this is the way we do things now: for example, revisit the Iraq and Afghanistan Wars. The intruders, who are nothing more than pacifists, will get the book thrown at them. They will be made scapegoats while the higher-ups get promoted. Vive l’America!

 

0230 GMT August 4, 2012

 

·         PRC Freaks Over US “Air-Sea Battle” Concept A little background. The Pentagon has an Office of Net Assessment, which you knew. Running this office for the last 40-years is a gent who is now 91-years old, and all credit to him that he shows no signs of slowing down. Circa 20-years ago, when the US started worrying about China’s emerging military power, this young man started looking at China-specific battle scenarios. Nothing wrong here; indeed, it would be criminal if US was NOT looking at these scenarios, though what Office of Net Assessment is doing in the game is a bit of mystery to us. Nevertheless, nothing to worry about, probably it is a mystery to the Pentagon also.

 

·         So the new concept is that for various reasons PRC goes bananas and lashed out at US/US allies. US responds by using submarines and stealthy bombers to destroy China’s sensors and anti-carrier missile bases, and then closes in for a large scale amphibious assault. Okay, so everyone has their fantasies. Editor is just returned from the YMCA where they had a cookout for guests (free – how could Editor resist). Editor stood right in the middle, hoping some attractive lady would drag him off home and have her way with him. Alas, no such thing happened. One pert miss did look straight at Editor to say “Avoid a land war in Asia” before vanishing. So if Editor is entitled to his fantasies, so is the Pentagon.

 

·         But the PRC seems to be ultra-freaked by this concept. Three comments. First, boys, if you wanna play in the Big Leagues, you hafta be tough, and whining and moaning and complaining about the US is not going to cut it. Every action has a reaction, and you cannot deny you played your part in the arrival of this concept by coming up with a kooky idea of using multiple-Mach anti-carrier missiles to neutralize the US Navy in the China Seas. Of course, you will say “we only came up with this idea” because the US Navy threatens us”. True. But why does the US Navy does the US Navy threaten you? Because you go around threatening everyone, including India, whom you do not want to sail through the South China Sea because it is “yours”. Right, and the Indian Ocean is India’s, you better stop sailing through that. You reply “but we are a rising power, we’re entitled to our sphere of influence.” Actually, no, you are NOT entitled. You want your sphere of influence, be prepared to fight the US for it. And cut the whining, makes you look weak and pathetic, the opposite of the image you want to convey.

 

·         Second, please tell – US and PRC – what’s new about this concept? This is only classic Mahan which in one form or another has been US doctrine since the Halls of Montezuma to the Shores of Tripoli. (Mahan defined his doctrine in the latter part of the 19th Century; it was well fitted for the new rising world power, the US. Before that this was Royal Navy doctrine, and you can go all the way back to the Greeks if you want.) In the 1960s both USSR and PRC began challenging US Navy dominance of the new shore, but deploying large numbers of missile boats. US Navy doctrine was to destroy the shore bases and other warships before closing the coast. This Air Sea Battle thing is nothing but Classic Coke in a new container. It is not even worth mentioning.

 

·         Third, back to the fantasy part Editor is sure even tyro strategists realize there is no question of the US landing on China’s coasts. First, with what objective? Are we planning to do a Manchuria a la Japan? If so, how do we propose to hold on to the enclave? Second, with what means? US is down to an amphibious lift of four brigades and an airlift of one division. Sure, with preparation, after mobilization, and after destroying the PLAN and blocking off the rest from the landing areas, we could land 6-7 divisions and 8-10 fighter wings in stages. Then what?

 

·         We haven’t brought up the nuclear part for the simple reason the US can respond with N-weapons to any attack on its allies or on its navy. US doctrine is explicit about reserving first use. If China wants to respond with N-weapons, tactical or strategic, then we are back at the scenario that US gets hurt and China is destroyed. All this is so implausible – as also a land attack on China – that there is really no need to get into it.

 

·          If you read the article, however particularly Page 2 of the web version http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/national-security/us-model-for-a-future-war-fans-tensions-with-china-and-inside-pentagon/2012/08/01/gJQAC6F8PX_story.html you will see US has no intention of invading China. This is just US’s way of sting “Okay, so you think your anti-carrier missiles are going to keep us away from your coast, this is not gonna work. We have counters.” The article also speaks of psychological pressure against China. If so, Editor says to the US “carry on, mates”, and to China ”Freaking out plays into US hands.”

 

·         A last point In any possible Sino-US war, the US is going to knock out all Chinese sensors, from satellites to radars. Next, the US is very close to deploying megawatt class anti-missile radars on its warships. Even hardened missiles will not get through – providing China can locate US carriers to begin with. Which it cannot do even if the US does not take down the Chinese sensors networks. Last, US is embarking on a large scale purchase of stealth UAV long-range bombers, increasing the tools at hand.

 

  • Yes, China will overtake the US in GDP The thing is, the one thing the US remains absolute tops in is weapons. This is not going to change, China, sorry about that. Good luck, and stay out of the Indian Ocean – it’s ours. What’s that you say? If India wants to keep you out let it be ready to fight? Well, boys, same applies to US and you. Be ready to fight, and no whining when you lose.

 

 

0230 GMT August 3, 2012

 

·         Does Mitt Romney even know what he says? Does he even care? Editor must clearly state he has no interest in this presidential election. One candidate lacks any principles, and will say anything he needs to get money. Conveniently for him, the people with money are his caste, the 1-percenters. The other candidate thinks he has a monopoly on brains, but even if this was so, he has not realized you do not need brains to be president. You must be a practical and get a multitude of vested interests to compromise and work together. This gent’s people skills are sub-zero, and there is no one you can then be successful as prez. As far as Editor is concerned, if he thought it would do any good, he would put up a big sign flat on his lawn asking the aliens to take away BaraMitt for experiments and not bother to return them.

 

·         Further, the American national political system has become so corrupt it is a machine purely organized to suck money out of your pocket and mine, and deliver it to the vested interests. Americans have this quaint fantasy that theirs is a democracy. At local level it mostly is; at state level it often is; at national level it is an oligarchy. So even if MittBara were competent, it would make no difference because to get elected they have kiss vested interest butt. Not once, but with their lips superglued to the vested interests nether parts for the duration of the presidential term.

 

·         This brings us back to Mitt. This gent went tra-la-la-ing to Israel to get the Jewish vote, and proclaimed himself impressed by the Israeli health system. Gee Golly Galoshes! He actually knew that the Israelis (as almost every developed country) spend half of what we spend on health care, with better outcomes. But Israel has a very tightly government controlled health system including the individual mandate. Seeing as how much time he has spent ideologically  attacking Obama for the latter’s “socialist” medicine, Mitt should not be opening his mouth about health care in ANY country, leave alone going “I love it!” Even by American standards of political discourse, which are so low a bunch of hyenas would find them too stinky too approach, Mitt has achieved some kind of a low.

 

·         Time to make something else clear. Editor is NOT attacking BaraMitt. He is rather asking the American people: is there no limit to how low we as a people are willing to sink that not just we tolerate these two, but that tens of millions on both sides are fighting tooth and nail to get their man actually elected? The question is not what is wrong with MittBara: they are products of a political system WE helped create. Question is, have we lost our minds? SinceSine the Boomers started taking charge, do we HAVE any minds or did the Russians win? Obviously the Commies spiked the weed that the Boomers used to smoke – and we are told by an expert still smoke in prodigious quantities, along with people born in the 1970, 1980s, 1990. Short of that, Editor for one cannot think of any other explanation for this country’s descent into Morondom.

 

·         The best part of this is that we, the people, sit around moaning how things are going to heck and below, as if we have nothing to do with it. Now, please pardon the Editor if he is wrong. He is not a student of the Constitution. But where does it say in the Constitution that some mysterious body of folks, perhaps living on a hunk of ice in the Kuiper Belt, have to intervene to save us from us? We thought the idea of the Constitution was that it created the mechanisms that deny users like our 1-percenters and Congresspeople the ability to impose oligarchical rule on the rest of us, but it is entirely up to us to fight these people when they go off the rails and try to create government of the few, by the few, for the few. Is not a point of the Constitution that democracy is fragile, in constant need of nurturing, and only WE can protect it?

 

·         Half of us do not even bother to vote in presidential elections, when the right to vote is the most precious single right we have. In the mid-terms a third of us vote. When we show no interest in governing ourselves, why are we blaming the venal and the corrupt for taking advantage of us? Nowadays the President gets elected with 25-28% of the vote. This is democracy.

 

  • Yes, we know what some of our readers are saying right now: “Can you kindly stop with the rants, already? I’m facing a more immediate crisis: the game is only half way and I’m out of beer.” Okay, so if editor wants to take over America all he has to do is provide free TV, cheap beer, and cheap pot and he can be oligarch-in-chief? Sounds good. But wait – hasn’t someone already done this?

0230 GMT August 2, 2012

·         Reader Bob Radford raises an important question in an e-mail. How come people on our side who use violence are “freedom fighters” and “rebels”; and violent people we deem bad are “terrorists”?

 

·         Take the American Revolutionary War for example. The legitimate government was the British Crown, and London wanted us to pay more taxes to support the British forces that kept the French and the Indians off our back. We rebelled and in our eyes, we were the good guys. But if today’s language had been in vogue back in the day, as far as the British were concerned, we were terrorists. Beyond high school, Editor is not well-read in the American War of the Revolution, partly because the first detailed book he started reading had seen, by page 30, so many atrocities committed by both sides, that he put the book away. It interfered with the happy meme that were the good guys and the British the bad. Another blackening of the meme was Editor’s discovery that a large number of Americans fought in the British side. Anyway, surely readers are not interested in whatever trauma was caused to Editor by discovering the under-layer to the popular narratives of that war. The point simply is if British hands were dirty, so were ours.

 

·         Fast forward 236-years to Syria. As Assad forces continue to commit atrocities against the rebels, particularly guilty being a pro-Government militia, the rebels have responded with their own atrocities, namely the torture and execution of prisoners. Same thing happened in Libya. Iraq is a special case because since at least Saddaam’s earliest days, the level of violence unleashed against civilians has been extraordinary. When the Americans put the Shias in power, the Shias had a fun time slaughtering Sunnis, and the Sunnis in their turn have just been a barrel of fun: they killed 235 people in June 2012 alone. In per capita terms, the toll amounts to about 2800 for the US. Oh wait – thanks to murder being the national US pastime, we kill more of us every month than 2800. But we digress.

 

·         Now, we know readers have been urgently waiting to take a breath so they can intercede with: “Yes, American revolutionaries committed atrocities in the Revolutionary War, but our cause was just, the British cause was unjust. Similarly, Libya, Iraq, Syria – the rebels are fighting for the oppressed, the regimes are fighting to oppress”. True. But what about the Branch Dravidians and Ruby Ridge and so on? Okay, we can say this was a misuse of force by a legitimate government, the remedy is to investigate and punish the guilty officials, not to insist the US government is in the moral wrong.

 

·         The problem becomes: do the ends justify the means? In the latest Syria incident, four captured government militia were tortured and then shot. One was the leader of the militia, having just the other day killed 15 rebels in cowardly fashion – we have not been able to make out exactly what this person did. So if for a moment we can put a hold on arguments about morality, if it had been your family or mine brutalized and murdered by the militia, we certainly would feel justified in executing the militia. Particularly as there is no mechanism to keep them in custody and bring them to trial until when/if the rebels win.

 

·         At this point the human rights folks parachute in to say “Two wrongs don’t make a right. Moral righteousness requires that our hands be clean. We should never compromise our ideals.” The human rights types could also argue that America, in particular, has to maintain the highest standards because we are flag-bearers of human rights.”

 

·         At which point a lot of foreigners will say: “And that’s the problem, isn’t it? You Americans are the self-appointed flag-bearers of human rights, sticking your nose everywhere, busting the very values you preach, and not losing a minute’s sleep on account of your hypocrisy.” Examples: we executed OBL without trial or even giving him a chance to surrender; we torture our captured terrorist suspects beyond what even the most imaginative dictatorship can come up; we execute – anywhere in the world – people we say our terrorists, using UAVs. And we let the Israelis commit terrorism with weapons/equipment supplied by us, against the Arabs. Not to mention our current interventions in a score of countries, aiding security forces or rebels to kill suspects – Colombia and Mexico being the two cases nearest to us.

 

·         At which point all Editor can say is this is not something on which people are going to reach agreement over a beer with President Obama. Editor tends to be a very strong law-and-order type, and feels summary execution in cases where the judicial mechanism is weak or non-existent, and the guilty are participating in war against the state is unavoidable. So, how come Editor is criticizing Assad? Are the Syria rebels not opposing the state? Actually, Editor tries to avoid hypocrisy. He has not criticizing Assad or claimed the world has a right to invade or oppose him because he is killing his people. He wants Assad gone because it will be a first step in one day making Syria a democratic state. And democratic states are to America’s advantage. Further, omelets cannot be made without breaking eggs (BTW, is there scientific proof of this, or just “common sense”?). There is the Law of The Lesser Evil. Yes, good people sometimes have to do bad things, or tolerate bad thing, to help good people.

 

  • The other side is going to say this is the lamest thing they have heard. Maybe. But there it is. Editor is not god last time he checked, and only god can have neat and clean answers. (Psssst: Editor talks to god every day, and can personally testify Old Moron Skinny-Butt Ugly Face just makes up things as he goes along. Just like us mortals.)

0230 GMT August 1, 2012

·         Unusual for India to make the global headlines but when you are the site of the greatest power failure in history in this “world-as-one” everyone is going to notice. First, a modest mention of the record we Indians created: 670-million people simultaneously without power. Washington DC Metro, where Editor resides, and where power is always going off, is a rank amateur. When we lose power, it involves maybe 3-million of 6-million residents at most. The electricity companies are quite clever: they never say how many people lost power. It is always number of customers without power. So the Pentagon will count as one customer, as will Editor. Mind you, it is always a good thing when the Pentagon loses power because then at least the rate this noble and august body mucks up US defense is slowed. So that 3-million is just an estimate by Editor.

 

·         So let us look at some basic stats US has 1-Terawatt installed for a population of 315-million, or 3-KW per capita. China is about to touch 1-TW for 1320-million people, or 0.75-KW per person, four times less than the US. Then comes India – tarantarraatanatra. 206-Gigawatts for 1,200-million people, or 170-watts. Very approximately, 20 times less than the US, and five times less than China.  In the US, at least, households use about a third of available power, say 1000-wats per capita. The rest is commercial and industrial users. In the absence of more precise figures, assume the same ratio for India. The average household will get 60-watts a person, enough for one light-bulb. It is actually probably a bit more, since around 1/5th of Indian households have no power at all. Zip. Nada. Zilch. This is in the year of Our Lord 2012. India is NOT shining. We are not going to talk about Pakistan, because surely for us Indians to say “but we’re better off than Pakistan” is a bit like saying “We have an IQ of 30, they have an IQ of 20”. Sixty and below is a moron, so saying I’m less of a moron than HE is” is strangely not at all comforting. We are still morons.

 

·         So let us look at the grid first The outgoing power minister left his office and his charge in the dark, literally, and has now been promoted to the ultrasensitive Minister of Home where he can REALLY mess up things, boasted in the middle of the power failure that India has a world class power grid. Enchante, M’sieur. Please to give us a hug so we can stick a large firecracker in your world class butt. May be that will wake you up.  Yes, India has brought its national transmission network to world class status, 1% transmission loss. But the states use the power, and in the states things are, to put it, a complete and utter mess.

 

·         Let us lightly fly over the reality that the state grids are archaic that you do not really want to know. But we can legitimately ignore this because just a grid being outdated technology-wise does not mean it cannot work tickety-boo. The problem is euphemistically called “transmission loss” which is actually “power theft”. One third of power generated in India is stolen, by people, shops, factories simply attaching wires from the grid – see http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Power-grid-failure-30-power-lost-to-theft politics/articleshow/15300572.cms? Question: can any business survive a 30% theft of its product? Aside from the US Government, which has unlimited taxing power, so it can lose as much as it likes, no business can. On top of the, the State Power Boards do not efficiently collect power tariffs consumed through a meter. So the State boards cannot pay the generating company. This mucks thinks up for the generators big time. To an extent the states can get away with this because the bulk of generation is owned by government companies, so they are not going to be allowed to go bankrupt. But this is is a senseless allocation of scarce resources from which everyone suffers. And nor can they modernize transmission grids.

 

·         So why are the states letting people steal power? Enforcement of rules and laws in India is frighteningly weak to begin with because Indians at all levels have a “Life and let live” attitude toward life. Everyone who steals power is part of a voting constituency. India is a democracy. Politicians cannot – or think they cannot – crack down. We have a different take on this age-old argument, which we will discuss another day.

 

·         On the generation side, matters are equally a mess because the government cannot come up with growth policies and stick to them. Politics is involved at every stage of getting approval. The government has to acquire land for the generating company, this process is fraught with politics and social injustice, the latter leading to unrest and violence. The environment ministry blocks matters, especially when granting permits for new coal mines. Much of India’s coal, incidentally, lies in the so called Maoist belt, and the locals became Maoists because of exploitation by the government and capitalists. India’s largest industrial powerhouse, Tata, has an installed capacity of 7-GW of power. It stands ready to triple this in 8 years. It has the capital, knowhow, and management capacity to do this without straining itself. But it is so fed up with the endless governmental roadblocks that it is looking overseas.

 

·         Editor has been told that if the generating capacity existed, demand for power would grow 15% annually. That, and other changes, could push Indian GDP growth to 12% annually.

 

·         Enough dreaming, back to the grid Ultimately the grid failed – and fails in smaller parts every day, week, and month, is that the demand way outstrips the supply. Power maintenance of generators and the inability to take capacity off-line for maintenance compounds the problems. It is said that India needs a 12% capacity expansion just to service the existing customers, that is, without adding a single customer. This figure is one that elicits hollow laughs from Editor, because it has again been pulled out of the air. Adding peaking power and efficient downtime for maintenance, India needs 25% expansion now – not tomorrow. To keep up with demand requires an additional 15% a year, i.e., to serve new customers. For expansion, that likely works out to $120-billion a year with the transmission grid and new coal mines. Our estimate adds $1000/KW for proper compensation to displaced persons and environmental protection.  

 

  • That money can only come from outside. And why would anyone in their right mind invest in projects that require 20-30 years to pay off, given the horrendous red tape, lack of transparency, ever-shifting rules, politics at every level and corruption? (See above.)

0230 GMT July 31, 2012

 

·         China and Canada’s Muck-Muck Oil Sands and Crow Pie When some Americans were busy shooting down Keystone XL’s proposed northern extension, they assured us Canada could not export the oil to China because X, Y, and Z wouldn’t allow pipeline construction from Alberta to the Pacific Coast. So if we didn’t buy the oil, it would stay locked in. Cue drumroll: here enters the Crow Pie, fresh and hot. China is buying Canada’s Nexen, one of the country’s biggest oil/gas shale extractors for $15-billion. Approval is yet to be given, but is considered likely- see  http://www.startribune.com/business/164321496.html?refer=y . The Chinese are already into Canadian oil, and the Canadians welcome China’s investment, unlike America. (Editor included: we have already sold our manufacturing to them, it is over our dead bodies are they going to get our natural resources. Alternately, if we continue sinking the way we are, we may in coming years be begging Imperial Beijing to take us over and appoint a Viceroy. The great American weakness is money: we want money so badly that ultimately we are prepared to grovel as much as is needed. Just saying.)

 

·         What the role of Canada’s anger at Mr. Obama’s nay-say to Keystone plays, we cannot tell. But, if you know our good buddies the Canucks, you will know they are generally pretty relaxed about America’s overbearing ways. They affectionately regard us as their completely batpoop retarded older brothers. Nonetheless, Canadians are fiercely nationalistic if they feel they are being pushed too far. And from what we read in the Canadian media in the passing about the issue, they are mad as heck and will not take it anymore.

 

·         A word about Nexen – see http://www.nexeninc.com/en/Operations/OilSands/OurOilSandsBusinesses.aspx It is one of the oldest players in tar sands, producing 72,000-bbl/day one project. It is heavily invested in another project that will produce 500,000-bbl/day in stages (production started in 2008).  This, of course, is just the start. Canada has 1.7 trillion bbl tar sands oil, of which ten percent is immediately recoverable with today’s technology. That’s 50-years oil at 8-million bbl/day.

 

·         According to the Twin Cities’ Star Tribune, shocked by US rejection of their 2005 bid to buy Unocal ($18-billion) have been very canny this time around. First, they are emphasizing they want Nexen’s know-how to exploit their own vast shale oil resources. This is a bit of fingers-crossed-behind-back situation, since no one spends $15-billion to buy extraction technology which can be bought for a tenth that. Then, the Chinese are arranging to be seen as a Canadian, not as a foreign, company. Further, they first got the approval of the board, mainly by paying a 60% premium. None of this Yellow Vikings staging a raid on Canada’s virginal body sort of thing. The Chinese have come a-wooing, not a-pillaging.

 

·         Our Green Friends will, at the point, justly note: Okay, wise guy, how are the Chinese going to get that oil out? We can still halt the pipelines. Well, maybe. First look at this pipeline map of Canada (liquids only) http://www.cepa.com/map/pdf/liquids-pipelines.pdf You will see Alberta already has pipelines up the wazoo. Of three major pipeline projects underway from Alberta to points west, two are expansions, including one to the Pacific.  A second Pacific pipeline is new (in yellow).

 

·         Canadian pipelines have a good safety record, with spills between 2005-11 amounting to 0.00005 of liquid transported http://www.cepa.com/industry-info/factoids Before anyone gets frantic about this, please consider that every manmade process, growing our food, generating power, manufacturing, transportation and so on creates pollution. Yes, dear reader, simply by living you are creating pollution. Is pipeline spillage any worse than any other pollution creator? What about the pollution creating by refining the oil and getting it to the pump. What about the tiny bit that spills after you fill your tank? Multiply that few drops by 200-million vehicles filling up 25-50 times a year, and you may be talking significant pollution.

 

·         The Trans Mountain Line (Alberta to Vancouver) is an expansion from 300,000 to 850,000 (up from 750,000  bbl/day. We think stopping an expansion is near impossible. The Northern Gateway pipeline (Alberta to Kitimat, BC) is yet to be built, is 500,000 bbl/day, and of course it can be expanded too. At any rate the two projects will make 1-million bbl/day of oil available for shipment to the Far East. Northern Gateway is backed by the Federal and Alberta Governments; British Columbia strongly supports it but is arguing about its share of revenues. First Nations has a major say in this pipeline. Northern Gateway has won some First Nations and is working to convince the others. http://www.thestar.com/opinion/editorialopinion/article/1234467--b-c-premier-s-stance-unlikely-to-affect-northern-gateway-pipeline ; http://www.edmontonjournal.com/business/Northern+Gateway+pipeline+poses+problems+First+Nations/6972771/story.html

 

·         It’s worth reading http://insideclimatenews.org/news/20120727/first-nations-british-columbia-northern-gateway-pipeline-oil-sands-dilbit-enbridge-canada-supreme-court-china to get a better understanding of First Nations’s position. First, they can delay it but not stop it. The Supreme Court has ruled the national interest overrides local interest. Of course FN can delay the pipeline. Second, there is much less opposition to pipeline transport of refined product. Worst comes to the worst, build refineries.

 

  • But please to notice: what is First Nations really saying? It is saying that its people have nothing except their pristine environment. They say they will get nothing from the pipeline, so they would rather keep their way of life. Fair enough, but please to see First Nations is doing a cost-benefit analysis. What if Northern Gateway makes them a deal they cannot refuse? The company has already promised to spend $500-million more to ensure safety at critical water crossing and environmentally sensitive points. Northern Gateway cannot run roughshod over FN’s rights. But there is nothing stopping it from making a fair deal. Also, oil is fungible. It can be shipped to the Atlantic just as well, to Europe. Middle East oil destined for Europe can then be shipped to China. Rail is also an option - expensive, but oil will only increase in coming years. Where there’s a will, there’s a way.

 

0230 GMT July 30, 2012

·         North Korea denies reform plans says BBC http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-19042697 DPRK says the “Military First” thing will remain, and people who are talking about reform are like people wanting the sun to rise in the West.

 

 

·         Sigh. Is it possible for the North Koreans to make sense, just once, instead of spouting utter nonsense? First, we are unaware of anyone who wants the sun to rise in the west. For all Editor’s interest in cosmology, he doesn’t know that much about planetary mechanics; nonetheless, it sees for the sun to rise in the west the Earth would have to reverse its rotation. Whether this was done instantaneously or gradually, we cannot imagine the time spent in reversal will be particularly kind to humans.

 

·         Aside from the physics of the thing, Editor at least has never heard anyone say: “Gee, I wish the sun rose in the West.” Okay, so Editor has not been to DPRK and perhaps after near 80-years of extreme abuse, first by the Japanese and then by its own rulers, perhaps people use “I wish the sun would rise in the West” as code for “I wish a cosmic event would put us out of our unbearable existence”. They may have to use code because who knows, may be wishing to be put of one’s misery is an anti-state statement, since the sole purpose of the state seems to be torturing its people.

 

·         But then we have to remind ourselves: when is the last time American or Indian leaders made any sense? May be the North Koreans are only trying to emulate the US, and their narrative seems extra insane because of translation issues.

 

·         Second, all the ROK analysts said is that Kim III wants to assert supremacy over the military so he can initiate economic reform. We had argued the other day that economic reform is good for the military because it makes more resources available for the armed forces. You can accelerate economic growth and still keep the Military First policy. This is not an either/or situation, but a win-win for DPRK and the military.

 

·         Last. Editor at least is a great believer in psychology as a guide to despots and tyrants. Now, Kim III has already created a revolution by confirming not just that he is married, but appearing many time in public with his lady. Both of them grin away in totally anti-DPRK style. Moreover, Kim III wants people to see that he is having fun. Gulp! That was surely a death sentence in previous regimes.

 

·         This leads to the Big Question concerning What Does Kim III Really Want? Answer is simple. He wants to live in Disneyland – not visit, but actually locate his palace in the middle of the largest Disneyland. Largest not just on Earth, but in the universe. Unless he stages economic reform, he will not have his deepest desire.

 

  • The matter is no more complicated than just that. Readers do not have to waste their time reading through thousands of pages of banal tripe written by “experts”. The only thing “experts” are experts in is creating a dog-and-pony show that produces a most excellent living and regular ego boosts for themselves. (In case you’re wondering: is there some “Grapes Are Sour” in what Editor has just said, given no one pays him anything for his decades of expertise? You need at least four PhDs to understand the Editor’s answer, which is: Yes.)

0230 GMT July 29, 2012

·         Keystone XL Pipeline’s southern leg approved. From Cushing, OK to the Gulf. This will help relieve the glut of oil at Cushing created by steadily increasing production in Montana and the Dakotas. Of course, this will mean crude prices in the Midwest will rise even if they fall to the south. Two things.

 

·         Two things. One, we hope President Obama will not claim credit for the clearance as a way of showing his business backers that he is so pro-business.  It is true he is sold out to business, which ironically does not stop conservatives from asserting he is the closest thing to a communist president America has had.  But that is irrelevant here. The clearance for the southern leg is a state and Corps of Engineers concern, nothing to do with the president. Second, the Keystone controversy is a bit baffling.

 

·         If you look at the map http://www.capp.ca/canadaIndustry/oil/Pages/PipelineMap.aspx you will see that XL is just one more pipeline of a number running from Canada through the Dakotas, Montana, and Nebraska. And we recall reading that Nebraska is already home to 60,000-miles of pipelines of one kind or another. It quickly becomes clear that the pipeline is simply a surrogate for all sorts of other issues, including greenhouse emissions and environmental damage to Alberta.

 

·         By all means discuss these issues. But the solution to environmental damage is not to stop the mining. The biggest source of environmental damage is humans. If the Greens seriously suggest we need to reduce our population of 95%, Editor will participate in that discussion. Short of that, the issue is to repair the damage, which is easily done. Moreover, isn’t it a bit hypocritical for Americans to insist Canada must protect its environment when we (a) oppose N-power, which has the least environmental impact of any energy sources;  and (b) because refuse to reduce our standard of living, we have degraded huge parts of America. Coal mining and hydropower, plus our own oil extraction are examples. And we cheerfully accept degradation of countries overseas (Gulf, Nigeria, Angola, to mention some biggies).

 

·         If the Greens don’t want X, Y, or Z, it is up to them to come up with solutions, and saying “No. No. No.” like a tired and sleepy 3-year old is not a solution. The Greens have vague prescriptions such as more renewable energy. Great. But surely even the Greens have figured out by now that wind, a major component of renewables, is environmentally dirty.

 

·          What about solar? Promising, definitely, and we are sure the pollution chain in producing, installing, and operating solar can be cleaned up, providing we are willing to tie up that land. But this will take time, and storage will have to be worked out. America needs 1-Terawatt of electrify. The first 24/7 solar plant, in Nevada, will cost $9000/kilowatt. To replace 1-TW will cost $9-trillion. Of course this can be done. But it will take decades and the cost of producing the power will be considerably higher than from – say – natgas. In the meantime, we have to continue relying on hydrocarbons. And to a great extent the market is already taking care of this: natgas produces half the emissions of coal, and is cheaper. In just the last year (2011) power generated by coal fell 5%. It has been falling in the past few years and will continue to fall

 

·         Another thing aside from proposing realistic solutions the Greens MUST do to gain and hold credibility: they have to stop faking figures to make their case. Of course, to stop faking figures is positively  un-American, treasonous, even. Everyone fakes figures. It is as if the person giving honest figures turns, at midnight, into a deleted hard drive and ceases to exist. Greens have calculated that Alberta oil creates three times the greenhouse emissions of other oil. But the American Petroleum Institute says from well-head to user, American oil from Alberta will create 6% (50-times less than the Green estimate) greater emissions. http://www.api.org/aboutoilgas/oilsands/upload/cera_oil_sands_ghgs_us_oil_supply.pdf Is API telling the truth? We do not know. But at least they have laid out their case in detail. Have the Greens?

 

·         We go back to what we have been saying for a long time. If you want the least possible pollution, and kill the fewest people in generating power, you have to go nuclear. The new N-plants are totally different from the previous generations because they are fail safe. And for more money, they can be buried. You cannot be emotional about this. Once you act on motion instead of facts, you make yourself irrelevant to the debate. There is tons of research showing that people are so terrified of N-power they will gladly, happily, accept risks hundreds, thousands, tens of thousands higher rather than those for N-power. How does this make sense? All the N-accidents and loss of lives at plants plus long-term exposure since the dawn of the commercial N-age do not approach the number of annual lives lost in mining of coal and generation in a single year (if you need the references, let us know). The Greens should be demanding coal be shut down, not N-power, and certainly not tar sands production.

 

·         BTW, look at p. 9 of the API report. The dirtiest Canadian oil is about as dirty as Califormina heavy, Saudi heavy, and Venezuela heavy. You, good Green buddies: will you now lobby to shut down these sources?

 

0230 GMT July 28, 2012

·         Facebook Mysteries So now Facebook says its goal is to enlist the other one billion internet users. Seven billion or so people in the world, two billion internet users, of which Facebook says it has one billion. Editor loves mysterious numbers, and he is now going to bore you with some amateur thoughts on the Facebook numbers. Boooooorrrrriiiingggg, you say. Trust us, this is actually adrenaline pounding stuff compared to the other news of the day. Do readers really want us to analyze the new US Army PREPO policy? Its something we known about (PREPO) and we could write an intelligent post. Which will be so exciting likely you will be looking for a tube to attach to your car exhaust to end it once and for all. (On the other hand, you could do the same thing after reading this post. But on the other, other hand, readers’ wives and SOs might thank the Editor. Just saying.)

 

·         Personally we have nothing much against Facebook except the kid looks like, and acts like, a complete ass (for lack of a polite word). Even the looks like is not an issue; no one could look more of an ass than Bill Gates, and as for Steve Jobs, he looked like a caricature of himself. Besides, the kid is young, and young people are entitled to look like and act like asses. What bugs us more is the kid has no respect for his customers, working as he does on the theory that it is easier to get forgiveness than permission. Just don’t blame Editor when one day soon you are sitting peacefully on the throne and out of nowhere you get 3D messages telling you what kind of toilet paper is best for you and offering to deliver it to you before you are finished with the poopy. (Or is that Google? One does get a bit vague in old age.) As for people throwing vast sums at Facebook’s IPO and losing it, (a) it’s a free country; and (b) fools and their money are soon parted. If we all were  sensible, we’d be debt free, with lots of savings, and the economy would probably grow at just 1% because there would be no demand for the superfluous goods that keep this economy going. (Or are we already at just 1%? Editor is never quite clear on these economic statistics, which likely are entirely made up by house elves in the Bureau of Economic Affairs or wherever.)

 

·         No. What bothers Editor is that as someone who deals with facts and figures all the time, he has a pretty good feel for plausible and implausible, and one-billion users makes no sense. Of course, we are told that if you check in 12 times a year you are counted as an active user, and people have multiple accounts, and once signed up you are still counted as a user even if you are dead. We are also told that anyone clicking a Facebook “Like” on a non-Facebook site is counted as a user (http://jamesburchill.com/how-many-active-users-does-facebook-really-have/)

 

·         Truthfully, Editor’s instinct is there may be at most 300-million users – which by the way is very impressive. But why does Facebook not release its assumptions/figures so that they can be checked? After all, the print industry has its circulation checking agencies. We don’t know how good they are, but apparently are good enough for advertisers to rely on the figures. The quantum of Facebook users smells like a SuperScam, of the sort an average smart college student convinced he has an IQ of 300 might enact and giggle his way to the bank at the stupidity of people. (Oh, you thought because the kid went to Harvard he’s smart? Now we’re in a big giggle.)

 

·         So naturally one wonders how the other I-net users are to be converted. To be sure, the number of I-net users will increase. So if Facebook says “By 2050 we hope to double our users,” we’d be willing to let that go without comment. But we don’t think Facebook is looking decades into the future; more likely it’s looking 3-5 years. Two billion users by, say, 2017 just does not seem reasonable.

 

·         Three  things here. First, the marginal cost of each additional user is going to increase (it already is, we are told, in Facebook’s case), and we suspect the rise will exponential rather than linear. In which case shortly Facebook will hit the wall and will be paying more per customer than it earns from that person. Second, it’s not as if Facebook will remain the sole major player. We suspect it is so far because no one sees it profitable to pour in hundreds of millions of dollars to compete. But should Facebook start making real money, serious competition will rise. Sure, there are many advantages to a powerful brand name, but forget technology for a moment, and look at airlines, railroads, newspapers, and automobiles and you will see that brands, like life, are ephemeral. They come and they go.

 

·         Third and last, what is Facebook is an America-specific cultural phenomenon?   That includes the America culture wannabe overseas. But to get 1-billion real users, let alone 2-billion, Facebook has to assume that increasing number of Chinese, Indians, Latins, and Africans will continue to find American culture so fascinating they will do anything to emulate it. Being a multi-cultural person comfortable in four cultures, Editor feels this is not something any sane person will bet on. And BTW, we haven’t even mentioned management yet.

0230 GMT July 27, 2012

More meaningful news that will make you rich, happy, and fulfilled (Not)

·         Pentagon City Parking Garage so here is your intrepid Editor, seriously on time for his 8:30AM meeting. Editor zips into the parking garage, the robot gives him his ticket, and he heads for a parking space. Reserved. Another row of spaces. Reserved. A third, fourth, fifth row. All reserved. Discreet, hard to read signs now advise that the public may park on Level B and above. Except every entrance to higher levels is blocked off. Editor heads for the exit, but no attendant is present.  Editor tries again. Pretty soon Editor figures he’s going in circles because he keeps seeing the same parked cars. He stops people who have parked and asks how can he get out. Well, the level is reserved, so you have to have a parking card to get out. Several times Editor stops to use his cell-phone to tell his meeting he is trapped in the garage and will be late. “No coverage” says his ATT phone, ever helpful. In some spots there is coverage, but phone switches itself off no sooner than the number is entered. Editor’s phone never works when needed, it is all that “we’re tops in the world” technology. This is not the first time he has been stranded. Eventually, a full hour later, Editor decides he has had it, and busts through a wire and barrel barrier to get to level B. He is hoping, positively hoping, some stops him, because Editor will have the pleasure of telling the person to expect a call from Ed’s lawyer in the afternoon, for forcibly kidnapping an unwitting person. No one stop him. He makes it to the meeting a full hour late.

 

·         The point here is simple. Is it too much to expect the parking garage to post a sign saying: Reserved Entrance, please continue to Public Entrance? Apparently it is too much. This is America 2012. Efficiency? That is so 3rd World. Then the Editor remembers: Pentagon City is next to the Pentagon.  The Pentagon Effect is obviously spreading and absorbing everything like The Blob. And Editor is not going to comment on the road/highway signage in the area. Ah, but of course: it’s all done on purpose. When the Chinese invade, they will not be able to find the Pentagon. For one thing they will be trapped in the Pentagon City parking garage, until they run out of fuel and die of hunger and thirst. And this weapon actually costs negative money: we SAVE money by not having proper signage (or any signage). Wow, we are so smart.

 

·         Syria So all the blather aside, the rebel attempt to take and hold Damascus is over, with heavy rebel casualties: no one is saying how many. Most of the rebels did not get a chance to withdraw before being surrounded and killed. Then the rebels infiltrated Aleppo and quickly took it over. Aleppo has been quiet so far; clearly Syria did not anticipate such a bold attack. So now Syrian Army is surrounding the place prior to a counteroffensive, and rebels, instead of withdrawing while they have the chance – and taking over a third city – are sending reinforcements. The rebels must be wanting to get rid of their own forces, else why these suicidal tactics?

 

·         There are three phases in guerilla war. First, operating in small cells the insurgents hit and run. Second, they create permanent bases in the countryside. Third and last, they attack the cities culminating with a final offensive against the capital. It is way too early for Phase Three, but for whatever reason (overconfidence?) the rebels have gone for Phase Three, taking a big beating in Damascus, and unless they get out of Aleppo, it’s going to be ditto. Rebels should note that taking over parts of cities such as Damascus and Aleppo before withdrawing is itself an achievement that shakes the regime’s foundation.  Staying back and getting killed turns that into a regime victory, something you obviously don’t want.

 

·         But then who bothers asking the Editor how these things are done?  Can’t get respect.

 

·         Eurocrisis: contrary view The New York Times makes a fascinating point re. aid to Greece. This money is not helping Greece. All it is doing is enabling Greece to pay interest on money it has borrowed. http://tinyurl.com/6k2e8t

 

·         So naturally you will ask what is the point of lending more money to a Greece that already can’t pay its debts? How does it help to give them money for repaying interest and creating more debt? The bankers get their interest. Greece goes deeper into debt, but this is sovereign debt (private debt has already been written off to the extent of 75%). Greece will be made to pay the government loans if it takes 20, 30, 50, or 100 years. With interest.

 

  • It has only recently occurred to us that Greece cannot renege on the government debt. Greece is small and powerless: it will be made to repay at all costs.

 

 

0230 GMT July 26, 2012

 We didnt update on Tuesday. Left the house at 0730 and returned at 2330 including a not-wanted adventure where Editor was trapped in the Pentagon City Mall, Arlington, Virginia parking garage for an hour. Situation not helped by lack of cell phone coverage. will tell all, later

Sino-India military issues on Tibet Border

Prasun Kumar Sengupta

prasunksengupta@gmail.com

 

Editor’s note: several readers have asked for more details regarding India and China’s posture in Tibet. Prasun writes for TEMPUR (Malaysia) and FORCE (India) and is well-qualified to discuss the issue.

The Tibet Military District commands formations like the 52 Mountain Brigade, 53 Mountain Brigade, 54 Mountain Brigade, a Signals Regiment, plus the 9 Border Defence Regiment, 10 Border Defence Regiment, 11 Border Defence Regiment and 12 Border Defence Regiment, all spread over the Military Sub-Districts of Shannan, Shigatse and Nyingchi.

Along the LAC, be it across Sikkim or Tawang, this is what it all boils down to:

Overall, there are three distinct advantages that the PLA presently enjoys over India: Firstly, nature favours the deployed PLA troops in the TAR, for unlike Indian troops which need to gradually acclimatise above the height of 10,000 feet to man forward defences and fight the PLA in the mountains (spending six days for Stage 1 at 10,000 feet, followed by four days for Stage 2 at 12,000 feet and four days for Stage 3 at 15,000 feet), the PLA forces on the TAR do not face such a problem and are always acclimatised. (Editor: India border forces are permentantly deployed at high altitude as are several of the mountain divisions; this does not obviate Mr. Sengupta's point that the Chinese infrastructure and movement ability is far superior to India's.) Secondly, considering that the TAR is open, flat, barren, and has a gradual gradient—all favouring mechanised operations—the PLA can easily deploy its armoured, mechanised and rocket artillery formations both in-depth and in a widely dispersed manner, thereby severely complicating and stretching India’s ISTR assets. Furthermore, the Indian side of the LAC is always vulnerable to landslides, especially during the annual monsoons. Thirdly, the PLA’s BDRs enjoy a tremendous psychological advantage over their Indian counterparts. For unlike India’s defensive mindset-induced posture (which mandates that every inch of the LAC is to be held and defended at all costs), the BDRs are under no instructions to maintain 24/7 forward vigil. Consequently, BDR force-levels along the LAC are inversely proportional to those of their Indian counterparts, and the BDRs instead rely on state-of-the-art tactical networks of surveillance sensors like LORROS, battlefield surveillance radars, ground movement sensors and hand-held thermal imagers.

The dynamics of India-PRC politico-military relations are best evident in Sikkim, where India has the highest concentration of troops anywhere in the world against a virtually non-existent adversary. India’s entire XXXIII Corps and elements of Assam Rifles are pitted against meagre BDR detachments. In terms of numbers, India has allocated nearly 40,000 troops for Sikkim, of which 8,000 are now physically holding forward positions against about 400 BDR personnel located 20km away from the LAC. The Indian Army has thus adopted a defensive posture, with the unsaid political directive that every inch of Indian territory must be guarded. The consequent Indian military posture against China is to maintain full strategic defence with minor tactical offensive capabilities. Given the politico-operational compulsions, difficult terrain, and the PLA’s track record, it is clear that the Indian Army is doing an onerous task.

Given the strategic importance of Sikkim, the Indian Army has identified three levels of threats from the PLA. The first is PLA’s border management posture, which is wholeheartedly offensive in nature. With little territorial claims and designs in the TAR, the Indian Army has adopted a defensive border management posture, which has two elements: to hold those passes that are likely ingress routes round the year, and to undertake regular internal patrolling to ensure that there are no intrusions made by the adversary. For example, with the Singalia mountain range and huge massifs in west Sikkim, the PLA’s intrusions in the adjoining Muguthang Valley of north Sikkim will be resource- and logistics-intensive, and therefore are unlikely. However, in the Kerang Plateau, Giaogang and Dongkya La provide the key to the Lachen and Lachung Valleys. Therefore, the Indian Army has ensured by its presence that these launch-pads are denied to the PLA. Similarly, the threat in north-east Sikkim comes from Tangkya La, Phimkaru La and Gora La in the same order, as these provide the shortest routes to Chungthang, a prominent town on the North Sikkim Highway (NSH), which links up with Gangtok in the south. In the mountains, the likely ingress routes are along the rivers, which are the Teesta, running from north to south, and the Dongkya La Chu in north-east Sikkim. In east Sikkim, the Indian Army holds all passes except Jelap La, which is held by the BDR. However, the dominating shoulders of this pass are with the Indian Army.

According to the Indian Army, the PLA, as part of a short border war campaign, could launch a limited offensive to ensure the security of Chumbi Valley, or capture areas in north and north-east Sikkim to deny launch-pads to the Indian Army. This would require the PLA to deploy two Highland Mechanised Infantry Divisions. On the other hand, a theatre-level campaign aimed at severing the Siliguri corridor, and capturing the important towns of Gangtok, Rhenok, Rangpo or Siliguri, would require the PLA to commit 20 Divisions. Moreover, the PLA could capture areas in west Bhutan, which it has claimed since 1989. Even as such a scenario looks improbable in the foreseeable future, and it has been assessed that adequate warning (of at least two weeks) would be available before it materialises, there is unease over PLA’s border management posture, which could easily snowball into a localised threat. The Indian Army’s deployments in Sikkim are primarily meant to thwart such localised conflicts. Considering that the Govt of India Indian would be extremely reluctant to open a military front against China, the PLA’s shenanigans in Sikkim, if not checked in time, could well become a political and diplomatic embarrassment. Moreover, as the PLA is known to have transgressed the LAC in nearby Arunachal Pradesh on many occasions, a determined action by the Indian Army there could encourage the PLA to open a second military front in Sikkim to release pressure. The XXXIII Corps HQ, therefore, has an added responsibility to monitor the development in the more active IV Corps HQ in Tezpur (which is Arunachal Pradesh-centric). The defensive operational taskings of XXXIII and IV Corps are thus intertwined. For this reason alone, suggestions that with limited military activity in Sikkim, the Army could dispense with XXXIII Corps HQ make little military sense.

To add to all this is now the Nepal factor. In one future scenario which I visualise, were Nepal to be balkanised due to the ensuing political turmoil between the Maoists & the more traditional southern Nepalese who are more inclined to join forces with India, the ruling Maoists could well invite Chinese military intervention (of the type done by the Soviets in Afghanistan & more recently in Bahrain by the Saudis), & it is highly unlikely that any PLA deployment will be limited to strictly Nepal. Logic suggests that the PLA would also have to secure both its flanks in both Sikkim & Uttarakhand states.

While it is indeed true that in some sectors along the LAC, the deployed Indian armed/paramilitary forces actually outnumber theie PLA counterparts, the principal problem is that of the acute lack of road/rail transportation infrastructure along most of the LAC (i.e. leading right up to the LAC) due to the indecisions of the Ministry of Environment & Forests, meaning that in times of crisis, rapid deployment of forces required for border domination won't be that rapid, since forward deployments will be heavily reliant on the IAF's availability of its limited fleet of medium-lift utility helicopters that's available from its Central & Eastern Air Commands. No less than 60 Mi-17V-5s & CH-47F-type helicopters are required for full-time deployments with these two IAF Commands.

 

 0230 GMT July 24, 2012

·         Spain appears to be heading for massive trouble. We’d noted some days ago that since Germany is insisting the money to recapitalize Spanish banks go directly to, and be guaranteed by, the Spanish Government, the deal is not going to work. This is because that additional $120-billion increases the Spanish debt to GDP ratio, which pushes up interest rates to levels Spain cannot pay. This is what is happening. And further complicating the picture is that at least 5 of Spain’s regional governments look set to ask Madrid for bailouts.

 

·         In Twitter Editor had mentioned Berlin does not see why paying above 7% for 10-year bonds is a problem for Spain because in the 1990s it was paying between 8% and 14%. So they do not see a crisis. But there does appear to be a problem because Spain is also being required to drastically reduce its deficit, so it cannot afford outta-site interest rates.

 

·         According to UK Telegraph http://tinyurl.com/cbebwgy the Spanish are feeling betrayed by Brussels because they have been doing their best to cut spending even though that has pushed unemployment very high – further reducing government revenues, making it harder to meet the deficit targets. Spain apparently agreed to $80-billion extra cuts (it is difficult keeping track of what’s happening since the situation changes every week) and now believes it is being destroyed by Brussels.

 

·          UK Telegraph says the Spanish PM has begun internal discussions to see if Spain would not be better off leaving the Euro. The feeling is departure will cause a short-term disaster but better for Spain in the long run because Madrid can devalue its currency and get its economy going. Of course, at this stage this is 90% bluff to get the Germans to act. Except, as we have said many times, the Germans are not going to act if it means putting their credit rating and their money on the line.  We had some weeks ago given the results if a poll that shows while Germans are firmly committed to a common market, they are not particularly attached to the Euro. This would not mean an end to the Euro, rather, only the very soundest of economies would be part of the Euro. Everyone else’s Euros would have a different exchange rate, say 2 local Euros to 1 North Europe Euro.

 

·         Meanwhile, it does not look like Greece has the money for next month’s due payments, and just about everyone in Brussels is thinking, better to let Greece go before Greece takes everyone down. The country has already defaulted on its debt, it hasn’t helped, so what’s the point of prolonging the inevitable. Greece by year’s end will be down to 75% of its 2008 GDP – a Great Depression by any definition.

 

0230 GMT July 23, 2012 

·         Colorado movie killings Readers no doubt have noticed that when they call customer service, the responses from the agent sound like they are being read off the screen. Which, of course, they are. Rather than pay people well so that they stay in the job for years and acquire the knowledge needed to give intelligent answers, American corporates pay minimum wage and have a semi-intelligent computer program do the rest. Readers will have noticed that as long as they have a straightforward conventional problem, it is sorted out quickly. If not, you are out of luck.

 

·         With the US and mass shootings, it is exactly the same. All sides have their responses already written down. So when a crisis occurs, each stakeholder merely reads off the response.

 

·         For example, on the conservative side: “You are exploiting the victims when you call for a gun ban”, and “if you ban guns, only criminals will have guns.” No official body on the right, such as the NRA, will say “we’ve been telling you: if everyone is allowed to carry guns without restriction, this wouldn’t have happened because people on the theatre could have defended themselves.” No needs to say this because the bloggers will say it.

 

·         On the left: “This violence must end and we are looking into what can be done” – nothing is ever done because Americans are NOT willing to give up their guns. “Our hearts are with the families of the victims” – boo hoo hoo, more fake crocodile tears, in reality no one gives a wooden cent for the victims. Presidential visit where the Great One meets with the families and consoles them, assuring action will be taken – it never is. “Adding more guns is not the solution”. And so on, on both sides an endless stream of yakyakyak, and then people wonder why greenhouse gas levels are rising.

 

·         The media, of course, under the guise of “the public is entitled to know” goes immediately into maximum exploitation mode, piling on the pathos. The Great American Public, which loves nothing better than ghoulishly feeding off the misery of the survivors, goes into ecstasies of showing how very sorry the GAP is. And under the pretext of sharing the victims’ pain, gets sadistic orgasms vicariously experiencing that pain, safe in their houses, knowing full well their loved one is not dead.

 

·         Nonetheless, let’s try and bring some logic into the debate First, it is absolutely possible to ban the private possession of guns and subsequently to disarm most of the police. The “only criminals will have guns” issue is easily settled. Anyone caught with a gun for whatever reason gets fast tracked for execution, say in 30-days, no exceptions. But is the right willing to accept a ban on all guns – for that matter, are most people on the left willing to accept that? As in: no target pistols, no sports rifles, and so on? We suspect 80% of not more Americans will say no. And is the left willing to accept automatic execution for anyone caught with a gun, whether or not it can fire, and whether or not the possessor has ammunition? We doubt this.

 

·         So, since it is likely the majority of Americans will not accept a ban on all guns, and many Americans will not accept the draconian punishments needed to make sure criminals are not attracted to guns, we are faced with an unfortunate reality. The bad guys have guns and carry them around freely, but we the good guys cannot – with some exceptions – carry guns around freely. So we, the good guys, are forced by government fiat, into a situation where we are as sheep, with no protection against the wolves.

 

·         In every one of the recent mass shootings, it is blindingly obvious that the shooters were confident they could get away with murdering people, and they are right to believe this. If the Giffords shooter or the Aurora, CO., shooter knew that the probability was 100% that most people were also carrying guns, and they would get shot in their turn, their thoughts and plans might have gone in other directions.

 

·         So people will be aghast and say: “But what about accidents when everyone is on a hair trigger?” True, accidents will happen – and they must be investigated and if the party has no just cause for pulling a gun, well, it’s off to the shooting range, with them as the target.

 

·         The accidents argument has no logical or moral value because the government cannot protect the innocent. The government, then, has no right whatsoever to order its citizens to walk around disarmed at the mercy of the criminals.  The government’s first duty is to protect the people. If it cannot, it’s second duty is to enable us to protect ourselves.

 

·         Editor has no interest of this sounds like the NRA. Not everything the NRA says is wrong, and not everything gun control advocates say is right.

 

0230 GMT July 22, 2012

 

·         Syria As we expected, the rebels have been defeated in Damascus. This is no discredit to them. Facing the regime’s elite mechanized forces in what for the regime was a do-or-die situation would not have been easy even if the rebels had the numbers and the weapons, which they did not. The rebels succeeded because they managed to infiltrate Damascus, the beast’s lair, and it tool Assad time to react, particularly with the loss of four key security advisors/leaders. We sincerely hope that the rebels were able to withdraw before being trapped. Live to fight another day, is what we say.

 

·         Some rebel leaders were clear at the start that they could not take and hold Damascus; their strategic intent was to show the regime how vulnerable it was. The rebels’ quick victories changed, we think, their perception of what was happening, and talk began of the final victory, only to prove futile.

 

·         Meanwhile, the rebels have attacked Aleppo, using the same infiltration tactics as worked so well in Damascus. This city of 3-million has been quiet and in government hands from the start. That the rebels can in the first place move into the city is a victory for them.

 

·         Also meanwhile, the US is drumming up Chemical Weapons Fever as a pretext for intervention if intervention is required. You would think the US would be ashamed of pulling the same trick which was a complete, utter, total lie in 2003. But there is a reason US is using the same tactic. It worked. The American public has questioned, in a low-level sort of way, the lies that were used to justify Gulf II. But nothing serious has happened to the perps, and truthfully, 98% of Americans do not care they were lied to.   If the US intervenes on the chemical weapons excuse, Americans will enjoy the short, sharp video-game shoot that will result, and the chemical weapons can go hang.

 

·         It is even possible to argue the US is being quite clever. Washington first’s preference was to get UN cover for intervention. Thanks to Russia and China, who never met a dictator whom they cannot love, UN cover is impossible.  So the US declares (a) that it fears Assad will use them against his own people (potential massive war crime must be prevented); (b) that Assad will give them to terrorists or terrorists will gain control of stockpiles if Syria disintegrates (potential deadly terrorist attacks must be prevented – let’s not bother with the impossible logistics); and (c) terrorists may use the weapons against Israel (we must intervene now before Israel attacks Syria leading to unpredictable outcomes). For none of these scenarios is a UN mandate necessary.

 

·         None of this US thinking is directed at the rest if the world. US knows the rest of the world hates Washington and will not accept US action even if the US had a 100% airtight case. All the US is concerned about is its own people.  Washington does not really even care if it has the people’s consent. All it wants is that we the people should contently continue to crop the grass while Washington does its thing.

 

·         The path on which US is embarking is creating problems for Editor. On the one hand, Editor has been a staunch advocate from the start for US intervention. In the middle, Editor worries about US’s unmatched capability to mess up its interventions, an inevitable consequence of the short-attention-span, ADHD, sub-morons who run our national security. The Gulf II and Afghanistan disasters are first order mess-ups. Against that, US did rather intelligently and rather well in Libya. So maybe we can pull off a Syria intervention without snafuing it. But on the other hand, Editor does not like liars, individual or government. As we have said in previous posts, lying is un-American.

 

0230 GMT July 21, 2012

 

·         Finally some clarity on DPRK Reuters says the object of Jong III’s internal coup is to take economic development away from the army. A new economic bureau is being created, whose job it will be to get the economy growing. Presently the economy is on life-support for the last two decades. http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/07/20/us-korea-north-idUSBRE86J08X20120720

·         Reuters has relied on a source it says has connections with DPRK and Beijing, and this sources has been reliable in the past. The source rules out any kick-back by the military, saying Jong III and his reform-minded uncle are in firm control of the military. Some 20 senior officers have been replaced, but in what looks to be a break from the past, no one has been jailed. It is worth noting that Jong III has travelled abroad often and is quite familiar with what economic growth has wrought for China. And in one sense this is not an anti-military move: faster growth will allow more resources for the military. 

·         The basic statistics are straightforward The IMF’s World Economic Outlook (April, 2012, http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2012/01/index.htm ) gives ROK 2012 estimated GDP at $1.163 trillion. The CIA gives DPRK $40-billion for 2011. With 1/30th the GDP of the south, the north is going nowhere fast.

·         Let us assume that DPRK is spending a brutal 20% of GDP on defense. That would give it $8-billion. ROK spends $29-billion, less than 3% of GDP. Moreover, the ROK figure is nominal because behind ROK is the US, with destructive power unequalled in the world today.  In 1991, Iraq had 68 divisions of all types and all classes, ranging from the twelve Republican Guard armored/mechanized divisions, well-trained, well-led, and well-equipped, down to infantry divisions that were not much use in modern warfare. But the US/Allies, flying 100,000 sorties (for the loss of 75 aircraft to all causes including 44 combat) wiped out what was one of the largest and most combat-experienced armies in the world. So much so that the ground combat phase of the war lasted just 4-days.

·         So-called defense analysts love to come up with frightening scenarios where DORK simply rolls into Seoul and further. They base their scenarios on a raw count of DPRK armor and artillery, which certainly exceeds ROK’s. Yet what people forget is that ROK Army is defensive, and you simply do not need as much armor. Further, the terrain is semi-mountainous, not desert. As for artillery, please to remember that 1000 low technology systems can be easily destroyed by a quarter that many high-technology systems – without counting airpower. 

·         No doubt in the opening hours of war that DPRK starts, Seoul will suffer damage. But soon after DPRK artillery on the border will be destroyed, and within six weeks DPRK’s military forces will be destroyed. Folks remember the Persian Gulf War, with airpower effectiveness of 100 times World War II. Today’s airpower is probably 100 times as effective as during the Persian Gulf. Even if one was to count the increase at 10 times, a hundred thousand aircraft sorties today would equal 1-million in 1991. DPRK won’t have a chance.

·         The only way DRPK has a chance is to modernize its military, and that is to free the economy. So we, at least, think in the longer run DPRK military will gain from losing its economic control over the country.

0530 GMT July 20, 2012

More This and That

·         At approximately 0200 GMT there was bit of thunder and lightning over the capital of the free world, and Editor lost power for three hours. Maybe 5mm of rain fell later. This is the second time in three weeks, first time around Editor was incredibly lucky because his power came back in 3 hours. Many people did not have power for a week or even more, with the temperatures topping 100F. Just like in the 3rd World, we don’t have the money to bury power cables, a matter of $5-billion according to the electric company. Editor has a nice 2.8-KW Honda generator, in the quiet side as these things go. To get it set up for instant readiness (at the pull of a cord) costs $$$, and in emergency the procedure is a bit complicated plus one never knows if it will start up after a year of sitting in the garage. Hauling it off for annual maintenance also costs $$$. Such is life: $$$.

 

·         So you know in Old Blighty they are having all sort of problems getting the Olympics underway. Just another sign of the decline of the West: infrastructure costs more and more to set up, and we have become less and less efficient in setting things up even when the money is there. In America the very concept of getting a job done well, on time, and on budget has long since vanished into a mythical past. So we are in no position to make snarky comments about our Brit cousins.

 

·         Yes, Germany agrees on a Spain bailout so Spain has won a round. It was supposed to bring down its deficit, it is trying very hard, but because more and more people lose jobs as money is pulled out of the economy, taxes go down, making it harder to meet the deficit. Germany was first opposed to sending more money to Spain till the deficit targets were met, which was impossible and put Spain on the path to default.

 

·         So the Germans have relented – their Parliament yesterday cleared additional loans to Spain. But Berlin has attached a few strands of barbed wire to the loans. First, German will monitor very closely what is happening, with the right to force Spain into making adjustments the Germans want. Second, the money will not be given to the banks, who really need it. It will be given to Madrid, which will give the money to the banks. A distinction without a difference? Not quite. Madrid has to provide a sovereign guarantee for the money. This means the debt:GDP ratio increases, as happened a few weeks ago when a previous tranche of money was released. And just as will happen again, the increase will drive interest rates Spain has to pay upward, making it harder to pay the money back.

 

 

0230 GMT July 19, 2012

This that and the other

 

·         Use of chimps in medical research being severely restricted because it is now known that chimps are not “dumb” animals and deserve ethical treatment. So some researchers ask the question – but what if your child is sick or your mother is dying? The answer to this question is so obvious we wonder why it needs an answer. If primates are needed for research, just use humans. After all, what better approximates a human than a human?

 

·         But that is unethical, some may say. Why? And sez who? Isn’t it a bit self-serving for humans to make that decision? Tens of millions of people a year die due to self-inflicted negative behavior – alcohol, tobacco, drugs, accidents, homicides, wars, overeating and so on. If human life is so sacred, why do we tolerate these deaths, and then when it comes to time to experiment on humans to benefit humans, of a sudden we get uptight about ethics and you can’t do this to humans?

 

·         Here’s a hypothetical question. Tomorrow an alien race more highly evolved, but with a similar physiology  than us arrives and they have IQs of 2000. To them, our average IQs of 100 are going to seem about as intelligent as we think chimps are. Will be ethically okay for this super race to use us for experiments that benefit them, but could lead to our deaths or give us strange diseases? What if they decided they need a minimum sample of 7-billion humans to be sure of results?

 

·         If you say no, it would not be ethical for them to use the human race for experiments to cure their diseases, then it’s unethical for us to use primates or any living creatures for that purpose.

 

·         And what if they decided we made tasty snacks to chow down on while they watch the galactic equivalent of “Strictly come dancing”? Would it be ethical for them to eat us? If you say no, then it is not ethical for us to eat animals, fish and so on. Once, when we were primitive, we had to eat other living creatures to survive. That is well behind us now.

 

·         Notice of conflict of interest: Editor for years has been trying to give up meat/fish etc. He has not succeeded. But likely he would find it easy had he been brought up as a vegetarian, as many are, for example India’s orthodox Jains. Further notice: Editor believe it is unethical to hunt, but perfectly ethical to hunt humans provided the odds are equal. In America they’re constantly getting agitated about a few thousand wolves or bears or whatever and staging “culls” to maintain a “healthy” ecosystem. How completely hypocritical. The greatest disturber of earth’s ecosystems is us humans.

 

·         We have read that for Americans to be in harmony with their country, we should number no more than 10-million. Yay! That’s 304-million hunting licenses that can be given out at $100,000 each. That would take care of the national debt.

 

·         Wait a second, you say, who except the top 1% can afford these fees? Precisely. That is why the rule will be not just that hunter and hunted be on an equal footing, if the hunted kills the hunter, he gets the hunter’s assets. That now gives him $100,000 for a license. If the rich hunter kills the poor hunted, the rich person has lots of money to buy another license. So you see, everyone at some point – who is left alive – will have money for a license. All this without government subsidies or raising taxes!

 

0230 GMT July 18, 2012

 

·         China reinforcing Aksai Chin Mandeep Singh Bajwa tells us. So far no concrete details have emerged – Indian intelligence on China is weak, to put it kindly. Aksai Chin is part of Indian Ladakh that China claims and overran in the 1962 War. At that time China had 15 C class (8000 men) divisions in Tibet, mainly for Internal Security. These divisions were lightly armed.  But the men were experienced veterans of Korea, their senior officers were also veterans of the China civil wars. India, of course, till 1959 did not have a single brigade on the border, and even in 1962 had just three. Another story for another time.

 

·         Though India raised ten mountain divisions in four years after the 1962 fiasco, with each division being 15,000 men with excellent equipment, firepower, and transport, China was so contemptuous of India’s political will to fight that as Tibet was pacified, China began to withdraw troops from the region. Today it has just two brigades, a reinforced infantry regiment, and border troops in the region. We have no good details on the border troops, but believe there are around six regiments plus independent battalions. India has 100 large border battalions each of 1100-1200 men committed to the China front. That is without counting the regular army.

 

·         Because China steadily reduced its military presence in Tibet – partly offset by increasingly improved roads and even a railroad, India also began reducing its attention on the frontier. The mountain divisions were always dual use anyway, but by the 2000s Indian forces committed exclusively to the China frontier fell to five divisions.

 

·         The Chinese, of course, can never leave well enough alone, or treat anyone as equals. They can be masters or slaves, nothing in between. For no reason at all, they started poking India along the long dormant border, starting in the second half of the 2000s decade. For a long time India did nothing. The nation has such low self-esteem that, frankly, it is difficult to humiliate it or get it to act. But eventually it all proved too much. India has added four new mountain divisions plus two corps HQs; and the Army has sought approval for a minimum of three more, which the government has cleared, but not yet found the resources.  It also speeded up – on Indian Standard Time – construction of new roads, put underway several rail projects, and reopened/expanded several abandoned air landing grounds. It still takes India 3-4 times longer to actually complete projects than China, but at least a bunch are underway.

 

·         This background is necessary to understand why China is reinforcing Aksai Chin. For example, in Eastern Ladakh Indian had three infantry brigades, one essentially tasked to the Siachin. Now an infantry and an armored brigade are being added, and two of the yet to be raised new divisions will form a mountain strike corps for Kashmir and Ladakh.

 

·         If asked to provide his assessment of what is going on  the China side (and Editor must make clear no one has asked his opinion), based on current information the maximum Editor will concede is a new regiment, facing Indian 3 Division. But there are many levels below this maximum.

 

·         First, the reinforcements may have nothing to do with India. They may be internal security troops as a precaution against the spread of the current Tibet revolt to the western part of this occupied nation. They could also have something to do with the Xinjiang problems. These, we hasten to say, should not be exaggerated. Compared to what is happening in several parts of India, Xinjiang is a sedate family picnic. Islamist infiltration cannot be an issue because anyone who wants to cross Baltistan and Skardu to get into west Tibet and thence to Xinjiang basically wants to commit suicide, and there’s easier ways to achieve that.

 

·         Second, China may be reacting to India’s Ladakh buildup. The right anchor of 3 Division’s line, Demchok (70 Brigade) is quite suited for an armored brigade which would wreck havoc on Chinese positions in west and central Tibet, particularly if combined with the airborne brigade (50th). Which incidentally trains for many missions including  a deep landing behind Chinese Ladakh defenses. 3 Division’s 114 Brigade Sector (Chushul) can also be a viable armor route. One place it is unwise to underrate the Indian Army is on innovativeness in using armor at that altitude. For example, India is prepared to send a mechanized battalion down the Shyok and Indus Rivers in an offensive against Skardu. Even at this time, without the new armor brigade, India has a tank regiment and BMP regiment in Ladakh.

 

·         An alternative to a new regiment opposite Demochk or covering Chushul-Demchok is a regiment or less between the Changchemo and Galwan Rivers. This area is covered by a sector HQ, an ad hoc formation into which India tosses  Scouts battalions, border troops, a heavy mortar regiment and the like. Call it an understrength brigade is you like.The new infantry brigade for Ladakh seems like to be deployed either behind the sector as an offensive force, or sent to Changchemo, cutting the long and very difficult sector into two.

 

·         A battalion or two rather than a regiment is a distinct possibility (there appears to be a regular battalion in Chinese-held Ladakh, but we are not sure), as is an upgradation of border forces.

 

 

0230 GMT July 17, 2012

 

 

·         IPSA Pipeline Open With this harrafarra over Hormuz, we had a feeling somebody was up to something regarding pipelines, and sure enough, it turns out IPSA has been open for some month, undergoing tests.

 

·         IPSA was designed during the latter part of the Iran-Iraq War as a 1.65-million/bbl per day alternative to the Gulf for Iraq oil. When Saddam and his Gulf backers parted company over his claims for reimbursement for fighting Iran, Saddam invaded Kuwait. Saudi seized the pipeline as part of its debt claims against Iraq, and there it sat till now.

 

·         We had calculated in the July 14 post that there seems to be about 8.2-million barrels of crude plus natural gas liquid pipelines that avoid the Gulf that are in place; with IPSA we move to nearly 10-million barrels out of the 17-million flowing through Hormuz. Plus there’s the existing oil stockpiles.

 

·         Yanbu could be a bottleneck. There are four supertanker berths with a theoretical loading capacity of almost 15-million bbl/day, but for various reasons, only two sets of oil booms from storage tanks to the supertankers operate at a time, so you’re looking probably at a maximum of 7-million/bbl a day. The UAE pipeline has its own terminal, and the natural gas to liquid lines have their own terminals. So we should be good for 10-million bbl/day.

 

·         The big question is: have the Saudis been quietly upgrading the Petroline to Yanbu (5-million bbl/day, of which 1 is already used)? By using Drag Reduction Agents and stronger pump stations, Petroline’s capacity can double. A feasibility study by the Baker Institute seems to indicate a 30-month lead time would be required, so to be useful the improvements should be on the way to completion. A quick Goggle search did not show any activity to increase Petroline, but this sort of information, such as tenders for pumping station turbines, is not easily available outside of trade publications, which are very costly and not an option for Curious Bears of the Editor variety. You know, the type who wanna climb up the mountain to see the other side of the mountain.

 

·         In today’s prices, we think the expansion could be done in $1.2-billion, which is surely less than maintaining the US 5th Fleet costs for a month. So if it hasn’t be done, we can’t say why not, except that if allies can get Hormuz open in 5-10 days and there’s 3-billion+ barrels in inventories and reserves with OECD alone, it hardly matters. Still, for the tiny sum involved it seems reasonable to add another level of security. And surely it is worth to get Iran to stop yapping all the time about Hormuz being as easy to close as drinking a glass of water. Not if the water is laced with several dollops of sulfuric acid, bubs. (Editor thinks he should apply to the US Government for a job to make cheap gibes and retorts accompanied by various rude physical sounds and smelly gasses at America’s enemies. Here we go around saying we are too sophisticated for that, and we are losing the War of Immaturity.)

 

·         Readers should note that oil is not the sole problem re. Hormuz. Its natural we would think it is, because all we want is the oil. But for the people who live in the Gulf region, it’s their trade lifeline: food, medicines, and so on. Luckily in emergency it can be brought in at extra expense overland. But do keep the non-oil trade in mind when you get into a discussion on Hormuz. Casually bringing it up will impress with your deep knowledge. Remember to change the subject immediately, both in case someone wants to query you, and to give the impression you've already revealed too much.

 

 

0230 GMT July 16, 2012

 

·         Obama and government spending So now Forbes Magazine, hardly a bastion of Marxism, tells us that Federal spending has grown less under Mr. Obama than any president since Mr. Eisenhower. http://tinyurl.com/c6b2acy

 

·         So we are not really concerned that every Republican (and a whole lot of Democrats too) have convinced themselves that Mr. Obama is willfully determined to spend America into a hole from which it will never emerge, thus serving the true will of his masters, who depending on your point of view are either Lucifer or lefty liberals.

 

·         What concerns us is that the president is so arrogant or so incompetent that he cannot bring up this point in his own defense. To us the reason is immaterial, because the end result is the same: the president cannot make the simplest of points to refute the opposition’s lies.

 

·         We remain equally amazed that he hasn’t just come right out reminding the country that Obamacare is actually Bushcare with a bit of lipstick on the pig (grunt). Incompetence or arrogance, it matters not.

 

·         By the way, thought folks might like to know that in Maryland, whether we’ve had a GOP governor or a Democrat, at least since 1993 (the year Editor went to buy a car), Editor has been required to pay an extra charge on his insurance for uninsured motorists. So is this supposed to be okay because the Feds did not mandate the charge but the state did? If so, it is okay for the state to oppress Editor but not the Feds? Someone please explain this to Editor. If the state of Maryland can force Editor to (a) buy motorist insurance (or I cannot register my car), and (b) force me to pay for the approximately 10% of motorists who drive without insurance, what’s next? Is the State of Maryland going to mandate Editor has to eat Broccoli? Where’s the outrage, people?

 

·         Now, of course if Maryland were to mandate that every attractive, intelligent lady between ages 30 and 60 has to make herself available for a Saturday date of Editor’s choice, you are not going to see Editor protest about misuse of state authority. (Okay, okay, just to show you how reasonable Editor is, he’s willing to forget the intelligent part.)

 

·         India at bottom of G20 in treatment of women This did not cause Editor to raise eyebrows. What did cause raised eyebrows was India apparently comes even after Saudi Arabia. After some thought, Editor believes he has an answer why this is so. In Saudi Arabia, women have no freedom so there are few women in public places where they can be attacked. India is a democracy, so women are “allowed” to be anywhere and at any time, so they are being assaulted all the time. Nonetheless, a proper study would examine violence within the home never reported to the authorities. This might change India’s bottom position. Might – Editor does not know.

 

·         Incidentally, Editor has to mention a myth that Indian men tell themselves to make themselves look less bad. The myth is that modernization has led to women being out all hours by themselves, dressing as they want, and behaving as they want in bars and restaurants and so on. The implication is that the clash of cultures – old India versus new India – is causing the problem.

 

·         Sorry, folks. It is not so. For various reasons, when Editor was in India for 20-years, he got to see India at all levels, not just the privileged upper-class India in which he grew up.  “Traditional” Indian males behaved far more vilely toward women of their social status and background. Editor used to see it a hundred times a day. Dress had nothing to do with it. The harassment of Indian school and college girls dressed entirely in traditional garb, particularly in the buses, was beyond belief. Same thing at movie theatres, shopping centers, and other public places.

 

·         Also, the mistreatment of women in public is a Northwest Indian centered problem. Sure women are hassled in – say – Bombay. The same way they are hassled in Washington, DC. But in the south and east they are much safer outside. Inside the house one assumes it’s the same old abuse as is the case in the northwest.

 

·         Just saying.

 

 

 

0230 GMT July 15, 2012

 

·         While the public was sleeping, the US Navy took it for a ride. At some point Navy got it into its head that it needed a separate capability for Littoral Warfare, because this was going to be the warfare for the future. We no longer keep up with the US Navy, so we cannot say how this mission was justified; let us just say it sounds plausible. So: Navy wanted a shallow-draught ship smaller than a frigate, to replace frigates, minesweepers, and patrol boats in close-in waters, and it was to be economical so that numbers could be purchased. Moreover, the ship was to be modularized, so that within days, while on deployment, it’s role could be changed from, say, anti-surface to mine warfare. It was also to carry Marines and boats for shore raiding and such.

 

·         So here we are, and it is reality time. The ships are likely to come in at $1.5-billion, which honestly Editor, at least, does not see as cheap. The ship is not survivable in combat. Don’t Worry Be Happy, Navy says cheerily. The ship has all kinds of sensors that allow it to move out of harm’s way when threatened. Hmmm. A ship that can fight only when there is no opposition? Wunner what John Paul Jones would have had to say about that – or every single admiral before today’s brainless wonders bred in some special vats. And even if hit, it has a good chance of making it to port. What a warship! The enemy quails at the very sight of an LCS heaving to over the horizon, and runs up a flag which says: “There’s no one here except us meeces, we surrender.” Oh yes, the LCS cannot survive blast, so a near hit by aircraft bombs, for example, could prove fatal.

 

·         Then it turns out that the normal mission manning is way too low. So economy of operation, which was touted as a plus, runs into a brick wall. Then the modules cannot be changed in days, it will take weeks. And the ship cannot replace frigates and minewarfare ships – it’s capability is way too low, and it cannot replace patrol boats, because at 3000-tons it is too big.

 

·         By the way, the ship’s main gun is a 57mm popster – fine for battling a gunboat or sort of providing cover for a landing-party – we say sort-off because a 57mm is not going to cause much damage to anyone, unless US Navy is up against Donald Trump’s yacht. It was supposed to have 20-mile Non-Line Of Sight ship-to-shore missiles; that program was can cancelled; now a 3.5-miles missile is being suggested. Its antiair suite consists of the Rolling Airframe Missile, used by the US as a last ditch, point defense weapon against cruise missiles and the like. This is an excellent weapon.

 

·         Okay, say our readers, how do you get over the problem of littoral combat if you do not have something like the LCS? The question is, where outside the Persian Gulf/Iran are you going to be doing littoral warfare anyway? There has been some muttering about the Straits of Malacca, so are we saying LCS will be used against pirates? But our regular navy warships seem to do just fine. We have to sweep mines. Yes we do, and we do it the way we’ve always done it, with minesweepers protection by air and naval units. Absolutely, we need to land special force teams on shore. There are many ways of doing it aside from putting an unsurvivable ship close to shore. Moreover, we can continue doing the inshore mission the way we’ve done it always: attain air and naval superiority over a body of water and then go in close.

 

·         Oh yes, and please to notice the US Navy’s famed Congressional Butt Kissing which has resulted in a complete, appalling mess of ship names. One of the LCSs is named after Gabby Giffords. Frigates and destroyers are named after naval heroes. Nice to known where Gabby won her Navy Cross of CMOH while on naval service. We won’t go on about the naming issue, because then we will definitely start getting rude and crude.

 

·         Editor plans to write to the US Navy and offer an LCS alternative: Made in China rubber duckies at $100-million each. Talk about cheap! Talk about stealth! Enemy will NEVER spot a rubber duck at sea. But, you’ll object, what fighting capability does a rubber duckie have? Just a bit less than an LCS’s fighting capability, and you can buy 15 for the cost of an LCS. Plus with the money Editor can retire and not have to write articles about the US Naval Klowne Service.

 

 

0230 GMT July 14, 2012

 

·         Revisiting Hormuz Just to remind: ORCD nations at this time are holding approximately 2.5-billion barrels as crude + product stuffs; national strategic reserves are extra. About 15 tankers carrying 17-million barrels of oil/day transit Hormuz.

 

·         Capacity of pipeline bypassing Hormuz is not easily estimated bevause in the last four years, since Hormuz again became a hot issue, improvements may have taken place that we don’t know about. Currently, as best we can tell, Yanbu has 4-million bbl/day unused, Shedgum-Yanbu at 1.2-million is about ready; trans-Oman at 1.5-million is ready, and there seem to about 1.5-million natgas-to-liquids pipelines around. Say about 8-million bbl/day.  Take a round figure, 10-million bbl/day will be lost if Hormuz is closed.

 

·         Okay, now you cannot run down your oil stocks to zero for various reasons, but likely along with US SPR there’s about 2-billion barrels in reserve. Enough for 200-days of Hormuz closure.

 

·         Editor has been using a figure of 30-90 days closure of Hormuz, indicating in the worst case, there will be plenty of oil. As for prices, we’ve already noted many time that governments will ban forward trading in oil and take other measures to freeze the price, so there is not going to be a price increase.

 

·         The other day we learned that US believes it can reopen Hormuz in 5-10 days, which is not unreasonable given preparedness has been steadily stepped up and more preparations will be made before west provokes a Hormuz closure. For Editor’s planning, he would say 10-30 days.

 

·         The technical problem is that the Hormuz’s two tanker lanes, each 2-km wide, have to be kept minefree. Moreover, tanker and other traffic in the Persian Gulf will also be restricted to swept lanes. It is not as if the Gulf has to be kept clear, because ships will not be wandering off as and when they please. This is definitely within reach of current capabilities.

 

·         But cannot Iran attacks ships in the Gulf and pipelines with missiles and aircraft? Sure they can. The problem for Iran is that this creates a situation equating to a declaration of war. In fact, even mining Hormuz is a declaration of war if a single mine should stray 1-meter into international waters in Hormuz. War means the west/allies will not stop until Iran is destroyed, take it 60-days or 600. Every factory, power plants, bridge, whatnot that relates in any way to Iran’s military ability will be destroyed. Does Iran want this? Either Iran is rational or not. If it is not rational, this discussion is irrelevant, and they need to be preemptively whacked for good. If they are rational, we cannot see Iran being so foolish as to provoke its destruction.

 

·         We’ve said enough times and we think most people now understand: the west is not going to send any naval units or merchantmen through Hormuz or within reach of Iranian missiles and aircraft till the latter are wiped out. There has been altogether too much foolish talk about swarm tactics and small boat attacks. We are not going to go into this because it is a bit complicated. But essentially, small boats cannot operate after their shore bases are destroyed and after air supremacy over the water is established. Sure, the IRGC is quite capable of launching suicide attacks, one-time, one-way missions by boats hidden along the coast. First they have to find a target, second they have to survive air attack to reach the target, third they have to get through the navies’ ship defenses, and fourth they have to cause damage. Fast boats with a couple of heavy machine guns are going to achieve nothing except get splatted. As for rigging bigger boats ad hoc with a torpedo or an anti-ship missile, good luck with that. If Iranians want to come to Allah that badly, better to shoot themselves.

 

·         So, Editor, you are saying a Hormuz closure is not a problem? Yes. So you are saying we can go ahead and whack Iran without fear of consequences? Well, that’s a political issue, not a military issue. We’re not saying that anything about the politics of the matter.

 

 

 

0230 GMT July 13, 2012

 

·         The only thing worse than a Big Bully is a Small Bully That the US bullies everyone it can except Russia and China is well known. Russia still has those 3000 warheads (or whatever), and we want so badly to make money from China that we’ll sell our souls to Beijing. (Correction: we have sold our souls to Beijing, refer to Tibet as a start.)

 

·         India, possibly inspired by the US throwing its weight around, has decided to become a small bully in the matter of Denmark. Denmark, which is smaller than all but the very smallest Indian states, refuses to extradite to India a terror suspect. We never followed the details of the case, but somehow the gent is tied up with an alleged arms drop to Maoist rebels in 1995. One Britisher and seven Latvians were arrested and severed various jail terms before being pardoned by the Indian president (rather peculiar, but then people from Iowa like Editor don’t know a while lot). Denmark agreed to extradite this gent; he appealed, saying Indian jails were a crime against humanity or something and Indian authorities regularly torture suspects. All true, but India gave assurances the suspect would be comfortably accommodated and not mistreated. Editor for one has no trouble accepting India will keep its word. But the Danish court was not persuaded.

 

·         So now India has ordered a downgrade of diplomatic relations with Denmark. Oh Brave India! May be next we can push around Monaco!

 

·         The reason Editor is being sarcastic is the matter of one David Headley, mastermind of the 2008 Bombay attack, which was serious stuff. US captured the man, and leave alone extradite him to India,  allowed India to question him only for a week in the presence of US officers.  Has India downgraded relationships with the US? Of course not. We tugged our forelock and begged Uncle Sam to let us kiss his skinny butt, and doubtless asked Washington what else India could concede so that we are allowed to kiss Sam’s butt in the future.

 

·         The US excuse is so pathetic Editor doubts his fave among the kids on the street, an ultra-cute 3-year old, would be taken in. US says it is a condition of the plea deal Headley made (after being told by the US what the Indians would do to him after they got their hands on him) that he not be extradited to India. We don’t know what the US promised him about the Indians not questioning him, but one may ask how can it harm anyway to have Indian law enforcement officers questioning him in the presence of US officers.

 

·         The US further says that six Americans were killed (or something), so it has permanent dibs on this scumbag. So since 100+ Indians were killed, we can now calculate 16 Indian lives equate to just one America, and the best part of this is the Indians have quietly accepted this. Please note the Indians did not even demand they be given Headley first: they were willing to wait till he finished his US sentence.

 

·         Now, in case you’re wondering why the US is behaving so weirdly toward an ally, wonder no more. Headley was a double, having worked also for the US DEA and who knows where else. Is the US worried Headley’s DEA dealings will come out? Doubtful: India and US cooperate very closely on drugs. What will come out is all sorts of other stuff which will upset not just the Indians, but a whole bunch of others who will feel the US has shafted them in the GWOT. Editor has been told one of the things that will make India hit the roof is that the US let Headley do his thing regarding Bombay because Washington was running him in something more important (to the US).

 

·         Did Editor just say the US was complicit by overlooking planning for a terrorist attack against India? Yup. That’s what he said. BTW, he was not told the above by Indian sources. Is this serious? Well, morally it is not. Every country plays double games to pursue its national interests, India is no exception. That is why Editor does not blame US for its stand on Headley.

 

·         Who Editor blames is India. The very first time the US told India it would not extradite Headley to India immediately after finishing its joint interrogation with India, the Ministry of External Affairs should have shut down the US Embassy, expelled every counselor and embassy officer, cancelled all official visits, repudiated ALL bilateral agreements with the US, barred entry of all US origin airlines and cargoes to India, refused to renew the visas of any Americans in India (including those of Indian origin), stopped issuing new visas to all Americans for any reasons, and gone to the ICC, the European Court, and the US Supreme Court.

 

·         Those who know Editor (and three of you read the blog, so do not lie that you do not) will be laughing and saying “There he goes again! Over the top!” Not at all. With the US you cannot afford to play games. You cannot afford to make threats or practice gradual escalation. The one thing Editor understands is America, and US is a very tough hombre (or should that be very tough mujer given we are in the era of gender equality?).

 

·         And Editor assures readers that the US takes India with so little seriousness that it would have laughed off anything less than a total strike. Please note that Editor is NOT saying India should have threatened to do those things. It should have DONE those things without uttering a word. The US is a country where policy is made as compromises among many players. One the one side would have been CIA and the US National Security Advisor. On the other side would have been every single other single American interest: economic, political, media, education, defense, whatever. No guessing who would have won.

 

 

0230 GMT July 12, 2012

 

·         The United States of Lies Us Indians not just have big fat weddings, we are also big fat liars. But we know this, and we admit this to the first person who asks how truthful we are as a people. A case can even be made that we Indians lie so heartily because we do not want to cause pain to the party to whom we are lying. For example, you hand over your advance for work to be done as agreed, after I tell you your work will take a week. I know it will take at least a month for me to even start thinking about starting your work. But if I tell you that, you will feel bad. Because I have deep empathy for you, I lie to you. Get it?

 

·         But Americans are not supposed to lie. For starters, it is against the Ten Commandments, and therefore against God. Americans say they are a godly people, so taking them at their word, the assumption is they don’t lie. Except when they do. We Indians simply lie outright: there is no clever shading of our lies. But Americans, to save themselves from going to the Hot Downstairs Place (or so they think) do their best to lie without actually lying. “Depends on what the meaning of “is” is” being the Baby Boomer Number One Lie, not easily equaled. But then our former Prez Billabobo was a very smart man – and a lawyer too.

 

·         Editor was brought up in Christian schools in India, and then in America. He was told that lying is against god and man. Incidentally the Hinduism in which the Editor was brought up also said lying was wrong, and you would be punished under the law of karma for lying. Just wanted to remind Editor’s fellow country people of this.

 

·         When Editor was first here on the ‘States as a young person, he lived mainly in New England, assumed everyone spoke the truth, and had no problems with anyone. When he returned in 1989, it was to the Washington area, and not a year seems to pass but that he takes a big setback because he has assumed A is telling the truth, whereas A is lying. Cleverly, to be sure, but lying nonetheless. But enough moaning and whining. Editor knows three-quarters of the 100 people who read the blog do it to reassure themselves that “thanks goodness, my life is not as pathetic as Editor’s, there’s still hope for me.” Nonetheless, making another futile attempt to get the world’s pity is not tonight’s objective.

 

·         For a long time this business of America sending jobs has bothered Editor because whatever he reads says that actually this is not a particular problem, we don’t lose enough jobs to overseas to make a difference. And yet, till recently, not a day seemed to pass that in the newspaper one didn’t read of another factory closing, and not a visit to the hardware store, department store, or computer store passed without noticing that more and more products said “Made in China”.

 

·         Today enlightenment hit. The source, of all places, was the Washington Post, which is the national standard of the Washington elite, which together manage about half the lies in America – on a bad day. The person who enlightened us was Robert J. Samuelson, an economist. He started his article by explaining that off-shoring and out-sources were two different things, and then went on to say how America has not really off-shored that many jobs. We waited for him to discuss how many jobs have been off-shored, but he just lightly passed over that topic as if had vanished into the Mists of Avalon and ceased to exist as far as us mere mortals are concerned.

 

·         Then it hit us how the people can say with a straight face that America has not off-shored that many jobs. They can say it because it is absolutely true. You see, off-shoring means sending the job overseas. So if you are ABC Corp, and you open a technical support division in Bangalore, India, under the banner of ABC Corp, you have off-shored a job. But if, like Steve Jobs of Apple you have contracted with Foxconn to make your electronics, permitting Jobs to fire all his US manufacturing staff, while Foxconn hires a million Chinese, you have destroyed several hundred thousand American jobs, but you have off-shored not  one. Brilliant. And Mr. Samuelson has lied to his readers, but without telling them a single lie. He just focused on the figure that made his case, and ignored the one that destroyed it. We are told this is quite acceptable a mode of dialog in America today.

 

·          The problem is, and lying Americans don’t get it, is that your intent counts as much as your deed. If your intent is to deceive or mislead to gain advantage, you have lied. You can lie to save someone else. Once – this is not made-up – the wife part of a couple who were Editor’s friends came rushing into Editor’s house crying “My husband caught me with my boyfriend and he’s chasing me with murderous intent! Save me!” (This sort of thing happens a lot in India – or at least used to.) So Editor pushed into the guest bedroom and resumed tying (he did not have money for a computer, PCs were just coming in). Sure enough husband arrived breathing fire and brimstone, enveloped in a dark cloud of smoke, brandishing a small caliber pistol (a .22, but a .22 can kill you just as dead if aimed right as a .44) yelling “Where is she! I know she’d have run here!” Editor told his friend that friend was welcome to look around the house, and after all, it was Editor’s duty to deny protection to a cheating wife, given husband and Editor were friends since kindergarten. Friend went off.

 

·         Editor hopes that on Accounting Day the skinny, balding, long-haired baldy Upstairs who calls himself God will take into account Editor lied to save someone from harm. If Old Baldy does not accept it, well, too bad for Editor, it is not like he is going to heaven any way. But when Mr. Samuelson lies, it’s to protect the interests of his class against the interests of the American working man. So may be when he goes for Accounting Day, Old Baldy will be sitting behind a one-acre sized desk made of illegal Burmese Mahogany and smoking a large Havana, and telling Mr. Samuelson: “Great job, my boy, thanks to your obfuscation the masses didn’t burn down the factories in which I invested thanks to your stock tips. So it’s the Triple Deluxe Heavenly suite for you, complete with 77 virgins and a rubber duckie for your bath.”

 

·         If so, Editor does not begrudge Mr. Samuelson his good luck. But that would mean God is not on the side of the ordinary person. That would mean the Bible lies. Now, let Editor ask you frankly: if your choice is between believing that God cares not a bit for ordinary people, and will reward Mr. S for his lies, or that God is going to send him immediately to the downstairs place for lying, which way would you bet?

 

0230 GMT July 11, 2012

 

Yesterday’s This and That

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2030 GMT July 10, 2012

·         Egypt update Today the banned parliament is to meet under orders from the new President, an Islamist. The Supreme Court had declared parliament illegal on instructions from the military, because of the predominance of Islamists (the Muslim Brotherhood). The Army says it will not permit the Supreme Court to be flouted. If course, what the army is really say is that it not be flouted.

 

·         The President has offered a compromise: Parliament will sit only long enough to adopt a new constitution, and then be dissolved in favor of new elections. How this is a compromise is unclear to us, because likely fresh elections will only return the Islamists to power. Perhaps the President wants to show the world – and the Army – that the first victory was no fluke. But then this is strengthening himself, hardly likely to be seen as a compromise by the Army.

 

·         Nevertheless, the US President has invited the Egyptian President to visit Washington. We think this is a smart move. Automatically opposing ideologies you do not like is not always the best way to combat them. US’s biggest concern is preserving the Israeli-Egypt peace treaty, and we assume if US has to make nice to the Islamists to achieve this, it will. Further, you cannot claim to be democratic and then refuse to accept democracies that you do not like. If the rest of the world sees America refusing to accept the new Egyptian government, it will only be confirmed in its belief the Americans are big fat hypocrites, which truthfully we often are, though less so than in the past. Remember we finally accepted the Nicaraguan government led by former Sandinistas, and the sky has not fallen. And on the economic, political, and military level, Vietnam and us are getting to be BFFs. If we can make friends with a hated former enemy, we can make friends with Islamists.

 

·         Americans will legitimately ask: but what if the Islamists, having gained power democratically, use the power to become autocrats? Yes, that could definitely happen. The correct response is not to prejudge the future. If the Islamists destroy freedom, the Egyptian people will speak out. We can help them at that time, legitimately.

 

·         The United States of Prurience America’s Islamist enemies prefer to liken to the US as Sodom and Gomorrah, raised to the power 10. Americans are supposed to be wildly obsessed with sex to the point we are wildly without virtue. Perhaps this is true. But sometimes Editor wonders if, despite all the bravado, Americans are actually getting any sex.

 

·         The other day in Mali, three American soldiers entertaining themselves on their own time had an accident, drove off a bridge, and killed themselves. When the media wonders what they were up to, the media is perfectly within its rights. After all, when the Mali coup took place the US Government said it was withdrawing its trainers and advisors from the country. Now that Al Qaeda has seized the northern part of Mali, it looks like the US is back, and of course this is intriguing.

 

·         But where the media is off bounds is in discussing three Moroccan ladies, presumably of malleable virtue, who were in the vehicle and who also died. This has nothing to do with the real story, and except in the United States of Prurience, it is absolutely no one’s business except that of the adults and their families.

 

·         If we Americans were indeed getting lots of IT (not Information Technology, but “it” in capitals), seems to Editor we really would not care what other Americans are doing on their own time. The French, who on good authority we are told are getting lots of IT, never seem to be bothered by what their fellow humans are doing. A former president of the Republic not only acknowledged his illegitimate daughter; he had her come live at the presidential palace. Compare with the John Edwards affair. And please, let us not get all pursed-lips and say “that was about his breaking the law on campaign funds”. Everyone knows it had do only with United States of Prurience and our lasting joy at pulling down a man or a woman who is getting IT while we are not.  The current president of the republic had four kids with his long-time mistress, then left her and took off with another mistress – who occupies not just the Presidential Palace but the Presidential Bed, and who seems to like nothing better than publically snarking off at the previous mistress. Can you imagine such a situation with President Obama or President Romney?

 

0230 GMT July 9, 2012

·         As tensions with Syria/Iran increase so does talk about $250 oil and even $500 oil. Would those people explain to us why are they assume that in case of war the free-market will continue to operate? Forward trading and oil prices will immediately be frozen, and rationing will be imposed. That is the way it always is in wartime. Speculators will crash and burn.

 

·         We forgot to explain yesterday about aliens attacking Earth Please forget about giant spaceships. If anyone wanted to take over earth for themselves, they would use bio-engineered replicating viruses to wipe out wipe out humans while posing no harm to the aliens. Alistair Reynolds, the best hard sci-fi writer around (at least we think so), has come up with replicating nanomachines that turn everything to goo (“Silver Rain”). An excellent idea if you are a moody alien and just want to kill, but not useful for occupying earth.

 

·         Actually the whole aliens wanting Earth meme doesn’t make a lot of sense. Why would they want earth? For its resources? But given the enormous energy costs of interstellar travel, won’t it be simpler to invest in nanofabs that take in whatever abundant material aliens happen to have (mud or water in our case), and produce what they need? Isn’t it simpler to reduce the population through negative growth so that the remaining people/aliens have very high living standards (Issac Asimov’s “Robots of Dawn”)?

 

·         Now, of course, the aliens might want the Kardashian Sisters and Madonna, Brittany Spears, Justin Beiber, and Taylor Swift. Editor does think that should a spaceship arrive and threaten to vaporize the Earth unless these people were handed over immediately, some sort of deal could be quickly worked out.  Don’t you? Then with Earth’s finest in alien hands, Earth can start its takeover of the galaxy. These people will turn the aliens’ brains to mush and the aliens will not be able to resist us. Hahahahaha!

 

·         Oh wait, maybe it is too late. May be the aliens gave us these people and now our brains have turned to mush and we have been taken over. The aliens must own a powerful lot of beer, pizza, and potato chip factories. Or may be humans did take over the galaxy and the most hopeless cases are exiled to Earth as a humane alternative to euthanization. Anything under a 200 IQ might be considered a complete moron unable to function. Or may be that is why we are so violent: the violent ones have been sent to Earth.

 

·         Whistling in the dark: Assad and his anti-ship exercises Personally we have no objection of Assad wants to boost domestic morale by launching fireworks from his ships and helicopters. He says it is to defeat an invasion. Our problem would be if he believes what he is saying, because then he and reality are parting company. For starters, who says the US will do an Inchon on Assad?

 

·         We’ve made the same point regarding Iran, which is always posturing with its navy in Hormuz and the Gulf. US Navy has no intention of fighting sea battles with the Iranians. In both cases, US will stand safely out of range of Syrian/Iran defenses and take as many days as needed to wipe out their navies, shore bases, and air defense systems. US bombed Iraq for 38 days (if we recall correctly) before launching a ground invasion. In the case of Iran/Syria there will be no ground invasion.

 

·         US will do a Libya on Syria. After the navy and air defenses are eliminated, US/allies will kill the armor and artillery. Sure it will take time: Assad has plenty of both. But no one is in any particular rush.

0230 GMT July 8, 2012

 

·         Aliens likely jellyfish as big as football fields says a British scientist, and made of silicon rather than carbon. Their natural habitats would be gas giants like Saturn and Jupiter. Arthur C. Clarke, of course, foresaw similar aliens decades ago. The scientist also believes there may be no more than four intelligent species in the galaxy. Excluding us, obviously. We are sentient, but hardly intelligent. http://tinyurl.com/7vscoj8

 

·         US developing new bunker bomb specifically for internal carriage in an F-35, but also available for other aircraft. It is a 2000-lb class weapon, but with the penetration of a 5000-lb class bomb. The additional penetration is achieved by using a solid-fuel rocket motor to accelerate the bomb and by ensuring it hits a target at the right angle. This is a response to the ever increasing number of deeply hardened targets. http://tinyurl.com/bvg8z49

 

·         By the way, anyone know what happened to the idea of sequencing bunker busters, i.e., firing a second into the hole made by the first? Of course, an X-37 type spacecraft armed with tungsten penetrators should be able to hit really deep targets. A quick Wikipedia trawl suggests that the US MOAB weighs 8-tons and produces a blast equivalent to 11-tons of TNT. Interestingly, the tungsten penetrator also weighs 8-tons (6-meter length, 0.3-meter diameter) and also produces 11-tons TNT blast. The MOAB is, of course, an air blast weapon, not a penetrator. The Russians claim an air blast bomb of 44-tons TNT. Many are skeptical particularly as no imagery of the weapon has been released. No details on weight and delivery vehicle.

 

·         Sigh. Every time Editor reads Pravda he wants to move to Russia. An endless supply of hot ladies, mysterious beings, and conspiracies. The latest Pravda conspiracy involved three alien spacecraft that are on their way to attack earth. The biggest is over 200-kilometers across. The US Government, knows this, but is keeping quiet for unspecified reasons. http://tinyurl.com/2gxdycb

 

·         Speaking of hot ladies, it’s summer and the Editor’s YMCA pool is crowded. Lots of ladies. But in the last few days Editor has come to conclusion that not all young ladies should wear bikinis. In fact, most should not. Editor does not want to go all Joe Conrad on his readers and scream “The horror, the horror”, but he sure feels like so doing. America is now the land of the flabby and the home of the over-fed. There is nothing so queasy-making as seeing a – er – sturdy young American lass proceeding with the same assurance and dimensions as the battleship USS Iowa.  And you know what is many times more horror-inducing that old ladies in bikinis? It is old men in bikinis.

 

·         Mr. Cruise and Ms. Holmes Their split made Editor quite sad. He was a bit surprised at himself. Having himself gone through four divorces, two involving kids, Editor knows there is no such thing as a “good divorce” when there are kids, and while brave people may act as if theirs is a good divorce, one party or the other or both are lying.

 

·         We loved Mr. Cruise in Top Gun, but let us face it, when you have a movie about the latest fighter jets, it wouldn’t have mattered if Mr. Cruise looked like Jabba The Hut, Editor would have loved the movie any way. After that whenever Editor saw a photo or movie with Mr. Cruise in it, he had to pause because there was just this really strange aura around the man, and it was not a nice aura. Then he broke up with Ms. Kidman, and Editor thought that Ms. Cruise was not an admirable person. Cannot say why Editor felt like that, because he was never fond of Ms. Kidman – too much the classic female victim that you want to put as much distance between as Voyager has put from Earth. But still, there was something just so wrong about what Mr. Cruise did.

 

·         Then we come to Ms. Holmes. Now again, truthfully, Editor has never been a fan of Ms. Holmes and has never seen a movie of hers. The reason is simple. To Editor she looks like a scaled-up version of many of his 8th Grade girls, dressed in Mommy’s clothes. To put it politely, it leaves one with a very creepy feeling, just as you would feel if your 8th Grade daughter suddenly grew overnight to twice her size and became a big movie star about whom tens of millions of men were having less-than-pure thoughts.

 

·         Nonetheless, from the media images one could see Ms. Holmes really cared for Mr. Cruise and that she was neglected and unhappy. We think Mr. Cruise really cared for his daughter, who he will now get to see except under the tightest and most restrictive supervision because of his religion. He did not much care for Ms. Holmes, though; but still, it is sad to see a father lose his child. Nonetheless, may be suggest next time he gets together with a lady shorter than himself.

 

·         Doubtless you are saying: “Hold on, Editor old boy, aren’t you projecting a bit much when you have never met these people in person?” Not really. If you have time to spend even just a year in India, many wise men can teach you how to read people simply via their photograph. One of the things Editor learned was that even the camera captures a person only at one moment in time, it does not lie. Ever.

 

·         India has a much greater density of wise men, holy men, and saints per square kilometer than the rest of the world put together. It is not like America does not have its wise men, saints, etc. But if there are ten A1 Quality such people in the US, there are at least a hundred thousand A1s in India. Next time you are in India, try this.  Stop the first Indian you see and tell her/him you would like to meet a wise man, a guru, a seer, or the like today, without leaving town. Odds very much are you will before nightfall, no matter where in India you are.

 

·         One of the most serendipitous events in life is suddenly realizing that someone you have long known, and have taken for granted, is actually a wise person. This was the case with an admirer of Mrs. R. IV. He was the laughing stock of the gang, trying desperately to be accepted, but laughed at for being a heavy duty stoner, a schizophrenic, plain crazy, and never able to get a girlfriend. Well, one day Editor was with friends of Mrs. R IV and on the living room table he saw something that looked like a blown-up 33-rpm record label with writing all over it. His host told Editor that was a poem by the said crazy person, and not to bother reading it because it was gibberish. Editor picked it up, could not make out the writing – not being stoned – but noticed it was a single line, written starting from the hole on which the turntable needle goes, and spiraling outward – easily 200 words or more were in that poem, the breaks being delineated by the backslash that poetry people use.

 

·         That image stuck with Editor. Then one day said stoner poet said something to one of the girls in the group that made no sense, and annoyed her terribly to the point she demanded he leave her alone. But for the first time in the several years Editor knew this young person, what he said was so utterly clear and so utterly profound that Editor went: “OMG! He’s one of them! We’ve been saying he’s crazy, but he’s actually saner and in closer touch with reality than any of us are!” The memory of the way the poem was written acted as the secret decoder ring.

 

·         Editor started listening to the young man’s utterances, and he said many profound things. Editor’s efforts to convince Mrs. R IV’s friends (and Mrs R. IV) that he was not crazy but a sage were met with polite silence. Editor was much older to these kids, so they gave him deference, to his face at least. But he could tell they were only indulging Editor because they were fond of him in the same way they might be fond of their crazy uncle.

 

·         In every religion, every system of philosophy, it says very clearly that the Divine is constantly talking to us in a myriad raised to a myriad ways, using every thing on earth, even a stone, as messenger. But we have to be willing to listen. It is no use seeking answers with ears closed and then complaining no one gives you the answers.

 

0230 GMT July 7, 2012

·         Personally, we do not think the defection of a one-star Syrian Republican Guard general is that big of a deal. The issue of Mr. Assad will be decided on the ground. After being almost wiped out, the rebels have recovered thanks to military and cash aid provided by Sunni Gulf states with US blessing. Syria has stopped publishing details of soldier funerals, and this has to mean government casualties are mounting. We are told that around 50 soldiers a day are being killed, which works out to 15,000-18,000 a year. This is serious stuff particularly if the situation worsens for the army. But remember, most of the Libyan Army deserted. It made no difference; Gadaffi loyalist forces were still beating the stuffing out of the rebels. The air strikes finished off the Libyan army. So from where we are sitting, it still seems touch and go.

 

 

·         Now, of course the fall of Assad will lead to instability. The entire Middle East, bar Israel, has been unstable since the colonial powers left because there is no true democracy. Lebanon did, and largely still has, a proper democracy. Used to be in the days Editor was wandering around that everyone agreed to leave Lebanon alone because (a) they needed a peaceful place to party; and (b) a safe place to put their money. But then the tensions between Christians, Sunnis, Shias became too much, Syria stepped in from one side, and Israel from the other, and the place was destroyed. Every revolution in the region severely destabilizes surviving countries. And America’s BFFs the Saudis are an example of a country that very badly needs a revolution. Not only are Saudi Shias severely repressed, so are the nation’s Sunnis. Bahrain, UAE, Kuwait are experimenting with democracy but the ruling elite will not let go. There is no end to the instability: even if the Middle East states sorted themselves out, the Kurd problem would start getting out of hand. The Kurds want their own country. The Iraqi Shias, to their credit, do not seem committed to kill their Kurds rather than let them go their own way. But the Turks and Iranians are quite prepared to kill everyone.

 

·         You sort out that problem, and then you get the problem of the Baluch (Afghanistan-Iran-Pakistan); you get the Pashtoon problem (Afghanistan-Pakistan). There may or may not be a Sindhi problem – on this we disagree with our Indian friends. It seems to us if Pakistan Punjabis are willing to share power fairly – which they should not hesitate from as they are in the big majority – the problem can be sorted out.

 

·         Now you might ask, particularly if you are a Pakistani, dear Editor, why are you stopping there? Your Kashmiris want to secede, and so do your Northeastern tribes. Admittedly it is taking the Indian Government a very long time to accommodate the just demands of the North East tribes – as is also the case with the Central Indian peoples that make up the Maoist insurgency. But ploddingly India is getting there. As for Kashmir, while again we disagree with our fellow Indians, most people seem to accept that the trouble in Kashmir arose because the Central Government was unwilling to compromise with Kashmiri regionalism. This after 30-years of doing so, a time when Kashmiris were happy to consider themselves Indian. Now, whatever the rights and wrong here, as far as Editor is concerned, if secessionist Kashmiris were to speak for themselves, instead of claiming to speak for the Hindus, Sikhs, Buddhists, Shia, and herder Sunnis who  are happy to be part of India, and who constitute by far the greater majority of Jammu & Kashmir, we could get some clarity on this issue. In the absence of this, to give Jammu and Kashmir to the secessionists is to disregard the majority, and to abandon them to the same Sunni fanaticism that is tearing Pakistan apart. And no Kashmir settlement is possible without ALL of Kashmir – that includes the parts under Pakistan, which will be pried away only from Pakistan’s cold, dead hands.

 

·         We could carry on. Russia is unstable, so is Africa, and so are parts of Europe. Most of the secessions have been sorted out with violence (FRY), but there have been many others done peacefully. The dissolution of the Soviet empire was done with a single gunshot, Czechs and Slovaks went their way in friendship. If Belgium splits, it will be peaceful, as will a potential separation of North and South Italy. The dissolution of Great Britain is happening peacefully. Africa remains the source of many, many conflicts.

 

·         Even in the US, one has to wonder if we are not reaching the stage where our ideologies are diverging to the point we may have to revert to a confederation to keep the country together.

 

·         Two points. The only thing constant is change. It is in general a good thing not to try to stop change, because it happens anyway, after a lot of blood is shed. So saying we cannot intervene in Syria and all that is utter nonsense. We can, we should, and then we should get out letting the people decide. We wisely did that in Iraq and in Libya, we did that in Tunisia and Egypt. Sure, administration opponents in Bush’s time and Obama’s time are busy snarking “so tell us what the US achieved”. Perhaps nothing, but we intervened because justice and moral law required us to. We very well may have to intervene again in these very same countries, and let them alone afterward, just as we are doing now. One revolution does not necessarily settle all a nation’s issues for all time.

 

·         This brings us to the second point, concerning what is the underlying idea of America, that special thing that makes us Americans and therefore different from others? The answer is simple. Americans were the first to believe in government of the people, by the people, and for the people. This was revolutionary idea in the 18th Century, and it destroyed the old world order without America killing anyone. Yes, there was regression, because the democratic white powers embarked on colonialism, and the Russians embarked on creating one of the most formidable and brutal empires of all time. That alone shows the path to freedom is neither straight nor painless. And here we do not have to point to America’s own struggle to live up to its own ideals.

 

·         Between around 1880 and 1980 America reneged on its own ideals, becoming a status quo power and not a revolutionary power. Between 1880 and 1945 it was choice, 1945 to 1980 it was by necessity, because we had to our allies where we found them to fight the existential Soviet threat. But Jimmy Carter returned America to its revolutionary path, where we have stayed more or less.

 

·         Why should America get anything out of helping other countries get their freedom? Freedom is an absolute value, a moral value, it is divinely inspired. If your neighbor falls, do you ask “what do I get from helping him?” No. You help him because it is your moral duty to help him. So it is with Syria. No one says that America must get into massive trouble to help others, as happened in Iraq and Afghanistan. We helped Libya without losing one American life, at the cost of a few billion dollars. We can, should, must do the same for Syria.

 

0230 July 6, 2012

Apologies: got busy with work and forget we had promised an update for yesterday.

 

·         UN proposes billionaires tax says Agence France Presse http://ca.news.yahoo.com/un-calls-billionaires-tax-help-worlds-poor-211640656.html The idea is to channel 1% of the billionaires’ $4.6-trillion wealth annually to fund the UN’s good causes.

 

·         Editor proposes all UN officers making over $50,000 pay 1% extra annual tax to fund Editor. Does that make sense? No less sense than the UN’s proposal. And Editor is not pleading for billionaires. He regards them with the same affection as he does blood-sucking lice, which they are. But on what moral basis does the UN issue this proposal? Is it a world government? Last we heard, fiscal policy was a matter under the authority of nation states.

 

·         Editor feels the US taxation structure is obscene because it allows the rich to make as much money as they can while their workers and compatriots pay higher taxes. Oh, it is said, the rich generate jobs. Please, already, people! You and me generate jobs just as well because we consume and we pay taxes. Editor would feel perfectly happy if financial/speculative profits were taxed at 90% regardless of how much or how little money a person made.  He would feel equally happy if ten billionaires a year where chosen for execution in horribly painful ways each year, lots drawn at random. They would be spared if they gave away all their money.

 

·         No sympathy for the rich will be found at Orbat.com. But that doesn’t mean the UN has any moral justification whatsoever for its confiscatory scheme. The UN believes it speaks for the world’s poor so it is entitled to have extra money to look after the world’s poor. Question the first: can we have a 67-year cost benefit analysis of how much good the UN has done the world’s poor as opposed to the individual rich nations’ individual aid programs? Question the second: what exactly do the rich in America owe the poor in, say, India?

 

·         We feel US owes zero. If India is still a poor country 65-years after independence, it is the fault of the Indian elite and not of the US. If many less-developed nations cannot provide basic service to their people, how does it make sense to blame colonial powers? In Latin America’s case the colonial power has been gone for two centuries. To say the US supported repressive regimes and that is why these countries are poor is a statement without any evidence. Etc etc – there is hardly any need to go on. In India’s case, how much aid has been lost to corruption? How can a country that produces enough food to feed everyone at a minimum level have 40% hungry people? What has this to do with UK, the colonial power? In the late 1970s Editor saw a study – admittedly by a business group – that said if India had let the free market develop, its GDP would have been 5-times higher. Whose fault is Indian “socialism” which is simply shorthand for government corruption? Again, we hardly need to go on.

 

·         There is an American slogan that behind its simplicity conceals a great truth: No taxation without representation. Since when does the UN represent the world’s nations such as would permit it to levy a billionaires tax. In India we have democracy, but the people have no voice in how their taxes are spent. In America, equally ruled by special interests, ordinary people have considerable say in how their taxes are spent, but the system is geared to help the special interests first, and only secondarily the people. So now instead of straightening things at home, we should agree to the insertion of another level of parasites to bleed the people, the UN in this case?

 

·         Again, to be clear: Editor by no means believes that taxation for the provision of services and goods needed by the people is parasitism. Those who hold these views – and there are many – are simply displaying the usual American mindless extremism. It is just not true that the private sector is more efficient that the government in all or even most cases. If you doubt that, please imagine a world where your police was provided by private companies. They would provide it by cutting off all areas where they lose money. If the private sector is so great, how come in Europe governments provide superior care outcomes at half the GDP we spend? And so on. And of course, to many Americans, privatization means the government should collect taxes and hand them over to the corporates so they can make a profit. The American people have to be the most naïve of all people in history.

 

 

 

0230 GMT July 5, 2012

 Folks, kindly excuse no on-time update: Editor spent 12 hours on the roads to visit youngest grandkid, arrived home at 0230 GMT and was unable to focus. Running around in a 1.3-liter car without the A/C - and heading for the south - leaves on rather bruised and battered. even if Editor is one of those tough old buzzards. Will update by 1330 GMT.

 

0230 GMT July 4, 2012

Happy Birthday, USA. Focus on renewing yourself and spending less time throwing your military might around. Guns are an important instrument of power. More important is economic power. Pay attention to what’s important.

 

·         Iran Parliament debating plan to stop tankers from transiting Hormuz The story from the New York Times is at http://t.co/4kMNjshk If Iran was actually to do this, there would be a huge sigh of relief in Washington because it would provide carte blanche to strike Iran.

 

·         There’s two ways of looking at this. One is Iran’s way. By using financial sanctions to prevent people from buying Iranian oil, the US/Allies are strangling Iran, which is a de facto declaration of war. The other is the US’s way. We are not physically stopping the flow of Iran’s oil. Anyone wants to buy it is free to buy it. Iranian ships have the freedom of the seas. All we are saying is, you buy Iran’s oil and we will be very unhappy. You will have to choose between Iran and us.

 

·          Of course, by imposing financial sanctions on Iran US/Allies have imposed a de facto blockade on Iranian exports and imports, which is an act of war in all but name.

 

·         Just to be clear: Editor is all for declaring an outright embargo. He fully supports the proposition Iran has to be stopped. He opposes the mind-numbing legal games that America is so fond of. You can slice and dice the law to such an extreme degree that the law ceases to have meaning, and this is one of those cases. Declare Iran to be a threat to American interests, and whack it. It is honest and straightforward.

 

·         Iran’s parliament proposes stopping tankers bound for the US, EU, allies, and Israel. The only way anyone is going to stop a tanker is by physical force. The moment you do it to the first tanker, the US says Iran has violated the freedom of the seas and has committed an act of war. 99% of America will support unleashing the dogs of war, and 90% of EU/allies will do the same. Russia and China can say what they want, they have no means of stopping US/EU/Allies short of going to war on Iran’s behalf, and obviously that is not going to happen.

 

·         So while Editor in his 3rd World mode perfectly understands Iran’s frustration, he also has to add that not only is Tehran walking into the US spider web from which there is no escape, Iran has put itself in a dangerous spot just by coming up the plan. The US now has an excuse to launch preemptive strikes against Iran’s navy and shore defenses. The US justification will be: “US has received information from multiple sources that Iran intends to start mining Hormuz. We are only exercising out legitimate right of defense.” Who is going to prove otherwise? Is someone going to go to the ICC and demand the US show its classified signals traffic?

 

·         The US cannot make up anything it wants because the threat has to be plausible and probable. Every time Iran – and particularly the Revolutionary Guard Corps make threats, stage exercises, and boast, the plausibility and probability Iran may start something increases. The Iran parliament, just by opening the way to a discussion of interdicting western-bound tankers, is raising the plausible/probable part of the equation.

 

·         The reality is that Iran has badly overplayed its hand. By attacking Iraq in 2003 and bringing the Shias to power, the US vastly expanded Iran’s influence in the Arab world. This is a gift that falls into your lap once in hundred years. Iran could have kept quiet, instead it started fighting the US in Iraq – in other worlds, helping its mortal enemies, the Sunnis. Was this smart? We do not think so. Then having convinced themselves they were on a roll, Iran expanded its meddling in the Mideast outside Iraq, and soon all the Sunni regimes (which is just about everyone) started laying a major hate on Iran. Was this smart? We do not think so.

 

·         Iran’s big problem is its inflated sense of history, which the Shah suffered from as much as the Mullahs. Iran doesn’t realize no one, absolutely no one, cares about 2500 years ago when you were a great empire. And objectively, as empires go, it was not much of an empire even at its zenith. A hundred years after the collapse of the Ottoman Empire, Mideast Muslims have not gotten over the ostensible loss of greatness at western hands. We say ostensible, because of course the Ottoman Empire was already thoroughly rotten and needed just a push for it to collapse.

 

·         Iran has to learn the only way it can get ahead now is to play the West’s game, by the West’s rules. Russia is resisting this, and look at the mess there. The Chinese have wholehearted embraced all the weapons of the West, economic, military, and imperialist, and lo, they are a rising superpower. It is China that will challenge the West, not a pathetically weak Iran.

 

 

0230 GMT July 3, 2012

 

·         Do Americans have a special maxi-stupid gene? Sometimes it seems that way.  Item: Reuters says that a US Navy tanker has sailed for the RIMPAC exercises in Hawaii carrying 900,000 gallons of biofuel. That’s nice, you say, good the Navy is looking to go green, even if it is a bit odd that a service dedicated to destroying the environment (collateral to destroying its targets, of course) is concerned to be green. http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/48047296/ns/us_news-environment/#.T_H4mfXhdQg (Reader Chris Raggio sent the article.)

 

·         Then we read the fuel is costing $26/gallon versus regular gasoline at $3.60, and the fuel is not all that green, because it contains gasoline and who knows how much energy was used to produce it. But that is not why we had to smack ourselves – repeatedly – on the head with a sledgehammer. What was truly astonishing was the Navy’s defense. We need to reduce our dependence on unstable oil suppliers.

 

·         Yes we do. And how about doing that by a small subsidy to natural-gas to liquid plants? There are other ways also available. Navy: But we need to subsidize biofuels technology so that the price comes down. The Navy must lead the nation in innovation. Okay, where is the North American hydrocarbon shortage to begin with? This bizarrao news comes with another interesting factoid. The Navy has paid $424/gallon for fuel derived from algae. Hand over a heavier sledge hammer, please. Our 12-pounder is not working.

 

·         AdSense and us So yesterday we earned zero cents on Adsense, and the graph was, of course flat lined at zero (Y axis = earnings, X day of the month.) This morning the line was hitting the top right of the graph. We were impressed. Till we saw the Y axis scale. It had jumped all the way $0.00 to $0.01.  That means we earned one cent.

 

·         Which reminds us We are told that in India coins of less than 50-paisa (half-rupee) are no longer minted, and even the 50-paisa coin is hardly seen. Clearly time to knock at least one zero off the rupee. It is purely a psychological thing, but it does make a difference. Ask the French when de Gaulle knocked two zeroes off the franc.  Rupees 5 = dollar 1 is more dignified than Rs 50 = US$1.

 

·         When Editor was in elementary school and visiting his grandparents in the old hometown, his grandmother used to give one or two pice from her coin purse to give to beggars on the road. One pice was the usual, and the beggar would thank you. One pice was 1/64th of a rupee (very roughly a US cent in those days, but clearly still of value to the very poor).

 

·         Possibly as a consequence of this grandmother’s training Editor came to believe that giving money to the first beggar in the day even if one did not have much was a duty. So in the 1980s, on leaving his flat in Delhi in the morning, Editor ran into two gentlemen who claimed to be beggars. They were better dressed than Editor, but that is the normal situation. In those days Editor was at the peak of his career as a spy. His usual mode of transport was a bike – not the fancy things Americans called bicycles, but the standard Indian 1-gear type. This was inherited from his younger brother. Brother had decided that India was home and came back for two years. He bought the bike for his cook. It did not take long to realize that New York was his home so he left, donating the bike to Editor. Editor always felt highly thrilled landing up for dinner with an ambassador or two on his bicycle, with Mrs. R the IV ridding pillion. Mrs. R was too young to realize this is not how intellectuals lived. She forgave Editor everything since he was an intellectual. Until one day in 1983 – Editor still remembers the day – it suddenly hit her that this was not how intellectuals lived. That is when the trouble started.

 

·         Anyway, we digress. That day the bike had a flat tire; Editor was in a hurry, so he decided to take the bus. He had two one-rupee bills for fare (one-rupee each way). And somehow he had managed to save a Rs 20 bill which he had forgotten to put in his drawer. (Probably that was his monthly payment from the CIA, about $1.50. No wonder Editor had to spy for anyone who asked him).

 

·         So the two gents stopped him and said: “We’re beggars. Can you spare something?” Editor was apologetic, and said he only had enough for the day. Which was the two rupees and it was the truth; the Rs 20 was for a house emergency. One of the gents said: “You have a twenty in your pocket that you will not need today.”

 

·         Busted. So Editor sighed and handed it over. Well, it was a hot day, and standing at the bus stop to return home, the bus was nowhere in sight. So he spent his remaining rupee not for bus fare, but for a glass of sugarcane juice. After that it was hi ho, off to home we go, and just a short ten- kilometer walk home in 105-degrees. Editor was still in his late thirties and strong as the proverbial ox. And even had he had the twenty, he would not have used it for the bus. So the beggars were right: What he had was enough for the day. Now he goes out when its 80F he near passes out before he can make it back inside.

 

·         Doubtless, you are asking: “But how did the beggar know that you had a twenty-rupee bill?” See, this is the thing about India. Things that in America would be counted as very, very weird happen all the time. So much so you do not even think about them, leave alone say: “How weird”.

 

·         If you want something that is not an India weird, how about this. The year was 1967 and Editor was returning from Iran to Boston. (Please do not ask what he was doing in Iran, because he will have to make up something. Not because he was doing secret, but because he has no clue what he was there for. May be he had gone to buy carpets. But why? They are cheaper in New York than in Teheran. Who knows, life is always a great mystery.) For reasons that also make no sense, Editor had to transfer to a Sabena flight at Brussels to New York, then take the shuttle to Boston Logan.

 

·         So here is he on the flight, and the gentleman in the next seat introduces himself as Jewish and who managed to make it to America before the Nazis closed in. He had gone to Europe to see what remained of his family, which was not much. We were chatting about this and that when out of the blue the gentleman asks: “What will you do if your wife asks for a divorce?” Editor was taken aback, and not a little offended. “I have a happy marriage, even though we’ve been married less than a year. Why would she want a divorce?”

 

·         The gentleman said: “Are you married to an American or to an Indian?” I replied it was to an American. “I thought so. American girls are very quick to ask for divorces. You must protect yourself.”

 

·         So you know the rest. When I got home to Boston, Mrs. R. the First was very quiet, not saying a word. No amount of asking what was the matter would get her to talk. Three days later, she says: “I want a separation. I want us to live apart, and I want to start all over again with you. We can start dating and see how it goes from there.” When Editor asked what brought this on she said: “You just wander off going I don’t where for what reason, you never leave me enough money, you’re refusing to go to grad school, and I’m an all-American girl –“ – she was, “ – and I thought you were an all-American boy, and this not how all-American boys act.” This I thought was unfair, because Editor left whatever money he could. As for the going off no one knows where and doing what no one knows, how am I supposed to tell Mrs. R I that when I myself haven’t the slightest clue? Very unfair. As for all-American boys, her first and only all-American boy-friend before she met Editor was a football jock who would get drunk and beat her up and cheated on her when he could.

 

·         Well, Editor may be a doormat as far as women are concerned but he is not anyone’s poodle, to be punished for bad behavior and rewarded for good so he said “No. You want to leave, get a divorce.” Which she did.

 

·         Now how did the Jewish gentleman know that? Personally Editor is convinced the gentleman was the Wandering Jew – not the one of western legend, who supposedly taunted Christ on his way to be crucified. The Wandering Jew Editor was told about was a prophet without honor in his own country. He always foretold the future correctly, almost never to his listeners’ taste. So he was stoned and made to leave for another country where the whole thing would happen again. Editor has no clue who told him that, but he remembers being told very clearly.

 

·         Ah yes, thanks for reminding: Editor has just put on his “Urgent Must Do List”: visit Israel to learn if someone could have told Editor the true Wandering Jew story. This item #10,543 on his list. The answer will not be found in Takoma Park, MD. A trip to Israel is a must, perhaps Cairo (that’s where Editor must have heard the story). Alas, trips to Israel cost money, and at one cent a day from orbat.com, saving enough is going to take time.

0230 GMT July 2, 2012

·         So obviously Americans work harder than the Italians, right? Everyone knows how work-oriented Americans are, whereas those Italians just live La Dolce Vita, ogling beautiful women, chowing down on their delish food, listening to opera and drinking great wine by the liter. So happens Italians work more hours than Americans. We put in 1705-hours/year, Italians put in 1774-hours/year. The problem, as Washington Post (Business, July 1, 2012, G-1, “It’s the culture, stupido”) explains is that Italian productivity is only 75% of American. As anyone familiar with the country knows, there are two Italys. The north has a living standard akin to Switzerland’s. The south is not so well off. Italy’s GDP growth has dropped because the south is pulling down the north. In the north they are innovative, modern, and efficient. In the south the family enterprise and nepotism rule. Now, of course, Germany also has a lot of family-owned firms. But Italians don’t want to expand their family business beyond a point because they don’t want to lose control and because they don’t want their books open to the banks, investors, and the taxman. Once the family is making enough to live the good life, it is satisfied.

 

·         Okay, at least the Germans work hard and have high productivity. Wrong again. At 1411-hours/year the Germans are big-time slackers, and their productivity is lower than France’s. Strange, but true.

 

·         Iran sanctions biting, but what now? The US and its partners deserve congratulations because sanctions against Iran are really hurting the country. A report in the UK Telegraph gives convincing proof of the damage http://tinyurl.com/6vsv22q

 

·         Oil output is down 720,000-barrels/day over the last month, and the oil sanctions toke effect yesterday. Iran is trying to sell discounted oil, but this may force government oil revenues down by half, throwing the budget completely out of whack. Food prices for 20 basic items have risen by 70% in two weeks, and the amount of food being bought has fallen by half. Unofficial estimates are than industrial employment is down by 35%. Even medicine-producing factories are shutting down.

 

·         The best part is that the oil sanctions are not hurting the US/allies. That is because Iran has over the years made really bad enemies of the Sunni Gulf States, and they (Saudi in particular) are pumping more oil than they were before so prices have been stable.

 

·         Iran says it is not worried because it has $150-billion in reserves to see it by, but the financial sanctions make imports quite difficult. Iran has been cut out of the international banking system. So is it going to use hawala to pay for its imports, with people getting on planes with suitcases full of gold bars? Is Iran going to send cargo planes full of cash to pay its buyers? Two problems. People are not going to want to court trouble selling to Iran even if they are getting cash on the barrelhead. And if Iran starts using hawala, the next US step will be shut down the cash transactions, even if they were practical to begin with. Which beyond a few billion dollars they are not. The cash/gold/securities will be confiscated and frozen.

 

·         Great! Editor is impressed – he did not think the oil sanctions would work, having forgotten about the Saudis et al; and delighted. The more blows the stupid mullahs take to the head the more chance some brain function will be restored.

 

·         But none of this answers the question of what now. One school of thought says Iran already has enough 20% enriched uranium that it can push it up to weapons grade without trouble and build a bunch of bombs. Well, actually the matter is not that simple, but let us not bore readers with technicalities. But certainly Iran can step-up uranium production sufficiently it can plausibly claim it has 5-10 bombs. It can then seriously negotiate limits on its program, all the while wriggling and cheating and lying, so that when at last the limits become verifiable, Iran can say: “Okay, you all win, but we have 30 bombs now.” They might have none, but is anyone going to take the chance? Deterrence will have been achieved.

 

·         That is why strikes are still needed. Sorry about that.

 

 

0230 GMT July 1, 2012

·         US cutting carbon emissions without regulation US Government figures show that we are on track to cut CO2 emissions by the17% required by international treaties – but without any of the government mandates that are being pushed as critical to the reductions. One government mandate, more fuel-efficient cars, has helped, but we need that anyway to reduce our dependency on oil imports. Editor counts himself as greenie – that is why he strongly supports N-power. So Editor is not going “oh those dumb greenies, here we’re achieving out CO2 targets without mandates such as cap-and-trade, alternative energy, forcing people to drive less.” Editor is only wondering if we really do need the government to pass laws for everything that needs to be changed.

 

·         So here we are in the Capital of the Free World and it is our sad duty to tell readers that after yesterday’s storm – barely lasted less than an hour – power to everyone will not be restored for a week. That is right: our country put men on the moon 40-years ago, and today it can find a terrorist in a continent-sized space and kill him, but our country cannot keep the lights on. This is a standard occurrence in the C of the FW. It happens at least once, often twice a year, usually in winter, this time in the summer with temps of 100+F and humidity of 80%+. The power companies always have excuses, the “regulators” will scream murder as always, and nothing will get done as usual. Maybe we need to start thinking of changing Washington’s title to “Capital of the Free (Third) World”.

 

·         Merkel did compromise, a friend tells us. She agreed that Italy/Spain’s private debt will not be subordinated to money owed to governments, and the EU can lend money directly to banks. The advantage of the second is that currently EU can lend only to governments, who buy private bank debt, but in return increase their debt-to-GDP ratio, raising borrowing costs.

 

·         Truthfully, as to the first point, we know nothing. Is this a true climb-down by Germany or is a tactical move because Germany does not foresee much more money being lent out? As for the second, put the cork back in the bubbly bottle, folks, because all Germany has said that after a supervisor to overseas all EU banks is appointed, it will consider clearing direct loans to troubled banks. That is two long steps: the supervisor has to have enough power to regulate how the banks function, and then Germany will think about giving money. If Germany is not satisfied, no money – not even the $150-billion already “agreed” for Spain.

 

0230 GMT June 30, 2012

·         Merkel and the Euro So has Frau Merkel really compromised on the Euro? It may seem so, because she has actually said “yes” to something instead of a long chain of “No”. But to think she has compromised is to misunderstand her position. She has never said Germany will not bail out the weaker EU countries. She is ready to hand over the German credit card. But only if the Euro nations needing help agree to her terms.

 

·         Not to make a lengthy song and dance about her conditions, they can be very briefly stated. Give over control of your fiscal policies to Berlin, obey Berlin’s prescriptions, or pay a penalty which can be extended all the way to being locked out of the club. We already know her prescriptions: cut spending, raise taxes, keep both deficits and inflation very low. If your people suffer, gee golly galoshes, Merkel is so sad. Not. Hardly needs to be said if nations give up control of their fiscal affairs, you are looking at the Third Reich version 2, without having fired a single shot. Cold cash is mightier than the sword. Europe will have to politically unite, and the Big Dig is going to be Germany.

 

·         To be clear: personally we do not see what is wrong with Germany dictating to Euro. It is an old, old rule of money: she with the gigabucks calls the tune. You want Germany’s money; obviously you have to do what Germany wants you to do. Why is this even being debated? You do not want to kiss Merkel’s big left toe, go manage by yourself. Even economically, there is no dispute that Merkel’s prescription though devastating in the short run, is highly beneficial in the long run.  No need for us Amerikans to get smug. Sure, we avoided the immediate disaster that hit Europe by going the stimulus route. But one of these days interest rates are going to go up, and then you may as stand by while America flushes itself down the potty.

 

·         To remind: Keynes did not say “Borrow spend borrow spend” ad infinitum. He said when economic activity slows, government has to keep demand going by borrowing and spending. When the economy is booming, you raise taxes and pay off the national debt. Remember what happened when in the 1990s we started to run surpluses? We cut taxes under the rather weird notion that this would spur growth. It hasn’t, and people need to stop with the busted memes. The reason we are not up Honey Creek without a paddle is (a) we are the only country that can write a check to itself by printing money; (b) for various reasons beyond the ken of this simplistic discussion, interest rates have remained ridiculously low. What are the odds when the economy recovers that we will raise taxes and start paying off the deficit? Worse that the odds Anna Netrebko will arrive at the Editor’s door and start tearing his clothes off.

 

·         Paul Krugman is a very intelligent and sensible economist. He notes we did not pay off the national debt incurred from World War II. Instead, with economic growth, the debt became irrelevant. US national debt peaked at 120% of GDP in 1945, and then fell to 40% by 1980 without heroic measures because the economy grew so rapidly for 25-years. But think of this a moment. Assuming we stop running deficits right now. To get our national debt down from 100% of GDP to 40%, means GDP will have to grow to $37-trillion. First, is it realistic to expect we will continue growing at the 1945-1980 rate into the future, Second, is it realistic to believe America’s dollar will remain the world’s reserve currency forever and ever, amen? Third, is there any realistic hope our deficit spending is going to come down to zero any time soon? Last, how long will the US dollar remain the world’s reserve currency? Already in 2012 foreigners held 50% of our national debt.

 

·         Pay the piper a lot now, or pay the piper more later. Pay we must. Merkel says to the EU “pay now, and get it over with, just as we did for ten years”. And she is right. She has not compromised with Italy/Spain. If she had, she would be voted out of office even if her actions are deemed legal by the German courts, which is unlikely. It is legal for her to help Italy/Spain if she writes their budgets. That still leaves the German people. It is not at all clear they will agree to bail out Italy/Spain even if their chief is writing Rome and Madrid’s budgets. Remember the latest poll we cited the other day? Overwhelmingly, Germans want a common market. But only 43% versus 41% say Germany must keep the Euro. Food for thought, no?

 

·         Parenthetically, our advice to Americans: you’ve cut back spending, but you have to cut back much, much more because no one knows what’s around the corner. Here are some suggestions. Zero Starbucks. Zero bottled water. Zero meals out. Zero new clothes. Zero cable. Cell plan? Pay as you Go, limit yourself to $10/month. Can’t do it? So what did your parents do before cell phones were invented? No vacations – none. Your car is 12-years old? So sorry, we feel the pain. It is good for at least 8 more years. Must build that extension to your house because you want more space? Your parents brought up six children in houses like mine – 1200 sft and one bathroom. Send your kids to the local community college for the first two years and then the state college – the cheap one, not UVa. Limit your driving. Can’t get kids to viola practice followed by swimming practice followed by math enrichment? Too bad. Your parents and grandparents had none of this nonsense. Did it make them into inferior human being? Don’t think so.

 

0230 GMT June 29, 2012

·         UK won’t extradite wanted US man, says his human rights may be violated Whoa! What is the deal here? Isn’t the US the home of human rights, a lofty place from where we lecture the world? Apparently not, the UK court thought. http://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/crime/court-blocks-shawn-sullivans-us-extradition-7896133.html

 

 

·         The case A scumbag of the first order was accused of raping a 14-year old girl in Minnesota and assaulting two more. A dual US-Irish national, he fled to Ireland. Where he assaulted two more girls and was convicted. After serving his term, using an Irish version of his name, he made it to UK, where he was discovered and detained because US had an Interpol warrant out for him. While in jail he married a Home Ministry lady who was apparently untroubled by his past.

 

·         During his extradition trial, he argued that he would be put into civil detention, a multi-state program to hold sex offenders indefinitely even if they have served their sentence. He said no one had ever been released from the Minnesota program since it began 24 years ago. And apparently you don’t even have to be convicted to earn yourself a place in this program.

 

·         UK court said you cannot hold a person indefinitely, no matter what the charges. It asked Minnesota to provide assurances this scumbag would not get civil detention – love these American euphemisms, torture is “enhanced interrogation”, anti-union laws are called “right to work” and so on. Minnesota refused, no daunt on the principle that no foreign court could place itself above a Minnesota court, so said scumbag is a free man. Way to go Minnesota, your way or the highway, and the UK has just ruled it’s the highway. Anyway.

 

·         Let us first stipulate that hanging is too good for child molesters.  Indeed, we have often held that anyone convicted of committing any crime while armed with a gun – even if it is stealing a loaf of bread – should be put on death row, or better still, given over to medical researchers for experiments and extraction of body parts. Why waste a body, for heaven’s sakes?

 

·         That out of the way, does it occur to Minnesota and the 20-odd other states who use civil detention that this is absolutely against human rights? This is the same point we were trying to make about the US’s terrorist prisoners. Minnesota argued it had a right to keep people locked down to protect society. Who can argue? But if you’re going to use civil detention, then you’ve passed from a state that respects human rights to a totalitarian state. This doesn’t bother Americans because as far as they are concerned, the crusade against sex offenders transcends human rights. Slippery slope, anyone?

 

·         Pakistan: Back to Square One The new Pakistan PM has just been sworn in, and the Supreme Court has ordered him to write to Switzerland asking for reopening of corruption cases against the President. The previous PM, at four years plus some months the longest serving ever in Pakistan, was impeached by the court for refusing the court’s orders.

 

·         The previous PM argument, among other things, that the President had been granted immunity and he had to follow the rules. If the court wanted the President tried, the appropriate authority has to remove the immunity, and he certainly is not authorized to do so. A simple, straight argument, which bothered the court none. As far as the court is concerned, no one is above the law, even if it means the court breaks the law to bring the person to trial. The previous PM also argued that Switzerland has said it instituted corruption charges against the President (he was not president then) at Pakistan’s request. Once he was granted immunity, the Swiss said, they had to drop the case and unfreeze the man’s blocked accounts. If Pakistan wanted to retry the man, the proper place was in Pakistan, not in Switzerland, carry on and all that. This also did not impress the court.

 

·         In other words, writing a letter to the Swiss would not only contravene the law giving the President (and 6000 other officials) immunity, and not only contravenes the Pakistan constitution that gives the President general immunity, it would serve no purpose because the Swiss have said they will not open the case. Not bothered, said the court to the ex-PM, you’re fired, and Mr. New PM, we order you to write the letter. The head of the Supreme Court is, of course, himself enmeshed in a massive corruption scandal thanks to his son, but the Chief Justice has said neither his son nor he are guilty of any crimes. Get this: it is not as if the case was investigated and found to be without merit. The Chief Justice has said it has no merit, end of the matter.  Strange way to uphold the law.

 

0230 GMT June 28, 2012

·         A letter from Mr. Philip Rosen shows we were not clear in making our point yesterday about importing workers on the excuse no domestic workers are available. Mr. Rosen suggested we try to get developers and system administrators in New York. As for paying more, small companies already cannot compete in the bidding war for scarce skills. Fair enough.

 

·         Let us take something simple, like tomato pickers, if only because Editor did a paper recently that discussed pickers. You have two farmers, Jane and John. John pays his workers $5/hour for 12-hour days, no benefits. Americans will not do these jobs, so he uses illegal immigrants. Jane wants to be fair. She decides she will pay minimum wage, which is now above $7/hour, and overtime above 8-hours. For 12-hour days, she pays $112/day; Farmer John is paying $60/day.

 

·         Farmers Jane and John haul their produce to Wal Mart. Guess whose product Wal Mart does not buy. Farmer Jane either holds to her principles, and says “I will not exploit human beings”, and herself is left with no job, or she recognizes reality, and pays her labor $5/hour, which means back to illegals.

 

·         This problem cannot be solved by Farmer Jane upping her productivity, such as more efficient cultivation and mechanical pickers, because increasing productivity also costs money that she may not have to invest, and John’s cheap labor may still keep his costs lower than Jane’s. So what is to be done?

 

·         The only solution is to block illegal workers from entry. We do not quite understand why people say it cannot be done. It is a technical problem, it can very much done. But it will never be done, not because Jane and John are paying off Congress to block serious efforts at border control, but because Wal Mart is paying off Congress – Wal Mart loves its fat profit.

 

·         When Wal Mart hands over a check to Congressperson Fat Porker; Wal Mart obviously does not say: “We want to protect our far profit.” Instead it says “We are doing this to keep prices low for the American people. They benefit.”

 

·         We won’t diverge too far into what we call the Wal Mart Wage Effect. To keep prices low, Wal Mart pays the producers as little as possible, and pays its employees as little as possible. That reduces the income of the tomato pickers and farmers, and of Wal Mart employees. So they have to cut back on spending – famously, it has been calculated that Wal Mart workers cannot afford a weekly basket of goods from Wal Mart. Where is the profit going? Well, that’s another story.

 

·         As long as corporations are free to import workers, legally or illegally, American wages will keep plummeting until they level on a global scale. It is not so simple. For example, a Mississippi manufacturing worker at $12/hour is competitive with a Chinese worker at $4/hour because there are other costs because of shipping, inventory, management issues and so on. This is why jobs are starting to returning to America – only because wages have been beaten down. Consider that the Chinese worker earns $8000 in a country with a per capita of $5,000; the Mississippi workers earns $24,000 in a country with per capita of almost $50,000. The Chinese worker is rich, the Mississippi worker is poor.

 

·         The theory of globalization says that the lower wages in China should not matter, because we will export Boeing 787s to them and they will export furniture to us. We will lose furniture workers, and gain aircraft workers. Well, of course this has not worked because the Chinese have been learning to make jet aircraft from us and in another generation will compete with us worldwide. The Chinese already have their own design equivalent to the 737, the largest selling American airlines in terms of numbers. We cannot see the world’s airlines rushing to buy the Chinese airliner – today. Tomorrow will be different. Incidentally, the largest item creating a trade imbalance with China is not the furniture, toys, and shoes. It is electrical and power machinery. Someone please remind us: isn’t that the sort of thing we were to export to China in return for their toys etc?

 

·         Our larger point was that of democracy in America. If our government worked for the people, it would block illegal immigration, and establish the strictest of rules to import legal workers. This would help American workers. But in the short run, it would hurt the profits of those companies that use illegal/legal workers to push down wages and increase their profit. The companies buy the politicians. The politicians have zero interest in looking to the welfare of ordinary Americans because ordinary Americans do not make campaign donations. And it is a lot easier for Congressperson Fat Porker to collect one check from a corporation, rather than get the same money from ten thousands ordinary folks – simple economics. This is not democracy.

 

·         BTW, as far as Indian computer workers are concerned, please to note it’s not just the H-1 visa people. An H-1 worker can apply for his wife to work. Once he becomes a citizen, he can bring his relatives over. Indians are the highest educated group in the US. All those other people arriving are also qualified – and need jobs. On a personal level Editor is very glad for India. We are told Indians overseas send back $70-billion/year and that is a big help to the economy. It is also wonderful to see all these hardworking, talent fellow countrypeople getting such a big break in being able to come to the US and succeeding. But it is not such a good thing for Americans.

 

0230 June 27, 2012

·         Is America a democracy? So do America’s elected representatives represent the people? Here things become complicated, because it is Yes AND No. It is true that we have regular elections, 2-, 4-, and 6-years, and we always get a chance to throw the bums out if we think they have done a bad job. On a technical level, American elections are fairly clean. Obviously this statement has to be qualified, but we are striving for a broad overview, people. But the bums are absolutely not responsive to the people at the national level, are so-so on the state level, and are responsive on the local level.

 

·         Whatever the reason, to get elected at a national level requires $$$, and a lot of $$$. Yes, the person with the greatest $$$ does not always win. But the exception does not make the rule. You cannot ever take a porker and pass it off as a senator candidate by spending tens of millions or even billions. Which is a bit odd because a powerful lot of senators are porkers one way or the other. Grunt. Snarf. Chomp. Squeal. Shove. Snatch. Grab. Sounds awfully like our politicians. But this is not a philosophy discussion, so let us move on.

 

 

·         The essence of democracy is that a fast food worker’s vote should count as much as that of a billionaire. It is not that way in America, so America is not a democracy. Of course, money matters less the lower down you do. In the People’s Republic of Takoma Park, candidates get votes by doing the work of the people, not of the special interests.

 

·         Today we offer one small example of how the people have no significance at the national level. This is the matter of the H-1 visa. H-1s are supposed to permit American companies facing skilled labor shortages to import workers. After a period (Editor does not know how long) workers get a chance to apply for a residency permit, and then  in time, for citizenship.

 

·         Let Editor be very clear: he knows a large number of H-1 holders, teachers, IT folks, and others. Without exception they are hardworking and a sure benefit to America. What we are about to say has nothing to do with if foreigners deserve H-1 visa and then green cards.

 

·         Okay, we learned yesterday that one of the big users of H-1 visas are Indian IT companies with US operations. So several Indian companies have been finding it difficult to get Indian workers to the US. So: they are hiring Americans. http://t.co/NjzATiec

 

·         As which point readers justifiably go “Say what? Indian companies are hiring Americans because they cannot get visas for Indians? So then where is the shortage of Americans to do IT jobs?” As the Editor’s school kids say: “Busted”. There is no shortage. There likely never was.

 

·         The people of America did not vote for the import of workers, skill or unskilled, legal or otherwise. No American politician with any sense of decency or who feels any obligation to his voters will give priority to special interests over American workers. But your Congressperson does, as does your president. Because s/he is paid off by special interests. This is not democracy.

 

·         Another problem: Americans for a variety of reasons vote in relatively low numbers. Neither your Congressperson, nor your president, represents the majority of her/his constituents. This also is not democracy.

0230 GMT June 26, 2012

·         IRA Sniper’s conviction quashed because he was waterboarded Another example of how the Brits really are different from us is the quashing of an IRA sniper’s life sentence after it emerged he had been waterboarded and subjected to death threats while in custody. http://www.guardian.co.uk/uk/2012/jun/21/man-sentenced-death-uk-quashed

 

·         Exactly 40-years ago, this gentleman killed a soldier of the Parachute Regiment. He was sentenced to death, and holds the historical distinction of being the last man so sentenced in the UK. He served 17 years, by which time UK had abolished death penalty, so his sentence was changed to life imprisonment. Now he is a free man, because his confession was obtained illegally.

 

·         We greet this news with mixed feelings. At the time the IRA was waging war against the UK, just as Islamic terrorists have been waging war against the United States. We assume the IRA gentleman was a British citizen and so his rights could not be contravened unless he was brought before a military tribunal, which he was not. The British used the civil courts even for the IRA. So we understand the gentleman’s conviction has to be overturned.

 

·         Though there is disagreement on this, but we have firmly maintained that terrorists captured by the US have no rights under the Geneva Convention. They are not soldiers, nor are they guerillas. They are, well, terrorists. The question then becomes, how are the terrorists to be tried? The logical thing is for the President to ask for a declaration of war against terrorists, and set up military tribunals to handle captured terrorists. Convict them and shoot them. End of the matter. They have no civil rights as far as we are concerned.

 

·         As for waterboarding, please to understand that we have nothing against torture in wartime or in a terrorist situation. Many people with experience have written that torture does not work. Our answer to that is, from what we have seen, the torturers and the interrogators must then be incompetent.

 

·         But now a problem arises. After World War II, the US executed Japanese soldiers for waterboarding American prisoners. So what are we to do? Declare Homo Americanus 21st Century an inferior breed to his predecessor, Homo Americanus 20th Century, and just say we cannot live up to the standards of our forefathers? This has the virtue of honesty.

 

·         But instead of doing that, we go through this complete charade of insisting we Americans adhere to a superior morality by trying terrorists in civil courts, and saying well, evidence gained from torture will not be admitted. Total illogic, because once the suspect has been tortured, or threatened with torture, all his evidence is tainted and he has to be acquitted. Moreover, if we hold we are morally superior, there is no alternative but to take everyone involved in waterboarding, from the lowest to the President, try them, throw them in SuperMax, and forget about them.

 

·         Administering torture for obtaining information from terrorists is not cruelty, any more than a solder is cruel because he is doing job. But what the Americans are doing to terrorists and enemy combatants is deliberate, prolonged cruelty inflicted because we can and there is no one to check us. Conditions at Guantanamo Bay, for example, have been well documented. We refuse to give detainees a swift trial and a clean death if they are found guilty. There are men who have been locked up to 11 years with no resolution, in conditions amounting to torture.

 

·         The terrorist leader Sheikh Mohamed Khalid was waterboarded 266-times. Nothing shows better the incompetence of the CIA/US military, and nothing shows better that they are nothing better than sadists left to run amok.  

 

0230 GMT June 25, 2012

0230 GMT June 24, 2012

·         Dead Indian man running for president solely to prove he is alive As an Indian, Editor is quite used to the Absurdity That Is India (this is a take-off on “The Wonder That Was India”. But once in a while, Editor has to admit his country people do manage to impress even him.

 

 

·         Our headline – “dead Indian man running for president solely to prove he is alive” is not a clever pun or something like that. It describes only what is actually happening. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/9349320/Dead-man-runs-for-Indias-presidency.html

 

·         A farmer decided to seek work as a cook in Bombay, presumably because he was not doing well as a farmer. In Bombay he fell in love with and married an outcaste woman. When he took her home, his high-caste family ran him/wife out of the village presumably for the disgrace. Family filed a missing person report, in due time got him declared dead, and held a funeral and so on. They also seized his property, which to Editor’s suspicious way of looking at things, may have been the purpose of the exercise. Anyway. He filed a police report in his village. The police were in on the deal of seizing his land and so on, and they kindly told him if he did not beat it, he would be dead and not just on paper. He went to the courts, but could not convince them he was alive. He went to the police in the capital, and was told he would have to commit a crime so that a case file and relevant documents would be generated.

 

·         So as a last resort he has filed as a presidential candidate for the up-coming presidential election. He has already announced he does not want to be president, he just wants acknowledgement he is alive.

 

·         Now, dear readers, where else would you find something like this story? Only in India. Editor, indeed, is feeling quite homesick after reading the story.

 

0230 GMT June 23, 2012

 

·         Odd news from China UK Telegraph reported June 14, 2012 that PLA has been conducting bridging exercises across the Yalu. It has been constructing and dismantling pontoon bridges at several points along the river. Readers will recall General MacArthur and his threat to cross the Yalu. We don’t know enough about the geopolitics of the Korean War to tell if MacArthur provoked China to cross, or, seeing the North Koreans being defeated, the Chinese would have crossed anyway.  In favor of the second is that preparations to cross were made months ahead of the actual date.

 

·         The natural speculation is that Beijing must be worried about a regime collapse at some point in the future, and that the PLA will establish a barrier zone to prevent refugees from flowing into China. Hmmmm. A plausible argument, but not air tight. Stopping refugees from crossing the Yalu in the river is easier than invading DPRK and establishing bridgeheads. Regime collapse and refugees will impact South Korea much more severely than China. The Norks are kith and kin to the South Koreans, shooting down Nork refugees is unlikely to be a preferred option for Seoul. Some kind of massive border refugee camps deal combined with sending aid north to keep people in place seems more likely. Once North Koreans figure out that South Korea is helping, no one in their right mind is going to want to go to China.

 

·         This is pure speculation; but could the PLA be training to invade and seize DPRK’s weapons of mass destruction in case of a regime collapse? Contrary to what the US says, the DPRK N-program is no threat at all; and likely to stay that way for most of this decade. But chemical and biowar weapons could pose a danger if not properly secured. Or maybe the Chinese want a solid buffer zone between themselves and a unified Korea. But this is going to put the Chinese in an awkward position vis-a-vis the UN. The US/EU are certainly not going to be happy that China has invaded Korea, whatever the long-range security objectives. Surely the Chinese are aware of the complications of a buffer zone.

 

·         There is a larger question. We all talk glibly of regime collapse. But for all purposes, the regime has long since collapsed. Starvation, concentration camps, a police state, lack of the most necessities such as electric power is already an everyday reality for North Koreans. But the regime keeps the military and state apparatus fed and warm. It’s possible Fatso Kim Junior’s faction can’t keep the ruling elite together. But before we assume that is possible, the question of why they might not manage has to be answered. The regime has held together for 62 years. What has changed that it might collapse soon?

 

·         Turkey-Syria The situation after Syria’s shoot-down of a Turkish F-4 is changing so rapidly that what we write here may change by the time you read it. Briefly, at the very minimum the F-4 was flying parallel to the Syria border. Damascus says it intruded into Syrian air space and Damascus had to respond. The plane went down 15-km off the naval base of Latakia. Syria has apologized and is helping with the search for the pilots. It’s unclear of they’ve been rescued, everyone seems to have their own opinion.

 

·         So, is this serious or not?  Regardless of who provoked whom, Turkey can call an Article 4 NATO meeting to discuss the matter. What then? Unless Turkey is seeking to create a causus belli to establish a No Fly Zone over Syria, and unless NATO is looking for an excuse to intervene, the apology should suffice. Turkey has been muttering about retaliation. Is it ready to go to war with Syria right now? Will NATO encourage or dissuade Turkey?  It is unclear to us that anyone is ready for a fight-to-the finish at this point.

 

·         Eurosoccer 2012: Germany 4, Greece 2 Poor Greece. Humiliated, put down, oppressed by the Germans, and a laughing stock to boot – don’t forget 1941, folks, the Greeks certainly haven’t. – the Greeks’ one hope was to thrash Germany in the Euro quarterfinals. Didn’t happen. Congratulations to the German, but Greece, Editor’s heart is with you.

 

·         Talking about Greece, here’s a true story. Editor was strolling along the Mall in his hometown of Simla, when a tall and broad Englishman stopped him to ask directions to the old Viceregal Lodge, the humble (not) country home of the British Viceroys in India. Somehow it emerged the gentleman had been a British Army commando during the war, and had dropped over Crete. The resulting mess up you should know, even if you are younger than 70. He’d heard it rumored that a British Army officer of Indian origin had been with one of the groups, but had never learned anything else.

 

·         Very peculiarly, Editor had been to dinner at the house of the Indian Western Army Commander, Lt.-Gen. Inder Gill. The good general told Editor he had joined the British army (as opposed to the British-Indian Army), signing up with the parachute commandos. He had dropped over Crete, been captured, and so on. He knew there were other groups involved, but he never got to know who they were.

 

 

 

0230 GMT June 22, 2012

·         Pakistan The Media tells us that in Pakistan, bringing cases against politicians is done frequently, and the narcotics case against the OM-nominee will make no difference to his taking office.

 

·         First, the case. It concerns ephedrine, which bad people have been turning into meth. If Editor meets any of these people he is going to smack them so hard with a limp noodle they will immediately regret the error of their ways. Editor suffers from sinus/allergies, and now to get medicine he has to go through such rigmarole at the pharmacy you might think he is trying to buy drugs, ha ha. So anyway, while this gentleman was the Health Minister, it was brought to his notice that quantities above the legal quota were being imported. He ordered an investigation, and was rewarded with an arrest warrant for illegal import of ephedrine. Not coincidentally, the warrant was sworn out when it became apparent he was likely the next PM. Also not coincidentally, one of the accused is the current PM’s son.  Apparently this is biz as usual in those parts.

 

·         Second, he will get bail, and the case will go on forever and forever. If he becomes PM, he gets immunity from prosecution.  In any case, fresh elections are due in 8-months, so he will not be PM for long.

 

·         Third, there is a dispute if Pakistan Supreme Court can (a) cite the current PM for contempt; and (b) order the Election Commission to deregister him. The PM went regularly to court when required by the Supreme Court. Supreme Court says he is contempt for failing to write to Switzerland to reopen the corruption case against the President. But the Swiss have said the Pakistan Government has to lift the President’s immunity, and in any case they have returned his money and closed the case after the immunity order. So, Switzerland suggests – sensibly, we think, that it is up to the Pakistan Government to try President at home. Moreover, it is being argued, by ordering the PM to ignore the President’s immunity, the Court is acting illegally because the PM cannot under the law do that. He cannot be punished for following the law. The business about the Election Commission is too technical for us to understand, sorry. But the PM’s case may not be over.

 

·         A Pakistani friend has said the current PM must go because Pakistan is in a mess. Okay, let us assume it is his fault. There is a procedure for getting rid of him. It is called fresh elections. Pakistan’s problems from Day 1 have been weak institutions. It does not help anyone if these institutions are abused by the Supreme Court. Further, unless the Supreme Court wants to stand accused of political vendetta, it will have to tell the next PM to write to Switzerland. He will not be able to do so without breaking the law. So what is the Court going to do? Order him fired, and the next PM, and the next PM until it gets what it want, even if that want is illegal?

 

 

·         Assange Circus Latest The gentleman has said that he does not know if his asylum bid will work, but at least he will have drawn attention to US persecution of him. This, he says, is the real issue. One of his lawyers says he is being punished for disclosing US war crimes.

 

·         Sigh. How dramatic. Except that he has not been punished by anyone. There are no cases against him. Sweden wants him back to talk to him, to see if there is a case to be made against him. And that’s for sexual assault, not for disclosing US war crimes.

 

·         Julian, old buddy old pal: may we suggest you take your Prozac? You will feel so much better, Editor can personally testify. And it will reduce your libido so seriously you will not be tempted to sexually assault anyone, keeping you out of more trouble. From time to time we all need Mother’s Little Helper, so do not feel shy. Now obviously for your paranoia, narcissism, sense of entitlement, belief that even those who help you are to be used,  and delusions of grandeur the Prozac will not help. But there are many meds for these problems. If you seek refuge in the US Embassy, you will get all the treatment/meds you need absolutely free of charge! And the Americans have wonderful water therapy, better than you can get in any spa in the world. All free. Of course, you have to earn this special therapy. Just mumble on about a terrorist plot or two, and the therapy will be yours! PS: Just be sure to go “USA! USA!” after each treatment. The therapists are only human, you know. It is a hard job, and they do appreciate a little praise.

 

·         For the latest details, read http://tinyurl.com/6u64k8k  The story says British police are watching the Ecuador Embassy. This raises another question: jumping bail is a crime, so if the Brits get him will they sentence him to jail?   For a bit of British humor – which in this case sounds suspiciously like US campus humor – read http://tinyurl.com/6t8dm6a (thanks to Chris Raggio).

0230 GMT June 21, 2012

·         Thank you, Julian Assange! These days Editor is suffering from the heat and terminal boredom. He is never bored because there is always something to do, and he can work forever on orbats without noticing the hours, days, and years pass, but this spring somehow has been the low point of almost 7 decades. Then Editor read the latest on Wikileaker Assange, and that snapped him out of his somnolence for at least 10-minutes. Ten minutes? You ask. You get ten minutes of relief and you are going all gaga to thank Julian Assange? Well, consider this. Yesterday the cutest trainer at the YMCA smiled and waved to Editor while leading a class. That was good for two minutes. At which point you will say, mon, you are truly sick. But trainer is settled in a relationship with someone who is NOT 40 years older than her and someone who is NOT a substitute teacher. So what are the chances? Not zero, but close enough. So two minutes of ennui-less is quite impressive. Until Editor read about Assange’s latest.

 

·         In case you have not been following this prime example of a noble human being, his UK appeal against extradition to Sweden to face investigations or rape and sexual harassment (two different cases) was rejected 7-0 by the UK Supreme Court. That left him YET another appeal, to the European Court. Instead of going that route – probably because he knew it was not going to work – he violated the terms of his bail and walked into the Ecuador Embassy in London, seeking political asylum. The Embassy has given him temporary shelter while Quito considers the case.

 

·         Some more background. Assange is on bail conditional on his being at the estate of a person who offered to take him in between such-and-such hours. Also, his sympathizers put up $360,000 bond.  By not returning to the estate, he violated the bail conditions. In the US his bail would have been canceled and the money claimed from those who put up bond. UK seems to be going out of its way to give no appearance of persecuting the man, because the court has said bail will not be cancelled unless he misses the next court day. Of course, the police have said since he is violation, they will arrest him. But the people who put up bail are not being made to pay at this time.

 

·         Why Ecuador, of all places? Good question. The government does not like Washington. And at some point Assange had sought citizenship of Ecuador, presumably figuring Quito would not be inclined to send him to the US. Ironically, Assange’s leaks had cables from the US ambassador to Quito saying the Ecuador police were corrupt. Ecuador expelled the ambassador, but is prepared to be BFFs with the leaker, which presumably means it supports his actions, but cannot face the truth of his revelations. Odd.

 

·         So what is Assange’s case against being extradited to Sweden? That he is being politically persecuted and faces execution if extradited to the US. Several problems with his position, which we do not doubt are dissected in the legal judgments. First, Sweden only wants him for questioning. He is not accused of anything. His theory that the Swedish government can question him in London is a bit weird. When Swedish citizens have filed charges against someone, you cannot say Sweden can investigate only on your terms. Second, if the UK – closest US ally – did not extradite him to US, what chance is there Sweden will? Particularly because what he did leaking wise is not a crime in Sweden – it is in the UK. Indeed, curiously, US did not even ask UK courts for Assange’s extradition. Assange’s additional contention, that he will be arrested and extradited if he returns to his home country, is even more dubious because Canberra has said after investigating that it has no case against him. Assange’s basic contention, that he committed no crime and has been set-up by the CIA in Sweden, and so he should not be sent to Sweden, is masterful illogic. It is not for Assange to declare he is innocent, so he should not be sent to Sweden. That’s for the Swedish police or courts to decide.

 

·         Let us face, folks. That Assange has managed to get this much traction for so long indicates only one thing: there are enough Euros who are America haters that even though the man has been accused of rape, all sorts of people are willing to help him. One would think the Euros – and Assange’s American supporters – would feel a bit embarrassed at supporting an accused rapist. But obviously Assange’s supporters are so blinded by anti-Americanism, that they don’t care what common criminal act he may have committed, it has to be a CIA plot.

 

·         Back to Ecuador. Quito is in a bad position. Giving asylum to someone wanted for questioning in crimes against two women is not something – presumably – Quito wants. To give him asylum would signal that all you have to claim is the CIA is out to get you, and its Welcome to Ecuador and here’s your passport, you are now a citizen. This is why Quito has carefully said it does not intend to interfere with the criminal laws of UK, Sweden, etc. And generally it is not a good idea to antagonize Washington without good reasons. The US government – this includes the executive, the Congress, and the criminal justice system, have very long memories and can be downright vindictive. We are, of course, trying not giggle loudly at the notion of Ecuador as the bastion of democracy and free speech. In January Quito passed a law amending the constitution that places restrictions on political reporting by journalists. For some of President Correa’s other antics relating to the press, read http://www.leahy.senate.gov/press/press_releases/release/?id=30dd18ef-f9df-4a60-a606-4319d93eee16

 

0230 GMT June 20, 2012

·         What on earth is going on in Pakistan? Yesterday. With a stroke of his pen, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court dismissed the legitimately elected Prime Minister. Must be the most serious moral turpitude, you say, or high crimes or treason. Nope. He has been dismissed because the Court ordered him to open an investigation against the Pakistani President concerning a money laundering case before he became president after his wife Benazir Bhutto’s assassination. The Prime Minister refused, saying he lacked the authority: the previous president, General Musharraf, had given the new president and several others amnesty, and where was the legal basis for him to disregard acts of the previous government?

 

 

·         No go, says the Supreme Court. You are guilty. Sentenced to one hour in court custody or something like that. The PM serves the hour and pushes off, and that is the end of the matter. But no. Supreme Court yesterday says a convicted criminal cannot serve as PM, so he’s fired. His lawyer objects, saying the PM did not file an appeal because no issue concerning his suitability for office was raised. Chief Justice says the PM showed contempt and ridicule of judiciary by refusing to obey its order to open investigations against the president. PM’s lawyer says but the Supreme Court never charged/tried the PM on those charges. There’s all kinds of technical stuff you can read at http://www.thenews.com.pk/Todays-News-13-15452-Convicted-person-cant-represent-180m-people-CJ-Iftikhar One point being raised is the PM did not disregard an order to ask the Swiss authorities to reopen the corruption case against the president because the Supreme Court never gave him a formal order.

 

·         The Swiss case concerned kickbacks the president received when his wife was PM. When the previous president gave the current PM immunity, the Swiss  ended the case against the now president, and returned the money. Prosecuting a selectively targeted person in Pakistan for kickbacks (or in India for that matter) is wholly absurd because every single Pakistani PM or minister has done worse things. The current president was charged to retaliate against his wife; the whole thing is a political persecution. But that is not the point here. The point is the Supreme Court went after the Prime Minister without answering his question: how was he supposed to overrule the immunity given the President? That only Parliament can do, not the Supreme Court.

 

·         Moreover, right at this time there are very serious charges against the Chief Justice’s son and against the Chief Justice. A real estate developer has detailed how he paid bribes to the CJ’s son to get his work done in the courts, and while the developer does not say he paid the CJ, he said he met him on many occasions to discuss his matters. Okay, so we don’t know if the charges are true, but at the very least you would think the Pakistan Supreme Court would ask the CJ – the same one who is after the PM’s life – to step down while investigations are made. But no. What this glorious body has done is charged the developer with contempt of court! http://www.nytimes.com/2012/06/14/world/asia/pakistan-court-initiates-contempt-charge-against-justices-accuser.html

 

·         The Supreme Court has been going on about protecting the constitution and democracy. What about protecting Pakistan against the Supreme Court’s antics?

 

·         Now look, people, Editor has no grasshopper in this race. His position is clear, and endlessly repeated: Pakistan’s secession from India was illegal and is therefore null and void. It was engineered by the retiring colonial power for its own purposes, without staging a constitutional referendum on the matter. You cannot say: Okay now, you folks are independent and have democracy, but before we sign on the dotted line, we are going to do major geographic engineering that partitions your country, and democracy does not play any part in our partition. Please no one write to Editor and say but India accepted partition, because the Government of India did not (a) ask the people of India if they agreed; (b) there was no legal Government till independence was declared and India held elections. Whatever power the so-called Government of India had was illegitimately derived from edicts of the colonial power, which itself was illegitimate.

 

·         But editor feels compelled to defend the Pakistan Prime Minister because this man has striven to do the right thing by his country, including standing up to the Army, and believe us, in Pakistan that takes an extraordinary amount of courage. Because Americans are in a major hating on Pakistan right now, they do not see that this one man has single-handedly tried to restore intuitions to Pakistan, which has never had effective ones for long. Indeed, the Supreme Court’s strike against him is itself a major blow to Pakistani institutions.

 

0230 GMT June 19, 2012

 

·         US asks UK’s help in stopping Russian attack helicopters to Syria To avoid confusion: Editor’s position on Syria is that the US, without delay, should obliterate the Syrian armed forces. What next? Nothing next for the US. Encourage and support whichever government comes to power, as long as it is democratic, even if imperfectly. But what if the instability gets worse? Come on now, people. If we are worried about instability why did we oppose the Soviet Union and why do we keep pushing China to democratize? Why did we overthrow Saddam and Gadaffi? Stability brought by guns cannot be stable; it breaks down at some point – Libya and Syria most recently.

 

·         This said, what exactly does the US want UK to do to help stop the supply of Russian attack helicopters to Syria? To begin with, the US – as it does so expertly – has completely twisted the truth without telling an actual lie. US has omitted to tell us these are not new helicopters coming as part of a new sales to Syria. They are Syrian property, sent for overhaul to Kalingard, and now being returned to their owner. So the Russians are hardly “supplying” weapons to be used against civilians. Is there a UN resolution blocking transport of arms to Syria? Or have the US and UK declared war on Syria and declared a blockade? In the absence of either course, so sorry so sad, for US/UK to interfere in any way with the ship taking some of the helicopters back to Syria will be piracy. Clearly this does not bother Washington, which is a den not just of iniquity but of hypocrisy. Washington believes everyone must follow the law, except for Washington. If you and I break the law, the US government (we include state and local government), throws the book at us. But the US government seems to think it can break the law anytime it wants because it is acting in the national interest.

 

·         The US and/or UK will never get a UN resolution blocking Russian arms to Syria, particularly as we too are indirectly supply arms to Syria – the opposition, to be sure, but to Syria nonetheless. The correct thing for the US to do would be a Congressional declaration of war against Syria. US can then declare a blockade, and if the Russian freighter breaks the blockade, sink it. While we’re at it, let’s get a war declaration against Al Qaeda and all anti-American terrorists, so that we can knock off people legally.

 

 

·         An interesting “By the Way”  The winning pro-bailout Greek party got only 79 seats, just eight more than the anti-bailout Syriza. The winner gets 50 more free seats, so that is how the pro-bailout New Democracy ended up with 129.  With its ally Pasok, it has 162 out of 300 seats

 

·         We thought this is a comfortable majority because the coalition, by virtue of being the majority, would pick up support from independents and splinter parties. Now, we understand this is not going to make any difference to Greece’s future: Greece cannot live without a bailout, but it can’t live with a bailout either, and a few cosmetic concessions such as Germany appears willing to make are not going to make a difference. What we wondered is that the ruling coalition likely to go up to 165 or 170, why is everyone weeping and wailing about an unstable government?

·         Someone explained to us the problem is that Greek parties have a core number of MPs, but also have a large number who look for the main chance. So just because a person is a member of New Democracy, for example, it does not mean he can always be counted on to stay that way. With the matter of the bailout so controversial, and with untold quantities of additional pain in prospect if the coalition tries to keep to the bailout terms, the ruling coalition is actually at a disadvantage compared to the main opposition party, Syriza. It will rapidly lose support.

 

 

·         Why? Because when things go wrong for the Greek people – as they have to if the bailout terms are enforced – they will turn against the ruling coalition very quickly. Fair enough, Editor argued, but if Syriza comes to power and goes anti-bailout, things will also go to heck-and-beyond in a shopping cart. Our person smiled and said: “Then the people will vote Syriza out. Do you now see why people are worried there will not be, perhaps cannot be, a stable government?”

·         Well, truthfully Editor’s head was spinning by now. There is a reason he does not understand politics: it is too complicated. Editor made one last feeble attempt by saying surely the Greek politicians at some point have to pull together to do the right thing for their country. This got our person to laughing loudly. He said: “You’re from India and you live in America. And you are saying that Greek politicians have to come together for the good of the country? You come and tell me when Indian and US politicians do what’s right for their countries instead of for themselves, and I’ll tell you when Greek politicians put country ahead of themselves.”

 

 

·         And to that there seems no response.

 

 

0230 GMT June 18, 2012

·         Greece: Here We Go Round The Mulberry Bush The pro-bailout parties New Democracy and Pasok have win 163 of 300 parliamentary seats of 300, giving them a decent majority. Smaller pro-bail-out parties will increase the total. (Greece has a unique system designed to help stability: the party with the most votes gets 50 extra seats.)

 

·         So is that the end of the crisis? No, it is the start – all over again. No economic factors have changed: Greece cannot afford the austerity Berlin insists on; it cannot meet its targets; even the pro-bailout people say the terms have to be softened; Germany will not bend further for Greece; and that is the end of the matter. Instead of a clean decision on leaving, which have forced restructuring of the Euro, we will continue to limp on for another two years or so, at which point the collapse will still happen.

 

·         The difference is that if the two years is used wisely, EU can further insulate itself from Greek debt, and Greece can be better prepared for the inevitable divorce. Will people be wise? We are not going to bet on it. (Luckily, being permanently broke we cannot bet on anything except that Editor will continue to be permanently broke.

 

·         Meanwhile, if there are people in the US that still think we’ll be out of trouble soon, they’ve been Bogarting That Joint, My Friend, and they need to stub it out, and they need to stop drinking augmented Kool Aid. It is going to be at least five more years of hardship. Meanwhile, the GOP and Democrats can continue with their mouthing off contest: after all, none of those going yak-yap-yak-yap are suffering. And if anyone still thinks any politician of any stripe gives one micro darn about the rest of us, they need to stop putting additives in their coffee. Better still, they need to stop drinking coffee.

 

·         On the positive side, reader Patrick Skuza reminded us of the theory that American society moves in 80-years cycles, divided into 20-year sub-cycles. The next 80-year cycle starts in 2020, where for 20-years Americans sacrifice and work together to build up the country, as a reaction to the inevitable collapse when American becomes entirely greed centered and Me-Me-Me centered. Thought our American readers would like to know, the Indians also say the world goes through four sub-cycles, though with centuries for each cycle – understandably because till the 19th Century things hardly changed in India century after century. The first sub-cycle is the Age of Gold, followed by Silver, Brass, and Iron. We are now in the last stages of the sub-age of Iron, where everything collapses to start again. You may also be interested to know Indians very much believe in End Times, which culminate with the arrival of Vishnu’s 10th avatar. He cleanses the world by punishing the wicked (which is most of us), and rewarding the righteous (who are few), and leads the survivors into the new golden age.

 

·         Is it coincidental that the first 50 Google references to Kalki are to an actress who is French Indian, and not to the avatar Kalki? We stopped at 50 because we got tired. Now look, people, the actress Kalki is terribly cute, with a great smile, and she is 29, which falls with the 28-35 bracket where women are at their physical (er, we mean intellectual) best. But Editor for one is not going to be relying on actress Kalki to save him.

 

 

 

0230 GMT June 17, 2012

·         Syria The other day we had wondered what was really happening in Syria. According to various media reports we have collated, the opposition has gained significant ground in recent months, likely due to money and weapons supplies by Mideast Sunni states. The US has decided to go all in, and has met with rebel officials in Washington to discuss the transfer of weapons. It appears these weapons will be from Libyan stocks. Nonetheless, the Syria government is fight back ferociously. The Army does the long-range killing with tanks, artillery, and lately helicopter gunships; a state supported Shia militia does the close-in killing.

 

·         A personal comment: Editor understands the case anti-interventionists make. The Arab world is fractured by fault lines, and we have seen from Libya and Egypt the forces released by revolution have ugly consequences. But is an artificial stability enforced by police states to be preferred to the chaos of democracy?

 

·         Countries like Libya, Egypt, Syria, Yemen, Somalia, and Iraq have never had democracy. They have to go through the process of building free states. When people have been kept down with violence, the institutions for self-rule are lacking. Developing them will take time, and likely there will be more downs than ups for possibly decades.

 

·         For every case where democratic institutions developed relatively peacefully after the colonial power left – the US and India are prime examples, there are scores of other cases where the process has been incomplete. France, Italy, Germany, and Japan are countries where democracy took time to establish, but it was established. It is hard to forget the ease with which the Soviet Union snuffed out several democracies that reestablished themselves after the final fall of fascism, and in Russia the brief period of democracy subsequent to the fall of Moscow’s empire has been followed by increasing authoritarianism. Venezuela reminds us how easily democracy is reversed when it has not taken the firmest of roots. Yet several countries of the former Soviet empire – the Baltics and Eastern Europe – have established strong democracies.

 

·         Sure, it can all be quickly blown away. No historians we, but did not the Founding Fathers specifically acknowledge that democracy is a fragile institution and free people must continually work to keep democracy?

 

·         Anti-interventionists may well say: “Look, no one opposes democracy, all we are saying is that it cannot be enforced from the outside – look at Iraq. It is not for the US to intervene in all 100+ states where democracy is trying to assert itself.”

 

·         Correct. The real debate is to what degree the US should intervene. In the case of Syria Americans are having the debate. It has been too slow a process for people who want instant action – like Editor, who has repeatedly argued what is the point of having the most powerful military in the world when we are scared witless at the prospect of losing a handful of aircraft. But see, that is democracy: it requires domestic consensus, and that takes time to build. Remember the case of Europe in the interwar period, 1919-1938. Contrary to popular belief, it’s not that the democracies were unaware or willfully blind to the gathering threat of fascism. It is that after the blood-letting of the Great War, building a consensus for rearming was difficult. Had Hitler not obliged by attacking Poland, the consensus might never have been built.

 

·         Which leads to the whimsical thought: there was no reason for the west to fight Hitler. Accommodations could have been made, and by the mid-1940s at the very least, Germany and the Soviet Union would have been at war. The west would have been secure, and we would have escaped the terrible irony of fighting a world war to defeat fascism only to help the rise of communism. Perhaps Chamberlin was right. Until we can travel to other places in the universe to an earth where Chamberlin emerged victorious, we can never know. There is an infinity of earth where Chamberlin was right, and an infinity of earths where he was wrong. Isn’t infinity wonderful?

 

·         Letter to the Editor from NKM I am not Indian, but I can understand your frustration about your country. What I cannot understand is (a) why you have no brain function – you have said you neither watch TV nor drink beer; (b) why is your doctor, whom you like so much, trying to kill you by prescribing heavy mega doses of cyanide and ricin?

 

 

0230 GMT June 16, 2012

·         India: A Gone Case In the Indian-English vernacular, a Gone Case is a Looney Tuner. In terms of the ICD-10, India as a society runs from F0 through F39. Yes, yes, we know IC goes F0 through F9, thus the ICD-10.  But when the learned western head shrinkers visited India, on the first day itself they were up to F39. Worried that no one could be THAT crazy, and concerned for their reputations, the expedition quietly departed India and burned all records. The only reason Editor knows about the F39 is that he is one of the selected sample of N=1 that was carefully studied. But we digress.

 

·         Old time readers of Orbat.com may recall Editor seldom mentioned India. Then because of the Twitter thing he began mentioning India simply because most of his following of 3 are Indian. Which raises the obvious question of the chicken or the egg. Was Editor writing about India because most of his readers were Indian, or did most of his followers arrive because he was writing about India? That the Editor can ask this question clearly shows he now needs to move to Paris, take up smoking Gauloises, stop shaving, paint his teeth yellow, constantly keep a well-thumbed copy of Kierkegaard under a blessedly deodorant-free armpit, drink vast quantities of Montmartre Red Number 4, stare deeply and meaningfully into the eyes of nubile young visiting American ladies, and confess that yes, he does have the answer to that question, which is best discussed in private. Doubtless among our 5 blog readers will be the know-it-all spoilsport, who will sneeringly say: “I am an expert in the wines of France, and there is no such thing as Montmarte Red Number 4. Is that so, smarty-pants? If you would just care to look at page 455, Catalog of French Industrial Solvents, you will see this fine wine, available for a bargain price of Euro 3 per kiloliter. These days they do not scrape barnacles off ships’ hulls, they merely spray this wonderful product, and lo, not only are the barnacles cleared off, the ship too dissolves. That handily  takes care of the arrest warrant for dumping toxic waste off the coast of Equatorial Guinea: no ship, no case.

 

·         Recently Editor went to his HMO for yet another check-up. Last time Editor went his doctor said: “There is hope: I have detected brain function equivalent to that evidenced by a headless flat worm. Take these 35 medications, and see me in two months time.” Editor did wonder why all 35 were labeled “Potassium Cyanide”, but you know, either you trust your doctor or you do not. Editor’s doctor is tres cute, so naturally he trusts her. And this just shows what a liberated person Editor is: after all, any man can fall for a woman with two Nobel prizes. It takes a man of deep sensitivity and sophistication to realize you cannot just discriminate against a woman because she is tres cute. Even good looking women have the right to be liberated from their clothes, for heaven’s sake, not all men are male chauvinistic pigs.

 

·         Back to the doctor. She clamped this apparatus on his head – it can take readings down to 1-picovolt which is what your average rock manages by way of brain function on a good day. After much fiddling with dials and stuff she went: “Hmmmm. I need another instrument.” She explained as she was adjusting it “this one is so sensitive it can detect a being’s brain function 50-billion-light-years away." She seemed thoughtful as she put it away. “The medication hasn’t worked as I hoped. Here are prescriptions for 100 medicines. Take them and see me in 2-months time. By the way, your blood-pressure is very high. Have you been reading the Indian media again?” (Doctor is from India, so she understands these things.) When Editor shamefacedly admitted he had, she wrote on her prescription pad: “Patient is to entirely refrain from reading India media", and sent Editor off. Each prescription was for 30 x 100-mg ricin tablets.  These are the stories Editor

 read before his appointment:

 

·         Twenty years after the need for a medium combat fighter became obvious, India in 2012 signed a contract to buy the Rafale. So signing the contract means it is a done deal, right? Wrong. In April the Indian defense minister said there were still seven to eight more clearances required. An objection at any level will result in cancellation and rebid. You don’t believe anyone can take so long? Well, after a quarter-century India has still not decided on which medium gun it will manufacture. As a stop gap, India is buying 145 medium guns from the US, and an ordnance factor has promised to deliver 200 based on the designs for the Bofors 155mm which was cancelled in the mid-1980s. The medium gun competition is still going on. By the way, Rafale starts becoming obsolescent in the about 5-years. The plane is designed according to requirements first formulated in the 1970s, and was put under development in 1982. That’s thirty years ago.

 

·         India’s budget deficit is 6% or even more. This is part of the reason inflation is so high. Yet just a couple of days the Government decided it was going to invest approximately $11-billion over the next 8 years to save Air India (new equity, conversion of losses to binds owned by the government, write-offs, debt restructuring, etc). Air India flies 17% of India’s passengers, if it were not owned by the government, it would be bankrupt. But the government cannot bear to let Air India go, and we doubt anyone would buy it anyway. If government invested that money for new power plants, something India is desperately short of, at a debt:equity ratio of 3:1, it could likely install 20-Gigawatts of power generating capability, providing a huge economic boost. Instead that money is as good as gone.

 

·         A news article says India’s food-stocks have reached 75-million tons (http://oryza.com/Rice-News/15342.html ). 40% of Indians do not get enough to eat. Instead of stepping up free grain supply for the very poor, the government is happy to see rats, insects, and spoilage eat the grain. By some estimates as much as 20% is wasted every year because of improper storage. 15-million tons a year would provide 200-million people 200-grams of rice/day, equal to half the 2000-kcals a person needs. But no matter, India is great, the poor can starve.

 

Gotta watch that blood pressure….

 

0230 GMT June 15, 2012

·         Julian Assange: Oh Mama This Is So Not Really The End So when yesterday we learned that Wikileaker Julian Assange’s appeal to the UK Supreme Court had been turned down 7-0, we thought finally he gets extradited to Sweden. Wrong. He now gets until the end of June to appeal to the European court, and they can order UK not to extradite him to Sweden while they hear his appeal.

 

·         Let us go back a bit. Assange says he should not be extradited to Sweden because he fears he will be turned over to the US. This is a bogus argument. UK and US are Best Friends Forever. If US has not requested UK to extradite Assange, it’s hard to see how US would get Sweden to agree when what the man did was not illegal under Swedish law.

 

·         Should the US at all arrest him? This is quite simple. If he encouraged Bradley Manning to steal US secrets, and if he facilitated Manning in any way, then Assange is guilty under US law. But if did not encourage/facilitate Manning, Assange can claim freedom of the press and we are told it is likely the US courts will agree with him.  The one thing US Department of Justice hates is losing a case. DOJ will not send him to trial unless it is sure it can win. Most DOJ cases are not even tried, they are plea-bargained because FBI has irrefutable proof you have done something wrong.

 

·         The way we see it, Assange’s real problem is the Swedes.  They have a very tough attitude on what is consensual sex and what is not. From what we gather, the partner can ask you to stop at any point, and if you do not, that it, you have broken the law. We have yet to get a clear answer on if this applies to women also: if the man tells the woman to stop and she does not, what happens? Anyway, it is absurd for Assange to claim this is all a CIA plot. Had it been a CIA plot, CIA would by now have lined up 10 women, 7 men, and five animals to say Assange raped then.  Unless the man has taken a vow of celibacy, it is not a huge problem for someone working for the CIA to get cozy with Assange and then make accusations. And yes, the CIA does have animals working for them, necessary because of the tastes of some American enemies, so do not think we are making this up. The man has leaked US State cables, not CIA cables, so why should the CIA be involved in the first place? This is an FBI matter, not a CIA matter.

 

·         We don’t like Assange because he is both arrogant and hypocritical. He says he is saving the world from American imperialism, but other people’s imperialism – like the Russian – does not bother him one bit. He is just another cheap huckster that has found anti-Americanism gets him money, attention, and women. As George F. Will of the Washington Post might say, the man produces nothing, he just extracts rent.

 

0230 GMT June 14, 2012

·         Finally someone is making sense on Syria After months of hearing the most pathetic hogwash from the US government on Syria, matched by hogwash from the media and from the intellectuals, Editor was surprised to hear something that actually made sense. Dimitri K. Simes was in NPR radio yesterday and he basically said that if the US is so worried about Syria, why does it not just unilaterally intervene, as it did in Kosovo? What is this business about the US must give approval? Mr. Simes is of Russian origin, and is a well-known scholar on Russian foreign policy. He was quoting an unidentified  Russian official to make the point that Russia cannot be expected to give up its vital interests in Syria just to get a few air kisses from Mr. Obama. If Syria is so important to the US, let the US take the responsibility.

 

·         The American lady on the interview – did not get her name, Editor is quite deaf – then hit the dead doornail on the head. She said President Obama is very reluctant to get involved.

 

·         We discussed this the other day, and we said there are good cases for intervening or not intervening. President Obama is giving Editor excessive aggro not because he is will not intervene,  but because he and his go on and on like a broken record, substituting wordy threats for action and making the US a laughing stock. If Mr. Obama does not want to get involved, that is fine with us. The US is his country to run. Carry on and all that. But please, and we are trying to be as nice as possible, as Larry the Crocodile keeps saying to his wife in the comic strip Pearls Before Swine “Shut your mouf, woman”.  We are not citing Larry as a role model, because he is the dumbest and most foolish of Pastis’s habitat, just borrowing Larry’s words.

 

·         Ditto the recent wild accusations by the Secretary of State directed at Moscow, that Russia is supplying attack helicopters to Syria. Why the verbal outrage? If the US really cares, why is it not blockading Syria? Oooooh, but that would mean taking responsibility for Syria, wouldn’t it? So much safer to stand on the safe side of the fence, and fire away with the Word Heavy Artillery.

 

·         And BTW, can someone tell our SecState that “heavy artillery”, a phrase she uses, is a specific term? It is not a synonym for “artillery”. A good rule to remember is that 100mm or 105mm is light, 130mm or 155mm is medium, and stuff like 175mm or 180mm or 203mm is heavy. We could get into a quibble about 105mm as light, certainly up to – say – 1950 or so it wouldn’t have been considered light. But these days, it is a handy way of keep straight the difference between light, medium, and heavy. Leaves the question of the 122mm: it is not light, but it is not quite medium, either. Naturally 122mm is a Russian caliber. Those dang Rooskies are always causing confusion.

 

·         George Zimmerman and the $135,000 Editor has been clear that in his humble opinion, Zimmerman is at fault in the Martin case. Nonetheless, when the prosecutor asked for, and got, cancellation of Zimmerman’s bail on grounds he had lied about his assets at his bail hearing, we thought the prosecutors were being vindictive. American prosecutors love to pile on and to bring as many charges as they can possible think of, including accused was 5-minutes late to pick up his kid from day-care,  and accused did not floss his teeth six years ago this day, and accused was caught on CCTV throwing away a cigarette butt on Interstate 95 while on bail, violating the terms which call for him to abide by all laws or something.

 

·         The judge set bail at $150,000. Before the bail hearing a defense fund raised $135,000 for Zimmerman; he did not tell the judge about the fund, and has said since that was for his lawyers, he did not think he needed to report it. Of course, there is the question is why has it taken the prosecution all this time to bring this up, but anyway, a lawyer would say it is not germane. Our point is anyone can see why Zimmerman did not report it; it is not an asset he owned before he killed Martin, the money was raised for his defense. Give him a slap on the wrist and let him go, not toss him back in the slammer.

 

0230 GMT June 13, 2012

 

·         One reason President Bush avoided trouble is that he knew he was not a genius, so he spoke as little as possible; and when he spoke, he said as little as possible. He also did not live to hear the sound of his own voice because he was secure in himself. This was a tremendous relief after Prez Billy Bob who, as someone has said, could keep talking long after the last dog put down its ears. This was, in fact, an exaggeration. Everyone knows President Billy could keep talking long after the sun turned cold, and even at that point he was barely getting underway.

 

·         Now we have Prez The Big O. He is a mighty talker – nothing compared to Billy, but then who alive or dead or yet to be born could compare to Billy? Being a mighty talker, Big O gets into mighty and unnecessary trouble. His latest, of course, is that the private sector is doing fine jobs wise; it is the public sector jobs that are down.

 

·         Ironically, his facts are right but not his interpretation of them.  Over the past year, the private sector has generated 2-million jobs, the public sector has lost 161,000. So if The Big O had said: “the private sector is doing better than the public sector, it has generated  12-times as many jobs over the past year, and that’s the way it should be, because we need the genius of the private sector to create jobs blah blah blah,” all would have been well and many moderate Republicans would have been pleased. http://abcnews.go.com/blogs/politics/2012/06/is-the-private-sector-really-doing-fine/

 

·         But the private sector is not doing fine. The same ABC source we quoted above notes that “Why it seems so painful is because we had that recession,” Thornberg said. We had the trough of the economy and then started growing at a normal pace. We haven’t had that catch up.” In other words, the bounce that normally occurs when a recession bottoms has not taken place, unemployment is above 8%, and most people are struggling.

 

·         If The Big O would only think before he spoke, or at least check out what he is about to say with his staff, he would not get into these situation. Another situation he has created is that he has given people the idea he is anti-capitalist. In fact, he is in bed with the capitalists. We read somewhere corporate taxes as a percent of GDP have gone down to almost half since The Big O took office. Sure, some of that is due to the recession. But much has to do with he is owned by Wall Street. For example, Wall Street is back to its old tricks despite new “regulations” – think Austin Powers.

 

·         But because he conflates Romney with the worst abuses of private equity whereas it is not at all clear Romney is guilty as charged, people start thinking “The Big O is against capitalism”. For heaven’s sake, McGee, no one is against capitalism, not even the Chinese communists. If DPRK and Cuba do not have capitalism the way we would like, it is because unlike the Chinese they have not figured out how to have capitalism and maintain tight political control. Why is The Big O even in the position that people are saying he’s anti-capitalist?

 

 

·         Same problem: because he considers himself a genius, he does not watch what he says. What makes it worse is that he thinks, because he is so smart, everyone should just fall on their faces before him and say: “O Great One! We were lost now we are found!” But dealing with Congress means dealing with a bunch of 5-star egos. It does not matter how smart The Big O is, he has to get down into the hot and dirty of massaging those egos. If he is going to wait for his genius to be acknowledged by his opponents instead of working to convince him, then it is all over Baby Blue. People have repeatedly said the Republicans just have a one word agenda, “No”. But is there a law that says the opposition has to be nice to the Prez? It is up to The Big O to win people over, not for them to acknowledge his exquisite greatness.

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT June 12, 2012

·         Okay, here’s why Spain’s 10-year yields rose when the bailout was announced Normal people might assume that with Spain’s crisis over, bond yields would fall. Hahahaha. Normal people cannot become economists because the dismal science follows its own rules of logic. Bloomberg.com explains that with the additional $125-billion loans, Spain’s debt as a percentage of GDP goes up to 70% from 60%. So obviously it has to pay more for its bonds. The deal was announced Friday last week, the markets didn’t even have the decency to wait, because right on Monday the yields went up from 6.17% to 6.47% and all indications are that’s just the start.

 

·         Another problem is that the media jumped to announce the deal, but apparently the Germans have not agreed to the loan. Without Berlin’s blessing, there will be no loan. Germans have had it with bailing out people; even Merkel’s backbenchers are against the loan. Just shows the poor quality of media reporting that the reporters did not add a caveat to the announcement the bailout was a done deal saying there were many string to be tied up.

 

·         Spain was already having trouble selling bonds to banks other than its own, says Bloomberg.com. The additional concern is that with the debt:GDP ratio climbing, Madrid will not be able to borrow on the commercial markets to meet its deficit. This will force is back to Brussels, where the Spanish people will be required to hand over every first-born child as a hostage for more money – if Germany agrees to more money.

 

·         So, reporting as we did last week that Spain was getting this bailout without additional conditions was true, but misleading, because Spain is going to be forced to pay atrocious rates for its bonds from here on out, or it will have to borrow yet more money, and for this there will be conditions. We already know what the conditions will be: cut wages and spending. That will throw more people out of work on top of the 25% currently, and being a collapse of Spain that much closer.

 

·         We have said this before in the context of Greece. Athens has 25% unemployment and its GDP has fallen 20%. This is an outright depression. People are not going to take belt-tightening after a point because each they tighten their belts, economic activity falls and they have to take their belts in another notch. And so the downward spiral continues. 2012 or 2013 is not 1932 or 1933. When the Great Depression hit, people were not used the idea that the government should take care of them. It was understood people had to look after themselves. Nonetheless, we do not know what would have happened to America’s social stability had the US not launched massive spending programs – as it did again in 2008-2011.

 

·         There should be no doubt by now the German formula for austerity is not working. The Germans might like to look back at their own history and recall what happens when national economies collapse for prolonged periods.

 

·         No economist denies that when imbalances build up due to excessive debt, austerity is needed for the long run benefit. But it would be foolish to deny that in the short run austerity creates great hardship. The question becomes: how much austerity can we force on people before they take to the streets and start burning down things? The Europeans assume their people will be infinitely docile.

 

·         Admittedly they have a precedent in the US. The American rank and file have not seen their wages rise in 30-years. Moreover, Americans are armed with more guns than probably the rest of the world has in private hands. Still further, Americans are natural-born-killers. They absolutely love to kill. Nonetheless, the American people have risen neither against their government nor against the haves. Editor’s theory is that cheap beer and 500 TV channels have reduced Americans to drugged-out zombies. So possibly the Europeans are in the same state and Berlin can keep tightening the screws without an explosion. Why anyone would want to risk this is beyond us, because once things start unraveling, they will spiral completely out of control.

 

·         Someone had quite a genius idea the other day. It is not Greece should leave the Euro. It is Germany. Presumably it will take Holland, Austria, and Finland with out of the Euro. That will leave the rest of the zone to muddle through on its own, and to adjust policies as works for each nation separately.

 

 

 

0230 GMT June 11, 2012

Things We Are Not Going To Comment On

 

·         By 2020 the British Army will have four fully-manned brigades and seven brigades with a mix of regulars and reservists. The total army will be 82,000, or about 0.15% of the population. We know it’s been bye bye British Empire for several decades, but by 2020 we’re going to need an electron microscope to see the British Army. The RAF may be down to six fighter squadrons with a total of 150 aircraft. The Royal Navyis already down to 19 surface warships (destroyers and frigates). http://tinyurl.com/7y5j3te

 

·         Whatever else he is, President Putin is not a comedian. But he appears to be making a bid for Saturday Night Live. After getting passed a bill that raises the fine for unauthorized demonstrations to $10,000 per person, Mr. Putin said this was in line with the penalties for other countries. Is La La Land a country? We thought it was just a place in people’s heads. http://tinyurl.com/7sxjfho

 

·         A bunch of young ladies at University of Maryland College Park, the flagship campus of the UM System, decided to go swimming in a fountain on campus, at midnight. They stripped to their underwear and leapt in. Ten passersbys, who did not get the spontaneous union with nature, stole their belongings. One offender pinched the bottom of a lady. The University Police spokesperson tactfully said this could have been avoided with better judgment. Most of the belongings were recovered. http://tinyurl.com/7q2nbfq

 

·         The Illinois Teachers Pension Fund has a liability of $100-billion. It has funds of $45-billion. And that is assuming an 8.5% return, something the billionaire mayor of New York calls “absolutely hysterical” (American Prospect, June 9, 2012). Mayor Bloomberg says if anyone offers you 7%, check to see if his name is not Madoff. http://tinyurl.com/85s9sze . Now we know Illinois politicians reek, and not exactly of eau de rose. Reader Luxembourg keeps us regularly updated on Chicago’s follies and the state government’s malefactions. The point here is, it takes two to tango. While the state has been merrily underfunding pensions, what exactly has the teacher’s union been doing? Cavorting, apparently, with the politicians in the U of Chicago fountain. So let us not blame just the politicians.

 

·         In another note, Illinois Medicaid bill is $14-billion out of a general state budget of $33-billion. The state is hardly alone in incurring these staggering costs. One does not have to be a raving red stater to understand something very drastic has to be done, and now. But while Editor daily reads red state rants about how government salaries and pensions are killing budgets, the red staters have joined the blue staters in not saying a word about Medicaid. http://drwes.blogspot.com/2012/06/doctors-and-politics.html

 

·         Take heart, Americans! We are not alone in our descent into degeneracy In Nottingham, England, a female law student tries to board the last bus home. She is short 20-pence on a 5-sterling fare. For 8-minutes (recorded on CCTV) she begs with the driver to let her on or to stay so she can go to the cash machine. He refuses. No one on the bust steps forward to give her 20-pence (about 30-cents).  She calls her mother to pick her up. While waiting, she is “abducted, raped, and brutally beaten”. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/crime/9320902/A-shameful-retreat-by-the-British.html This is England, which used to be held up as a model of civility and people helping each other.

 

0230 GMT June 10, 2012

·         Spain vs Greece if the Greeks are feeling a bit aggrieved today, we cannot blame them. The EU has just plopped down $125-billion bailout money – no conditions attached. In Greece’s case, EU wants an arm, a leg, a spleen, a kidney, and a liver before it coughs up the next bailout tranche, a third that of the money given to Greece.

 

·         So, what gives? Is Berlin softening its stance? Not quite. Spain and Greece are quite different cases. Spain has not lied about its problems. And it is in the process of making the changes it promised. It has been having trouble because of the same problem that’s hit every other Euro nation that has been forced into austerity, which is as spending falls so do jobs and taxes, making the previous austerity baselines irrelevant.

 

 

·         Spain’s debt is only 69% of GDP, half of Greece’s. That makes the Spanish situation much more manageable. Further, Madrid’s problems started because its banks had over-lent to the real estate lot, same as with US, so it needs money to recapitalize its banks. This is what the bailout is for; and the Spanish have been cautious, they have asked for more money than they need for an immediate recapitalization should the economy worsen.

 

·         Nonetheless, a stark difference between Greece and Spain is that the latter is too big to fail. Eurozone can quite easily live with a Greek exit even though some people keep warning it will mean doom and disaster. Europe has spent the last two-years preparing for a Greek exit. While as political thing Brussels would prefer Greece stay in the Euro, economically an exit is manageable. Spain, not so.

 

 

·         Now before people start celebrating that the Euro crisis is starting to dissipate, best to note what the economist Eswar Prasad (Cornell) says. The Spain bank bailout "buys some temporary breathing room for the eurozone." http://tinyurl.com/7nnre5b The good professor is one of those extra-brainiac Indians, a sober sort. And should be heeded if only for that quality.

 

 

·         Wisconsin We have avoided commenting because unlike many Americans Editor is pro-union. Nonetheless, how does Governor Walker explain that “…since 2009, 42 other states have enacted some kind of pension reform without laws like Wisconsin’s” (Business Week, June 11-June 17, 2012, p. 12) without the extreme drama he created? Is it that public sector unions are determined to protect their compensation even as their states are going banky (Indian slang for bankrupt?) Or is it that Governor Walker is personally, to put it nicely, lacking people skills? We leave it to readers to make the call.

 

0230 GMT June 9, 2012

 

·         Alien Resurrection Today Editor is genuinely upset not about some stupidity committed by the US Government or the Indian Government, but by the fourth movie in the Sigourney Weaver Alien series. First, an explanation.

 

·         Editor does not watch TV. After his doctor told him he had to ease up on the strength exercises and do a lot of cardio, Editor has been getting through the very painful process, which involves much silent screaming in mental space where no one can hear you.  As someone who has done cardio all his life (age 9 on) Editor finds it hideously boring. After ten years of strength, his body is just not reacting well to the cardio (though the doctor is happy). Then Editor found if he turns on the little cable TV screens attached to the exercise machines – without sound – somehow the time goes faster.

 

·         So, Editor is supposed to do 60-minutes cardio, these days he is doing 30 and has gone back to a third of his strength. That is because the other day he had a crisis: he had to lift a bulky load, no more than 25-kilos, into the house and upstairs, and he had to put down the load twice. That scared him sufficiently he has gone back to some strength.

 

·         Okay, assuming readers are still reading, with all the ads, 30-minutes means 20-minutes of a movie. So Editor had this brilliant idea of catching the plot on Wikipedia. And what can be more efficient? 30-minutes cable TV, three minutes Wikipedia, and one has seen a 90-120 minute movie.

 

·         So today he watched Alien Resurrection ending at the part the baby hybrid alien recognizes Sigourney as his Mommy. It was a very touching scene. Editor, who can get very emotional at movies – that really dates him, does it not – actually sniffled a couple of times. Getting home Editor anxiously checked Wikipedia to see if Sigourney had bought a Teddy Bear for the baby alien and was reading him bedtime stories as the two cuddled in bed.

 

·         Instead Editor finds Sigourney kills the baby alien. What is with us human beings and killing? Just because it is an alien it has to be killed? What kind of sick script writer and movie director come up with these scenarios? Okay, so we know the aliens are killing machines. Alien 1, 2, 3: been there, done that. Why can’t the movie have Sigourney socialize the alien,  enroll him in Pre-K, and the kids first rejecting him because he’s different, and then accepting him? After all, in Kindergarten Cop the kids fall in love with Arnold Schwarzenegger, and if ever an ugly alien has inhabited a movie screen, surely Arnie is at the very top?

 

·         Editor is too upset to continue with his point that all these movies about aliens slaughtering humans and the plucky humans fighting back to prevail are unrealistic. A realistic movie would be the humans slaughtering the aliens, whose only mistake is to look different.

 

·         Editor’s Very Boring Day Wake up, breakfast, read Washington Post, which is so boring Editor wonders why he bothered waking up. Okay, so Google Ad Sense may have some news. It does: 32-cents yesterday, zero-cents today. The counter has not moved despite Editor checking 50-times. Stare at the monitor, trying to get excited about what radars Pakistan has bought in the last 20 years and which it has disposed of. There is little information, and all of it so boring Editor has to have a nap at noon, despite having gotten plenty of sleep the night before. (Even his dreams were excruciatingly boring.

 

·         Lunch is always good (brown bread, butter, jam, a chocolate, Diet Pepsi) and reading the comics brings Editor back to semi-consciousness. Gets one 7-letter word in the daily Scrabble, which is mildly satisfying. Engage in meaningless correspondence to expand the business, meaningless because it never results in any money. Boring. Update Twitter, nothing happening in the world, boring.

 

·          Cleaning lady comes by one her once-a-month with her crew, some excitement as she is terribly cute. She and Editor sit down for a chat while the crew is at it. We gaze meaningfully and deeply into each other eyes and talk about – her two kids and husband. That is all we ever talk about. Okay, at least its 10-minutes contact with another human being. Work on train set for an hour; stop because a part has not been delivered yet. More time spent on Pakistani radars, more boring. Go outside, desultorily prepare hole for a tree Parks service has dropped off free of charge. It is a burning 81F outside, Editor has to quit with the hole half dug. More boringness. Stagger off to the gym; almost pass out because of the heat on the 5-km trip.

 

·         Stagger inside, leer lecherously at several ladies from age 35 to 65, Editor makes such a great impression on them that they do not even realize they are being leered at. And you know, women ALWAYS know when a man is looking at them. Not if the man happens to be Editor. Dejected, Editor returns. More meaningless email exchanges. Eat dinner, which is so boring even the tuna fish and the eggs object to being eaten by such a boring person.

 

·         Wander around house pondering the meaning of life – for only the 100,533rd time since yesterday. Answer the same as before: whatever the purpose of life is, the answer is going to be boring.

 

·         Resist urge to check bank account: last six million times Editor has checked since previous Sunday it has not moved beyond three figures (that includes the two figures for cents)> Once again, the Martians who are supposed to be paying Editor for gathering intel on Earth have “forgotten” to send payment. Its only one Martian dollar a month, when a Mars Bar costs 1 Martian dollar you would think they would pay up. Editor came from Mars 58-years ago, not one check has arrived. At current exchange rates 1 Martian dollar is worth 1 quintillion US dollars, which would alleviate Editor’s boredom.

 

·         Do update, which as usual consisting of whining, weeping, wailing, complaining about Editor’s life, to no effect. World does not care. Readers do not care. If they ever did to begin with, they are by now bored out of their mind.  

 

 

 

0230 GMT June 8, 2012

 

 

0230 GMT June 7, 2012

 

·         You’ve been reading about a new plan to save the Euro that has Germany’s backing. Before you celebrate, two points. Greece is gone, new plan, old plan, or no plan. The new plan is focused on saving Spain.  And the plan is something Germany has wanted all along, so there is no German compromise. It is the same idea that Berlin has touted for the last couple of years, that the Eurozone should accept a tighter fiscal union. If it does that, Germany is willing to play.

 

·         In one sense, the plan is sensible. Everything the Germans do is sensible in the sense of coldly logical. You cannot have one currency while each country follows its own fiscal policies. So the plan requires the Euro nations to give up their fiscal independence and follow policies that will be laid down by Germany. Naturally no one is saying Germany will be the king of the hill, but that is what it will work out to in real practice. Berlin is willing to take greater responsibility for Europe’s debt, providing it gets to dictate the zone’s fiscal policies. It will be the Fourth Reich, and frankly, Editor for one is not going to get upset because the Germans will be king of the hill using legitimate means. Luckily, Editor knows how to sing Deutschland Deutschland Uber Allas because the music is the same as “Glorious things of thee are spoken” aka Hymn 393 in the hymnal from his school in India. Editor can never keep straight if it was an Episcopal school of Anglican school or Church of England or what.  

 

 

·         At any rate, the point we are trying to make is this fiscal integration is not something that will be done any time soon. It will take years. And in any case, only those who come humbly in ashes and sackcloth and say “Verily we have sinned, forgive us, and we stand ready to accept such judgment as you shall deem, even if means we have to throw ourselves on our swords.” That rules out Greece no matter which way you look at it.

 

·         Syria we could be like other analysts and give you a detailed exposition of the Syria situation that will, not coincidentally, sound like every other exposition you read. Or we could be unlike the other analysts and tell you we do not have a clue as to what is up inside the country.

 

·         A couple of obvious points. Defections from the Syrian government/military have been pathetically few. The regime is not about to collapse. As for the west, it is still reaching for quadruple dozes of Imodium Max Squared Ultra Extra Phenomenally Unbelievably Amazingly Extra Outta-Site Strong.  Even something simple like a No-Fly Zone is out of the question because the US gets stomach cramps at the thought of losing – the horror, the horror – one or two aircraft. The US military leadership and the US government is composed of a bunch of yellow cowards. Why are we paying $200-billion a year for an air force that is allegedly so feeble it cannot take down Syria’s air defense in short order? Why are we paying another $100-billion a year for 10 carrier strike groups? Oh, that is right, we forgot: it has to establish air dominance over an Afghanistan that did not have one operating fighter or SAM when we went in after 9/11. Anyway, we have to stop now: doctor has said Editor has to watch his blood pressure.

 

·         The not so obvious point: why is everyone yammering about Syria is sliding toward civil war? What do the diplomats think is Syria’s current state? Please, diplomats and media, can you just shut-up? The braying that emerges from your lips is giving Editor a headache.

 

·         The Syrian opposition is getting a regular flow of arms, but we are unable to tell without being in the region if this has enabled the opposition to retake ground. Syria is a small country, and its mechanized forces can move easily from one part to the other. Whenever they turn up, the opposition gets hammered. RPGs are fine, but ATGMs are needed. We heard a rumor from someone who knew someone who knew someone that a small number of ATGMs have been released. Confirmation? Zip zero nada none. On the government side, the Iranian Revolutionary Guard is in Syria – we know this because Teheran has said as much. Weapons are coming from Iran – minor stuff – and from Russia: lots and lots of stuff.

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT June 6, 2012

 

·         When India recently refused to buy jet fighters from the US Washington went into a complete snit, even to the extent of openly saying that if this is the thanks America gets from India for Washington having befriended Delhi, then it may as well not bother further. Now comes a perfect example of why the US is absolutely untrustworthy in the matter of arms supply. http://ajaishukla.blogspot.com/

 

·         India has been looking to buy a should-fired bunker-buster/ATGM for its infantry. Since India has a lot – really a lot - of infantry, some 400 battalions, even if India bought weapons for use only at battalion level (as opposed to platoon level), this deal would be worth 60,000 rounds or even more. This may equal the number of rounds the US will sell globally.

 

 

·         India is considering the Javelin and the Israeli Spike. Javelin is favored, even though extensive testing/evaluation for both systems is to be conducted in India this year. The Americans rather cleverly let the Indians fire the system during a joint exercise; all 10 rounds hit their targets and much impressed the Indians. Moreover, India was told that the US had cleared the system for manufacture in India. Since infantry battalion modernization is a critical priority for India, it plans to buy a large quantity off-the-shelf and manufacture a many times larger quantity. The sums of money involved are large, perhaps as much as $3-billion.

 

·         So what can go wrong? The US State Department decides that the supply of as many Javelins India wants will upset the regional balance of power, so it can have only half. Since it is unlikely State is worried about the balance with China, clearly State has appointed itself the keeper of the balance between India and Pakistan. Brilliant move, State. India has six times the population and nine times the GDP of Pakistan, so what balance is it you are proposing to maintain?

 

 

·         The Government of India, predictably, has gone bananas. You do not, repeat not, talk to India about a balance with Pakistan. Unless State backs off, it has single-handedly thrown a spanner into Indo-US defense deals for at least the next 10 years. Since India is becoming the world’s largest weapons importer, this will not be a small setback for Washington.

 

·         Let us go back to the fighter deal for a moment. Though touted as a $10-billion deal, because of the delays the costs will be $15-billion or even more. That is a lot of pizza. Yet there was no chance from the first that India would accept the F-16 or F-18. Why Washington thought it had the best fighter and even bothered to get upset when India said no, is beyond us. Washington must be politically tone deaf to think India’s inclusion of the F-16/F-18 in the competition was serious. Everyone knew India included the two because (a) the Air Force did not want to be accused of favoritism and accepted all those who applied; and (b) the Indians were being polite because the US was so intent on being included.

 

 

·         Both aircraft are at the end of their development life-cycle and are slated for replacement as soon as the US gets its F-35 program straightened out. So for India to buy F-16/F-18s is asking it to buy equipment that is obsolescing in US service, when India needs something it can keep updating and get 30-years’ service from.  Next, neither plane met Indian requirements. Further, it is not very sensible for the US to be selling F-16s to Pakistan and expecting India to buy the same plane. Last, no one in their right mind goes with the US for such a major program when at any minute, for any reason, the US can change its mind. Proof of that is needed? Sure: look at the way the US has treated Pakistan. US for years even refused to return money Pakistan had paid for its F-16s and even charged the Pakistanis for storing the planes built – which the US had embargoed! In short, the US cannot be trusted to honor a contract. More proof? Javelin? Yet more proof? The extraordinary restrictions the US puts on anyone, not just India, who buys its weapons. It is like the US is willing to sell you a car, but on the condition that its man sleeps in the garage and goes along on every drive. And the buyer gets to pay for the man.

 

·         If the US is so worried its technology will leak, why offer something for sale? And at least the Indians, unlike the Israelis and the Chinese, are not trying to steal everything including the kitchen sink from the US.

 

 

·         What America has to realize is that the days of India as a supplicant have gone. To be entirely fair, most American government officials do realize that. India now has the hard cash to pay for whatever it needs. From the Editor’s viewpoint, for all the political problems of dealing with Washington, on the business side deals with America are clean, unlike France which overcharges and Russia, which not just overcharges, but delays and delays, and blackmails India into paying much more than originally contracted.

 

 

0230 GMT June 5, 2012

 

·         There oughtta be a law against people talking on a cell-phone as they approach you. So Editor is peacefully minding his business, and about 5-meters from the YMCA entrance as he heads for his daily workout. A lady has been sitting on a bench to the left. On seeing Editor, she leaps up, heads straight for him, saying “Love and kisses, I love you.” Editor is momentarily frozen as he mentally bangs his head with a large imaginary mallet because this was an unexpected attack and he has no lines of retreat mapped out. Wannabe spies ALWAYS have lines of retreat mapped out, even if they are in the process of being seduced by Michelle Pfeiffer or Kathleen Turner.  Lady misses Editor by 10-centimeter, hooks around Editor and pivots ahead, facing Editor, and going “I love you.” Editor suddenly unfreezes – survival instinct kicks in at long last. Editor breaks left, accelerates, and is inside the Y before lady has a chance to react. She follows, going “I love you” and it is only then Editor realizes she is talking on a cell phone.

 

·         Editor sits on a chair and does a mental “Fast Rewind” then “Play”, and the whole thing comes clear. Lady did not see Editor heading for the door; she got up to go inside, and she ended up in front of him because she was swerving to avoid a collision. But because she is not looking or thinking, she has her front to him and back to the door, instead of the other way around.

 

·         But why should Editor be placed in fear of his life to begin with? We need a law: when approaching anyone, stop talking. Maryland doesn’t have a Stand Your Ground law, else this could have ended badly both for the lady and Editor. Which judge is going to believe you were in fear of your life because a lady was bearing down on you repeating “I love you”?

 

·         NASA gifted two telescope better than Hubble The donor is the National Reconnaissance Office, and this is one of the stranger stories we’ve come across in many a year. The ‘scopes are 2.4-meters, same as Hubble, but they also have a secondary mirror that helps give far sharper images than Hubble can manage. The field view is 100-times Hubble’s. Apparently the ‘scopes can see a dime on top of the Washington monument, but whoever briefed the Washing Post left out from what distance http://www.washingtonpost.com/national/health-science/nasa-gets-two-military-spy-telescopes-for-astronomy/2012/06/04/gJQAsT6UDV_print.html The ‘scopes come without any instrumentation. NASA figures if the money is made available, it can have the first ‘scope in orbat 2020, by which time Hubble should be pretty much done dead. The Webb 6.5-meter ‘scope (4 tomes the light gathering area, primarily an IR ‘scope) is at least four years behind schedule, and given the way NASA’s budgets have been cut in recent years, there’s no saying if the bird will launch in 2018 as now planned.

 

·         Okay, so now let us get to the obvious questions. Are the two ’scopes part of a cancelled NRO program? If so, which program and what was it intended to do? Or are they used equipment that NRO does not need anymore? Eric Berger says they are new and were never flown, which would also answer the question of the ‘scopes’ resolution, the hypothetical dime on top of the Washington Monument is seen from space. http://blog.chron.com/sciguy/2012/06/as-nasas-science-budget-scrapes-by-dod-had-two-hubbles-on-ice/ Berger says they were built 8-years after Hubble, which was launched in 1990. So this would make them circa 1998, which explains why they are so much more advanced.

 

·         Story brought to our attention by Luxembourg. Write to us if you learn anything more.

 

·         The Three Bells was a song from Belgium (some says Swiss, it was in French, at any rate) in the 1940s or 1950s and was a pop hit in the US soon after. Editor remembers it from his younger says, but had forgotten the words, and frankly, they strike him as melancholy.

 

·         Jimmy Brown is born (Verse 1); Jimmy Brown falls in love and marries (Verse 2); Jimmy Brown passes away (Verse3). There it is, an entire life in three verses, and all there is to Jimmy’s life is being born, getting married, and dying. Even his name is wretchedly ordinary

 

 

 

0230 GMT June 4, 2012

·         Mandeep Singh Bajwa writes to says trouble is brewing among Pakistan’s powerful corps commanders over General Kiyani’s proposal to give himself a second extension as Chief of Army Staff. Kiyani was first appointed in 2008 for a 3-year term, and then wrangled a 2-year extension in 2011. Now he wants to serve until 2015.

 

·         The Pakistan military, like the Indian, goes by seniority. So when General Kiyani got an extension in 2011, he ended the career of the officer who would have succeeded him. Now he wants to edge out a second officer. Aside from upsetting the officers who lost their chance at Pakistan’s most prestigious and most powerful position, Kiyani is also angering the cliques that inevitably build among theCorps Commander around prospective Army Chiefs. More than that is the sense of unfairness. The inner circle consists of 12 or so generals; they are ambitious men, and if they are to be kept in line, the system has to be seen as fair, with no one taking advantage of it. Now Kiyani is proposing to take advantage of the system for a second time. Once legitimacy of succession break down, so does discipline.

 

 

·         Kiyani is counting on the support not of his generals, but of the Army rank –and-file. He has placed Subedar Majors (the most senior Junior Commissioned Officers who are the backbone of the Army) loyal to him in the formations. This enables him to keep his finger on the pulse of the ordinary soldiers, and he believes he has their support in any showdown with the corps commanders.

 

·          But factionalizing the Army is dangerous and the last thing someone who cares for the Army should encourage.

 

·         Meanwhile, the civilian government is thrilled and delighted at the infighting, because it weakens the overwhelming power of the Army. The current Prime Minister has already won one confrontation with the Army; and we admit we were very surprised the PM was not thrown out and replaced by a more compliant one.  Indeed, we are surprised a Prime Minister is standing up to the Army to begin with, given the long and sad history of what happens to PMs who oppose the Army. (You can read about the last confrontation at  http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/jan/11/pakistan-army-confrontation-government) Mr. Gilani has turned out to be one tough cookie; we have to admire him for that.

 

·         The PM wants the Army Chief gone. If there is infighting at the highest level, he may be able to achieve this because like it or not, the PM is the constitutional authority and can appeal to dissident generals on that basis. Also, dissension at the top reduces the chances of a coup. Editor cannot presume to speak about the prevailing mood of the Pakistani people; but it just may be that the PM believes has the support of the people if he moves against the Army Chief. He certainly will have the support of the west, which will not tolerate a coup.

 

 

 

0230 GMT June 3, 2012

·         The world is collapsing. Yawn. Readers may noticed a certain lack of enthusiastic outrage on Editor’s part these past few days. Some of that is because the Twitter thing is taking up a lot of time, and we are not sure how that is benefiting readers because anyone can skim the headlines. Some of this is, however, is that just about everything that can go wrong in the world is going wrong. Things have regressed to the point that no one can change them; we are at one of those periodic turning points in the world’s life where things have to get worse before they can get better. In the 20th Century it was that way in 1914, 1929, 1939, 1945 (the start of the Cold War), 1950, 1965 (when the US took on a combat role in Indochina), 1980 (when US prestige was at its lowest) and the late 1990s, when the Islamic war against the west started getting serious.

 

 

·         In the US you have two completely useless people battling it out for the US presidency, there is no consensus anymore between different groups, everyone is waging all-out war against everyone else on political, judicial, social, and economic matters. Europe is looking at a mass collapse. Pakistan is in such bad shape that honestly Editor does not want to follow the news from there. India Shining has become India Dimming because the politicians and bureaucrats are back to their bad old ways of narrow parochialism.  China is heading for an enormous smash-up because people have decided they cannot take the misuse of state power anymore. Japan has faded into insignificance; it cannot deal with a single major problem it faces. Africa is going through its usual self-destructiveness, though there are bright spots here and there, the Africans cannot get their act together any more than anyone else. The Mideast is just waiting to explode. Russia is a basket case in terms of institutions, political connections and hordes of armed thugs rule the country. South America is also going backwards in economic and political terms. There is a brutal civil war going on in Mexico, America is least concerned though it is our endless appetite for drugs that has created the Mexican conflict. Etc. etc.

 

·         Since these problems are wholly beyond the capacity of governments and societies to deal with, Editor has decided that his song is “Don’t Worry, Be Happy”. La la la la and all that. The one thing Editor is curious about is whether the world has become so fundamentally deranged due to computers and technological change that is overwhelming our ability to cope. If so, good luck, because the next 50-years are going to bring more technological change than has happened ever since Stanley Kubrick went back in time to film the first apes making use of animal bones as weapons to club each other to death.

 

·         Pakistan: Letter from David J. Barta There are some difficult decisions that Pakistan will need to make in the near future. It has a growing population and it is lagging badly in several areas of economic development. One of the contributing factors to the struggling economy are unsteady energy supplies which covers both electricity and refined petroleum products.

 

·         There have been some discussions of Pakistan getting electricity and/or petroleum products from India, but some in Pakistan are hesitant to have stronger integration with India.  The fear is that India would retaliate by cutting energy supplies if another Mumbai style attack was launched by Pakistanis. It is interesting that the relatively wealthy Muslim GCC countries that have helped Pakistan in the past aren't stepping forward to upgrade the electricity generation capacity in Pakistan Nor are the GCC countries blocking talks for the sale of refined petroleum products from India to Pakistan. India sources oil supplies from many countries and  would derive some additional income by selling to Pakistan. http://www.thehindu.com/business/Economy/article3466506.ece

 

·         In recent years, FDI  (Foreign Direct Investment) has been on the decline in Pakistan and is  a small fraction of what goes into neighboring India. http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/BX.KLT.DINV.CD.WD Another critical issue that Pakistan will need to address is the relative freedom that religious extremists have in their country. The Western World, India and other countries are annoyed that Pakistan would rather be an obstructionist rather than a participant in improving the world. Even China has prodded Pakistan to act more forcefully against the militants that disturb the peace in the Xinjiang region. http://www.thehindu.com/news/international/article3287906.ece

 

 

·         A familiar excuse from Pakistan is that because of the religious implications, it is unable to act forcibly against the extremists that are nudging the country down the wrong path. There is a definite precedent for a Muslim country to act forcibly against the extremists in their midst and Pakistan needs to gather the resolve to do something similar. The same Saudi Arabia that is the destination for the Muslim pilgrims making the hajj  is also the country that acted strongly against their Wahhabi extremists less than a century ago. The Battle of Sabilla was the largest confrontation and the leadership of the radicals (Ikhwan) was massacred. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ikhwan http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ikhwan_Revolt

 

·         If Pakistan continues on the current path of letting the religious extremists dictate policy and continue the philosophy of being annoying to the rest of the world, the economic difficulties and misery for the overall population will likely increase for Pakistan.

 

0230 GMT June 2, 2012

 

·          New LHA 7 Tripoli also to be an aviation-centric shop, focusing on space for more aircraft (M-22 and F-35) and without an amphibious capability. Tripoli and America (LHA 6) are similar. LHA-6 will replace Peleliu (LHA-5), the last of the five Tarawa class LHAs. The other Tarawa’s have been decommissioned. Eight Wasp class LHDs constitute the other large deck US Navy amphibious ships. America has been commissioned; Tripoli will enter service in 2018.

 

·         Pakistan’s Haft IX short-range tactical missile is seen as giving that country a tactical N-capability to counter Indian armor spearheads. This will eliminate the need to respond with strategic N-weapons should the enemy spearheads break through conventional defenses.  http://www.defensenews.com/article/20120601/DEFREG03/306010001/Pakistan-Missile-Test-Underscores-Need-Deterrence The use of strategic weapons is, of course, out of the question as India’s response will devastate Pakistan. Strategic warheads are particularly useless in countering India’s Cold Start doctrine, calling for zero-warning, short-distance multi-pronged attacks to seize territory up to 50-km, all that is possible before Pakistan is forced to use its strategic weapons.

 

·         All this is fascinating to the theorists, no doubt. There are enormous practical difficulties in using tactical nukes. Plus release of these weapons will leave India free to use its own tactical weapons, neutralizing this segment of the Pakistan deterrent. NATO on the 1950s and 1960s thought tactical N-weapons would neutralize the enormous Pact conventional superiority. Eventually it occurred to NATO the only way to deter the Pact was with conventional weapons and the alliance embarked on a massive conventional buildup in the 1970s and 1980s. Pakistan would do well to study that period before assuming tactical weapons assure its security.

 

 

 

0230 GMT June 1, 2012

 

The case of Dr.Shakeel Afridi and Pakistan Tribal Law: An interview with Mr. Khalid Aziz, an expert

Ravi Rikhye, May 30-31, 2012

Dr. Shakeel Afridi is the person recruited by the US CIA to help pinpoint Osama Bin Laden’s location. He was sentenced to 30-years jail plus a fine, in lieu of which he must serve another three years. The Pakistan government initially said he was being tried for treason. Now the government says it was for aiding a terrorist militia.

Q. Dr. Afridi was tried under tribal law and not allowed to present evidence on his behalf or hire a lawyer. Is this not a violation of human rights?

KA The tribal areas of Pakistan called FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas) are an Imperialist construction created by Britain to keep a people as a free militia,fully armed and controlled by special law called the Frontier Crimes Regulation(FCR). They were to be the first line of defense against any Russian outbreakinto India. Britain created a juridical fiction that said that although the tribal areas are a part of India but they are not a part of British India. By excluding the FATA from British India the British absolved themselves of either educating the tribes or initiating political development. Pakistan has even today continued with the same policies.


Thus tribesmen remain out of the jurisdiction of superior judiciary and human rights are not applicable here. Even more Draconian laws have been brought to apply in the region under the inhuman "Aid to Civil Authorities," regulation that gives the power to a military official topropose the indefinite detention of a person suspected of being/or assisting any militant.

Under the FCR the accused does not have the right to a lawyer as they are not permitted to work in FATA; Shakeel's lawyer has alleged that Shakeel was charged with different charges other than what was seen byhim, http://paktribune.com/news/Dr-Shakeel-Afridi-jailed-for-helping-LI-not-CIA-250247.htm.Under the FCR lawyers are not permitted in proceedings as it is the member ofthe Jirga appointed by the Political Agent are the final arbiters of the fate of a person.

Q. But under thissystem anyone can be accused and condemned for any offense under tribal lawwithout any right to argue their innocence.



KA  According to S. 11 (2) an accused has the right to convey his objections to the Political Agent who can accept or reject the application.To that extent the balance is greatly in favor of the state and anyone is thus easy to convict. Remember the aim is not to provide justice but to ensure the prevalence of what the State desires. It is very much akin to the conduct of trial by military commissions. However, under S. 11, FCR the accused has a right to a hearing (S. 11 [1]) and he can raise objections and the Political agent has to give reasons before disposing the petitions. Whether the accused presented applications raising objections is not known - but is unlikely.


Q. Do tribes even run a jail systemwhere they can lock up someone for 33 years?

KA The maximum sentence that a Political agent can impose onhis own is 7 years (S. 12 (2) FCR). With the the approval of the Commissioner who is the supervisory officer of the Political Agent, the sentence can be doubled. But cannot be for 33 years. This is wrong reporting. Since Shakeel has been sentenced on 4 counts the award of the sentences add up to 33 years, but he cannot be imprisoned for more than 14 years.

Convicted tribesmen serve their sentences in prisons that are in the districts - in this case in Peshawar.

Q. Media says he is not a resident of the tribal area under whose law hewas tried. Is this right? And if it is, how to they have jurisdiction over him?

KA Shakeel is an Afridi and a Malikdin tribesman and thus he is under the jurisdiction of Political Agent Khyber; the FCR has jurisdiction over him.

Q. How can a tribe try anyone for treason? Treason is against a nation state.

KA FCR recognizes offences against the State and thus aiding and abetting terrorists can be anoffence under the FCR and is thus cognizable.

------------------------------------------------------
 Mr. Aziz welcomes correspondence on this issue at azizkhalid@gmail.com

 

0230 GMT May 31, 2012

·         EU Gives Ground on Spain Madrid is to get an extra year to bring its deficit to the Euro-mandated 3%, and EU has offered to help in recapitalizing Spanish banks. In return, Spain must do more to ensure the autonomous regional authorities reduce spending.

 

·         Does this mean the EU is going soft and it might relent on Greece? Well, yes and no. It is possible if Greece were not an issue EU would crack down harder to Spain. Greece’s exit EU can handle, regardless of what is being said. But while Greece is a $300-billion economy, Spain is a $1.4-trillion economy, and if Spain starts drowning, there is real danger to Italy. After which where it ends is everyone’s guess.

 

 

·         But Spain has been doing its level best to comply with Brussels’s orders, whereas at best Greece is being half-hearted. Greece is certainly cutting public-sector jobs and wages, but the converse of that is that Greeks are happy people who do not trust the government with their money. So more than most 1st world economies, the Greeks do their best to avoid paying, and this is not going to change for a generation at least. Throwing more money at Greece is simply increasing the eventual loss. With Spain, however, there is little doubt a bit of leeway will make the difference between success and failure.  

 

·         EU has said there will be no more for Greece unless the government elected on June 17 shows it is committed to structural reform. So far Brussels seems to be hanging tough on Greece. A question coming up is: will the new government be stable? Many are saying it will not, and a third election may be needed. If so, that could take us into 2013. The problem is the Greeks run of money in June; it cannot wait more than a few weeks after that.

 

 

·         A Musing On Birtherism Editor is a big fan of the US Constitution. And why not? It’s a very wise and – dare we say it – a very modern document given that for the last seven decades we have lived in a state that is in a perpetual state of war or war emergency. We got here by letting our leaders panic us into believing that unless we gave them unlimited power, the Reds or the Cong or Saddam would land on our shores and molest our wives and children. To say nothing of seizing the remote and sitting in our favorite recliner to watch ESPN or whatever.

 

·         There are times, however, we wonder about the “Born in the USA” requirement for Prezziness. It made perfect sense at the time: the new republic was as weak as the proverbial new-born kitten. The abounding enemies were real, and the possibility a secret loyalist could become Prez and then create trouble was also real.

 

 

0230 GMT May 30, 2012

 

·         Flame Virus so now we have a new computer virus, allegedly the most sophisticated ever, so much so that experts are saying a state must have made Flame, probably the same country that made Stxnet. Its 20MB in size versus ½-MB for Stuxnet, and an expert has said it will takes years to properly explore. Israel is being mentioned as the source; except next to Iran, which is worst hit, “Israel Palestine” is next http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/iran/9295938/Flame-worlds-most-complex-computer-virus-exposed.html Does this mean Israel and Palestine or Israeli Palestine? Flame is a spy virus; it just sits there and steals everything from your computer that it has been told to steal. It’s this lurking thing that apparently makes it hard to stop. Though the Russian anti-virus company Kasperensky says it has been shipping antidotes since early May, so may be it isn’t that hard to vanquish.

 

·         But that is not the point. Civilization, if you can call it then, is already run by computers and we get more dependent on these HAL 2000 blighters every day. If people are going to wage cyber-wars and unleash these pestilences left and right, all that sci-fi is not going to come about, because pretty soon no one will be able to trust computers. If Editor’s computer suddenly starts adding 5 + 4 to get 8, or starts flashing a message saying “Editor, who is the moron now?”, in the larger scheme of things this hardly matters. But if of a sudden computers start telling airborne airliners to throw themselves into a steep dive, which is going to be a problem. Of course,  you have actual live pilots at the controls, even if the computers are basically flying the plane, and the pilots will disconnect the computer if it starts acting crazy.

 

·         But what if the virus refuses to let the pilots disconnect? Ditto power plants, hydel dams, traffic signals, police computers – you can keep adding to this list. The only defense may be to go back to pencils and slide rules. Which from Editor’s viewpoint will be a disaster. Because he is dyslexic as well as suffers from the Fat Finger Syndrome (thus the inability to manipulate a slide rule), the only time he could actually go back to Math is when the electronic calculator appeared. The Editor thinks: how bad can it be? After all, US put men on the moon using slide rules, and with computers gone maybe all the tens of millions of jobs that have been wiped out by them will return. Think how nice it will be to actually have human service representatives.

 

·         It is the Editor’s universal experience that the computer voice system does not understand his accent. (Neither do people, since he has an accent composed of five major countries and six regions, but at least with a person one can use the language of mimes.)  These computers do not seem to have the option of asking for a human. They keep looping around: “Sorry, I didn’t understand you, let’s start again.” Editor has figured out the only thing that works is to repeat, in a monotone, “I want to kill you”. Generally by round four the computer gives up and says “Please wait while I connect you”. It does not help to say “Thanks, can you please connect yourself directly to a 55-kilovolt transmission line?” because then the computer starts looping again: ”Let’s try that again”.

 

·         When the youngster was younger, he’d say “Dad, calm down, it’s only a machine.” Well, humans are only machines too, made of carbon/hydrogen instead of metals. For a computer to say “I’m only a machine” is no excuse. By the way, there are several ways to get rid of sales calls without being rude to the poor rep, who after all is just trying to make living. One that always works (if you have a voice like the Editor’s) is to say “Hello, you have reached the Drug Enforcement Agency covert surveillance department. Please keep talking while we identify you. Please be advised that breaking into this line is a violation of 58 USC 131, punishable by a minimum of 10-years imprisonment. Thank you, and have a great day.” Since every American over age 13 has gotten seriously choomed at some stage, just mentioning the DEA gets people off the line pronto pronto.

 

 

 

0230 GMT May 29, 2012

·         The thing that is baffling us about Greece is Where Do We Go From Here? The right wing coalition that ruled Greece before the recent hung election is now front runner for the June 17 election. A small center party has thrown in its lot with the right, and there has also been a shift in public opinion.

 

·         We should be clear this is not an election about staying in the Eurozone. Syrzia, a left party and leader till this recent shift, has said it wants Greece in the Euro. The question is, on what terms? Syrzia says it cannot accept the harsh mandate from Brussels because it is killing the Greeks. The right agrees, but says the alternatives are even worse.

 

 

·         There should be no need for discussion if Greece can make it under the current diktat: it has not been making it. Greece is in a depression, not in a recession. Because revenues keep falling, it falls further behind on its deficit targets. At which point Brussels arrives in Athens, and starts kicking the Greeks who are already on the mat, insisting further cuts must take place to meet the deficit targets. That contracts economic activity further, making the new target impossible to meet, at which point, just like Groundhog Day the Movie, Brussels arrives again to administer another kicking.

 

·         As an example of Brussels’s program not working, in 2012 Greece was supposed to cut its deficit to about 5%. In the first quarter, the actual deficit ran at 13%.  http://finance.yahoo.com/news/greek-deficit-report-suggests-significant-195800840.html This is not a case of just missing a target. It is an unmitigated disaster.

 

 

·         Greece agreed to cut wages 30% as a price for aid; but immediately Brussels said another 15% is needed. Then Brussels said “sorry about that, looks like wage cuts will have to be more than 45%”.  http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2012/feb/21/greeks-face-further-wage-cuts-bailout How can any country cut wages by 50% and still avoid the people rising in revolt? Sure, if Greece quits the Euro it will still likely suffer huge wage cuts. But as we’ve said, there’s a difference between diving into poverty because Brussels says so, and diving into poverty because Greece choose to leave the Euro.

 

·         Germany and Brussels have repeatedly said they are not going to compromise and Greece has to cut more and raise taxes more. Yet Greece is in this parlous state after receiving $300-billion in bailouts since 2008. By comparison, its 2011 GDP is around $280-billion.  On top of the bailouts, the Greek debt write off was $140-billion. But debt is still nearly 115% of GDP.

 

 

·         Either the Germans have some secret formula to extract blood from a stone, or Brussels is going to have to give way and accept much higher Greek deficits than it is prepared to. Failing which Greece has to leave the Euro.

 

·         We were repeatedly told during the 2010-2011 part of the crisis that everyone knew Greece was going to collapse, but the Eurozone was shoring up its reserves against the inevitable debt default, and it continued to give money to Greece to ensure an orderly default. Yet now that the time has come for the Greeks to say sayonara and all that, Europe is still dithering and blithering and moaning and whining that Greece leaving the Eurozone will spell catastrophe.

 

 

·         To us the matter is simple. Throw more money at Greece, or Greece will fail. And even with more money, Greece is going to fail because the fundamentals are so terrible. It is not up to the Greeks to say what happens next. So the conservatives return to power, is this going to enable Greece to magically meet its deficit targets? What purpose does delaying the inevitable serve? 

0230 GMT May 28, 2012

·         India We have been trying to figure out why the Indians have gotten so gloomy about the country’s path. The Indian press in not helpful at explaining things. They write as if the reader is sitting in India, following the story every day. So if you’re an outsider it’s like listening to insiders converse, so clearly you are miss a lot.

 

·         First, there is the Chief Minister (Governor) of West Bengal. She has 19 seats in the ruling coalition, and so far she has been standing there with a large “No”. She has no other agenda. Without her okay, no legislation gets through as she is the chief power broker.

 

 

·         This lady, Mamta Banerjee, is quite a character. She is staunchly anti-communist, which endears her to Editor immediately, and she is the one who ended the decades-long rule of the Communist Party of India. She is unmarried, and lives in the same 8’ by 8’ room in which she grew up, in the middle of a noisome slum. If you knew how utterly corrupt most Indian Chief Ministers are, you would vote for Mamta on her living quarters alone. She promised she would get the state going on the path to development, but when push came to shove, she has not been able to get rid of her populist habits. Anything that smacks of capitalism, especially foreign investment, she vetoes. Foreign investors are fed up.

 

·         Next, there is the matter of the deficit. To bring down the deficit means cutting subsidies to interest groups (Americans can identify with this issue). To cut subsidies is to lose votes. End of the discussion. The high deficit has all sorts of negative consequences.

 

 

·         Then there is the environment minister. In a densely populated country like India, without exception any development – factory, road, mine, power plant – is going to have an environmental impact. The environment minister does not care how important a project is, he vetoes everything left and right. You will understand the problem when you realize the Environment Minister has even vetoed 60 top national security priority roads that were sanctioned on a crash basis.

 

·         Then the Prime Minister is – always has been – weak. He is a technocrat, and a very honest man. He hates politics. It is commonly accepted he became Prime Minister only as Sonia Gandhi’s surrogate when the opposition started threatening mayhem if she became India’s Prime Minister. This lady is foreign born – apparently the Indian Constitution says nothing about the Prime Minister must be Indian born – and that has always been a sticking point with Indian nationalists. The Prime Minister is utterly loyal to his mistress, and since he does not like the thrust and cut of politics, everyone rides roughshod over him. Imagine a US government in which the cabinet secretaries are politicians and do precisely as they please, without as much a glance in the president’s direction. The Prime Minister cannot bring anyone to heel, so India is basically functioning with a leader.

 

 

·         There are many other factors, such as the growth of regional parties – itself a consequence of the decline of a strong center, but we will stop here.

 

·         Economists agree there is no reason India cannot grow at 9-10% annually for at least twenty years. India has been doing 7-8%. Now there is a danger India may even fall below 6%, which is not helpful for a country where 40% of the people are dreadfully poor. No one is talking about Indians having a US or European standard of living. But at the minimum, a nation state owes its citizen three meals a day, minimally acceptable housing, sanitation, clean drinking water, electric power, medical care, and reasonable education. At 9-10% annual growth, poverty can be vanquished in a couple of decades. Or at least the poverty threshold can be substantially raised. At 6% annual growth, India remains a poor country for several more decades. China’s growth is going to come down to that level soon enough. But that is after China has reached a per capita income of $5000. India’s per capita is about $1500.

 

0230 GMT May 27, 2012

·         X-37B So the Little Guy is still zipping around the Earth, having been in orbit approaching 450-days, and with the US Air Force coyly refusing to say when it might return. The Air Force is gushing enthusiastically about the mission being a spectacular success.  But nary a clue as to what this spectacular success constitutes or what will come out of these tests. A third test is tentatively scheduled for September 2012.

·         No further vehicles are on order, so the assumption is something based on the X-37B is in development. Boeing is known to be studying a scaled up version, the “C”, which can carry six astronauts. Is there yet another vehicle in development? No one has a clue.

·         Generally there is no shortage of speculation about stuff like this. But we have not seen anything aside from X-37B may be a spy vehicle, or that it could be used to refuel satellites to extend their mission. It could also repair satellites, including returning them to Earth. A vehicle for experiments is an obvious use.

·         The US denies the vehicle has weapons use, but then US would hardly sing about this from the rooftops when there is no need. Dropping tungsten rods from space on hardened ground targets has been suggested. Our thought was X-37B could be used to plant stealth space mines that orbit in tandem with enemy satellites, close up when needed, and blow up the target. We also speculated it could be used to grab an enemy satellite. The vehicle would have to be radar and light absorbent for heavy-duty dirty tricks, there is no reason it cannot be stealthed.

·         The vehicle was first put under development by NASA in 1999, and then taken over by DARPA, which does a lot of the military’s black stuff. It is pretty unusual to have a NASA project put under cover. It is even more unusual for nothing to leak for 13-years.

 

·         More on the sad saga of us and Google Ads Yesterday we made 26-cents. Then Google took away 17-cents, leaving us with nine-cents. Apparently people get credited for ads that are later deemed invalid. Obviously we have not been praying strenuously enough to the Great Google God.

 

·         Facebook Editor has zero investments of any kind, but from decades and decades of reading the financial press he has some elementary knowledge about shares. One definite no-no is investing in a company that has no business plan to make money and wants you to buy its shares at 100-times price-earnings.  No great wisdom is required to give such a company The Avoid (as the girls at Mrs. R IV’s university in India used to put it, generally in reference to males of the sweaty, drooly variety).

 

·         So now it appears that Facebook has pulled a Big Fat Con and the inevitable calls for greater regulation are growing in volume. Can those who want more regulation tell us: does the individual have no responsibility in her/his investment decisions? If the government is to make it safe for us to speculate on the stock exchange, shouldn’t the government take the profits and give us a 1-2% return on our money? When the government stops us from doing as we want, generally on the grounds it is keeping us safe, we scream about the Nanny State. When the government says “Carry on,” and we get hurt, we scream about insufficient regulation. Can we stop acting like a bunch of Terrible Threes?

 

·         Our contribution to balancing the budget Why is the state playing daddy and husband to single women with children? We agree bad things happen and men walk away from their responsibilities,  abandoning wives and children. The solution is not for the state to step in 100% of the time. The solution is to hunt the man down, give him 100-lashes Singapore style, send him to the chain gang to pick tomatoes or whatever job is not being done because there aren’t enough workers, and send 100% of his earnings to the family he left behind. Sentence to continue till the children are old enough to be gainfully employed. Otherwise, by making taxpayers pay for his misdeeds, the man is stealing from the public. Theft is illegal, a crime for which you get to do time behind bars. So why shouldn’t men who have children and then skedaddle do time? If we impose this punishment a few ten thousand times, Editor can guarantee you men will make sure they get a vasectomy before they – er – start reading the Bible with a lady.

 

 

0230 GMT May 26, 2012

 

 

Odds and Ends

 

·         Pakistani doctor treason case From what we read, the doctor was offered an exit by the CIA, but refused. He believed Pakistan would be proud of him. Poor, witless fool. Next, we read that since he was tried under tribal law, the court could deny him a lawyer and even deny his right to be present. So there was no fuss or muss embarrassing to the Pakistan military. Third, the Pakistanis are said to have thrown the book at him possibly to add to their card suit for bargaining with the Americans.

 

·         Now, we know little about tribal law.  But we find it difficult to believe that an accused can be barred from saying anything in his defense or from confronting his accusers. Agreed tribal law is rough justice by the standards of western jurisprudence. But it is a traditional system of justice. If a tribe can just pick up anyone, and sentence them without allowing a single word from the accused, this cannot be considered justice in any sense. It gives the tribal court unlimited power over tribe members, and we do not see any tribe accepting this. Further, how is treason a subject for tribal jurisdiction? Treason is committed against a state. Tribes are not states. Then, we do not see how the Pakistan military can be embarrassed if it does not so wish. The man is accused of treason, of aiding a foreign power. Surely a closed military trial is easily arranged? Last, the idea of tribal justice is that it is immediate and is settled wither with blood-for-blood or by the victims accepting compensation. Since when have tribes had prison systems to hold convicts for 33-years?

 

 

·         Please write in if you know about tribal law and feel our speculations are out of order.

 

·         Greece when the Greek crisis hit a couple of years ago, someone we spoke to said “Greece does not manufacture anything.” We accepted that, thinking so okay, it is not a manufacturing country. But we did not realize the person was not speaking rhetorically. Business Week May 28-June 3, 2012 has an in-depth report on the Euro crisis. Greece does not make bottles or cans for beer (p.13). So, BW says, going off the Euro will hugely drive up Greek import costs. Of course, it turns out that the Greeks run a substantial surplus in services, which has to mean tourism ($36.5-billion exports and $17.3-billion imports) and if the future drachma falls to 2 to one Euro, or even lower as some fear, tourism is really going to boom.

 

 

·         What we find quite annoying is the repeated assertions that a Greek departure from the Euro would be catastrophic for the Greeks. Everyone knows that, including the Greeks. Even Ulysses’s old dog knows this. But no one seems to have an answer for if Greece is to say in the Euro, who is going to pay for it? The Germans have said no, and without Berlin bailing water from the sinking Greek boat is not going to stay afloat. Saying, as do the Germans, EU, and everyone’s idiot relative who has to be kept locked in the attic, that Greece has to cut back spending and reform its tax collection system and end corruption is all jolly and well, but how is Greece to so totally restructure itself in the very short time that is being mandated? Greece HAS been cutting spending, and each time it does that its GDP falls making the targets even more unrealistic.

 

·         We’d like those insisting Greece stay in the Euro to answer two questions. One, how was Greece managing before it joined the Euro in 1990? Leave aside the debt, which Greece will 100% default on should it leave the zero. How have the fundamentals changed? Somehow Greece muddled along. Who is to say it will not muddle along if it leaves the Euro? Two, people are saying well, Greece will have to accept short-term pain for long-term gain. That is standard economic theory, with which we have no quarrel. But why are the same people not understanding that if Greece leaves the Euro, its pain will also be short-term. Do people understand that as far as the Greeks are concerned, if they have to eat grass to survive, they would rather starve as masters of their own destiny rather than as slaves of the EU?  Is this a hard concept to follow? Apparently so for the EU.

 

 

·         One last question How much of this “Greece must stay in the EU” is special pleading from those bankers who will lose money if Greece leaves, followed by Italy, Spain, Portugal and Ireland, and how much is real concern for the Greeks? Please excuse us if we doubt the loan-holders give one dead, rotting sardine for the people of Greece.

 

 

0230 GMT May 25, 2012

 

·         Pakistan doctor case: developments and clarifications First, US senate appropriations committee has voted to cut $33-million from Pakistan’s aid budget, one million for every year of the doctor’s sentence (see BBC at http://tinyurl.com/bvv3vlm). The annual aid is $800-million, so this is more an expression of displeasure than a punishment.

 

·         And second, the doctor was not told who he was looking for. He guessed it was someone important, and according to a Pakistani who has seen the interrogation transcripts, the Pakistanis, he asked for and received additional money. But he was never told the identity of the target. According to other material we read, he did not succeed in finding Osama.

 

 

·         We are intrigued by august US Senators saying that the doctor was a patriot because he helped in the search for Bin Laden, and Pakistan as much as America benefited. So clearly if the Pakistanis have sentenced the doctor to 30-years for treason plus 3-years if he fails to pay a fine of $4500, they believe he was a traitor to Pakistan – and have repeatedly said so. From there it is but a short leap to the notion that Pakistan and America are not on the same side as far as OBL is concerned.

 

·         Now, while Editor completely understands Pakistan’s support of the Taliban, and has many times said the Pakistanis are entitled to work with the Taliban because it serves Islamabad’s national security imperatives,  frankly we are a bit confused as to what Pakistan gains by backing AQ. The only rational explanation that comes to mind is that Pakistan is so anti-American that the enemy of America is Pakistan’s friend. If we are wrong, then it implies Pakistan sees strategic advantage in working with AQ.

 

 

·         Which takes us to the last point. America is preparing to spend forever and a day in Afghanistan because, it says, AQ must not return to Afghanistan. First, does the US really believe AQ no longer has havens in Pakistan? The evidence is that AQ and the Taliban are getting to be BFFs, and AQ is quite welcome in Afghanistan. Second, precisely what has America achieved if AQ continues to enjoy its havens in Pakistan? It seems to us the ad hocism of American strategic policy continues unabated, as it has for eleven years after 9/11. There is neither logic, nor thought, nor analysis, nor reason, nor objective. Washington just keeps blurting post hoc rationalizations to keep this endless war going.

 

·         It seems to us AQ is spreading, which means we are losing. Before 9/11, AQ was a moderately successful terror outfit that was pushed out of the Horn of Africa and found refuge in Afghanistan. Now it remains in Afghanistan, and has spread to Pakistan, Somalia, Yemen, and the Sahel, including its recently achieved sultanate in Mali. 

 

 

·         But, our readers will say, America is succeeding because there has been no successful terror attack since 9/11. Now, like it or not, we have to go into the logic of this. To what extent have we prevented terror attacks because of our most excellent defensive measures, and how much due to our offensive measures?

 

·         Readers will say “our offensive measures work, look at the case of the Yemen bomb plot just foiled.” Hmmmm. We’re not sure we’d call it a success when we (actually the British) infiltrate an agent provocateur into AQ, have him volunteer for a suicide mission, and then say we foiled AQ. If that man had not gone to AQ, this particular bomb plot would not have arisen.

 

 

·         This further raises a question: how much of the threat are we responsible for creating? To give an example. In Vietnam, every time we stepped up our military efforts, the enemy reacted by stepping up his effort. So we were creating the threat that we were forced to fight by investing greater effort, which led to the enemy investing greater effort to fight us.

 

·         It also raises another question: when the enemy is spending – say - $100-million a year and we have to invest – say $100-billion a year (including Homeland Security, additional intelligence, etc.), isn’t AQ winning?

 

 

·         At which point readers may well throw up their hands and exclaim: “Okay, Editor, you’re the tops in criticism, what’s your solution?”

 

 

 

0230 GMT May 24, 2012

 

·         The US Presidential Election – Boooorrrrring Readers will notice Editor, who has an opinion on everything under the sun, has been staying off the subject of the US presidential election. Two reasons. Editor sees no reason to immerse himself in the sewer of American political campaigning. If you wallow in the stuff, some is inevitably going to stick. That is good neither for one’s karma nor for one’s higher consciousness. And considering that money interests own all the candidates for president and Congress, we honestly do not see the point of preferring one candidate for another.

 

·         Rasmussen, the political pollster, found in a May 2012 poll that 35% of likely voters identify themselves as Republicans; 33% as Democrats; and a whopping 32% as independents. To us this means people are increasingly alienated from the two major parties, rendering both parties increasingly irrelevant. So why bother following the campaign? http://www.rasmussenreports.com/public_content/politics/mood_of_america/partisan_trends Honestly, Editors find the politics of the Euro far more interesting than the vapid utterances of President Obama and Mr. Romney, both of whom believe in nothing, and both of whom are ready to say anything they think will get them elected.

 

 

·         So: someone please wake Editor up after the election.

 

·         There’s a story about a rabies case in UK that reminds Editor of something that happened to him long. Editor had an astrologer who was unusual because he wrote his predictions down so you could check if he had been right. No other astrologer Editor has heard of is/was prepared to do that. As everyone knows, the tendency is to forget predictions that do not happen, and when they do happen, to say “Gosh, my astrologer is fantastic, he’s always so right.” This astrologer left himself no wriggle room.

 

 

·         Anyhows, in 1970 the astrologer wrote down Editor would get bitten by a dog in 1976. So for all of that year, Editor carried a stick when he walking or jogging. The year passed peacefully. In 1977 Editor stopped carrying a stick. He promptly got bitten by a stray.

·         Incidentally, the astrologer was also unusual in that he insisted fate could be changed. “XYZ will happen only if you continue on your present course. But you can change your course. It’s up to you.” Interesting, no?

 

 

0230 GMT May 23, 2012

 

·         The Germans really are different Chancellor Merkel as quoted by the UK Telegraph says: “The German Chancellor said that the current debate in Europe and beyond ‘gives the impression that, for us, saving, as such, is pleasurable’”.  And: “’It’s just about not spending more than you collect. It’s astonishing that this simple fact leads to such debates,’” she said in a speech in Berlin.  And what can one say? She is absolutely right: just don’t spend more than earn. Why are we even debating this?

·         Editor agrees with all those who say that austerity when the economy is weak is counterproductive to growth. This too is simple, why is anyone debating this? And we can all agree, contrawise, that in the long-run excessive debt reduces growth. And we can agree, we think, that human nature being what it is, when the economy is doing well the tendency is not to save and pay off debts incurred when the economy was weak, but to spend more. Since nations seldom reach the ideal of using surpluses from good-times to pay borrowing from bad times, we may as well agree with the Chancellor who is saying that one has to stop spending and start saving sometime and there is no time like the present. Her position is that more spending will encourage more bad habits, which is true enough regardless of what economics says.

·         While we are being agreeable, Editor is certainly willing to agree that those who say the US situation is different from Eurozone’s are also correct. The dollar remains the world’s reserve currency; when our bonds come due, lenders have no choice but to accept more dollars in the form of new bonds. Where are they going to go if they refuse to lend to us? To Europe? Ha Ha. To China? Double Ha Ha followed by a ROTFL followed by obscene sounds of the sort made when intestinal gas is explosively expelled. (Being a family blog we are forbidden to use the perfectly normal English word for this process. In case you are baffled, the word has four letters, starts with an f, ends with a t, contains the first vowel followed by the fourteenth consonant – we hope we’ve counted right, else readers are going to be really confused. Fast? Faqt? The latter word looks suspiciously looks like the intestinal gas offerings made by camels. )

·         Still, can it be conceded that there is nonetheless considerable hubris to the American position? The world is awash in capital, but this could change. In which case interest rates climb, and a whacking large part of the national budget goes to pay interest, our credit rating falls,  and that begins the vice-ful circle that lenders demand higher rates to compensate for the cuts in our credit rating.

 

·         Nonetheless, the above para is not really the object of this story The object is to note how far apart Germany, Netherlands, and Austria are from the rest of the Eurozone. Germany is not going to agree to issue Eurobonds. The Telegraph article says that servicing/guaranteeing the amount needed will cost Germany near $65-billion a year. For a country that has scrimped and saved for years, this is not a circumstance that will lead Germans to sing the Ode to Joy. What they sing will be more like a requiem. Further, there is no assurance that one Eurobond issue will solve the problem. What if Greece, Italy, Spain, and yes – plucky Ireland that at least has accepted responsibility for its debts – need even more help?

·         After months of being attacked on all sides – including by the US – the Germans have gone passive-aggressive. There is a slight shift in their position, as related by the Telegraph, which actually is not shift at all. The Germans are saying to the rest of the Euros: “You wanna issue Eurobonds? Fine. Carry on. Do it without us. No one is stopping y’all. Good luck.” This sounds like a good compromise. But here is the problem: without Germany’s guarantee, the bonds will not be sound. The interest rate will have to be higher, defeating the purpose, which is to lower the interest over what the individual countries are paying. If they are willing to pay 6, 7, 8% or more, they will have little trouble selling as many bonds as they need to. The high interest rates kills the deal. At which point the Germans will say: “See? We told you y’all is trying to scam us, you want Germans to pay for your profligacy. We’ve already told you what the solution is: cut your spending, raise your taxes, and after the initial pain, you’ll start growing”. In other words, back to Square One.

·         It goes without saying that the Euros do not believe in just cutting spending as a way of dealing with deficits. They understand that course puts the burden disproportionately on the less advantaged citizens. They prescribe higher taxes in tandem with spending reductions. And here is where the Euros and America part company. It is fine for the Democrats to score cheap points when the Republicans want reduced spending but no tax increases. It is by no means clear, however, that the Democratic constituency is any more amenable to tax increases than the Republicans. True the Democrats want to tax the rich. But they define rich as those making over $250,000 or even more. It has been repeatedly shown that increased taxes above that level will not yield more than nominal deficit reductions. Given the median income of a 2-earner American family is close to $100,000, for any real results the lower cut off may have to be $100,000 or even $50,000. Perhaps Editor is naïve or uninformed, but he does not see Americans agreeing to this.

·         The further problem is that unless health care is rationed, no amount of spending cuts is going to work.  And we may agree that anyone advocating rationed health care may as well paint a bull’s-eye on his forehead and carry a sign saying “Shoot me”. Of course, it remains answered why Americans spend 16-17% of GDP on health and get worse results than the Europeans at 8-10%. Moreover, our spending is climbing so rapid within 30-40 years the entire government budget will go to health care. But reform health care? No red-blooded American will agree. We have the greatest health care system in the world, so Americans say. You know, the Euros are not the only ones living in La La Land. Editor is a great fan of La La Land. It is so much the nicer place to live than the real world. At which point our two Indian readers will write in and say “Define reality.” Indians believe reality is what you believe it to be. Editor happens to agree with this; to him no explanation other than that reality is the material manifestation of God’s dreams make sense – and Editor is a great fan of astrophysics and cosmology, so he is coming to this conclusion from the science position, not the faith position. If the Indians are right, La La Land is the reality. In which case we Americans must be the best adjusted people in the world. Why stop at the world? In the universe. And why stop there? We are so great we are the best in ALL possible universes.

 

 

0230 GMT May 22, 2012

 

·         US stands up to Pakistan  President Obama has refused to meet with the Pakistan president until the later reopens the land supply route to Afghanistam. Consider Pakistan is at the Afghanistan conference in Chicago at the US’s invitation, this is remarkable. For ten years the US has gone around with a large “Kick me, I’m a moron who will never fight back” sign on its butt, and the Pakistanis have happily, and repeatedly obliged. What’s more, they have billed, and been paid, large sums of money by a US grateful it is being kicked.

·         The sum of money is $20-billion, and hey, if US Government paid Editor a mere $50,000/year to abuse said US Government, Editor would consider it his patriotic duty to oblige. Readers might say: “Wait a minute, given your financial situation we’re sure $5,000/year suffices.”  Well, a person has to maintain standards, you know. Editor wouldn’t want USG to think he is a cheap kicker.

·         Now just to be clear. Suppose Pakistan did not support the Taliban. That does not mean the US would have won this war in no time. The Afghans would still have resisted US occupation. The Afghans would have used opium to buy weapons in Pakistan.  There still would have been an Afghan war. But absent Pakistan, US could have done as much as it has done at a tenth the cost.

·         What’s morbidly fascinating about the Afghan War is that for the first time in US history, America has allied with its enemy, and paid the ally to kill American soldiers. The US justification has been that allying with the Pakistanis is better than fighting them.

·         Hmmmm. So what the US is saying is that it’s okay to pay Pakistan kill Americans, as long as Pakistan  permits passage of supplies to maintain Americans in Afghanistan – the same ones Pakistan is directly killing.

·         Does this make any sense? No, and the US Government gets away with it because America has become a Sense Free Zone. It has also become an Accountability Free Zone. As long as it has to do with national security, US Government can commit any atrocity on its own soldiers, and charge taxpayers any amount of money, and the good people of the US could care less. The good people comprise 99% of America, and  have just one demand: don’t ask us to shed our blood, and don’t raise our taxes to pay for your wars.

·         Anyway. The Editor can’t help ranting on this subject. Our point today is different. The point is that Pakistan seems to have outlived its welcome in Washington. The tipping point was not even finding Bin Laden in a house whose plot adjoins a Pakistan military facility. The tipping point was Pakistan’s cutting off land access and then attempting to blackmail Washington.

·         This appears to have been the last straw for the craven sub-IQ people who constitute our national security leadership.

·         Our sole concern is that the national security part of the US Government is not just dysfunctional, its masochistic. Now that  Pakistan has been told by America it doesn’t have America to kick around any more, Editor is worried for his adopted country. Where is the US Government going to get its daily dose of abuse? After all, we’re addicted to being kicked in the butt. Readers, please send in your ideas for how our government can make sure its humiliation continues.

 

 

0230 GMT May 21, 2012

 

·         The G-8 and Greece  Here is a little pome (not poem, there is a difference):

Its only words

And words are all I have

To tell you

I have no clue

What to do

Those of a certain age will recognize the first two lines as shamelessly plagiarized from the BeeGees in what Editor thinks was their first incarnation. These days Editor is studying for his Secondary English certification, and can tell you if you didn’t know, that the pome contains examples of assonance. You may well ask: “Editor, if you can’t get a job teaching math, who will employ you to teach English, as there is no shortage of English teachers.” The answer is that for some reason Montgomery County Public Schools, Maryland has decided since Editor is certified for Math and Social Studies, he is best employed as an English substitute teacher, and who is Editor to argue? Besides, lots of teachers – at least 10% - have double-certifications, so if you want to stand out you really need a triple. And not to be immodest, Editor qualifies for and has applied for yet another certification to make it four. And if there is someone running around with four, Editor is ready to study for and obtain a fifth. No Child Left Behind calls for “highly qualified” teachers, so may as well be more highly qualified than anyone else. But we digress, as is often the Editor’s wont.

·         The pome does concisely sum up the G8’s real position toward Greece. It’s all talk talk, and nobody has any practical solutions. This is quite typical of the 3rd World, where grand pronouncements are handed down by the leaders, and are magically supposed to transform themselves into actions without any further work. The talk talk has also become an American hallmark. Our current Prez is quite good at this. The previous Prez was not because, poor fellow, he could barely talk. He was for sure verbally dyslexic, which endeared him to Editor, because Editor too is verbally dyslexic especially when he talking fast. But we digress.

·         So at the G8 summit in Chicago (or should we say G8 trench, because trenches are the opposite of summits and more accurately reflect the outcome of this confab), the cheering section, led by Head Cheerleader Mr. Obama, repeatedly said that austerity with growth was required to save the world from disaster, and his guests dutifully agreed with him. 

·         BTW, reader Luxembourg sent us an article that says no fewer than 40 US agencies were responsible for the security of the summit. The shows the modern American penchant for complicating things to the point the entire structure collapses, and bears all the earmarks of the Democratic way: there is a problem, add more layers of bureaucracy and regulation. The Republican way, where we all take responsibility for our actions, would have mandated a much simpler security method. Simple issue each summiteer with his/her personal machinegun, declare the summit area a Stand Your Ground area, and we’re done. Of course, you can say this is the Libertarian way, because the Republican way seems to be to demonize the government, then go running to Washington for bailouts when you get into trouble, and then criticize the government for giving bailouts. But we digress.

·         The point we are trying to make is simple even Editor understand the point. If the fear is that certain countries cannot pay their debts, running the risk of a banking collapse and a destruction of liquidity, which leads to a downward spiral ending in economic collapse then the solution is someone has to guarantee the debts of the wobbly countries. But how to do this? In America, we get to print our own money, and as long as there are buyers for our increased debt, we’re snugs as bugs in rugs. By the way, this is another expression the Editor has not quite understood. Snug bugs in rugs get stepped on and squashied, so it can’t be too much fun for the bugs. But we digress.

·         But Greece et. al. don’t get to print their own money because they are not mistresses of their own destiny. (Please notice Editor’s attempt to be non-sexist and politically correct by using the word Mistress instead of Master. Really, do we have to explain everything to our readers? How are we going to get to make our point and bring today’s post to an end, to the relief of our seven readers?)

·         So clearly, the controlling Euro authority which we think is the ECB has to guarantee the debts of Greece et. al., and that solves the problem.

·         Except it doesn’t, because some government has to guarantee the ECB’s bonds in case the ship goes down. With such a guarantee, the bonds are useless. And when we come to guarantees, we are really saying Germany has to guarantee the debt of Greece et. al. at this point you have to visualize Greece et. al. as helpless maidens tied to the tracks by the debt villain, and the train is roaring along at 300-kilometer-an-hour (obviously it’s a Euro train, American trains barely make it to 100-kmph), and Frau Merkel is frantically looking for a broom, because she hates the mess that happens when people get squashied by trains. In other words, Germany is NOT going to guarantee any more debts beyond the point it already has.

·         Okay, so before we start beating on Frau Merkel two things have to be noted. First, we are told, it is against the German constitution for Berlin to guarantee the debts of other nations. Apparently just to be clear a German court has even ruled this to be the case. Second, we are told a whacking 75% of Germans oppose bailing out other countries, especially the lazy, corrupt, shiftless Southern Europeans who sing in the sunshine and dance in the rain on borrowed money, while the good Germans grimly work and save. So if Frau Merkel goes against her every instinct and does guarantee ECB bonds, she will be out of office the next day – remember in parliamentary democracies it really takes just one day for you to be tossed out.

·         Does this not contradict what we said the other day that Frau Merkel is in trouble at home because the Germans are fed up with austerity? No, it doesn’t contradict anything. Easing austerity so that Germans can enjoy life a little after 10-12 years of belt-tightening is not the same thing as guaranteeing Greece et. al.’s debts.

 

 

 

0230 May 20, 2012

 

·         Some people are slow…and then there’s the Editor It took Editor seven hours yesterday to put ads on 29 pages and link them (Concise World Armies 2010 and History).  That is an average of 15 minutes a page. The additional pages may give one dollar in ad revenues in a year. Now, Editor is used to working for pennies per hour when it comes to Orbat.com, but at 13-cents an hour he must have reached some kind of low. As for page design, forget about it. Putting the ad code and links is hard enough; Editor cannot even imagine how much time it would take to have nicely designed pages. We have just finished Year 12 at Orbat.com. In that period the site has generated less than $12,000 in revenue, almost all of it from Concise World Armies and from the dozen or so books we have brought out. $7000 has gone for web-hosting. $2000 has gone to pay people. So Editor has made $250/year for between 1000-1500 hours/year. Is this sane? No. Is it healthy? No: Editor has put on 40-pounds because he sits so much. Is there any point to this exercise? None. So why does Editor do it? No clue. What does Editor propose to remedy this situation? Do as the bears do: climb the mountain, and hope one day one sees something other than the other side of the mountains. Given the Editor is starkers, should one day he see something other than the other side of the mountain, will he even recognize he’s seeing something different? Probably not.

·         Run out of time today for the update. Sorry about that.

 

0230 GMT May 19, 2012

 

 

 

0230 GMT May 18, 2012

 

·         With Greece a goner, Spain now in cross-hairs Moody’s downgraded 16 Spanish banks yesterday, saying the government had not done enough to provide them with additional capital. Spain managed to sell E2.5-billion worth of bonds yesterday, but the interest rate on 10-year bonds went up to 6.2%. This is considered unsustainable, though not yet fatal. Rates have to cross 7% before we get an “Imminent Danger, Will Robinson” situation. 3- year bonds moved to 4.37% compared to 2.89% at the previous auction; and 4-year bonds went for 5.1%, compared to 3.37% for the previous time they were offered.  http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/economics/9273435/Euro-crisis-ensnares-Spain.html

·         Meanwhile, we learn from  Eurostat that Greece is not in recession as we thought, but in a depression. http://t.co/OfREFklz Greece GDP is 80% of what it was in 2008, before the financial crisis hit. This explains why the Greek people feel they cannot take anymore, and why Germany is absolutely wrong to insist on more austerity for Greece. We are not saying the German formula is inapplicable to other Euro nations, because we do not know what the situation in other countries is. But clearly it is inapplicable to Greece.

·         Also meanwhile 300 Greek MPs were sworn in on May 17. They will hold their seats for one week prior to the dissolution of parliament ahead of new elections on June 17. The new 16-member Greek caretaker government, consisting of judges, diplomats, former minsisters  and academicians, has refused to take any salary.  http://www.athensnews.gr/portal/1/55563 In France the new President and his ministers will take a 30% pay cut.

·         Statistics are funny things Did you know that Orbat.com earns $20 per thousand page views from China, and that our revenues are up 600% from when we started with the advertising? We hope you are impressed.  The reality is that China gave us 3 page views (three) and 6-cents revenue. The day we started running ads we made one cent; four days later we are up to six cents.

·         After 39-years, Russia retires Soyuz-U launch rocket The missile was used for 434 launches, and its last lift-off was to put an Eye warning satellite into orbit. The network consists of about 70 satellites, which seems like a lot. The Soyuz-2 heavy launcher and Angara-3 medium launcher will now take over. http://en.rian.ru/russia/20120517/173517900.html

·         Second China J-20 stealth fighter flies The aircraft with serial 2002 flew for the first time yesterday. http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/photo/2012-05/17/c_131593743.htm

 

 

0230 GMT May 17, 2012

 

·         Greeks continue to withdraw money but no panic says Financial Times (quoted by BBC). Athens bankers say 0.75% of deposits withdrawn Monday/Tuesday. No lines at banks/ATMs and no panic. In 2008 crisis Greeks withdrew E8-billion, now it is less than E1-billion. Of course, given that Greece is in recession/depression it is hard to say how much of the withdrawals are people trying to meet bills and how much is precautionary against Greece leaving Euro. http://t.co/ra2VinBX

·         London Telegraph notes that in December 2009 Greek banks had E244-billion in deposits; by March 2012 this was down to E177-billion. So the withdrawal process has been on for some time. http://tinyurl.com/dyul32g At one end, a risk-assessment firm believes a Greek exit would strengthen the Euro against the dollar by 5%, London equities would drop by 3%, Greek by 20%, and oil by 5% (which would be a big positive, by the way). Telegraph jokingly says that if this is the cost, can Greece leave now please. On the other hand the losses could run E1-trillion if Spain is pulled down too.

·         Fair enough, but then we get into politics and not economics. If Eurozone has a E1-trillion debt overhang, in economic terms it needs to be cleared up even at the cost of short-term pain. A properly pruned tree becomes healthier, not sicker. If international bankers did not own European parliaments (in the same way they own the US Congress), these adjustments would have taken place subsequent to the 2008 meltdown. The sole economic point of bailouts is (a) orderly liquidation of debt overhang; (b) give the economy a chance to recover. These objectives cannot be met by some Euro economies. At which point, if they are not allowed to fail, we are talking politics. Greece got bailouts up the wazoo; it did not help Greece though it did give time to prepare for a Greek exit from the Euro. Media keeps saying Spain is different; if that is so, then a Spanish bailout beyond what has been arranged should work. If it is not true, Spain should be allowed to leave and that is all there is to it. It’s not complicated.

·         Fresh elections will be held on June 10 or June 17. Though anti-austerity parties lead, some hope the conservatives may pick up seats. Problem here is that even the conservatives are saying austerity must be relaxed. If Conservatives do return to power contrary to current polls, and if they are seen as kowtowing to Berlin, trouble will again erupt and the government will again become unstable. So the question is not will Greece stay in the Euro – Greeks have said they want to. The question is whether Berlin will back down on austerity, or from the Greek viewpoint, force Greece out of the Euro.

·          Germany shows no sign of backing down; to the extent even the Canadian Prime Minister who is no fan of the Euro is saying that in a currency block stronger members have to help weaker members. The German position is Greece cannot have its cake and eat it to: if Greece wants to remain in the Euro, it will have to agree to austerity because the Germans are not prepared to help further.

·         Meanwhile, figures released by Eurostat show that Greek GDP is down to 80% of the pre-crisis amount. This shows Greece is in a depression, not in a recession, and that Germany is dead wrong by insisting on austerity. Stimulus is needed; austerity will only make things worse.

 

·         Hollande, Afghanistan, and the Media Gotcha Mode The press is now saying that the new French Prime Minister has been forced already to go back on his pledge to withdraw French troops from Afghanistan. The reason? It will take longer than year’s end to withdraw heavy equipment, so hundreds of French troops will have to remain. And in any case hundreds of French troops will remain as advisors and trainers.

·         But while the details of French withdrawal may have changed now that Hollande is in power as opposed to the previous campaign mode, his intent has not changed at all. French are leaving Afghanistan, ASAP. So we do not see he has gone back on a pledge. And if the Pakistan overland route reopens, as is expected, then the French will have a shot at withdrawing as Hollande wanted. No doubt since these things take longer than anticipated, the press will be able to find French troops in Afghanistan on January 1, 2013. Will they then say Hollande has failed to keep his pledge? And if they say so, will that have any meaning? Is the role of the media to inform or is it to play gotcha?

·         On our part, we would not be so sure French advisors/trainers will remain in any significant number. One reason Hollande is withdrawing is that Afghan forces have been attacking NATO troops including French ones. Advisors and trainers are particularly vulnerable to such attacks because they are stationed with Afghan forces. Possibly America will sweet talk or pressure France to leave in place some advisors/trainers. But again, we don’t see how this changes the material situation, that France is so-outta-here.

 

 

0230 GMT May 16, 2012

 

·         Greece heads for new elections in June, and already the EU weeping and wailing has reached an unbearable crescendo. The pro-bail-out Greeks are saying the country, its banks, and its economic will collapse. The Euros are saying a Greek exit will plunge Europe into its worst economic crisis since the 1930s. We say nothing much will happen to Europe; Greece will take a tumble, but clearly the Greek people have decided that if they’re going to have to suffer years more of austerity without end, its best to their medicine in a one bitter dose and become masters of their own destiny.

·         Useful thing to remember The great majority of Greeks, including even the moderate left SYRIZA party that has precipitated the current crisis by refusing to join a coalition, want Greece to stay in the Euro. The dispute is on the terms. The current terms, which imply an ever increasing austerity as Greece slips economically ever further, requiring more austerity, are not acceptable to a great many Greeks.

·         To a significant extent, the anti-bailout Greeks are engaged in a game of Chicken with the masters in Berlin. They are saying “If you don’t want us to leave,” make it worth our while to stay. Berlin is saying “we’ll compromise a bit, but you have to accept further austerity or you  leave and on your head it is.” Neither side is quite convinced the other side cannot be pressured to compromise beyond current positions.

·         We have noted that 12 Euro governments have fallen since the 2008 crisis began, and that the Berlin program has not worked for any state. Yes, it worked for Germany, but German restructured before the world was in a recession. Iceland is the only country that has recovered and is healthy, and Iceland did it by defaulting on its debts, devaluing, and accepting high unemployment. All is well that ends well, Iceland is paying back the debts, exports are thriving, growth is back, and unemployment is way down.

·         Given that Berlin’s prescription is not working, repeatedly, it makes more sense for Greece to leave unless Germany backs off. Our impression is Germany would rather let Greece go than pay more money for what it considers is a lazy, over-consuming, feckless people. That Germany feels this way is wholly understandable. Let’s face it: when it comes to thrift, economic soundness, debt-aversion, and productivity, the Germans ARE morally superior to the rest of us.

·         For this reason we say Germany should stop beating up Greece, work with Athens to make a Greek exit as orderly as possible, and if Portugal, Italy, Ireland, and Spain are really going to fall into more trouble, then help them exist in as orderly a manner as possible.

·         There comes a time when reality must be faced. Yes, we in America are doing heck of a job refusing to face reality: we do not even have a national budget, and there are no signs we are going to agree on one before the January 2013 sequestration happens. We are for sure in the Banana Republic category, which is likely insulting to the banana republics because they all have budgets. So Editor’s point is, do the Germans et al want to be like America when it comes to a refusal to face reality?

·         Somalia and the Global War On Terror : America may actually be doing something correctly for once a dictum attributed to Lawrence of Arabia is that it’s better to have the locals do the job imperfectly, than to do it for them perfectly. So in Vietnam we started out training the locals; increasing we got fed up, shoved an ever increasing number of troops into the country, pushed the locals out of the way, and decided to do the fighting ourselves. Of course, it all still might well have worked had we been willing to continue giving the RVN airpower and money. But that story did not end well. Just as Afghanistan is not going to end well, because we seem to have got diverted into doing everything except helping the Afghans to themselves fight for their country.

·         In Somalia, on the other hand, 19-years after the US intervention ended in disaster because we turned yellow and ran – sorry, no other way of putting it and still speaking the truth – we may have a reasonable, low-cost formula for success. We have been training regional forces to help the Somalis fight Al-Shabab, while doing the drone thing when we can, which is pretty rarely compared to Pakistan/Yemen. While Editor has no details, America seems also to be helping the countries mainly involved – Uganda, Burundi, and Kenya with money and logistical assistance. We doubt the money involved is more than a couple of hundred million dollars a year.

·         And it seems to be working. As more and more African Union troops are committed, the peace force is up to 18,000. That is still not enough, but it is a long way for the 5,000 or so the AU began with. Al Shabab has been pushed out of Mogadishu, the Kenyans are clean up south Somalia, and AU forces are moving into central Somalia.

  • No doubt the Somalia forces are a very long way from being able to stand on their own, and no doubt it will take years to defeat Al Shabab. No doubt there will be setbacks. But look at it this way: a couple of years ago it seemed Somalia was over, another inevitable victory for Islamic extremists. Today the situation has changed dramatically, and Al Shabab is on the defensive. It has cost America no lives, and perhaps a couple of hundred million dollars a year. That has to be counted as very significant progress.

 

 

0230 GMT May 15, 2012

 

The news muse seems to have gone for a walk leaving Editor behind at home. We have been trying to work up enthusiasm and get energized by the news of the day, but after a few minutes of looking at something we get the feeling it’s all too boring for words.  Nonetheless, readers will be thrilled and delighted we actually made money from Google Adsense: one cent in two days. This leaves us a ways to go before catching up with Mr. PieFace Gates, or Mr. TrainEngineer Buffet, or Mr. FakeBoyishCharm Zuckenberg. Still, as they say – a journey of a thousand miles begins with…?Wondering why you bothered?

 

·         China’s 95% rare earth monopoly on its way to becoming history US Molycorp, which has taken a mine shut down for environmental and economic reasons, is up and running and has already pre-sold its entire expected 2012 production. Molycorp is a cautionary tale. Its mines were creating environmental damage, as apparently rare earth extraction is a very dirty business. China, with it’s “Frankly, my dear, I don’t give a darn” attitude about the environment, became a very low cost producer, thus putting a double final nail in US production.

·         Once China achieved monopoly status, it began acting like a monopoly and began raising prices and imposing export quotas. In the meantime, new mining technology developed by Molycorp which seriously reducing environmental impact became available, and the rising prices made everything more economical again. Also meanwhile, a new venture was out underway in Malaysia, and while we don’t remember the details, India too decided to get in this game.

·         So the Greens will say: “Editor, what are you complaining about? What harm was done when Molycorp was shut down? Wasn’t it better to protect the environment?” No harm, if you do not consider handing over your strategic metals production to someone who really does not wish you well. If the US had gotten into a major tussle with China before Molycorp revived, well, a great deal of damage would have been done.

·         At any rate, within five years Molycorp and Malaysia should be at full blast. China is having to pay attention to its environment because so much damage has been done, and with Chinese wages rising and rising, hopefully the two new ventures will not be in danger of elimination by cheap Chinese prices.

·         To us it is very, very strange that the US would permit any foreign country – leave alone a hostile one – supply us with almost 100% of our rare earth needs, but Americans are not a terribly logical people. Can you imagine us relying on the USSR pre-1990 for our strategic metal needs? Because the Soviets were so crassly crude and threatened us every day ten times a day, even Americans understood the Soviets were an enemy. The Chinese are a bit more subtle, so Americans think there is not much of a problem with China. Yes, babaloos, currently there is not because China is still militarily weak.  But even today, if China was prepared to spend 4% of its GDP on defense as we do, it would have a defense budget of $250-billion to our $600-billion. Seeing as its personnel costs are much lower, and seeing as currently it does not need to be a global power, just a regional and anti-America power, it is quite capable of causing us much grief – if it wishes – even now.

·         At 7.5% growth to our 3%, in the time we go to $30-trillion GDP (25 years), China will go to $25-trillion or so. Does anyone really believe as China gets stronger it will become a willing partner in an American-defined and American-led world order? Dream on people.  Yes, between 1914 and 1940 – a mere 25-years – a rising US was willing to be a partner to Britain and France and play by European rules. After 1940 the US made its own rules and dictated its own terms to all and sundry. So those who think China will not be a threat need to explain why the Chinese will act any differently than we did, when China’s time comes.

  • It is not that the Chinese are inherently evil in the same way as the Soviets were inherently evil. The Chinese do not believe their political ideology is so superior it must be exported to cover the world, because they no longer have a political ideology. The Chinese will have no problem with letting other countries govern themselves as the countries decide – as long as they subordinate themselves to Chinese interests, and kiss the fat Chinese butt on demand.  No guesses needed who the Chinese will insist must be the Chief Fat Butt Kissers.

 

 

0230 GMT May 14. 2012

 

  • Merkel's party suffers big loss in a key state The state is North Rhine Westphalia (NRW), germany's biggest and most diverse state. It held elections 18-months sooner than planned because there was no agreement on a budget. The Christian democrats (conservatives) had their worst show in the state since the end of the Second World War. The Social Democrats, who are left leaning, are expected to form a stable government on their own, without coalition partners.
  • This election is important because, oddly, the issue before the voters was austerity versus growth. Now, you might think - as Editor did - that the Germans are 100% behind austerity, particularly as it has worked for them. Their bonds are among the lowest yielding in the world, unemployment is low, the economy is humming away nicely. That remains true at the national level. At the state level, however, NRW apparently has a high rate of indebtedness, and the ruling party (Merkel's posse) wanted greater austerity. The opposition wanted more emphasis on growth, which means spending more and worrying about the debt less.
  • Well, the people have spoken. We assume up and down the Eurozone countries that have been pushed into recession and astonishingly high levels of unemployment must be making rude sounds at Fraulien Merkel's plight. Nonetheless, it's necessary to appreciate she remains very popular at the national level.

 

 

0230 GMT May 13, 2012

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT May 12, 2012

 

 

0230 GMT May 11, 2012

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT May 10, 2012

 

 

0230 GMT May 9, 2012

·         Afghanistan Yesterday we ran an article by a former Pakistan ISI officer where he told the truth, and nothing but the truth, about the Taliban. The Afghans are no fighters; the effective part of the Taliban is Pakistani and mercenary. That it was the Pakistanis who destroyed the Afghan warlords 1994-96 and unified the country, not the Taliban, has long been known to anyone with the most cursory interest in that part of the world. Even the CIA knew this; whether the US military did we don’t know, but honestly, the US military at its higher levels is completely, totally, utterly unable to step a centimeter outside its carefully constructed belief system.

·         Basically what the Americans/NATO have been doing in Afghanistan is supporting their being in Afghanistan, not in fighting the Taliban. It’s like Jabba The Hut: 90% of his existence went in the care, feeding, and maintenance of Jabba The Hut.

 

·         The only way the alliance could have “won” in Afghanistan would have been to seal the border, which it was ferociously determined not to do. Operating in La La Land so deep that the US never came up for fresh air, Washington decreed Pakistan would close the border. Nice try, mates, because it was the Pakistan who were the Taliban to begin with, US drove them from Afghanistan, they were determined to get back (and they will), so asking them to close the border was asking them to shoot themselves. We do not need to get into a detailed analysis of what went wrong, because when your starting assumption is so fantastically bizarre and detached from reality, how can anything else work.

·         BTW, Editor wants to make it clear that for the first seven years of the US presence in Afghanistan he swallowed all the official propaganda and was convinced we had won.  Its only in 2008 that Editor started to realize it was all lies and more lies from Washington – again, we must be careful to note that Washington, being totally Looney Tuners, did not believe it was lying. It believed it was telling the truth. One of the astonishing things that has happened in 2011-12 is that of a sudden just about everyone in the ruling elite has seen we were fooling ourselves, that we were not winning, and the whole thing was going to end badly. Now we’re just going through the motions of staging a victorious withdrawal, even though no one cares anymore. It is just that in the horribly poisoned political scene in America no one can say: “Guys, it’s over, we may as well come home now.”

·         This war is going on and on because of the politicians’ egos, and while we can all get terribly outraged that that’s the determining factor, the reality is that in this day and age wars are political at least as much as they are military. If you want to get technical and literal, then of course all wars are political, but we are trying to make a distinction between wars of survival (1917-18 and 1941-45) and other wars. Anyway, this is a boring subject.

 

0230 GMT  May 8, 2012

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT May 7, 2012

 

 

·         The Old Person Upstairs Still Has A Smile For America When Editor was growing up, a common sentiment was that that The Old Person Upstairs had been very good to America – God’s own country and all that. On seeing the Boomers grow up, the Old Person obviously decided to take a long vacation to soothe his nerves. Short visits back to check on Generation X, Y, Z, Zero or whatever obviously decided him to continue on his vacation, which is why many of us feel this is no longer God’s own country.

·         The other day  Editor and the Old Boy had their usual shouting match. The Old Boy insisted it was America who had abandoned Him, so Editor naturally had to resort to that cop-out so popular in post 1970 generations, “That’s right, blame the victim!” Editor needs to explain for the benefit of newish readers that the Old Boy and Editor can never have a normal conversation, because the minute Editor dials in, the Old Boy goes “Oh no, not you again!” and that’s when it starts going downhill very rapidly. The other day the Old Boy was sneering: “Look who’s talking, Mister Without A Saturday Date!” Editor, well trained by his students in the advanced rhetorical arts, sneered back: “Look who’s talking, Mister Without A Saturday Date!” You can tell Editor and the Old Boy have very mature conversations.

·         Be that as it may, we got our new Businessweek in (May 7 –May 13, 2012), and on Pages 26-27 (“Fracking Is Flopping Overseas”) learned that because of geology, America is fantastically lucky. An American well in the Huron shale costs a piddling $1.7-million to drill. China pays $4.9-million in the Sichuan Shale; Argentina pays $8.4-million in the Neuquen Shale; Canada’s Duvernay Shale is $10.6-million; and Mexico Shale is $15.1-million.

·         If this is not a high five moment, nothing is. We already know that thanks to new technology, America can become hydrocarbon independent by 2020 (counting Mexican/Canadian hydrocarbons). But what we are being now told is that aside from America’s growing advantage in hourly wages, because of cheap gas we will be able to outcompete any country in energy-intensive industries, so jobs will move back for sure.

·         Now, obviously it is not a positive that our wages have fallen so low that American companies in China have begun shifting back. Nor does it explain how countries like Germany and Japan, with a much higher wage structure than ours, can beat the pants off China in manufacturing. But that’s another story. Our wages are way down, and with cheap electricity we will be in fat city of some sort.

·         So obviously the Old Person still has a smile left for America. So naturally Editor had to dial the Old Person. We went through our usual insult exchange, which Editor won with a “Yo Mama so fat when burps there’s enough gas to power the entire Northeast for a day”. Except Editor did not say “burp”, instead he used another 4-letter world starting with an f, ending with a t, and the first vowel and the first letter of the word “rambunctious” but then this is a family blog, you know. Editor warned the Old Boy “Just ‘cause you’re giving us a break doesn’t mean we aren’t going to mess it up, you know. In fact, be sure, be very sure, we WILL mess it up.”

·         The Old Boy gloomily agreed, which may be the first time we’ve agreed on anything since we agreed He is not just old, but very ugly. Of course if you talk to Him that is not the story he will tell you, but hey, this is modern America. My point of view is as real as anyone else’s, truth is relative, and pretty soon instead of “In God We Trust” as one of our national mottos we’ll have “It’s not my fault.”

 

·         And there goes another one It’s like the green bottles on the wall; Sarko is history, and the eleventh Euro head of state to fall thanks to the financial crisis. In Greece the ruling coalition, with 50% of the vote counted, is down to 34% from 77% in the last parliament, which is a whacking great loss. But New Democracy, junior partner of the coalition, while down from 34%, still is now the largest party at 20%. This may change any minute as results come in. But if New Democracy holds, it will have the first chance to form a new coalition, which likely will be unstable and possibly lead to fresh elections. The present coalition says it remains committed to Greece in Eurozone, but terms of the bailout will have to be renegotiated.

 

·         At which point everyone else will insist on renegotiations, and Berlin will either have to cave or revert to what many favor, an inner Euro zone where only the strongest Euro states are members.

 

·         What’s odd about this as far as we are concerned is just the other day we were declaring the start of a German age of triumphalism, because Berlin had beaten everyone down to a cowering state of helplessness where the Eurozone was going “Yes master, nice master”, like Gollum. We honestly do not see Germany caving in, and truthfully, why should it. It has the strongest economy in Europe, people have to play by its rules or pick up their marbles and go home. It makes sense for the weaker nations to go home rather than Germany play by their rules.

 

0230 GMT May 6, 2012

 

·         Something peculiar is up in the Siachin Glacier The Pakistan Army Chief has made a third trip to the site of the avalanche that killed 133 Pakistan Army personnel. Normally, one would think one trip is enough. General Kiyani is, after all, Army chief. He has an army to run and more importantly, a nation to run. On each occasion he has called for a Siachin settlement. This third time he has even taken an Indian journalist with him. Why this PR blitz? He made an offer the first time, India said all offers for settlement were welcome. The General couldn’t have been serious about the offer because these matters are not discussed via the media. Anyway,  both sides periodically call for settling outstanding issues. General  Kiyani has made his point and now let the diplomatic channels do their work. Does he think he has only to call for a settlement and the next day India agrees? Why these attempts to pressure India, all made within days of each other?

 

·         The General has talked about the enormous cost of occupying the region. We cannot speak for Pakistan, but there is no evidence the cost bothers India. There’s been no fighting for years, and the human cost of operating in the hostile environment has steadily come down as both sides have learned to live there. There is no reason for India to agree to any withdrawal, because Pakistan can occupy Indian positions within hours. And the vulnerability applies to Pakistan.

 

 

·         The only thing we can think of is that there is some trouble in the Northern Light Infantry, Pakistan’s high mountain regiment. Even though after it was regularized subsequent to the Kargil War 1999, as a consequence of which 50% of the regiment is Punjabi, half still remains enlisted from locals. First, the locals are mainly Shia Muslims and Pakistani Sunnis, in common with their brethren worldwide, persecute the Shias. Second, the Northern Areas have been the scene of major crackdowns by the Pakistan Government because of local resentment against Islamabad. Third, the Chinese are now in the region in increasing numbers and this has to be causing more problems with the locals.

 

·         It is possible – and we are only guessing – that the loss of lives in the avalanche and the failure to recover the bodies has been a trigger for resentments already building up within the NLI.

 

 

·         But again, we do not see how withdrawal will solve any of these issues for Pakistan. To begin with, the men died in an act of nature. No one is to blame. The NLI are professional soldiers, they serve because they want to and because in comparison with their meager economic circumstances the Army offers a very good living. We do not see how saying “Okay, we’re pulling you back” suddenly makes everything okay for the local soldiers of the regiment – assuming there is a problem. And if the other issues we discussed are in some way making the locals less reliable, Pakistan has a population of 180-million. It can recruit replacements and make the NLI 75% or even 100% Punjabi within a few months. It can also post NLI battalions outside the region – since the regiment is now a regular regiment, Pakistan in any case sends NLI battalions where they are needed.

 

·         Incidentally, the problem Pakistan has been having in recovering the bodies of the avalanche victims is that the avalanche brought down with it enormous boulders which now cover the site. To get these out of the way requires blasting, which itself risks further avalanches. Pakistan is blasting, but clearly it has to proceed very slowly.

 

 

·         In a way this reminds of the Indian AN-12 transport that crashed in the mountains on a troop carrier mission from Chandigarh to Leh in 1968. The plane, with six crew and 98 soldiers went down in February at over 6000-meters altitude likely after hitting a mountain in bad weather. The military gave up an aerial search after six months. Thirty-five years passed before shifting glaciers revealed aircraft parts and small fragments of one body and of the aircraft. This was reported by trekkers. Though after the discovery there were allegations made that the military made insufficient effort to find the wreck, an air force person with a helicopter unit tasked to find the wreck in 1968 said that about 500 sorties were flown without success. You can read all about it at Bharat-Rakshak http://forums.bharat-rakshak.com/viewtopic.php?t=388 

 

·         Editor’s solution to Keystone XL Problem As we understand it, the problem is that the pipeline crosses the international border and thus requires special permits. Editor has a simple solution. Railway tank cars can cross the border without problems. Station a rail tank car so that one end is in Canada and the other end in the US. Pump oil from the Canadian pipeline into the tank car on the Canadian end.  Pump it out into the US pipeline at the US end. Problem solved. No need to thank us, just part of our civic contribution.

 

·         Colombia Lady-Of-The-Night says her life is ruined. We have been trying our best to understand why she says this. Editor will accept anything as long as the reasoning is logical. Her profession is legal in her country. We would think the publicity would help her. She has decided to run a beauty shop because she can no longer do whatever it is ladies-of-the-night do. How precisely is she prevented from earning her living? In a media interview, she coyly allowed she might be willing to pose sans culottes if the price is right. Should we now be looking forward to a civil suit in a US court because her life is ruined?

 

·         Why precisely are we Americans gloating about the EU? A study by North Eastern University says 54% of Americans with college degrees under age 25 are unemployed or underemployed http://abclocal.go.com/kabc/story?section=news/national_world&id=8633117 So why exactly are we gloating about how superior we are to the Europeans?

 

0230 GMT May 5, 2012

 

The day’s military news is at Twitter, Editor_Orbat

 

Teachers, pay, pensions, and unions

 

·         We saw statistics the other day indicating between 170,000 and 300,000 teachers have lost their jobs since the recession of 2008. If the higher figure is correct then about 8% of teachers have lost their jobs, which may be more than in most professions. Editor doesn’t have a job because of the cutbacks. But still, if the country cannot afford as many teachers as it did previously, it cannot afford them. That is all there is to it, and there is no need to have a discussion on the subject.

 

·         Nonetheless, a major misconception about teachers needs addressing.  First you have to consider that in 1970, an average teacher salary was about $48,000 (2007 dollars, figures from http://www.aft.org/pdfs/teachers/salarysurvey07.pdfm). In 2007, it was about $52,000. It is a little bit more in 2012. Unless you believe the 1970 teacher was overpaid, you cannot rationally argue the 2012 teacher is overpaid. Particularly since other professionals with the same qualifications in 23 professions deemed comparable by the Bureau of Labor Statistics make $20,000 more than teachers.

 

 

·         Now, America being a free market, what happens when you underpay one profession? You do not get the best people. South Korea, for example, takes its teachers from the top 1% of university graduates. America takes its teachers from the bottom one-third. If US teachers were paid salaries comparable to South Korean teachers, they would have to be given salaries between $100,000 and $120,000. (These stats are from a paper Editor did; if you really want the paper he will email it to you. First you will need to sign a disclaimer saying that if you drop dead of boredom, no suit can be brought against Editor.) Incidentally, South Korean teachers have the lowest dropout rate in the world. On average, 40% of American teachers leave the profession in five years, just about when they are becoming competent. In urban school districts the rate can approach 100%.

 

·         So we can stop here, no need to go further. You want better teachers, pay them better. If you say you do not want your taxes to increase, hey, Editor understands. He pays taxes too. But then stop with the complaining already, people. You get what you pay for.

 

 

·         If you think teachers and unions and pensions are the problem, go all out for the free enterprise solution. Going to school should be optional. If you want your kid to go to school, you pay for it. The one thing Editor guarantees you is that you will see results. Why? Because if the school does not perform, you can go to another. But there is another reason you will see results. You are paying $750/month to get your little adorable darling educated. The second time your little adorable is sent home because he wouldn’t get off his ‘phone – and of course your fees will not be rebated – you will thrash the adorable one till he can’t sit, and you will take his phone away. That is capitalism at work: the kid wants a roof over his head and three squares? Then he had better perform for mom and dad. He doesn’t want to perform for Mom and Dad? Fine. He can go work in the mines for $1/hour.

 

·         By the way, Editor is not jesting. America is about personal responsibility. If the kid is old enough to have sex, waste the family’s money on frivolous things, decide he does not have to do his homework because he would rather play videogames, thinks its okay to do drugs tobacco, and alcohol, then the kid is old enough to take the consequences of his bad decisions.

 

 

·         Editor works in a “good” school district. Maryland is at the top in terms of American school performance, and Montgomery County is one of the two best, if not the best, county in Maryland. Half the kids Editor sees: he is happy to pay taxes for them. One quarter of the kids he sees: 30-days probation, if kid does not straighten out, good-bye. The remaining quarter: fire them. Right now. Give them another chance after five years.

 

·         So: if someone wonders why he should pay over-paid spoiled rotten teachers to teach his kids, Editor is entitled equally to wonder why his taxes are going to pay for someone else’s hopeless case kid+parent.

 

 

·         90% of the hopeless cases are kid+parent – just an observation – it is rare you get a bad kid with good parents. But that is another long story that in Editor’s 16 years of dealing with parents he has learned parents do not, repeat, do not, want to hear. Only one principal of many Editor has seen would verbally spank the parents if she felt they were not doing their job. She was a nun – obviously. And as likely or not, she had taught the parents too, so to begin with they were terrified of her. Imagine a public school principal chewing out a parent for her/his parenting failures. You would have a lawsuit on your hands in five seconds flat.

 

 

0230 GMT May 4, 2012

 

·         Occasionally we get a restrained comment from people who know the Editor regarding the unkind things he says about India, his home country. The comments are restrained because people know the one time he loses his otherwise never-ruffled temper is on the subject of Indian defense. So today Editor is not going to attack India on a defense matter, He is merely going to suggest you visit http://www.telegraph.co.uk/motoring/picturegalleries/9226902/Srinagar-Leh-highway.html

 

·         You will see for yourself something grandiosely called the Srinager-Leh Highway. It is an absolutely vital road, linking Kashmir with the critically important Ladakh region. Parts of Ladakh – large parts – are under Chinese and Pakistani occupation. The “highway” first came to independent India’s attention in 1947-48. We won’t bore you with the details of the hows, whys, wheres, and whens; suffice it to say that 65 years later, this “highway” is a one-lane road, at least at the Zojila Pass chokepoint, and it stays blocked 6-months of the year because in six-and-a-half decades, the government of India hasn’t figured out how to keep the highway open 365-days of the year.

 

 

·         True, you can see from the height of the snow walls that this is not an easy proposition. But you know something odd? Even twenty-plus years ago the Indian Army was perfectly capable of launching a 3-division offensive in Ladakh, in the dead of winter. It would seem an army that can do that would be able to keep a difficult mountain pass snow-free.

·         But of course, it’s not the army that builds the roads and keeps them open. And the reason this road is not a proper two-lane 20-ton highway plus pavement to pull off, and the reason it is not kept open, is that the Government of India has not sanctioned the money. Why? Because the GOI does not see any need to make the effort. After all, all Indians die and are reborn millions of times, so why get agitated about a strategic road?

 

·         So all Editor asks of the Government of India is that GOI admit we are a banana republic, get a banana headdress for our president, and change the national flag to feature a banana, and Editor will have no more mean things to say. It’s this fantasy that somehow we are a great country that bothers Editor.

 

 

·         So see? Editor is quite capable of being nice about India. Has he said a single mean thing today?

 

·         Oh yes, every international visitor to India should be greeted with a banana gift.

 

 

·         See? Even Japanese parakeets are smarter than ours A parakeet in Yokohama, Japan flew off from home. After being caught at a hotel and put in a cage, the bird was taken to the police station. Whereupon it recited its complete address – and if you know Japanese addresses, this is not the simplest thing. Apparently the owner had taught the bird the address in case of just such an eventuality. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/newstopics/howaboutthat/9240683/Lost-budgie-taken-home-after-it-recites-entire-address.html

 

·         Letter from Reader Lloyd from Canada The process of getting pipeline approval is not simple. It is becoming simple thanks to a conservative (big oil backed) government. Keep in mind Canadian conservatives have no problem with gay marriage or socialized medicine, so how conservative are they?

·         The oil will go to whoever wants it. China, sure, but Vietnam, Japan, Korea, and Vietnam, not to mention India are other candidates.  Did the people at orbat really believe the oil coming from canada would stay in America? If a democrat or wanted this to be true, couldn't they have attached an amendment stating this? You also don't mention that the Greens in Canada are attempting to be muzzled by the various Governments.  (First Nations too) Keep in mind, this part of Canada had extensive coverage of the Exxon Valdez spill.  Everyone remembers this in BC.  That said,  no one will hit an oil tanker in case of war in the middle east.  Why don't you ask Saudi Arabia, U.A.E. or Qatar or even Kuwait if they will allow that? Remember, these countries will be the ones cleaning up the mess. It will not be America's or Iran's problem.  Iran could hit 10 oil tankers. It would be one of the worst things Iran could do. It would devastate the coastal economies and would ensure that Iran becomes a pariah to the region. America would be forced to buy all of it's oil from the western hemisphere for it's own security. Do you really think the Saudi's and the Iraqi's and the Kuwaiti's want that?

·         You ignore a few points about the first nations 1. They do not want to risk contamination on their land. Why would they want an oil spill that poisons their waterways. Where Salmon spawn and where they make their livelihood. selling and stocking fish for the winter?    That said yes they do have the right to tell the rest of Canada what they can and cannot do with their land. It is THEIR land.  Perhaps Americans are too used to getting their own way because "they are Americans"  Some native groups are also holding out for jobs (which will be offered).  

·         Are you going to tell me that if I decide to build a pipeline across your front yard, you don't have any right to say no? No one in Canada is talking about succession. Jobs and the economy are the priorities in Canada.  Hoping to avoid another 'black eye' when America tanks again is another. Canada has military bases all over the country.  Many regions, many demographics. There is no generalization needed.  Generalizations breed ignorance.

·         Editor’s comment   Actually, generalizations are always needed for simple communication, short of smacking the other person upside the head with a skillet; else each of us would have to write volumes to convey the simplest ideas. Generalizations of themselves are not bad; their use to stop further debate is bad.

·         America’s interest is not served by buying oil from the Persian Gulf when it is available from Canada. By blocking Keystone XL, the Greens have not stopped Canada from producing the oil. Canada will merely send it somewhere else. Is it in Canada’s interest to extract oil? That is for the Canadians to decide.

·         Does the land over which the second pipeline will travel belong to First Nations? If so, they have a right to say no. We were under the impression First Nations has certain rights over the land, but not exclusive rights. If we are wrong, we would be happy to carry a clarification. And yes, the Canadians are concerned with jobs. Which is why the pipelines should go ahead. Though truthfully, call us parochial if you will, if America gains nothing from the pipelines, personally we have no interest what the Canadians decide. Americans kind of lost the right to concern themselves with Canada’s internal affairs, exactly 200 years ago.

·         This brings Editor to mind of the only Canadian he knew; a lovely lady he met decades ago. She said one day: “You Americans go on about how you’ve never lost a war…” this was before the Vietnam mess, obviously, “…but we Canadians defeated you in 1812”. Editor is so craven he had no hesitation in saying “I’m not American. Can we discuss your enchanting green eyes instead?” And before you ask, yes, there was no date on Saturday. The young lady was being faithful to her husband who was off somewhere in the wilds of the North. Had the First Nations mistaken him for a moose or something and stuck a spear in him or something,, Editor would not have been distraught. Alas, no such luck.

 

0230 GMT May 3, 2012

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT May 2, 2012

 

The spring of our discontent – sort of vaguely, anyway

 

 

And now, the news…

 

it is a campaign year, everyone is shooting off her/his mouth, be dignified by saying nothing.

 

0230 GMT May 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT April 30, 2012

 

·         Take California. It needs to default on most of its debt and massively devalue so it can regain its competitiveness. Of course there will be a big drop in its standard of living. But California will rise again. The way things are arranged now, California will drag the US with it when it defaults. It is not Greece we have to worry about, people.

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT April 29, 2012

 

The $1-Trllion Student Debt: Another Example Of How We Manage to Get Everything Butt-Backward in America

 

 

0230 GMT April  28, 2012

Apropos a Twitter entry we made the other day, Richard Bennett of AFI tells us there is indeed a Syrian 15th Division (as given by Debka)

 

0230 GMT April 27, 2012

 

 

 

0230 GMT April 26, 2012

 

·         New Israeli document on the 1973 War A bit of background is needed. Apparently, Israel’s Defense Archivist decided to make some documents on the 1973 war available, and one might say “about time” seeing as 39-years has passed. Among the documents is a conversation between three young Israeli officers and a 2-star general, which the general warned the youngsters was on the record. You can read the discussion at http://tinyurl.com/7vzlzcf

·         Anyone who does not know the Israeli Army is likely to be shocked. Better than any army in the world, the Israelis have specialized in elevating their army to mythic realms, and Editor for one is often amazed at how even so-called experts docilely buy the myth.

·         This conversation only reveals the reality behind the myth. And at that, there are signs the transcript is censored. For example, no names of officers being discussed are mentioned.

·         So, the Israeli Army was badly trained, badly prepared for war, often badly led by incompetents and cowards (for the cowards bit you have to carefully read between the lines), with officers often refusing to follow orders if it meant risking their lives. If you do know the Israeli army, you will merely say: “Yawn. So is there anything new in this?

·         The Israeli Army from the start has been a citizen conscript army with all the virtues and faults of such an organization. The virtues include not just a passionate patriotism, but an always overriding sense of “if we fail, the nation dies”. These are powerful motivating factors. But a citizen army means everyone in the Israeli Army, his brother, and his dog who gets around in a wheelchair has an opinion, is not reluctant to express it, and is convinced everyone is wrong and he is right. The US and European powers had large conscript armies, but the ethos was quite different. Taking the US Army as an example with which most readers are familiar, the overriding ethos was blind obedience – the Germans never had anything on the Americans when it came to blind obedience.

·         The second ethos was a very experienced officer corps at all levels. After all, in the period 1917-1974, before the US went all-volunteer, US fought the First and Second World Wars, Korea, and Vietnam. For the US to mobilize, train, and deploy men by the millions was simply routine. Resources were never an issue – the US Army may beg to disagree, but we are comparing its resource availability to the rest of the world. And to the rest of the world, even to the leading industrial powers of the day like Britain, France, and Germany, the quantum of resources available was staggering.

·         Political interference was so light as to be almost non-existent. For one thing, you do not have the ever-present, non-stop interaction between the generals and the civilian leaders that you have in Israel. This interaction is not the best thing if you want a professional army. The Great American Public were as sheep, lined up in their perfect ranks and files – yes, the consensus broke down by 1970, but that was another story.

·         By contrast, when Israel became a nation in 1947, it did not have an army. Not even a battalion. Everything had to be built from scratch. Yes, there was a cadre of officers and men who had served in the allied armies in World War II. But that was all. The Israeli Army had no structure, no training facilities, mis-matched equipment scrounged from dumps, and hastily conscripted soldiers. This was not akin to the creation of the new German army in the 1950s. It was akin to nothing experienced before in modern times. The Army had to be created in the middle of the first Arab-Israeli War, simultaneous with the creation of the nation. 

·         1973 came just 26-years after independence, after three very easy wars. We say very easy because while the Israelis were in all respects in terrible shape in the 1948, 1956, and 1967 Wars, their opponents were even in worse share, likely by an order of magnitude. Yet, if the Israelis had become complacent, they may be excused.

·         In 1973, it not that the Israeli Army was of a lower standard in past wars. It was that the adversaries had grown in capability by leaps and bounds, all thanks to the Soviets. The Soviets supplied modern equipment in astonishing quantities. They reorganized Egyptian and Syrian training in ways that accepted the reality of the ordinary Arab soldier: low education, callous and cruel officers, lack of organization at every level that would had made Saladin, had he been reincarnated, give up soldiering and become a rock musician, higher decision-making that was worse than no decision-making, and a substitution of action by rhetoric as a way of life. And the Soviets motivated the younger officers who were now driven to avenge the humiliation of past failures.

·         So the Soviets made very simple plans at all levels, and then proceeded to relentlessly drill the Arab armies. The Soviets did not want initiative; they wanted a set of routines and sub-routines executable mindlessly – and flawlessly – in wartime.

·         And it worked. If you doubt that, study the failure of the Israeli Army to reach Damascus even though the Israeli Air Force had attainted air supremacy after the first disastrous days.

·         In 1973, as now, Israel could not keep its army mobilized for more than a couple of weeks before the economy started taking a hit. In 1991, for all the very considerable training US reserves get, and for all the extended warning time, the US Army declared the three reserve brigades mobilized as insufficiently trained for war. But the bulk of the Israeli Army has traditionally been untrained for war. With a citizen army, you need to mobilize, and train for six-months to a year before you reach a minimally acceptable level of effectiveness. Please to remember, also, that in the Israeli Army even the bulk of officers – captain, majors, colonels, brigadiers, generals – were reservists who, along with the rest of the army, basically were in a “come to war as you are” situation. We forget the figures, but probably 80% of the Israeli Army in 1973 was neither ready for war, nor had any meaningful opportunity to train.

·         Add to that the failure to understand what the surface-to-air missile would do to Israeli airpower, and what the anti-tank missile would do to Israeli armor; the miracle is not the Israeli army did not do better, but that it was not defeated.

·         If you appreciate the shape the Israeli Army was in 1973, you will read the declassified document, murmur, “interesting” and go on doing what you were doing. Nothing in that document is news. And many of the same problems continue, as we saw in the first Lebanon War and the 2008 War.

·         It cannot be otherwise because the Israelis cannot maintain a standing army, or even mobilize the entire army twice a year for six-to-eight weeks of maneuvers. The country has 6-million people (Arabs are not liable for military service), of which at best about a million-and-a-half will be ages 18-40, and half of those will be women. Sure, the Israelis have women in their military doing many jobs, but there are many jobs – anything to do with combat or combat support – that Israeli women do not do. When Israel mobilizes its full strength, perhaps 700,000, just about everyone not in a mental institution or on crutches gets mobilized. That entire lot is then unavailable for the economy. So mobilizations have to be short, and unless the existence of the country is at stake, limited. That means you will never get the level of operational effectiveness required for a first-class army.

·         But, you will say, what is the big deal? Sweden and Switzerland could put 700,000 men into the field during the Cold War. True, but irrelevant. Take a look at the terrain in Switzerland and Sweden and you will have your answer. Israel, of course, exists smack in the middle of its traditional enemies: Egypt, Jordan, Syria, and Iraq is just around the corner. It has no defensible borders. The terrain is flat. Even the Golan is excellent tank territory – after all, in 1973 the Syrians launched three armored/mechanized divisions backed by two more, about 2500 armored fighting vehicles, at Israeli positions.

·         The real question, as far we are concerned, is whether the mass-mobilized citizen army can be continued. We have our doubts, but that is another debate.

 

0230 GMT April 25, 2012

 

 

 

0230 GMT April 24, 2012

 

 

0230 GMT April 23, 2012

 

 

0230 GMT April 22, 2012

 

 

0230 GMT April 21, 2012

 

 

0230 GMT April 20, 2012

 

 

0230 GMT April 19, 2012

 

We wrote a rant about the Defense Secretary’s latest apology for the US military and his cute little habit of taking military planes back home for weekends. Then we thought: “Is this really fair? The man is just a sad, pathetic, lonely, depressed, and frustrated little person with delusions he is so important that he can be outraged on behalf of America and needs to apologize for America.” We decided it is not fair to attack someone with delusions of importance. After all, Editor also has delusions of importance. But then, he does not cheat the American taxpayer in pursuit of these delusions, nor does he humiliate the country by pretending to speak for it. So maybe that rant should have been printed, after all.

 

0230 GMT April 18, 2012

 

The discussion on oil today is a very, very basic discussion. To keep it short, we have had to simplify a great many issues. If you are knowledgeable about oil and still insist on reading this, try and keep your focus on the broad points and the overall picture.

 

 

0230 GMT April 17, 2012

 

Short update today: submitted wrong final exam. Professor could have given a zero, but she allowed Editor to do the right exam, taking away six hours from the day. Better a short update than a zero, we think.

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT April 16, 2012

 

 

0230 April 15, 2012

 

 

 

0230 April 14, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

0230 April 13, 2012

 

The News Of The Day

 

More news of the day

 

 

 

 

0230 April 12, 2012

 

Warning: today’s update is very, very, very boring. Don’t say we didn’t warn you.

 

 

0230 GMT April 11, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·         Oh behave, you will say; Editor, you are being ridiculous. No we are not. You want Pakistan to stop supporting the Taliban, what we have suggested will do it – 100%. Editor will even volunteer to toddle over to Pakistan and get a letter from the ISI Chief that he agrees to the US terms. He will sign it for sure – one hand holding the pen, the other with crossed fingers behind his back, after the money is in the Government of Pakistan’s hands. It will have to be used $1, $5. $10-bills in advance – the Pakistanis will not trust us if we give them a financial instrument because they will worry we will stop payment on the check. And as for $20, $50, $100 bills, there are too many fake $20s and $100s, and as for the $50, we are told the Pakistanis consider that a fake to begin with, produced by the US, of course.

 

0230 GMT April 10, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT April 9, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·         Oh yes – the watchers thing. That’ll have to wait – this post is way overlong.

 

0230 GMT April 8, 2012

 

The daily updated could not be loaded as Word crashed as the update was finished. Editor was racing to finish up an exam and could not redo it. Sorry.

 

0230 GMT April 7, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·         So what gives? Doubtless you, like Editor, are scratching your head. Who in their right mind discriminates against attractive women? Well, apparently other women do. 93% of the potential interviewers were women. If now you are asking what is the point of a survey in which 93% of the interviewers are women, Editor certainly does not have the answer. Are HR personnel in Israel 93% women? In the last twenty years Editor has applied for jobs five school systems and one university. Only in one case was the interviewer a male. Editor is just finishing a master’s in Human Relations. By far the majority of students are women. Before you say “What, still no date?” (a) it’s an online degree; (b) Editor has found to his great sorrow that most women are uninterested in dating men their grandfathers’ age.  And even if they were, you’ll agree that accepting a date would be inappropriate.

0230 GMT April 6, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT April 5, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·         Personally, we have nothing against multiple spouses, though Editor lacks the financial resources for even one. It’s the sexism that is unfair. If Muslim men can have four wives, why can’t Muslim women have four husbands? Ditto the Mormons of old. India, of course, is far ahead of all you backward Muslims and Caucasians and so on. In Editor’s home state of Himachal Pradesh, there is a district where a shortage of women leads to a situation where a woman marries all the brothers in a family. Used to be whichever husband she chose to spend the night with put his scarf on her bedroom door knob. Doubtless that’s where the American college custom of putting your tie on your door knob to signal you were occupied and not to be disturbed comes from.

 

·         Editor used to do that in college; sadly, it took just a couple of days for his dormies to figure out there was no lady inside. Oh the humiliation (Yes, Editor has been having this date problem for a very long time). Incidentally, in much of tribal India the women do exactly as they please, married or not. But we’ll leave it to the sociologists to explain. If you are a male and don’t have a very robust ego, we’d suggest not migrating to the Indian tribal areas.

 

0230 GMT April 4, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT April 3, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·         Editor should also clarify that he has no objection to being strip-searched. He plans to eat his broccoli only to save the correctional staff from getting severe myocardial infractions at the sight of the Editor without his clothes. No one gets paid enough for that.

 

 

 

0230 GMT April 2, 2012

 

We thought we’d missed one day’s update on account of being under the weather, but looks like its two days. Editor keeps time by the day of the week: he really has no clue what date it is and often does not know what month it is. Years are a bit shaky at a time, but centuries he definitely has a firm grip on. This is the 22nd Century; we can inform readers confidentially because 12 years ago the 21st Century ended. Something like that.

 

  • Mali All of Mali north of the line Timbaktu-Gao has fallen to the rebels. The coup-makers in Bamako, the capital, can now ponder their folly. Without the coup against a democratically-elected leader stepping down at the end of his term ahead of new elections, France might well have intervened against the rebels. But both France and US have cut-off military aid and cooperation. The coup leader is now talking about restoring democracy and arranging a ceasefire. With the Tuareg rebels having advanced so far in a matter of weeks, its not clear to us if they will agree to a ceasefire unless they are to be included in a new government, and in a democracy it’s never a sure thing who is elected and who not. So we will have to wait and see.

 

 

  • Burma’s opposition leader Suu Kyi wins election to parliament She was recently released from house arrest, a move that was in response to international pressure, particularly from the US with whom Burma is trying to make up. Whether her election means anything depends on how the parliament, currently almost a rubber-stamp body, develops.

 

  • Syria Gulf states are to give money to the Syrian opposition to pay its soldiers and to encourage defections from the loyalist forces. This development is significant because we can reasonably assume that arms have been to flow to the rebels. It’s no sense paying them if they can’t fight for lack of arms and ammunition. Assad of Syria has from the start saying the country was in a state of civil war. It definitely was not in such a state for many months after the demonstrations against him began. By his ruthless response, he has made sure that there is now indeed a civil war, and has made a graceful exit for himself that much more difficult.

 

 

  • Yemen Snicker Snigger Laugh. Sorry, for the US what’s happening is no joking matter, but month by month Al-Qaeda is gaining strength and ground in Yemen. The reason we’re making fun of the US Government is that a whole bunch of establishment people have been so determined to stay forever in Afghanistan, that they haven’t been paying adequate attention to Yemen. That country,  along with Somalia has now become the focus of AQ. Personally we never took too serious the thesis that we have to win in Afghanistan – whatever that means – to keep AQ and the Taliban from returning. AQ was never a particularly big deal in Afghanistan and in any case the US long ago chased it into Pakistan, where its battered remnants hang around doing nothing much of importance.  Destroying the Taliban was, we thought, a worthy objective, but we have proved incapable of doing them in. So at least the Washington desk warriors can be happy now: AQ is spreading vigorously, so they have new wars to fight. Good for another 10 years at the least.

 

 

 

0230 GMT March 30, 2012

 

·         Peculiar report in Foreign Policy The report says four US officials have told the magazine they believe Azerbaijan has given Israel air basing right. If this is correct, it of course changes entirely the Israeli pre-emptive strike scenario. Azerbaijan shares a border with Iran. Baku has denied the report. At the same time, Foreign Policy is a serious sort of magazine. http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2012/03/28/israel_s_secret_staging_ground

 

·         UK slips back into recession GDP fell by 1.2% in the last quarter of 2011 and is expected to fall 0.4% in the first quarter of 2012. This makes us gloomy, because we’ve been saying the US has got to bring its deficit down to minus zero (i.e., budget surplus) no matter what it takes. Readers have challenged us saying recessionary times require spending, not cutting back, and cite the example of Greece, Spain, Italy, UK, and Ireland. These countries have all followed the theory that excess has to be wrung out of the system regardless of the cost and are not getting anywhere. To our counter that when are we supposed to cut back spending because no one seems to do that, our readers say that what’s gone wrong is not Keynes, but that people don’t follow the parts of his doctrine that don’t suit them. Keynes said when the economy is growing is the time for government to cut back spending and reduce the deficit.

 

·         US now project life-time cost of F-35 as $600-million+ That’s per aircraft, for a 50-year service life. Of course, no one can accurately foretell what inflation will be in the future. In 2012 dollars each aircraft will cost $135-million. Each time we lose one of these aircraft we’ll have to declare 10-days of national mourning. Almost makes one want to become a pacifist.

 

·         A reader who has stopped reading the blog says it’s because it’s supposed to be about the GWOT but is now about personal stuff. Fair enough, Editor understands. It’s just there isn’t that much to report about the GWOT anymore. The media is bored to death by the subject. Besides there’s no way we can compete with www.longwarjournal.org on the subject of the US part of the GWOT. Of course, there’s a lot more to GWOT than the US component, but let’s face it folks, when you have one hour a day to spare for the blog you aren’t going to be writing brilliant stories every day. Nonetheless, our former reader has a valid point and maybe it’s time to change the name and call it “13 Bats in the Belfry…But wait, there’s more”. Or “Musings of a Mad Editor Who Hasn’t Been Taking His Meds”. Or perhaps “News from ALT_Earth”.  Or “Well, at least the polar bears read the blog”. Or “News from the future that may never happen”. Or “everyone’s a critic”. Or “If I had a date would I be writing this blog?” (Answer to the last is “Yes…the date would have to wait downstairs’ with a Diet Pepsi because that’s all there is to drink in this house. That’s another possible title…

 

 

0230 GMT March 29, 2012

 

·         Editor is weeping fat, fat tears. Why? US finds DPRK is not serious Al Jazeera says US is suspending food aid to DPRK “The US has suspended food aid to North Korea because Pyongyang has broken its promise to refrain from missile launches and cannot be trusted to deliver the aid to those who need it, a Pentagon official has said.” Boo hoo hoo, we are so sad that DPRK has lied. Remember the saying “There’s a sucker born every minute”? It seriously applies to official Washington.

 

·         More evidence for “We Are Not Alone” Turns out that 40% of all Red Dwarfs may have one earth-like planet each. Since there’s 160-billion Red Dwarfs in our galaxy alone, that’s 60-billion potential earth-like planets. The question we now need to ask ourselves is: will anyone want to friend us on Galactic Facebook. Editor is skeptical. http://tinyurl.com/89wrjte

 

·         Well, since the press is talking about the Indian COAS’s letter to the Prime Minister no harm in us commenting. The figure that 97% of the air defense is obsolete is not correct. If you look at the air threat, about 60% of AD assets are obsolete, which is pretty serious. And it isn’t just tank ammunition that is very seriously short. There is one man responsible for this, Saint Anthony the Defense Minister. He is called Saint Anthony because you just have to go whisper in his ear “The contract MOD just signed with XYZ involved a bribe” and he will stop the procurement process, period. So since every defense contract except some with Russia involves competitive bidding, there are many, many losers out there ready to whisper. Saint Anthony is a true saint: he doesn’t have to show evidence XYZ is guilty. XYZ has to prove its innocent. In further true saintliness, he has zero – and we really do mean zero – interest in national security. His sole interest is that no one should be able to whisper in the Prime Minister’s ear that Saint Anthony has been, shall we say, a bit lax in his morals. Anthony does not care if the armed forces are war ready or not. His objective is his self-image and the country can go hang.

 

 

·         When Editor was in India, foreigners used to ask him all the time about Indian defense : “But what’s the plan? What’s the strategy? What’s the intent?” When Editor would reply there is no plan, no strategy, and no intent, the foreigners would refuse to believe him and say Editor was being deliberately provocative as he often is. The truth was as Editor said it. India lives in its own reality. Occassionally the rest of the world’s reality and India’s reality intersect like a Venn diagram. Most of the time India is off in its own special place in the universe. There’s a reason for this, and it lies in Indian cosmology which actually is very sophisticated – science is just catching up with ideas Indian have espoused for millennia. Further, a case can be made that the Indian view of conducting life – the “Whatever” approach has permitted Indian civilization to last five thousand years. (Indians don’t believe in writing history down, by the way – another complicated issue.)

 

 

·         So you may doubt that one Looney Tuner (Saint Anthony) can totally gum up the works of Indian defense. After all, India has 1.5-million men under arms (and no, the PLA is not the world’s army – it was once but not anymore).This cannot happen in any other country unless we’re talking about a microstate with a military of 3: the Commander-in-Chief (usually the Prez), the Commander-in-Chief, and the C-in-C’s batman. But this is the truth about what’s happening in India. If you don’t believe it, all Editor can say is, go spend a couple of years in India.

 

0230 GMT March 28, 2012

 

·         Argentina again insists Royal Navy sent a missile submarine to the South Atlantic. Now, since these boats are untrackable for practical purposes, we’re unsure how Argentina knows not only that an SSBN was sent, but it was HMS Vanguard. The British say don’t be silly, we’re signatories to the convention keeping nuclear weapons out of the South Atlantic. Orbat would also like to point out that given the Trident 5 missile carried by the British boats, they can target all of Argentina from well north of the equator. No need to go to the South Atlantic.

 

·         US to deploy ABM in Asia, Mideast says Reuters. The blogosphere has been alight with discussion about a US cave-in to Russia on the European ABM shield against Iran. The Russians are being supremely silly (actually thilly) in insisting the European shield will undercut its N-deterrent. A few batteries of missile interceptors cannot possibly make the slightest dent in the Russian deterrent. For a proper defense against Russia, we’re talking a trillion smackers. This rough estimate assumes you need 3-10 interceptors to down an incoming missile, so that US would need 5-10,000 interceptors to be on the safe side. The total could easily go over $1-trillion. Even 1-tril would require $50-billion/year for 20-years, or an increase (very roughly) of 10% in the annual defense budget. And all Russia would have to do is spend a tenth the money building more missiles. Why the US is in the first place rushing around kissing the Kremlin’s fat butt on this question is beyond us. United States has a fundamental responsibility to its citizens to protect them against rouge nuclear-armed nations. One longs for the days of Ronald Reagan.

 

·         See – they’re nuts in France too This is supposed to make us American feel better. The French are just as bats as we are. A British teacher working in France asked her students for a moment of silence for the terrorist who killed seven people and was killed by the police. She told the children he had had an unhappy childhood and that his links to Al-Qaeda were made up by the French president. Actually, the links were made up by the gunman. The French have not found any links they’ve told the public about, it was the gunman proclaiming he was AQ. Anyway, the kids went and complained and the teacher apologized, saying she was unwell. Obviously she was unwell, seeing what she said indicates a person gone stark, raving, bonkers. And they’ve started the woulda coulda shoulda blame game in France, followed the glorious American tradition. http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/europe/police-accused-of-failures-over-toulouse-terror-deaths-7584079.html

 

 

0230 GMT March 27, 2012

 

Sorry, ran out of time. We felt it important to run this dissent seeing as Editor has been declaiming on the subject from the rooftops. Then after running the dissent Editor couldn’t stop himself from declaiming some more. More letters are welcome: if you’re taking the time to read this blog, you have a right to say what you want in response.

 

·         Letter from Name-Withheld-By-Request on Florida Killing  A 911 operator is not an officer of the law and doesn’t have the authority to order people to do things. The operator told Mr. Zimmerman that he didn’t have to follow Mr Martin.   The operator did not say “Do not follow him” in the imperative voice.  It wasn’t an order.  Mr Zimmerman had every right to follow Mr Martin.  Public street.  He had every right to come up to him and ask him a question.  What he did not have a right to do was lay a hand on him.  This case is going to come down to who laid a hand on who first.

 

·         It is very possible that the law enforcement of Sanford Florida has done all this analysis and concluded there was insufficient basis to charge Zimmerman. That Zimmerman displayed poor judgment is not in question – but poor judgment is not illegal.  Nor does this incident really fit into the Stand Your Ground Law except the political opportunists are using it to try to get the law repealed.

 

 

·         This has all the makings of another Rodney King trial in that it’s going to have a controversial outcome and there will be race riots.  It’s also useful for President Obama to get his base fired up.  No justice no peace, eh mister President?

 

 

·         Editor’s response It seems from the evidence so far that the teenager did attack the Watch person. Who laid hands on whom first is not going to be known. But said teenager was making efforts to get away from a person from whom he apprehended danger. Being a neighborhood watch officer does not entitle anyone to act as quasi-police. Watch is supposed to report suspicious activity and that’s all. Approaching someone you have followed in your truck with a demand to know what they are doing on a public street is beyond the pale. Only a police officer can make that demand unless it’s private property.

 

 

·         We are forced to agree with letter writer that the incident is all politics now. When young black men and busy killing other young men, often for no reason, one has to ask, just because in this case the killer is non-black it’s okay to demonstrate, and it’s okay to say nothing when black men kill each other (or Hispanic as the case may be)?

 

·         Yet Editor cannot blame the teenager’s parents for taking every angle they can to get justice for their son. We’ve said if a black person had killed the youngster, no one else – including the black activists now making such a noise – would have had anything to say. But like it or not, this is the reality of America. The racial history is so extreme that to black folk it does make a huge difference that the killer was not black. There’s no point in saying “why are you quiet when blacks kill other blacks?” Editor can answer that question. It’s because black parents know no one will do anything for them, neither the police, nor the politicians. As for the politicians: no matter what their color, all politicians are scum bags. At least until you need them to do something for you. Fortunately Editor has never had to ask a politician for anything.

 

·         It is a basic principle of English law that if a man is running from you, he cannot be deemed to be a threat to your life and you cannot shoot, even if he has just robbed you. You cannot pick a fight with an unarmed person and kill him, claiming you feared for your life. If Florida law says otherwise, the law is an ass and needs to be changed. If Zimmerman feared the youngster was armed, there was no need for him to get out of his truck and confront anyone.

 

·         Editor firmly believes everyone has a right to carry a weapon without a permit. In fact, he has often argued the Government makes a mockery of the 2nd Amendment by refusing to issue every person a gun the day s/he turns 18. What is the point of this grand proclamation about the right to bear arms when some of us don’t have the money to buy a decent weapon? Government goes around saying everyone has a right to food and shelter and health care and free schooling; well, what about the right to a gun if you can’t afford one? But no one has a right to start a hassle with someone else and then shoot them.

 

·         Cryptic letter from a Chicago reader 23 people were shot last weekend here in Chicago, 6 dead. All black on black violence. Obama, Jesse and Rev Al had nothing to say on the subject. Oh............Obama and JJ LIVE here.

 

0230 GMT March 26, 2012

 

·         Afghan killings A US Army source said last Saturday that the soldier responsible for killing 17 Afghan civilians may have left the base twice to attack two different villages. Apparently Afghan soldiers at the US post made two reports of an American leaving the base, at two different times. If substantiated, this may spell trouble for the soldier’s defense that he was unaware of what he was doing. It also raises question what the US soldiers at the base were doing. Why weren’t any on watch?

 

 

·         Florida Two unhelpful occurrences regarding the case. The Black Panthers have offered $10,000 “bounty” to locate the shooter who is now in hiding, and called for 10,000 persons to hunt him down. The shooter was acting as a vigilante; we don’t need black folks also doing wrong by talking vigilante talk. Agreed the Panthers are extremists, which is why they are not doing the dead black youngster’s supporters any favors by their talk. Also, why was it necessary for President Obama to inject himself into the issue by saying he could identify with the youngster as a son? Newt was being his usual loose-mouth self when he tossed around extravagant adjectives concerning Mr. Obama’s statement, but Newt does have a point. Would Mr. Obama have said the same thing about a dead young white youth? After all, Mr. Obama is half-white.

 

·         Cats and falls from high places While the cat who fell 19 floors onto mulch or a flower bed in Boston is much in the news, the BBC reminds of a New York cat who fell 30 floors – onto concrete – and was out of hospital in 48-hours. http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/magazine-17492802 The explanation, we are told, is simple. Cats are aboreal animals, they are designed to take falls. A cat by splaying its legs and using its tail not only makes sure it falls on its feet, its aerial maneuvers and body shape give it a terminal velocity of just 100-km/hour as opposed to us humans, who hoiit 200-km/hour. Cats have very strong legs as they are climbers, and their legs act as shock absorbers to cushion a fall. Learn something every day.

 

·         Our Fave Dictator is back in Cuba for radiotherapy following his surgery last month. Honestly, we’d be very happy to see him leave office, but we have no interest in seeing him depart earth befor a good, long life. We hope he survives.

 

·         Meanwhile, Guatemala held a conference to discuss legalizing drugs The presidents of Honduras, El Salvador, and Nicuragua cancelled at the last minute and sent senior officials in their place. The presidents of Costa Rica and Panama attentended. Guatemala believes the war on drugs has failed and the consequences of the war have proved disastrous. US opposes legalization, but accepts the countries concerned have a right to discuss the matter.

 

 

0230 GMT March 25, 2012

 

·         Florida Before we discuss some new information on the murder of the Florida teen by a vigilante claiming self-defense, we need to discuss what “Stand your ground” means. Generally, killing in the name of self-defense means you could not reasonably walk away from a threat. ”Stand Your Ground” changed that. Now if you have a right to be where you are, and apprehend danger, you don’t have to walk away. You can stand your ground, and if the threat gets killed in the process, that’s just too bad for the threat. Like many half-baked laws, Stand Your Ground has a fatal flaw. If there are no witnesses, I can kill anyone and claim I was standing my ground. I am right because I am alive, the other person is wrong because he’s dead. But let’s ignore that here.

 

 

·         The police told the vigilante not to follow the teenager. He disobeyed. It is on record that the teenager asked why the man was following him. Just because the man belongs to a neighborhood watch gives him no authority to override police instructions. Thus, the man was NOT where he had a right to be, and as such Stand Your Ground does not apply. It’s not complicated. When the police have told you to stop, but you still follow someone, get out of your truck and approach that someone on foot, and you are taking advantage of that you are armed, you are not a citizen going about his business, you are a self-appointed vigilante, and therefore not entitled to the protection of the law.

 

 

·         A Fox TV affiliate station http://www.myfoxtampabay.com/dpp/news/state/witness-martin-attacked-zimmerman-03232012 reports there is more to this story than generally known till now. We say generally known, because apparently the fact we are about to mention has been known from the start. A witness to the confrontation says that the teenager was on top of the vigilante and beating him up, with the vigilante calling for help. The vigilante’s cries for help are on the police record. This in interesting, no doubt, but it doesn’t change anything. When it’s dark, and someone is following you, and you ask that person why, aren’t you entitled to stand your ground if the follower doesn’t back off? Particularly if the follower laid hands on the teenager, or if the teenager had reason to believe he was about to be mugged. You cannot commit a crime – which the vigilante was since he had been told to back off by the police – and then kill the victim, and then claim self-defense.

 

·         More to the point are statistics researched by PJ Tatler http://pjmedia.com/tatler/2012/03/23/crime-and-the-numbers-game/ Tatler makes a point well-known to anyone who looks even casually at murder stats, which the Editor does occasionally: the vast majority of murder victims are killed by people of their own race. As for interracial killings, in 2009 whites killed 209 blacks, which we did not know. But blacks killed 454 whites. People who are talking of “walking while black” need to dial back on their rhetoric. Editor lives 700-meters from the Washington, DC border and has taught black students for many years. The walking while black phenomenon happens to be a reality. Any parent of a young black male in Washington, DC has every reason to be fearful each time their child leaves the house. But the danger comes from other young black males, not from white people.

 

·         At no point is Editor saying that black people have no reason to fear white people, given the history of this country. Nor is Editor saying the parents of the teenager are out of bounds in their campaign for justice. We’ve said the vigilante was in the  wrong and what he did was murder. Ironically, the parents can raise a hue and cry precisely because their son was NOT killed by a black person. Had that been the case, there is just no way anyone would have cared – inclouding the black leaders and President Obama who are now jumping into the matter. But whatever has happened in the past, the stats cannot be disregarded. PJ Tatler notes that 13 times more black folk are killed by blacks than by white folk.

 

·         Editor has one more point, if he may. The vigilante’s family is making much of that their son is also a minority, Hispanic, to be specific, and therefore cannot be called a racist. He has black family members, it is said. It would be useful to know how the family has black members. Did someone in the family marry a black person, for example? But as for a Hispanic to be assumed non-racist because he is also part of a minority is complete and utter rubbish. Anyone with any familiarity of the interaction between American blacks and Hispanics can testify there is a considerable amount of hostility: Editor sees it every day. Editor is not pointing fingers: he has said before that as a South Asian, he can personally testify that South Asians are extremely racist when it comes to black people (this is obviously not true of the Caribbean or East Africa).

 

·         But rather than leave you in a depressed state, Editor would like to mention Northwood High School in Silver Spring, Maryland, where he subs more than at other school. Northwood is a 3-way mix of white, blacks, and Hispanics. You have only to walk the halls any school days and watch the boys and girls: it makes no difference to them what the color of the other person is. Now, all is not rainbows and daisies: the boys and girls are considerably more cautious with other races of their sex. And while the boys and girls are motivated more by hormones than color, editor wonders what the reaction would be if – say – a white girl took her black boyfriend home or a Hispanic boy took his black girlfriend home. At the Editor’s Catholic school in the same neighborhood, there was NO mixing, if only because the school was 95% white. Nonetheless, when Editor came to America more than 50-years ago, the amount of color mixing that goes on at Northwood HS would have been simply, absolutely, totally not happening. Who knows: maybe in another 50 years skin color won’t matter. Of course, we in America will all be speaking Spanish and working for the Chinese, but that’s another story.

 

0230 GMT March 24, 2012

 

·         Fusion power: just within test reach US National Ignition Facility reached 1.8-megajouled this month. By year end NIF is aiming for 2-MJ, which is self-ignition point. Meanwhile, a new facility under construction, LIFE, offers the promise of a prototype fusion plant by 2025, and large-scale production of plants by 2035. This is about 20-years sooner than previously believed possible. The LIFE designed should be able to match coal and natural gas produced electricity for cost.

 

 

·         Of course, fusion has now for almost half-a-century been a “The Bear Goes Over The Mountain” affair. As you may recall, when the Bear Goes Over The Mountain he sees the other side of the mountain and then another mountain. There is so much politics in these giga-projects that you can never tell how things will work out. America has become ADHD Nation. Anything that requires sustained effort no longer seems possible.

 

 

·         Germany will subsidize 6th Israeli Dolfin submarine Three of the class are in service, two AIP versions are to be delivered this year, and a sixth is on order, for which Germany will pay 1/3rd the cost. Germany helped pay for the first five. The Dolfins are of interest because they have 4 x 650mm launch tubes. The speculation is that the larger tubes are for Turbo-Popeye, an Israeli developed cruise missile which ten-years ago the US allegedly tracked to a 1500-km range. We don’t know the internal layout of the Dolfins, but doubt Popeye reloads could be carried, limited Israel’s second-strike force to 24 missiles.  In times of crisis five could be available for short periods.

 

 

·         Mali Coup Trouble for this nation which is one of the few democracies (was) in the Sahel region. Army has overthrown the government and taken power. The term-limited president was to step-down next month, and while the army is talking vaguely about elections and such, there is no mention of the already planned (now presumably cancelled) April elections.

 

 

·         Mali is a victim of blow-back from Libya. Gaddafi enlisted upto of 1500 Tuareg fighters from Mali, even as in the west his own Tuaregs were fighting against him. A Tuareg rebellion has simmered for years, but when the mercenaries came back, armed with plenty of new weapons and stiffened with many Libyans, the rebels quickly captured several northern towns. The Mali Army says it was sent in untrained and with inadequate resources to fight the rebels; the army suffered heavy losses. So they’ve staged a coup. A coup does not HAVE to follow losses; the more logical thing would be to rebuild the army, an endeavor in which the US and France would have been glad to help. Right new these two nations have cut off aid. This being Africa, the army is usually looking for an excuse to take power. The army’s first act was to loot the Presidential Palace and get drunk. Poor Africa. First it was oppressed by European imperialists, then by its own leaders. Many countries have become democratic, but Mali shows how easy it is to revert to the bad old ways.

 

0230 GMT March 23, 2012

 

·         Toulouse, France So the Al-Qaeda gunman refused to respond for 12-hours, and the French police moved in on his flat. He fired 30-shots, and jumped out of his ground-floor bathroom window to escape. Whereupon a sniper got him. End of the story. Of course, now the authorities will not know the full story, but on the plus side, think of all the money they save from not trying and jailing him for 30-years or whatever sentences are in France. Turns out the 23-year old man was quite the little career criminal and the police had him under surveillance. Good luck to the French police in explaining how he nonetheless managed to kill seven people. Sure, at orbat.com we know how easily surveillance can fail. Back in the day you needed 24 personnel to keep a 24-hour watch on someone, and we doubt this man was rated such a threat that he got the full Monty, so as to speak. We don’t think France has progressed as far as the US in the finger-pointing, court-suing blame game with all the shouldas-couldas-wouldas where the people getting the blame are expected to perfectly perform their tasks and are blamed for less that complete perfection. But honestly we don’t know.

 

 

·         Kandahar Killer So the lawyer for the US soldier accused of killing 16 Afghan civilians in cold blood met him and said in all his XYZ years of being a lawyer he had never been so moved. We don’t see how anyone can stand to be constipated for XYZ years, but certainly the lawyer has unloaded a giant poopy mountain. Hope he feels better. Said lawyer also says there is no evidence to link the soldier to the killings. Does he really think the Army has not already begun to conduct forensic tests? He also says the soldier has no recollection of the moment. He has recollection of before, and after. Soldier has no recollection or the lawyer has told him to say that as lawyer builds a case for PTSD?

 

 

·         Incidentally, just as we don’t see what the stress the soldier was under has to do with his actions – hundreds of thousands of soldiers have suffered similar stress and not gone around killing people including nine children (naturally the soldier is being portrayed as a loving father and husband; Editor is waiting to hear how much the soldier loved his Teddy Bears), we also don’t see what his past before he joined the army has anything to do with the situation. It is perfectly irrelevant that he had financial problems and a fraud conviction and minor brushes with the law after he joined the service. Stick to the incident: did he kill those people or not? If he did kill them, the why is not important. Do you really want someone running around who blanks out and goes on a shooting spree? Are we really expected to trust a bunch of psychos (sorry, slip of the tongue here, we meant psychiatrists) who will assure us he has been cured of his psychosis and can be released? Rubbish. Complete and utter bosh. Stuff and nonsense.

 

 

·         We’re just waiting for the lawyer to request permission to interview the Afghan villager and use their statements as testimony. The villagers are swearing on their ancestors that it was not a lone gunman, but a group of soldiers and that the US Army is lying. Of course it just goes without saying that Afghan villagers are so truthful you can accept anything they say as gospel without further ado. And Hamid “CSI” Karzai has already declared that obviously one man could not have carried out the killings, it’s so obvious. Doubtless ol’ Hamid was personally trained by the Prince of Detectives, Inspector Clouseau of Pink Panther fame. Cue the theme “Dead-ant dead-ant dead-ant” and stomp violently.

 

 

 

·         Chee. Talk about a drought On Titan it rains once every 1000 years. And it rains liquid methane, obviously, not water. Can we stop complaining about droughts, already? The Titan (or the Titanians?) have much more serious problem than us earthlings.  http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/science-environment-17454005

 

 

·         Speaking of distant shores you all have heard the studio that made “John Carter” has taken a $200-million write-off already, within weeks of the movie’s release. Our hunch is the refusal to go with the full title “John Carter of Mars” probably cost a few tens of millions. The studio says it didn’t want to put off women. Look fellas, John Carter goes around in a fur diaper and little else. The women will come to see the hunk or they’re not interested. If they’re not interested, calling the movie anything you want – such as “Summer love among the Banths” would not matter. If they want to see the hunk, they also wont care what the movie is called. Meanwhile, you can’t expect anyone under the age of 60 to know about “John Carter”. At least “John Carter of Mars” might have attracted the younger male set. (Younger means under 60, obviously.) Or maybe “John Carter and the Princess of Mars.” That should have brought in the boys and the gals.

 

0230 GMT March 22, 2012

 

·         Toulouse, France BBC reports that around midnight GMT (our estimate) French special police moved in against the Al Qaeda gunman who is wanted for killing three soldiers, a school-teacher rabbi, his two little sons, and an 8-year old girl pupil. The police had spent several hours in negotiation, and the unit, called RAID, is known for its phenomenal patience. It does its best to take wanted people alive, presumably on the principle that dead men are a bit unresponsive when interrogated, and information is critical. Latest reports say the blasts are meant to intimidate the wanted man, and the police are not setting up for a final showdown

 

·         The gentleman says (via a cell phone that was provided him by the police) that he is avenging attacks on Afghan children, that he was planning to kill more people before being cornered, and he shot the rabbi and the children only because he couldn’t find more soldiers to kill. Now, normally we’d say the Afghan War is, well, a war, and if an Afghan was to come to France determined to kill military personnel, that’s fair. After all, French soldiers are in Afghanistan killing Taliban.

 

·         The problem that arises here is that the gentleman is not Afghan, but French, of Algerian origin, but none the less completely French. So what he is doing is killing his own country’s citizens in the name of waging war, and unfortunately, the name for this sort of activity is treason. We can have sympathy with a man fighting for his country, no matter how misguided we think he is. We can have no sympathy for a person who takes up arms against his state.

 

·         Now, of course if we were to engage in a conversation with the gentleman, he would say he is waging jihad, and jihad is higher than mundane matters of nationality. If that is so, those who you wage jihad against have the moral right to hunt you down and kill you wherever you are. It is for this reason Editor personally believes the uproar in the US against US targeted killing of American citizens overseas is misguided. Let us explain.

 

·         In 1861, Americans from the southern states rose up against their government. They may have claimed Confederate nationality, but nationality is not a matter of saying “I belong to such and such country” and that makes it so. The CSA would have had to be internationally recognized as a nation for the nationality of the rebels to change. Till then, they were United States nationals in rebellion against their lawful country. Did the US Government seek to gently and lovingly arrest the rebels and try them in civilian court, according them all the protections of the American Constitution? They killed the rebels.

 

·         Now, we are no experts on US history of that period. But did the rebels actually renounce their citizenship? We don’t think so. In effect, the US Government was killing US citizens who had taken up arms against the Republic. At that point they forfeit all protections under the Constitution.

 

·         Similarly, any jihadi who happens to have American citizenship forfeits constitutional protections when he assumes arms against the Republic.  Also ask yourself, how was the American citizenship obtained? Suppose a foreign visitor has a baby in the US and then leaves, a week later. The baby, under current law, is entitled to American citizen even if s/he never visits the US again. Is this person entitled to the same protections as Americans who are born here and live here? We don’t see it.

 

·         Now, we have readers well versed in US constitutional laws, and they could well ask: (a) where does it say there are different classes of American citizenship; and (b) where does it say in the US Constitution that you forfeit constitutional protection if you take up arms against the state? Excellent and valid points. Our answer would be that the Constitution as framed was written for a different time. The reason the US has never thought it necessary to jettison its constitution in favor of a new one is that the document is flexible enough to permit amendment. Let the Government ask Congress – after proper debate, of course – to pass new amendments to deal with the tricky issues today, including the acquisition of drive-by citizenship, and jihadis.

 

·         In the meanwhile, plain old criminal law can be applied. If an armed man is wanted and is resisting arrest, the police must give him his full rights – after he is in custody. But nowhere does it say the police must make superhuman efforts to take him alive at all costs. Thus, the French police attempted to get the French gunman to surrender. He refused. The police are completely within their rights to go after him, and if he still refuses to surrender, to kill him. Thus it is with American jihadis abroad. No reasonable person can expect the FBI to dispatch teams to the Yemen, Somalia, Afghanistan to track down wanted jihadis and do their best to bring them back alive for trial. A person waging war against the US from an overseas base can be reached only by the military.

 

·         If you say that the warrant for a jihadi has to be issued by a court, Editor will not disagree. But what the Editor would prefer is that the Government declare a state of war against jihadis and free itself to eliminate them as necessary. It is correct to insist we are not waging a war on Islam. But we permitted, indeed required, to declare war on jihadis or others who declare war on us. The time is long past for political correctness. 

 

0230 GMT March 21, 2012

 

·         Sent by Reader VK: E-mail from a Stratfor analyst to his boss re. meeting with General Pasha, then chief of Pakistan ISI

 

·         Our meeting Monday of last week was organized by the military's pr wing (the 2-star heading the dept and his chief of staff) and the ISI's pr people (in particular a certain Colonel Zaka). The last two times I met the ISI chief, it was at his residence inside Joint Staff Headquarters at Chaklala Garrison in Rawalpindi. This time around, the meeting took
place in the super secure headquarters in Islamabad.

 

·         In recent years there have many a lot of new roads constructed in the capital, especially around the ISI headquarters and then the jihadist insurgency led to the closure of the main road that ran in front of the directorate. So, it was interesting to actually get into the facility. Was directed to take a side/rear road into the complex.

 

·         Had to go through five layers of security to get into the place. There were five check posts each with concrete as well as delta barriers and several armed men. The first two layers had guys with plain clothes with walkie talkies and guns while the inner three had uniformed men.

 

·         Once after the main barrier, which is an iron gate you enter the courtyard of the new main building adjacent to the old ones. A really fine structure recently completed when the current army chief was heading the ISI and Musharraf was in charge - from the inside it resembles a 5-star hotel in terms of the quality of the interior
finishing.

 

·         I was told by the guard at the front door to park at the rear of the building. So I parked and walked back to the front. Once in the building and making my way through the metal detector I was greeted by a plainclothes official who said I didn't need to take out my blackberries to pass through the machine and asked me to hand them over to the guys at the reception who were also plainclothes people.

 

·         The guys didn't look tech savvy but I would be surprised if others didn't go through my list of contacts and emails. The official who was wearing a tie and had two devices attached to his hip with a small earpiece escorted me to the fourth floor and seated me in a waiting room which could be accessed through two wooden doors and one made of glass. I was early and turned on the tv and waited for about 15 minutes before another person in a black suit and tie came in and took me to a meeting room where a minute later DG-ISI Lt-Gen Ahmed Shuja Pasha came in and greeted me warmly remarking that I had come after a long time.

 

·         We had a 30 minute conversation, which began with him asking me what was happening in Libya saying that Tripoli had asked for Islamabad's assistance - a request that was under consideration and wanted my thoughts on a) what was happening there; b) what I thought Pakistan could do to help. He also said that the U.S. seems to have made the
wrong decision to intervene militarily. I briefly gave him our assessment of the situation and suggested that sending troops to Libya or Bahrain was very risky (which he agreed) but added that perhaps Pakistan could work with Turkey since Ankara is trying to take the lead in a diplomatic solution to the crisis there but I didn't know what kind of leverage Pakistan had with the rebels or the govt. By this time an aide had brought in tea and cookies in a really nice set of chinaware.

 

·         I then asked him what was the status of U.S.-Pakistani relations specifically CIA-ISI post Raymond Davis. He said the relationship has not really changed. Of course it hasn't improved but it hasn't deteriorated further below the existing levels and told me he would be in DC to discuss the issue on the 11th. He then went into the details of
what had happened with the Raymod Davis matter saying that this issue could have been solved if the Americans had kept it between the CIA and the ISI.

 

·         He said he called up Panetta (who said he had a really good personal friendship with the D-CIA saying he was the only U.S. official whom he had invited to his house and introduced to his wife and son) asking him that we should sort out the issues between our two agencies. Panetta told him that he couldn't because State was taking the lead on it. Pasha
said he was disappointed at this response and knew that this was about to turn into a diplomatic row and media ruckus.

 

·         At that point he said the ISI let Punjab police handle the investigation and no one on the Pakistani side taking responsibility. The government said the matter is in the hands of the courts and the courts looking at the foreign ministry for answers about the status of Davis' immunity. All of this he said could have been avoided if it were not for State getting involved. Ultimately he said it came back to the ISI and we were able to work out an arrangement with the CIA. He also said once it
became a media issue we were really worried that Davis might be killed by people from within the police service. (Another 2-star I met said there were concerns that the Americans could have him killed and we would be in deep s***). We wanted him gone and as soon as possible and thankfully we were able to pull it off.

 

·         But he said that there are still unresolved questions about the people who Davis killed. He said they were not ISI sleuths as some suspect. Rather, low level thugs who had a lot of cash on them and in different  currencies, which is

 

·         On the domestic insurgency he said you can see things are much better. He added that in fact the situation was really good. The attacks were down and limited to a certain area.

 

·         But it would take another 10-12 years to completely get rid of the issue and a lot depends on how the Americans settle Afghanistan. On North Waziristan he said, he has been saying that we need to do an operation there for several years now going back to the days when I was Director General Military Operations and was overseeing the early days of our
counter-insurgency efforts in the northwest. But the issue is one of logistics. The only way to mount an offensive in NW is through South Waziristan, which we are trying to stabilize with the building of roads and resettlement of locals. We also needed to stabilize the tribal agencies to the north of North Waziristan, which is also a work in progress. Once we have achieved our goals of stabilizing SW, we will move into NW. 

 

·         At this point, the ISI chief picks up the phone and asks one his aides to connect him to a certain official within the directorate (he referred to him as Director something can't quite remember). The guy comes in with a cell phone and the chief speaks with the guy asking him if the friends had given the coordinates for south waziristan. He then asks if
it is south of a particular area or north. After that he says that is all I wanted to know and hangs up and apologizes for having to make the call.

 

·         On Afghanistan, he said the Americans are stuck with the old notion that Pakistan wants to see the Taliban come to power again in Afghanistan. Anti-Pakistan and pro-India analysts and advisers in the U.S. and elsewhere continue to feed that perception. This is an outdated view because Islamabad has long given up that goal given the threat to Pakistani security. We do not wish to see the Talibs dominate Afghanistan.

 

·         On the contrary, we want to see a broad-based government that can end the civil war in that country, which has had a disastrous fallout for us. Of course the Talibs will be a key player in a post-NATO Afghanistan, which we feel is necessary for true peace to take place. But that is just an acknowledgment of a reality than a desire on our part to see Talibs rule Kabul.

 

·         Even the U.S. realizes that there will be a deal with the Talibs so why the double standards when it comes to us (especially when we will have to deal with the situation once after the U.S. leaves)? Pakistan wants to see a friendly government - one that can maintain peace in the country. Such a govt can only come about when the Karzai government can reach a negotiated settlement with the insurgents, which is not going to happen by talking to the former Talibs like Zaeef, Mutawakkil, etc.

 

·         I asked him if the Obama admin had approached Pakistan to help with the negotiations. He said no such thing happening, which he said was the problem. He added that DC and Kabul need to involve us in the process because if anyone can deliver it is us and we have an interest in doing so. Look at what happened during that incident with the meeting with the
man who they thought was Mullah Mansoor but in reality he was a shopkeeper who swindled them for money and made a mockery of everyone including Petraeus who actually met the guy (laughs and smirks at this point).

 

·         At this point the guy who brought me into the room comes and in and says it is time for your next meeting. The chief says give me a few more minutes and we continue talking and he says I really appreciate the work you are doing in terms of steering clear of taking any sides. I then thank him and we begin to walk out of the room.

 

·         At this point I asked him if there was any change to his email address and Pasha says I am sorry I have not been in regular touch over email because these people were reading my messages and I had to have my pc cleaned but I am still using the old email address. I asked who was reading his emails and he replied there is only one entity in Pakistan who can do that. (I take it he meant people from within the directorate were doing so).

 

·         He walked me to the elevator from where I was escorted by another young man in black down to the lobby from where I collected my blackberries and he then escorted outside and asked me where I was parked to which replied at the rear of the building and he then walked me to my car during which I asked him how long he had been serving in the ISI and he
said for quite some time (I had hoped he would tell me the number of years). He waited until I pulled out and then waved and left and I drove out of the complex passing the same set of security layers I had encountered on my way in. 

 

·         Editor’s comments  Not terribly clever of young Sean (the analyst) to take his Blackberries along, but then if he is only an analyst and not an operator that’s understandable. Unsolicited advice to Sean: next time no Blackberries, nothing in wallet except cash, no pieces of paper of any sort except a locally purchased school student’s notebook and a pencil or two to take notes.

 

·         Naturally one wonders what sort of contract old GUS (Government of the United States)  has with Stratfor. This cozy-e-cozy with The Pasha Himself would hardly have been granted to a junior representative of a mere think tank.

 

·         The reason State was taking the lead on Ray Davis was that he was a State person. And why should the Punjab Police want to kill Davis because he shot two thugs/would-be-robbers? Of course, if he shot two police operatives then the Punjab Police is going to get mad.

 

·         Regarding South Wazoo and North Wazoo. General Pasha wants US to believe Pakistan cannot launch an operation in North Wazoo because its L-of-C through South Wazoo is not secure. Let’s first take this statement at face value. What does it say about the Pakistan Army that ten years into the Afghan War it has not secured one of Pakistan’s territorial areas? But the statement cannot be taken at face value because in North Wazoo are Pakistan’s Taliban proxies. The one’s Pasha doesn’t want to get involved with because of the threat to Pakistan. The ones he has nothing to do with, but Pasha can still deliver a deal on Afghanistan if the US would only trust him. The people he doesn’t want to see in power in Kabul, but they’re going to take over anyway. Pasha might want to tell where the Taliban is getting its advisors, logistic support, weapons, cash, and even food from. Is the Taliban stealing from the US forces or the Afghan forces? Is Iran in charge of supporting the Taliban? No, of course not. It is the ISI that created the Taliban, and but for the US intervention, would be peacefully ruling Afghanistan in alliance with Pakistan. 

 

 

·         This said, it is not for Pasha to  do the US Government’s work in Afghanistan. It is for the US Government to do its own work. Pasha has to do Pakistan’s work: hey, Washington, can you understand that? Editor thinks Washington finally does get it, but what it does it say for US’s smarts that its taken 8-9 years to fully come to grips with something that should have been obvious from Day 1. Smarts=GUS=Very low. If GUS was in school, it would be assigned to the special education classrooms, you know, the ones where there is an aide for each student because the student, poor fellow, cant tie his shoelaces. As the student, obviously, not the aide. US thought it could roll over Pakistan with threats after 9/11. So, dear, dear GUS, who has rolled over whom? Who has come out on top in this fabulous misadventure? Hint: it isn’t GUS.

 

 

·         The simple reality, dear, dear, very dear GUS, is that brown man for whom you have had nothing but contempt, the Pasha, is simply ten times smarter than your Panetta and your Petraeus – put together. Admitting that would be a valuable first step to recovery, where you start to learn to deal with reality. The chances that GUS will actually admit it? Let’s put it this way. Editor will continue putting his dollar on Powerball Lotto. They say one’s chances of winning Powerball is the same as being struck by lightning on the same day and getting a date with both Elvis and Marilyn Monroe. Much better chances than the chances GUS will see sense.

 

 

·         (There go the Editor’s chances of doing business with the CIA and the Pentagon. It’s true they don’t read this blog or most other blogs. It’s also true the chance of doing business with Panetta/Petraeus even if Editor said they are the smartest people in the world are zero. So nothing lost by speaking one’s mind. And you do know that if Editor was to say P/P are the smartest in the world, the world he’d be referring to is called La La Land. )

 

 

·         (Last year Editor sent a letter to the new director of ops, nothing of any importance, Editor likes to share his thoughts with the world’s leaders. He sends them regular advice, and mostly gets back a polite note from the 17th Secretary to the deputy to the assistant to the vice to the chief official responsible for looking after the World Leader’s Bunny Slippers, saying “Your thoughts are appreciated.”  Weeks later the letter came back with grubby paw prints all over it, and the notation “No such person at this zip code”. NO world leaders’s office has ever returned a letter with “No such person here but us meeces”. There is either no reply or a note.  Well, the name the Editor used was the name given to the press. So even he wasn’t at THAT zip code, why couldn’t they have forwarded it the RIGHT zip code? Would it have killed them? Actually, probably yes. Too much thinking required. Grunt. Grumble, Complain. Mutter.)

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT March 20, 2012

 

·         Israel Intercepted 80% of GRAD Class Rockets says Defensenews.com, with 60 of 75 attempts succeeding. This is lower than the initial reported rate of 90%, but still very good. Pressure is growing on Israel to attack Gaza to destroy rocket launching sites and simplify Israel’s defense problem in the event of a strike on Iran. The Israel prime minister hints that a withdraw from the West Bank will not happen. Why he’s bothering to say this, we don’t know, because no one assumes Israel  will give back land here.

 

·         China may have 1000 modern fighters by 2020 says Aviation Week and Space Technology. The low end will be made up of aircraft like the FC-17 (joint development with Pakistan) and the high end of Su-27 clones. Some F-20 stealth fighters will be in the mix.

 

·         Bashing US Government For Solar Energy There’s no denying the US Government has made a couple of disastrous decisions regarding subsidies for American solar power, including the infamous Solyandra. But actually those serious missteps are preventing a discussion about whether America is to have a solar energy industry or whether we should just give up and let China make our solar panels.

 

 

·         The problem is that China is determined to destroy everyone else’s solar industry, and it is doing so by (a) admittedly more efficient manufacture; and (b) by enormous subsidies to its solar industry, estimated at $30-billion last year alone. Americans are going to have to decide: do they value lowest price over all other considerations including an industry’s strategic value? Once manufacturing shifts to China, it’s very hard to bring it back because every item has components, and components also shift to China. Thus the oft-cited case of the battery industry. America has some great new battery technology, but since the whole battery kit-and-kaboodle has gone to China, it’s near impossible for an American company to make batteries here.

 

 

·         China is a mercantilist nation while everyone else is trying to expand free trade to ensure the most efficient producer makes an item. But China’s low costs are subsidized by cash, and by a cheap currency.

 

 

·         We’ve frequently mentioned as Chinese wages rise, and as American wages fall, manufacturing will shift back to the US. But that doesn’t address the issue of the Chinese subsidies and undervalued yuan. We are not saying we know the solution to this problem. What we are saying is Americans had best devote some serious thought to the solar and other issues.

 

 

·         Incidentally, by the end of this year installed Chinese power generation capacity will equal the US’s 1.14-terawatt capacity. Of course this is not the whole story: efficiency of generation and transmission, and efficiency of energy use per dollar of GDP are equally important. Nonetheless, just another straw in the wind as US continues its inexorable march downward. China plans 1.4-Terawatt by 2012 and 1.7-Terawatt by 2020.  15% of the 2020 total is expected to be renewables. China is expected to soon burn half of the world’s coal used for power generation.

 

 

 

0230 GMT March 19, 2012

 

A country that has to recruit 28-year old men as soldiers in not in decline: it’s basically finished

 

  • The US Army soldier accused of killing 16 civilians enlisted at age 28, after September 11, 2001. He was on his fourth deployment, having served about 40 months in a combat zone. The United States had a population of 280-million in 2000. In 2000, the US Army had about 475,000 soldiers. In 2012 it has about 90,000 more, or about 565,000 soldiers. There are so many things wrong with these figures that we’ll have to stick to discussing just a couple.

 

 

  • To be a superpower, a country needs a substantial population, a large GDP, and a powerful military. US has the third largest population, the largest economy and a 1.3-million military. Undoubtedly the US Navy and Air Force are the most powerful in the world. But in the last eleven years, the US has been engaged in land wars, and except for the abject fools at the Pentagon who are so hapless they need helpers to see they make bathroom visits without mishap, would argue that you can fight two land wars simultaneously with an Army of 565,000.

 

  • When you look back, to have pacified Iraq with reasonable dispatch and to cripple the Taliban in Aghanistan, you need, at the minimum, 11 divisions. And to handle other contingencies, you need a reserve of four divisions. As a training and rotation base you need several additional divisions. We could argue the exact number, but let’s take 1965-70 as an example. The US had ten divisions in Vietnam, 2 in Korea, 5 in Europe, and six more in the US. (1, 2, 3, and 5 Marine, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 23 and 25 Infantry, 1 Air Cavalry, 82 and 101 Airborne, and 1, 2, 3, and 4 Armored) for a total of 22 (This is from memory). While the 8th army in Korea was kept as up to strength as possible given those difficult times, 7th Army Europe was essentially in the business of providing replacements for Vietnam, as were most of the home divisions.

 

  • Be that as it may, given that in Korea we now have one division, and for some part of the 2000s we had two divisions in Germany, it would seem reasonable that to maintain 11 in a combat zone, we’d need an absolute minimum of 20. The US Army/Marine Corps have 13. And aside from the division problem – which suggests an Army/Marine Corps of about 1.1-million or more, there’s the matter of not sending soldiers out for more than 12 months out of 36-40 months, requiring the ground services recruit and train perhaps 350,000 soldiers a year instead of 110,000 or so. (These are all quick estimates.) 

 

  • At which point our friends at the Pentagon break in to say (a) we do know where our zippers are, thank you, they are the back of our pants; (b) We’re barely managing to recruit 110,000 men a year, just how do you propose we recruit three times that? You think we’re enlisting 28-year men out of choice? And you know a draft is out of the question. Half  the (expletive) potential recruits are physically or mentally unfit to begin with. What do YOU propose?

 

  • Thank you, dear Pentagon pals, for making our point. If a country of 300-million plus cannot recruit 300,000 soldiers a year, it must have a draft, and if a draft is impossible, the country had best give up the idea of being a land power. Since wars are decided on land, that basically knocks the US out of the military super-power business, which basically means we’re second rank.

 

  • We don’t have to explain why the US cannot have a draft, but there’s two reasons. One, the military has gotten used to volunteers who don’t complain and because of the small number of volunteers – about 80,000/year for the Army, the Army doesn’t have to spend a whole lot of time and manpower in training people. The continental model (Russia, France, Germany) which the US has followed between 1860 and 1980, requires an enormous training effort. The expeditionary model (Britain and now also US) is much, much easier to maintain. (b) Given how soft Americans have become, a draft would cause the public to rise in wrath and through the bums out of Congress and the White House. Can you imagine how the American public would react having their kids drafted for Iraq and Afghanistan?

 

·         But doesn’t that prove that the Iraq and Afghan Wars were not worth fighting? A military superpower is an expeditionary power. It has to be prepared to fought anywhere in the world. If the people won’t accept what is the natural corollary of that – a draft – then our superpower days are over.

 

 

0230 GMT March 18, 2012

 

·         Is it time for Editor to return to Mars? American “bride” “marries” herself This story is so weird that you’d better read it yourself. You wouldn’t believe it if we summarized the story. Or maybe you would, and find the lunacy nothing worthy of comment. It’s stuff like that makes Editor wonder if he has imposed on America’s hospitality for too long and its time to go back to Mars. The problem is the call number for the Mother Ship is composed of 1 googol  characters. Since the Editor has forgotten the number, he’d have to try random combinations. The other problem is that, as readers may recall, Mars marooned Editor on Earth as a way of getting him out of the way. Even if he got the right number there’s no assurance the Mother Ship will come. http://shine.yahoo.com/love-sex/bride-marries-herself-more-singles-throw-solo-weddings-202200537.htm

 

 

 

·         Major AH Amin’s Contrarian Thesis on Afghanistan Major Amin is a retired Pakistan Army officer who often writes about military matters. Recently he has challenged the thesis that Afghanistan has never been ruled by a foreign power. He says that for several centuries, Eastern Afghanistan was ruled by Hindu Rajput kings based in modern-day Pakistan Punjab. Then it was ruled by Persian or Turcic kings. Since medieval times, the first time Afghanistan became independent was in the mid-18th Century because of the rapidly weakening Moghul Empire. It was not a British army that invaded Afghanistan, but an army raised by the commercial British East India Company.

 

·         Because Maharaja Ranjit Singh, the great Sikh warrior, blocked Punjab to the EIC, the company had to take a 1500 mile route to reach Kabul, traversing enormous stretches of desert, instead of the 300-mile direct route through the fertile Punjab. When the British reached Kabul, they were down to one-quarter rations. Even in this terribly weakened state, the EIC lost seventeen dead to take the massive fort of Ghazni. Remember, this was not a military expedition but a commercial expedition supported by a security force. The EIC totaled up the costs side of the ledger, and compared it to the earnings side of the ledger; decided the game wasn’t worth the candle, ordered a withdrawal. The withdrawal was conducted by 700 British and 3800 Indian soldiers – who had finished their rations. They were chased by 50,000 tribesmen. Given the situation, it took no great military prowess to finish off the expeditionary force.

 

·         When the British returned, says Major Amin, their garrisons were held by just a few thousand troops each: Jalalabad withstood a three year siege with just 2000 combatants, and suffered just 20 killed. Had the British not decided to hold Afghanistan against Russia, Moscow would have added Afghanistan to its relentless advance east in the second half of the 19th Century. The Russians overcame any number of armies composed of the fiercest fighters, Afghanistan could not have withstood them.

 

·         The myth of the invincible Afghan fighter is a conjuration of the press. Here Editor thinks its fair to ask: what would have happened if the US had not poured money, weapons, and trained fighters from the Pakistan side of the border. Sure much of the countryside might still not be under Russian control. But the countryside has never been under anyone’s control. Its worth remembering what the Russians have done in the Caucasus: even with their empire disintegrated, the Russians are very much in control of their Caucuses republics. Peace of the grave and all that, sure. But this likely would have been Afghanistan’s fate but for the Americans.

 

·         Agreed the Americans have not defeated the Taliban. This was an impossible task for three reasons. One, the US never bothered to secure the Pakistan frontier, nor have they ever punished Pakistan for its support of the Taliban. A constant stream of war materials and men keeps coming across the border. Who can win in these circumstances? Two, instead of being content content to control the major towns and keep the interconnecting roads open, the US decided to try and pacify the whole country with a handful of troops. Cannot be done with an open border. And the Americans did not even do the divide and rule thing, which is the key to empire. The Tajiks, Hazaras, and Uzbeks should have been let loose on the Pushtuns. Instead the US has tried to get a unified army.

 

·         Three, and we know our more sensitive readers will be utterly revolted, but the only way counter-insurgency works is if you kill the enemy without mercy. This the US did in Vietnam, pacifying much of the country in three years 1965-68. The Viet Cong and their North Vietnamese sponsors were annihilated, so much so the VC were never a real threat, and the North Vietnamese had to regroup for four years before making another try. And they were annihilated again in 1972. Had the US been ready to keep using its airpower, does anyone seriously think the NVA would have succeeded in 1975? No chance. Again, the  US was not ruthless enough because by and large it left North Vietnam free to keep getting resupplied by China. The US could very easily have made it far too expensive for the North Vietnamese to continue: mine the entire coast, knock down the Red River dykes, unleash the B-52s against the China-North Vietnam border every single day. The fallacy was “limited war”. We should have learned in Second Indochina there is no such thing; instead we have to learn it all over again in Afghanistan.

 

·         Yes, we did well in Iraq – eventually. But please to note: the Shia and Kurds were 80% of the population, and we used them to fight the Sunnis, just 20% of the population. Classic divide and rule, and it worked. Moreover, there was no open border: the Iranians are Shia.

 

·         Please to remember, muh fella Markins (Channeling LBJ here): you wanna be nice guys, don’t go to war. Was the Union in 1861-65 nice guys? Pershing’s Americans in 1917-18? The US in World War 2? Gulf One? In 1950-53 America fought a limited war. No need to remind what happened: the third generation of the King Dork Dynasty is still ruling the North.

 

0230 GMT March 17, 2012

 

·         Hamid Karazi Has A Brilliant Idea But is the US Government smart enough to take it? Doubtful. Hamid wants US forces to pull back to their main bases, evacuating all outposts. Here is the perfect out for the US in its Mission Impossible: when it all goes wrong, as it will 100%, US can shrug and say “well, the Afghans ordered us to do so, and it’s their country after all.” Hamid says his troops and police are ready to take over now (Cue laugh tracks, with hoots of derision). So lets take him at his word. And after all, US has been training the Afghans for 10 years now. If they haven’t got it yet (they haven’t), they will never get it (as even the US military leadership, which is not exactly a bright light, knows). So US doesn’t want to give the appearance it has been run out of Afghanistan. Fine. Pulling back to the main bases allows US to substantially reduce its troop levels, allows it to protect the main cities (which given that we were never going to commit enough troops for a true counter-insurgency should have been out first and only strategy) and allows it to focus on training. Personally, we feel the training is pointless, but what do we know, being from Iowa. But this way US troop levels and costs and casualties will come way down. Afghans will be happy. We’ll be happy. It’ll be peace and love and daisies all around. (Cue disbelieving snorts – okay, we’re letting our cynicism show, time to change the subject.

 

·         Finally the Israelis Are Getting serious They’re going to add enough 707 refuellers to permit a transfer of 1000-tons of fuel. Lets do some back-of-the-envelope calculations. Israel has seven 707 tankers, likely more now because this talk of an air strike has been going on for some time. US KC-135s can transfer a maximum of 90-tons of fuel. This basically means the tanker takes off, and operates over a radius of a couple of hundred kilometers. We don’t know how much fuel the Israeli 707s can transfer, but make it 60-tons. If Israel has 8-9 tankers now, it needs another 7-8.  An F-15 will take 6-tons for a full internal fuel load. Say and F-16 takes 3-tons internally (you don’t to fill the external and conformal tanks) to get a 1000-mile radius. So you can refuel 100 F-15s and 100 F-16s. This is a terribly crude calculation, but we don’t have time to sit down and do a proper one. Still, it indicates Israel can conformably do the job. And remember, it won’t be a one-day, one-off attack.

 

·         And Finally The US Is Getting Serious It’s sending four minesweepers to the Persian Gulf to join the four already forward deployed. Four are forward deployed to Japan, so this will leave just two in reserve in the US, but this is what happens when you run down your forces. Four minesweeper helicopters are also going. We’d need to research the current status of NATO minesweeper forces, but we think US, UK, and the rest of NATO can put 30 minesweepers and 8 sweep helicopters into the Gulf. Should suffice.

 

0230 GMT March 16, 2012

 

·         Washington Post Under Attack! Editor Gallops to the Rescue! Let’s be clear on Editor and WashPo. It’s his favorite paper because it has more comics than anyone else. For the rest, the WashPo is simply a tree murderer. It has NO redeeming features other than the comics. Of course, it goes without saying if tomorrow WashPo offered Editor a job, he’d be singing its praises. He’s always hoping the establishment will buy him up, but hypocrite he is not.

 

 

·         So someone called the Washington Free Beacon http://freebeacon.com has taken umbrage at the WashPo’s China Review, a paid supplement that basically says – surprise! – that China is as American as America is American. Beacon feels this is Selling Out. Whoa, Nelly! (As in “hold yore hosses, pardner!”). We’re not sure why Beacon has just discovered this. And we’re also not sure why Beacon has not attacked WashPo’s regular paid informel put out by the bastion of democracy and human rights, Russia.

 

 

·         Next, isn’t all Main Stream Media just a giant selling out? The news presented by the MSM is simply squashed in there to attract your eyeballs to the adverts. That’s the name of the game. Why get upset? You may as well get upset at religion because 99% of it is pious hypocrisy, or at politicians because they lie, or CEOs because the insist on making 1000 times what their lowest paid workers make, or movie stars for being unfaithful, or for people trying to cheat the IRS and so on and so forth.

 

 

·         If Beacon doesn’t mind, Editor will give some free advice. Honesty is NOT the best policy. Hypocrisy is. As a sixty-year antihypocrite (that’s sixty years of being an AH, not sixty year old, what Editor wouldn’t give to be sixty again and Mrs. R. IV nowhere in sight) Editor can dolefully confirm no one, but no one loves a person who has a hair-trigger hypocrisy meter. Editor is always joking about his lack of money. Now, when he was in India, he worked for a gentleman who paid him (illegally) out gentleman’s expense account and let Editor say exactly what Editor wanted. It was only enough to live like a college student. Mrs. R. IV, even in her young days, used to carry  on and on about Editor should grow-up, Editor should act responsible, Editor should get a real job and so on. Looking at what Editor’s eldest had to go through because of the no money situation, and looking at the youngest sleeping peacefully in his crib, Editor heroically decided He Had To Conform. So when he returned to America, he lied through both sides of his mouth in order to Conform. Did it work? No, because people are not fools. You can say “Yes Boss, No Boss, you are great Boss” all you want, but Boss can tell from your body language that really what you’re saying is “Boss, you’re a liar, hypocrite, incompetent, self-serving, disloyal, ready to sell your children to get ahead etc.”. In other words, Editor’s body language is saying “Hey, Boss, you’re just a normal person.” Well, Boss cant get rid of you because you haven’t said or done anything disloyal, but you sure as heck are going to get nowhere in life. Of course, the Editor is making himself out to more heroic than he is, because no matter how hard he tries, it slips out sooner or later: “Boss, you’re an incompetent idiot”. And the truth is, Editor was spoiled rotten by his first boss, who was one person who was smarter than Editor, and had rock-like integrity. He was also spoiled by his headmasters in school, because – as many be expected of religious schools – lying or evasion of any kind was not acceptable. So then he comes back to America to work for just ordinary folks just trying to make a living, and it’s a complete mess.

 

 

·         So what Editor is saying to Washington Free Beacon is, look, just take it easy. The people at WashPo are not evil. They’re merely trying to make a living. Yes, the street walkers on 14th Street downtown are more honest about the way they make a living. But no one can be more virtuous than a prostitute (either sex); it’s an impossible standard to meet. Do you have a mortgage to pay? Kids to look after? A retirement fund to which you must contribute? Then forget the outrage, and do what’s necessary to make a living. If it involves taking ads from nasty, disgusting people like the Chinese and Russian Governments, do the Stiff Upper Lip and all that sort of thing. No one loves a person who is pointing fingers and screaming “hypocrite!”. It may make you feel virtuous, Editor feels very virtuous every time he has a blow-up with someone who is being a hypocrite. But there’s no magic machine that transforms your virtue into $$$$$. And like it or not, in the real world $$$$$ rule. So Editor will stop now, as he needs to do what he does every night: plan to get rich. Of course it won’t work, but you can’t just give up.

 

 

·         By the way, Editor was quite taken aback when a while ago an Indian friend said “I know who you worked for, it was Mr. K. Subhramanyam.” Just for the record: Mr. Subhramanyam was a great man and by the Editor’s lights, a true patriot, and a loyal civil servant. Yet, Editor did research papers for him, and enjoyed it too. Yes, he got paid for the papers the same way anyone who wrote for the Institute of Defense Studies and Analyses got paid. Editor is proud to say he was Mr. K’s most devoted disciple (he had many). But no, Editor did not work for him.

 

0230 GMT March 15, 2012

 

·         Afghan Killer At Work – Shhhhhh…. So US SecDef lands at the British airfield adjacent to Camp Leatherneck in Helmand Province, presumably to investigate the atrocity that happened a few days ago. Afghan civil worker at base takes a 4 x 4, sets it on fire, and charges off to get said SecDef. Afghan is overcome by the fumes, drives into a ditch, and himself catches fire. Really impressive.

 

·         Two articles on America’s wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in today’s Washington Post. One, by a retired army major-general, we agree with. He blames a leadership that has fought two wars over 11 years with an army that is way too small, resulting in people having to make three, four, five tours. This has put the force under extreme stress. Makes sense. The second article, which we do not agree with, is by a WashPo staffer. He speaks of the fear, tension, hunger, thirst, uncertainty, anguish of seeing comrades die, and so on of the Iraq and Afghan wars. He adds as a by the way the Vietnam boys also faced the same tensions etc., but it was only for one year.

 

·         The staffer is way off base. In that one year the Vietnam boys were in combat for 200 days, or five times what the World War II soldiers endured. Moreover this was not combat against a sixth rate bunch of ragtag incompetents who call themselves the Taliban. The NVA and elite VC units were the best infantry the world has seen since the German infantry of World War II. The enemy in Vietnam was extraordinarily tough, extraordinarily brave, extraordinarily dedicated. And while they did not have airpower, at point of contact they often had greater firepower than the Americans. Yes, the Americans did not have to face the same kind of anti-vehicle mines today’s troops face. But the Vietnamese were very, very good at booby traps, at camouflage, at tactics. You just never knew when you were going to get caught in a trap, or have the enemy attack you seemingly out of nowhere.

 

·         Editor realizes that speaking with admiration and compassion of the Vietnam generation is not the done thing in the United States. But it is absolutely preposterous to speak of the Vietnam generation and our soldiers today in the same breath. America lost 58,000 soldiers in Second Indochina, almost all in South Vietnam, in seven years. The bulk of the fighting took place in the four years 1965-69. We’ve heard it said that compared to World War II, 20,000 more troops would have died but for the improvement in trauma care. All this from 10 divisions. By comparison, in Afghanistan/Iraq we’ve lost 6000 killed. By the way, that entire loss equates to just three months fighting in 1968, the worst year of the war when 40% of the total casualties were taken. And we won’t even start getting into that the bulk of the Army infantry in Vietnam were draftees, and we don’t think anyone knows how many of the Marine Corps “volunteers” for the infantry went in because they knew otherwise the Army would take them. Those boys did NOT want to be soldiers: the state sent them a notice and if they didn’t comply, they’d be arrested and looking at a five-year jail term for draft evasion.

 

·         And while we are on this rant, what about the Korean War? Many of those soldiers were doing their second major war. You want hunger, thirst, dead comrades and the rest, try the PLA and NKA for opponents.

 

·         Now look, people we are in no way diminishing the achievements of the soldiers who have gone to Iraq/Afghanistan. What they’ve been asked to do is a major crime inflicted by our political and military leaders. You do not send people off to a combat zone every two years for a year at a time. This new lot of soldiers is older, and again, while we have no figures, we’re willing to bet a significantly higher percentage of the soldiers are married and have children compared to the Vietnam soldiers. Can you imagine what it would do to your family life if after one year home you were sent off again for a year, and then again after a year at home, and then yet again? Sure these men are volunteers, but did they sign up for perpetual war without end? We don’t think so. And what about the reservists? They signed on for a major war affecting the direct security of the United States, not stupid adventures undertaken by a government that didn’t know its left foot from its right hand

 

·         The worst part is that you and I are wholly complicit in the crime committed against today’s soldiers. We have been very happy to stay at home and grow fat on beer and chips, while they do the fighting. To assuage our guilt, we call them “heroes” and “warriors”, and shed crocodile tears when we read about their funerals. This is the same displacement activity that those who shirked their duty in Vietnam engage in by calling their fathers’ generation “The Great Generation”. It was their way of saying “see, we aren’t against soldiers and just wars, we were just against Vietnam”. What a whopping big fat lie. They were against getting their tushies blown up, and if a World War II situation had erupted in the 1960s, they still would have done everything to delegitimize the war. This time around we’ve shirked our duty by saying “oh, well, the soldiers are volunteers, they want to be there, we don’t”

 

·         So are we suggesting we should all have rushed to the recruiting stations when the Afghan and Iraq Wars began? No. But after year three, when people were on their second tour, we should have told our government: “Either pull them out, or institute a draft so that the burden is fairly spread.” Whoa! A draft? But these were wars of choice, not of necessity. In the first case, Afghanistan, we kept shifting our objective so as to keep the war going forever and a day; in the second case, Iraq, the government tricked the country into the war, Saddam was no threat. Why should we get drafted? Agreed and agreed. But if it was not okay for us to get drafted, how is it okay for the regular soldiers to keep getting sent over?

 

·         Either a war is worth fighting, or it is not. If it is worth fighting, we all should go. If it is not worth fighting, no one should go.

 

 

0230 GMT March 14, 2012

 

·         Why don’t the Afghans criticize the Taliban for civilian casualties? This question is being asked in various comments on news stories and blogs which we’ve dropped in on. Three reasons. (a) We don’t know what the locals really think of Taliban atrocities because neither do the media ask them, nor is it the wisest thing to be seen/heard giving your free opinion to journalists. After all the Taliban are everywhere. (b) The Taliban don’t claim moral superiority in the matter of respect for civilians the way Westerners claim. All the Afghans are saying is “you’re not living up to your standards. If from the start we’d said “okay, folks, CI is messy, innocents are going to get killed, and we’ll play blood money if that happens”, we’d be in a lot less trouble. But of course we can’t say that because we’re terrified people will claim money for deaths we haven’t caused. Penny wise, dollar foolish. The US spends one million dollars a year for every soldier deployed, is it really going to bust the budget if 100, 200, or even 500 people falsely claim blood money?

 

·         (c) Consider this analogy. Your wife is beating the stuffing out of you (we’re trying to avoid sexist stereotypes, and after all, women do beat up their husbands a lot more than statistics say – a man who complains his wife thrashed him gets only laughs for being a clown). So a stranger on the street steps into your house and forces your wife to stop already with the saucepan upside your head. You are duly grateful. Then the stranger decides he is going to stay in your house to make sure it doesn’t happen again, and starts ordering you, wife, kids, mother-in-law, and dog to do his bidding. How long will you put up with him, especially if once-in-a-while he smacks one of your kids or maybe even you or your wife and then goes “Oopsies! Didn’t mean to. Sorry about that”?

 

·         Now, Editor doesn’t think the Taliban, when they ruled, won any popularity contests. But that’s very different from saying your typical Afghan male welcomed the West coming in and reordering their society by force. Look, people, Editor was thrilled and delighted when the west went in and threw out the Taliban. Editor had been keeping an eye on this lot of savages since 1996 and never ceased to be horrified at their treatment of women and girls. But Editor was under the misconception that the West would go in, defeat the Taliban, and build a society from the ground up. Well, no sense in pointing the fingers of blame, but for whatever reason, things did not work out. Editor’s mood was not helped by what he believes was/is total US military/civilian incompetence in fighting an insurgency. Anyway, that is beside the point. All we’re saying is, don’t expect Afghans to be grateful to us and be as critical of the Taliban as they are of us. The Taliban are Afghans. We’re not. End of the matter. And to their credit, at least from the comments on the Internet, as many Americans understand this as are angry/bewildered by the reaction to the Koran incident and the rouge soldier.

 

·         Is drop in jobless rate really outpacing economic growth? A reader sends us a post from the Wall Street Journal’s Outlook blog (we’re not posting the URL because you have to be a subscriber to read the post). Essentially the poster says that unemployment has dropped from a peak of 10% in October 2009 to 8.3% today. But the economy has grown just 2.5% since then. The poster asks how this makes sense.

 

·         Actually, there is a simple explanation. US population grows by 1% a year. Anything over 1% growth will reduce the unemployment rate. Not proportionally, because when coming out of a recession employers do everything to avoid hiring new workers. They add to existing worker overtime, they work with leaner inventories, and they forgo new investment which means adding workers. Now, at some point these measures no longer work. You can get just so much work out of your donkeys – oopsies, we meant workers (Not), inventories falling below an already lean state costs you business, and you decide the time has come to take the risk of expanding .You have to hire more workers. That’s what’s been happening in the last few months.

 

·         There’s another factor at work which militates against those claiming credit for this recovery. When things are very bad for workers, they stop looking for work and many shift to part-time work. That knocks them out of the official unemployment count, the U3.  That’s why the Government also has another index, the U6 rate. This counts people working part-time but wanting full-time work and those who would reenter the labor market if they thought they had hope of getting a job. The U6 rate for February 2012 is 14.9%. There’s no secret about it, the Government openly publishes these stats. See http://www.bls.gov/news.release/empsit.t15.htm

 

·         It’s because of the U6 rate we said the other day don’t expect the unemployment rate to seriously reduce any time soon, because as the economy improves, more people will return to the labor force, keeping the U3 rate high.

 

·         Idlib in Syria falls to Assad Loyalist forces have retaken another rebel stronghold, Idlib. There’s no way of getting around this, the rebels are taking a serious beating and are soon going to be back to controlling no meaningful territory – unless help comes. The US has most generously offered communications equipment. We suppose the rebels can use their radios to beat Syrian armor and artillery to death. They can also play recordings of Mrs. Clinton saying how Assad is doomed. That will scare loyalist forces so much they will drop their weapons and run.

 

·         This is too cute Touching, even. Prince Harry is on trip to Central/South America representing his grandma, Elizabeth II. He has a way with people, something inherited from his mother obviously, as even iron robots would find his father and grandfather severely lacking in people skills. He’s having a great time and his hosts are having a great time with him . The other day he sought out and had a meal with one of his mother’s bridesmaids, who is now 44 and running some kind of hotel in the Bahamas. The lady must have been 11 or 12 when Diana got married. He had a half-hour meeting, all the time he could spare from his schedule, but then invited her to join him at a dinner in Nassau. Getting in touch with his mother’s bridesmaid is such a nice sentimental thing to do that’s were astonished a young man has done it. We’re no fans of Diana, by the way, and consider Charles a verbally and emotionally abused husband. But obviously we’re fans of the kids.

 

0230 GMT March 13, 2012

 

·         Palestinians continue rocket attack on Israel; Israel threatens ground operation As nearly as we can understand, Islamic Jihad is responsible for launching 200 rockets between Friday and Monday. We had been told earlier that Hamas was discussing with Cairo a peace agreement with Israel, so this onslaught has come as a surprise. Islamic Jihad is separate from Hamas, but to the Israelis, understandably, this is a distinction without a difference because Hamas could squash IJ any time it wants. We don’t know if IJ is reacting to Hamas’ peace moves or what.

 

·         More important from our viewpoint is that Israel’s Iron Dome Counter Rocket system is getting its first full-scale workout , and of the rockets fired at towns protected by the system, 90% have been intercepted, which is excellent. According to Complete World Armies 2012, Iron Dome batteries are located at Beersheba, Ashdod, and Ashkelon, with six more batteries coming by year’s end. (In case you’re saying “And what is this business of quoting CWA when you, dear Editor, also write CWA” our response is guilty as charged, but it looks so much more impressive to say ‘according to CWA’.)

 

·         An issue with Iron dome is that its interceptor missile at $35,000 per round is forty times as expensive as a home-made Palestine rocket. This, of course, is no reason not to deploy it, and the cost will come down with mass production. Also, the radar/fire-control will not fire at missiles that are going to land in unpopulated areas. A battery has three 20-round launchers. Our criticism is simply one of aesthetics: the launcher is about the ugliest such piece of equipment we have seen. Iron Dome is entirely an Israeli system, but the US is helping with money to buy more batteries.

 

·         Israel has launched at least nine air strikes in retaliation, killing six Palestinians including fighters. Israel has said it is prepared to begin a ground operation if required.

 

·         Bradley Manning's treatment was cruel and inhuman, UN torture chief rules”. Brief epistle to UN special rapporteur from Editor. “Dear UN person, we are told that you object to Mr. Manning being kept in solitary 23 hours a day for 11-months as constituting torture. According to UK Guardian, you said that “The special rapporteur concludes that imposing seriously punitive conditions of detention on someone who has not been found guilty of any crime is a violation of his right to physical and psychological integrity as well as of his presumption of innocence,".

 

·         “May we point out that Mr. Manning is not in the civilian criminal justice system, but in the military. Military justice anywhere tends to be very tough. Mr. Manning had an option to avoid solitary confinement: not break the law. A soldier has to be held to higher standards than a civilian and Editor, for one, is not about to blame the US military for its failure to be amused by Mr. Manning’s antics. You spent 14-months investigating and writing your report. Aside from an overwhelming desire to stick your nose where it doesn’t belong, why are you investigating this case and at such extreme length? Do you do the same for other US military prisoners? For military prisoners of other nations? We don’t think so. To us your investigation smacks of politics. Your investigation serves no purpose except to display your anti-American bias. Please go home. Thank you.”

·         “PS: Have you given thought to that the  US military kept Mr. Manning isolated because (a) he was psychologically unstable and diagnosed as a danger to himself; and (b) given his diminutive size and his sexual orientation he would have been at risk from other prisoners? Or have you given thought to this and decided it is not relevant? From a reading of your report http://image.guardian.co.uk/sys-files/Guardian/documents/2012/03/12/A_HRC_19_61_Add.4_EFSonly-2.pdf we see that you decided the issue was not germane because the US did not provide you with satisfactory evidence of what harm was sought be averted. So the US military is required to justify to you how it decides on the treatment of its prisoners? You are further aggrieved that your request for an unmonitored meeting with Mr. Manning was not granted. Aren’t you pushing your charter beyond acceptable limits by asking a military to prove itself accountable to you? Your conclusions are so venomous that we wonder what you’d be saying had Manning attempted to kill himself, or been beaten up and seriously harmed.”

 

·         “PPS: Please to note we have no quarrel with your investigation of abuses of prisoners in US immigration custody. This concerns civilians. We hope you had some success here and things have improved.

 

·         Editor’s version of 10 Things Never To Put In Your Resume (1) That you haven’t had a date on Friday night since JFK’s election; (2) That you vividly remember Theodore Roosevelt’s inauguration; (3) That when you went to school it was difficult making notes because paper and pencils had not yet been invented; (4) That you once bravely faced down a charging polar bear by tripping up your best friend and making off while said bear was snacking on your best friend; (5) That you’ve been married four times but can’t remember who Wife Number Three was and when/where/why you got married; (6) That your Swiss bank locker is stuffed full with Monopoly Money; (7) That you actually came to Earth from Mars on a highly secret mission and then discovered it was all a ruse for the Martians to get rid of you; (8) That you’re so short people jam-packed in the rush-hour subway car rely on you to call out the stations; (9) That the elite school you attended was surrounded by 16-foot walls topped with 8-feet high coils of barbed wire; (10) That you write every day for Orbat.com; (11) That’s you’re so academically slow your college permitted your 8-year old to be your official helper, and that he spent his time covering his eyes and exclaiming in front of the class “Gosh, Dad, how can you be so slow!” (12) That you think 12 things are actually ten things.

 

0230 GMT March 12, 2012

 

Sigh. Third day wasted trying to get the computer to work properly. Computer says no viruses, but still redirects to websites such as happili, yellowpages, and other such timewasting sites. Told Firefox to block, but it doesn’t work. Google in IE8 messed up. Rhapsody messed up – the “application has requested Runtime to shut it down in an unusual way” message. System Restore only working to point after problems started. System won’t boot from USB drive with Windows Standalone System Sweeper. Hotfix download resolves nothing. Tried a whole bunch of things, no luck. Gave up and called Computer Geeks, likely they will not come till Wednesday.

Even worse, there seems to be little to report or comment on today.

 

·         Greece So Greece’s private debtors agreed to take a substantial loss on their bonds, 50% in terms of face value, and an additional 20% in reduced interest. There wasn’t much doubt they would agree because the bulk of the bonds were issued under Greek financial law, and the government can change the law. The question now2 is what happens in the general election to take place in April or May. So far the conservatives, who have said they will abide by the terms imposed by Brussels, are in front, though not by enough to form a government on their own. The fresh austerity measures demanded by Brussels will start biting soon enough, and if the past is any guide, the economy will sink further. That will make Brussels demand more spending cuts. At some point people will have had it with Brussels. No one can say just what that point is. We will have to wait and see. We will also have to wait and see how Brussels reacts to Spain’s refusal to kowtow any more. Sure, Brussels can kick Spain out of the Euro, but the country has a $1.4-trillion economy, with public external debt over $2-trillion, Greece multiplied by three-and-a-half. The consequences of a Spain default will be that much worse than Greece.

 

·         Parenthetically, while Japan’s debt ratio – 210% of GDP – is by far the worst in the world, its external debt is in the region of 40% and it has control over its currency. So Japan is not in the trouble one might assume. Japan has borrowed against domestic savings. US also has control over its currency and can pay back its debt in depreciated dollars if the going gets tough. But US external debt is over 100% of GDP. Right now, of course, no major owner of American debt can cash their US debt and invest it elsewhere because no one has a big enough economy to absorb the inflow.

 

·         Further, this may seem peculiar to Americans who are very worried about their country’s economic stability’ the rest of the world still considers America the safest bet for large sums of money. This is why America is not being forced to do the austerity dance. Can you imagine the consequences if, like Greece, our GDP fell five years in a low, and unemployment shot up to 25% as a result of forced austerity? Does not bear thinking about. But please to note when China’s GDP reaches America’s, say by 2030 or later, things will change – and not for the better. Of course, we will continue to sing in the sunshine and dance in the rain till it’s too late. That’s the American way now.

 

·         India Indian press is reporting a brigade has moved into the Maoist infested areas of Jharkhand. This is the first major army deployment to counter this insurgency which India has largely ignored for decades but is now too big to be ignored, About a fifth of India’s counties have severe Maoist infestations.

 

·         To India’s credit, for the first time it is not embarking on a major counter-insurgency effort in ad hoc fashion. There is a great deal of training going in for the Army and for paramilitary troops, which is why the buildup is very slow. Indeed, the army insists even this first brigade is only training. It would be fairer to say it is getting acclimatized to its area of operations.

 

·         One reason India has not gotten serious about the Maoist insurgency is that everyone agrees the locals have been shamefully exploited and have no option but to fight back. There is a much greater sense of “these are our people and we have to step softly” than was the case in Kashmir and the North East insurgencies. From the beginning the government realizes the problem is socio-economic and a military solution is no answer. This makes this CI very different from the others the Indians have embarked on in the last fifty years.

 

·         Kandahar incident We honestly have little useful to say. This is war; people go crazy and do inexplicable things. Our advice, which will not be followed, is to hand over this man to the Afghans, and let them do what they want. It is the only way to placate them. And after all, they are the injured parties. His state of mind is absolutely immaterial. No one cares what his mental problems are. There is no need for lengthy investigations and psych evaluations. There is no need for ten lawyers and a lengthy trial. Western law and legal practice will solve nothing.

 

 

·         That said, we need to avoid the usual media hype about “What does this mean for the US course in Afghanistan”. It is a random incident; it does not need analysis; it means nothing for the way the US is conducting the war. The media has to fill up empty space, and it inevitably seeks to draw grand conclusions from everything, whether or not there are conclusions to be drawn. Nor do we need to hear from a bunch of “experts” that this incident will make things difficult in Afghanistan. Media needs to stop its banalities.

 

 

 

0230 GMT March 11, 2012

 

·         Letter from a reader We were trying to understand better the Indo-Pakistan crises of 1999, 2001-2002, and 2008. For non-Indian readers, 1999 was the Kargil War which erupted when India found Pakistan had quietly infiltrated south of the Line of Actual Control in North Kashmir. 2001-2002 was the crisis that began with the attack by a Pakistan terror group on the Indian parliament. India mobilized for war, nothing happened, then in the spring of 2002 it adjusted its deployments and made noises that it was going to attack, but nothing happened. 2008 was when a Pakistan terror group attacked Bombay (Mumbai), and this time India didn’t even bother mobilizing, it just shut its eyes, rocked itself back-and-forth, and sucked its thumb, pretending nothing had happened. In this context, here is what one Indian reader had to say about how the Indian political leadership reacted in these three crises.

 

·         Coming to Parakram (2001-2002). Contrary to what you said,  the Army did not back off; it was the political leadership that did not want an actual war. In a way, this ties back to the conversation we had about Kargil and Sharif's trip to Washington. Musharaff and his Corps Commanders had asked Sharif to go to Washington and broker a ceasefire when it became clear that the tide of war had decisively turned against them. From what I have heard, it was at this time that we had also begun to mobilize the Strike Corps in a way that would be visible to American imagery satellites. Sure enough, they picked it up and the Americans assumed that we were gearing up to launch a 1965-style reprisal attack. This was supposed to have been a factor in Clinton forcing Sharif to agree to a full withdrawal instead of a mere ceasefire. In return, we would not expand the war.

 

·         I suspect that when the Parliament attack happened, the political leadership thought that they could again use a mobilization and the threat of a full-fledged war to get the Pakistanis to cut their jihadi proxies loose. The political leadership did not want an actual war but then at the same time they did not think of what to do in case the Pakistanis called our bluff. When Parakram was launched, the Army did ask about what came next and the response they got was that they would be told when the time came.

 

·         When the Mumbai attacks happened, the Army made it very clear that it would not mobilize unless the political leadership had thought things through, which obviously they hadn't. I really don't see this situation changing any time soon even if the Congress is replaced by the BJP in the next general elections.

 

·         Editor’s comment When you read this, you begin to understand why the Editor is always ranting about India’s pathetic strategic-political ineptitude. For whatever reason, your adversary has invaded your territory. And you are satisfied with just restoring the status quo ante? So what consequences did India impose on Pakistan for its war of aggression? Zero. So what message does that send Rawalpindi (Pakistan GHQ, where the real decisions on war and peace have always been made)? The message is clear: do what you will, there will be no consequences. 2001-2002 was a grand bluff, and the Pakistanis called it. Of course, the situation was far worse, because the leadership had no idea what they really wanted to do, aside from a vague prescription of attacking Pakistani terror training camps in Pakistan Kashmir. The more the military and the politicals looked at it, the less idea anyone had of what India was to do if Pakistan escalated. The politicals wanted to avoid war at all costs, and anyone who bluffs without the determination to follow through if the adversary does not respond to the bluff, has lost the game before it started. As for Bombay 2008, the message was equally clear: Pakistan, do as you want, there will be no consequences.

 

·         India, by the way, has six times Pakistan’s population and today seven times the GDP. Its defense budget has usually been at least three times Pakistan’s budget. So if you don’t have the courage to take on someone a fraction your size, what is it you are telling the world? That we Indians, when push comes to shove, are cowards. That’s just asking for trouble, isn’t it?

 

·         Letter to President Obama Some of this blog’s conservative readers have written in saying you had nothing to say when various people used sexual slurs against Sarah Palin and Michelle Bachmann. We’d told our readers that Sandra Fluke was different, because she was not a public person, making Rush Limbaugh’s attack on her worse than attacks on Palin and Bachmann. Our belief got strengthened when we read the full text of Rush’s attacks on Fluke, including that it was not a one-time rant, but repeated over three days.

 

·         Now, however, a reader has sent us quotes of the sexual slurs a Democratic supporter, who is also a major donor to your campaigns, used against Palin. Let us first confess that when the incidents took place, we had no clue, because we don’t follow domestic political news for the simple reason if one swims in the cesspool, pretty soon one starts reeking of poop. But seeing the words used against Palin by your supporter we are, frankly, shocked. We are told you have rationalized this gentleman’s words by saying he is a comedian. The Editor’s raunchy joke meter is set very high, so high that he is frequently in trouble white American women. Editor is not being racist, it ois simply his experience that you can be as raunchy with black women as you want, and they’ll give you back twice what you gave. White American women go into the prune-faced “I am offended” mode, even though I always make the jokes at my expense, and not at the expense of any other man or at the expense of women. To be fair to you, Editor has looked at what this putative comedian said up, down, port, starboard, upside down, in the 3rd, 4th, and 5th dimensions, and he is sorry to say he doesn’t get the joke.

 

 

·         As a lifelong student of the interaction between the sexes, it is quite clear to Editor that your court jester conceived a severe lust for Palin, and having zero chance of making it with her, resorted to sexual slurs. This is, of course, also the case with El Rushbo, as we learn Limbaugh is nicknamed. We don’t need to do a detailed analysis of his words with respect to Sandra Fluke, because it is all too obvious he is very upset that – as he imagines – Fluke is sleeping around with everyone but him. Can we persuade you, Mr. President, to see when a man sexual defames a women he cannot have, the man is not a person of low character, he is a person of no character? If your comedian was, according to you, joking, then why are you not accepting El Rushbo’s excuse that he is only joking?

 

·         We’ve discussed both comedians with the few women we get to have conversations with at school, and it’s evident that while they are very angry with what Limbaugh said, they’re also very angry about the anti-Palin slurs voiced by your comedian, even though apparently they were uttered some years ago. And understandably so, because  women operate on many levels, and one level is the shared sisterhood of women where an insult against one woman is taken as an insult against all women regardless of if they are Republicans or Democrats. Most teachers tend to be pretty liberal, so Editor took quite seriously his fellow teachers’ complaints about the slurs against Palin.

 

·         Asking a modern American politician – and you, sir, are one – to repudiate something or someone because it’s the right thing to do is as futile as asking a hungry tiger to spare the lamb. So we won’t appeal to your moral sensibilities. No insult, but just that you are a professional politician shows that your moral meter is busted and set to zero, and we are quite clear that other politicians are surely no better, and some are actually worse. No. We appeal to your desire to get votes. If you were to repudiate your comedian, and return his money – which you can easily afford, since we are told you are a true Bunga Bunga fund raiser (and more power to you) – you would get not just many conservative women voting for you, but possibly many liberal women who otherwise might not.

 

·         Just the Editor’s thoughts, the same sort of thing he would tell any young man that he thinks is Not Quite Getting that what he thinks is a joke is actually not funny. Meanwhile, can we tell you the one about the Nun, the Priest, and the Camel? Well, there’s this nun, priest, and camel, and they’re stuck in the desert, and the camel drops dead, and the priest says to the nun “sister, since we are to die I must confess I’ve never had sex before,” and the nun says “brother, since we are about to die I must confess I’ve never had sex before”. And so they start taking off their clothes and …whoa, Nelly! Forgot this is a family blog. You’ll just have to take Editor’s word for it that this is a very funny joke, told the Editor by a devout Catholic lady

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT March 10, 2012

 

Got most of the viruses off by the internet re-direct viruses keep returning. Still working on it, but for someone who does as much search as Editor (several hundred sites on a full day working from home) this is really hitting productivity. Couldn’t download Microsoft Standalone Sweeper at work because the school system’s computer dont permit downloading executable programs. So off to Kinkos in the morning. Hopefully that will sort it out. (CCCleaner and Microsoft Security Essentials and Microsoft Windows Malicious Software Removal Tool do not seem to have worked.)

 

·         Israeli public largely against Iran attack we are told, and who can blame the public. No one wants missiles raining down on your head even if they are only conventional warheads. Unfortunately, national security emergencies are not really amenable to being dealt with on the basis of the popular vote. If right now your average Israeli feels worried about a conventional Iran missile attack, how much worse will be a nuclear Iran prove to be. The entire country is about the size of New Jersey, by the way.

 

·         Pakistan arrests Bin Laden wives for illegal entry May we most politely ask why the Pakistan Government is engaging in this fit of pique against three helpless women? Was it really their choice to be in Pakistan? We don’t imagine OBL and the wives of other mullahs have much say in anything that happens to them. If Pakistan is worried about illegal entrants, how about nabbing the Taliban that Pakistan nurtures? Or is it Pakistan’s case they have legitimate passports and visas for Afghanistan and Pakistan and dutifully get their passports stamped at the border each time they exit and enter? It behooves Pakistan to send them home, wherever home is, and not throw them in jail, separating them from their children. Ohm Government of Pakistan says most generously, the children can return to their homes. Well, their father is dead; their mothers are in jail, how is this helping the children?

 

 

·         North Dakota now 3rd ranked oil state In January it produced 546,000-barrels/day, third place after Texas and Alaska, and ahead of California, the former 3rd place. http://mjperry.blogspot.com/2012/03/north-dakota-sets-new-oil-record-in.html Unemployment is 3.3%; sixteen counties have less than 3%, and one county, where the Bakken oil formation is located, has 1% unemployment. What’s remarkable is that oil output has zoomed 59% in one year. Before you head to North Dakota, though, we’re told accommodation is not available for love or money or both. Okay, you say, I’ll take my camper. Apparently there’s no place available for campers either.

 

·         Please do not take this as Obama-bashing but the continued creation of new jobs in no way signals the situation is getting better for job seekers. 4-million Americans were born in 1994 and have reached/will reach 18 this year. Assume 2 of 3 need work. Very roughly, that’s 200,000 jobs a month needed just to keep up with the population growth. Further, when those who stopped looking for jobs or those who are working part-time because they cant get full-time work see the economy is improving, they’ll be back looking for full-time jobs. So that 8.3% figure unemployment today may well not go down in any significant way this year.

 

·         The President has little control over the economy in general, particularly when the two parties can’t agree on the simplest things. So we’re not criticizing the president, just noting a fact. And BTW, anyone remember gasoline went to $4/gallon in Mr. Bush’s time? That wasn’t Mr. Bush’s fault any more than today’s $4/gallon is Mr. Obama’s fault.

 

0230 GMT March 9, 2012

 

·         Chairman US JCS demurs on Syria strike Like a daintily fastidious cat unwilling to get its paws dirty, the Chairman of the JCS laid out the reasons he should not be called to strike Syria. Aside from the usual “Syria is not Libya” in terms of air defense, he came up with another reason. The heaviest defenses are in thickly populated areas, so there will be collateral civilian casualties. At this point we are supposed to go “ooooohhhhh!” and swoon dead away, taking the good chairman off the hook. Civilian casualties is supposed to be the nuclear weapon of anti-interventionists, because we cant have civilian casualties, can we now.

 

·         There are the Pentagon’s fantasies, and there’s reality. In Libya the allies flew 18,000 sorties and killed 60 civilians. A remarkably low figure. So what is the Chairman envisage? 600 civilian dead? At the rate Assad is going, that’s ten days of people he’s killing. Besides, who say the entire Syrian air defense network has to be taken out. An argument can be made that a thousand sorties against the safest targets would serve to warn Assad that The End Is Near.

 

·         Now, we’ve said before that if the US is that risk averse that it doesn’t want to attack Syria, fine. That’s a legitimate position to take. We don’t want to risk it. The End. But that would require the US to shut its fat mouth about how Assad is bound to fall and so on. This has become the most annoying feature of US policy: not willing to do a darn thing, not even supply weapons to the opposition, but equally unwilling to shut up. US insists on being the center of attention, it wants to pull all the strings, it wants to give everyone marching orders, but all without putting a single chip on the table. How does this make any sense? If the US doesn’t want to take risks, then let it resign itself to being a third rate power. Because one thing is for sure: American hot air won’t scare anyone.

 

·         President Obama shoots down Keystone XL again Still trying to have his cake (appear pro-green) and eat it too (appear strong on energy independence) the President was the moving force in killing a Senate bill requiring the government to give approval to the Keystone XL Canada-US pipeline link. This a few days after he said he encourages the completion of the pipeline within the United States. It is hardly news that a politician speaks with a forked tongue, the GOP clowns vying for the honor of being defeated by Mr. Obama in the 2012 presidential election testify to that.

 

·         But there’s a difference, or there should be a difference. The GOP clowns are NOT the US president. The president is supposed to lead, not just defer to whatever prevailing wind is blowing the strongest. To the greens, it matters not one bit that a country that imports as much of its energy as we do cannot maintain its foreign policy independence. They want the pipeline stopped, some because they are genuinely worried about Nebraska aquifer pollution, but most because they don’t think Canada should exploit the tar sands because it adds CO2 to the atmosphere. These greens have freed themselves of the responsibility to give practical alternates to America’s energy problems. Like everyone else in America, they have a single point agenda which they are pushing at all costs.

 

·         We’ve said this before: if the greens don’t want environmental damage caused by mining the tar sands and American shale for oil, they should push for negative population growth and a reduction in our standard of living. According to www.instituteforenergyresearch.org/energy-overview/petroleum-oil 71% of US oil goes for transportation, 23% for manufacturing and industry. Raise gasoline to $8/gallon and ban industries that need oil such as fertilizers and chemicals. Pay more because now we’ll need to import these items. Oil demand will fall from 20-million-bbl/day to half that, and whamo, no more imports from Mideast, and no need for Keystone XL end immigration, legal and illegal, and instead og growing 1% a year the population will likely start falling. Mandate no one gets a house bigger than 1000-square-feet, double electricity to 30-cents/kwh, and our coal use will fall dramatically.

 

·         Oil import dependency: solved. Rise in  CO2: solved. Suburbs eating up valuable forest and farm land: solved. Traffic problem: solved. Budget deficit: with the extra and drastic rise in taxes, likely solved, maybe income taxes could even be reduced. Look at all the good things that can result if we simply bite the bullet. If greens suggest this, Editor will enthusiastically support it. Likely we’ll be able to tear up many pipelines, with the reduced demand for oil.

 

·         A concluding message: Dear green friends, just don’t expect Editor to put out the fire when the American people start burning you at the stake. And by the way, why can’t Keystone XL give free life-time drinking water to those who might be affected if there’s a leak?

 

·         “Got problems? We have the answers”. That’s our new motto.

 

0230 GMT March 8, 2012

 

Got hit by a virus attack again, wiped out update, doing an attenuated version

 

·         3rd BRIC in trouble we’d mentioned that China’s growth has slowed to 7.5% expected for 2012, India’s to 6.8%. Brazil is the latest to get into trouble: its growth last year was 3%, and the same is likely this year. Brazil’s president is an economist, but she’s trying to clean up corruption and political patronage, and naturally the people affected are not cooperating.

 

·         UK Afghan losses up to 404 Honestly, this business of keep track of losses is, in military terms, pretty meaningless. The real question is whether the mission is being achieved or not. Nonetheless, UK has taken a higher percentage of casualties than the US in terms of combat brigades deployed. How much more we’d have to calculate as we’re not sure off the top of our head how many brigade-years the US has.  UK has about 8 brigade-years at most (one brigade for 8 years). There could be any number of reasons for the disproportion. The Brits could be readier to mix it up with the Taliban. Or the level of protection for their troops could be less. Or their medevac/battlefield medicine might not be as advanced as the US. The Taliban they’ve engaged could be better and more determined than the ones the US is facing. Possibly the British troops are less experienced because they stay for 7 months and don’t return for three years, US rotations are longer (one year) and more rapid.

 

·         Stealth X-37B Mini-Shuttle still whizzing around Earth, one year on, and still no clue on what’s it’s up to.

 

 

·         Editor again not on Forbes Billionaire list We checked. Hey, unless we check how will we know if we’re on it or not?

 

0230 GMT March 7, 2012

 

·         Oooooh! The Syrians are so scared! That at least is Washington’s preferred fantasy in dealing with Syria. Washington has announced it will “help” the opposition. How? By sending humanitarian aid. How is this to reach the Syrians? Washington doesn’t have a clue. And what about arms? Well, we aren’t going to object if others arm the Syrian opposition. You may well ask: “For this limp-noodlish foreign policy we pay $1-trillion a year?” (defense, homeland security, foreign aid, foreign service, intelligence). Yes, people, this is where your taxes go.

 

 

·         Now, we will be the first to agree that yes, the Syrian situation is very complicated. You have a Shia minority, allied with a Christian minority that is tacitly complicit, that brutally rules over a Shia majority. If Syria fractures, things could get very ugly indeed, particularly since we fractured Iraq. But look, folks. If its stability you want, then cut the verbal garbage which has become a non-stop, every day affair, and align with the Russians and Chinese in helping Assad suppress the uprising. Beijing, Moscow, and Teheran (not to mention Baghdad) very much want stability in Syria, and if it’s the peace of the grave, you don’t see them losing any sleep.

 

 

·         But if its democracy you want, do something. That its hard is no excuse not to do it. And please, if Editor has to hear from one more “expert” that Syrian air defenses are vastly more capable than Libya’s and that’s why we can’t intervene, Editor will have no choice but to call for the impeachment of the political and military leadership for incompetence. Americans are paying $1-trillion for national security and you dare tell me you can’t take down Syrian air defenses because its hard? Kindly resign and send yourselves to the glue factory. At least America will get some use out of you for the money its spent on you.

 

·         China’s Defense Budget Hike China has increased its defense budget by $10-billion or so dollars, 11%, so that for 2012 the budget is $106-billion. Before we comment on this, let the Editor clearly state he regards China as the enemy of both India and the US. Not potential enemy, but here-and-now enemy.

 

 

·         That said, how much China decides to spend on defense is no one’s business except China’s. It is a sovereign country, and just as no one has the right to question the US defense budget, the US has no right to question China. As for providing explanations about their defense spending, a boring, tiresome, and utterly pointless US demand in recent years, the Chinese don’t have to explain anything to anyone, and the more the US demands explanations, the weaker and more petulant is appears.

 

 

·         There is only one acceptable response to the Chinese buildup short of kissing China’s fat butt. That is for India and the US to  increase defense spending. Japan will have to also increase, but today we’ll leave it out of the picture. At which point, if you are American, you will say: “But hasn’t orbat.com been advocating a balanced budget? Has it not from time to time railed against American military adventurism?” Correct and correct. To balance the budget and increase defense spending means taxes will have to go up. Don’t want to pay more taxes? Still have the illusion that we need to cut taxes and growth will pick up? We have just one thing to say: “Prepare to kiss China’s fat butt.” By the end of 2012, even with slower growth, China’s GDP will be $7-trillion. No need for us to do the math. As for railing against American military adventurism, the reason we’ve been doing it is not because we are pacifists, but we have seen in the last 10 years how utterly incompetent US political/military leadership has become. If the US continues with this incompetence, then also we have just one thing to say: “Prepare to kiss China’s fat butt.”

 

 

·         As for India, we’ve been detailing how India has started to build up its capabilities against China. But you see, unless India gets its defense procurement and production act together, which it shows no sign of doing since the fall of the Soviet Union, then India can just get ready to kiss America’s fat butt or  China’s – you pays your money and you takes your choice. We end up either America’s vassal, or China’s.

 

 

·         Both America and India can rationalize all they want, but the simple equations of the power between nations in the 2010s, 2020s, and 2030s is not going to change. If America thinks all it needs is quality and not quantity, we have just one thing to say: Germany in World War II. And if the Indians think quantity of manpower is all we need and weapons are not important, then we have just one thing to say: Russia in World War I.

 

·         LulzSec Bites The Dust It was just a matter of time before this hacker offshoot of Anonymous was brought down. It doesn’t matter how brilliant a hacker an individual is, the government has ten thousand or more just as smart, and it has unlimited computer and financial resources. LulzSec is said to have had ten members. The leader was caught and flipped by the FBI, he handed over five more people.

 

 

·         Now we will get the usual blah from “experts” about how others will get angry and become hackers. We may agree there are plenty of people out there who’d like to measure their skills against those of the government. The difference is if they’re caught they get to go to jail, which we are told is not a happy place, particularly in the US. Because of the interconnectedness of the web, any serious hackers is likely committing American grade felonies, which are no joke. Seeing hackers going through the wringer, and also now having to watch their backs against their own kind, will likely dissuade many. Those that are not dissuaded will simply play into the hands of the government. The US government in particularly is addicted to finding enemies of national security. It has been terribly, terribly busy for 70 years. The more hackers there are, the more money the government will get to fight them. For the government it’s a win-win.

 

0230 GMT March 6, 2012

 

·         Spain: the peasants are revolting against Brussels The Spanish prime minister has caused an uproar among the EuroKommisariat because he says he cannot push his country’s deficit down to 4.4% this year as promised. He says it was 8.5% last year, and he will bring it down to 5.8% this year. Basically he is saying austerity is killing the country – the unemployment rate is on its way to 25% and Spain needs breathing space. Brussels has been screaming about “serious deviation” – shade of communist mullahdom.

 

·         Meanwhile, the Dutch are also getting into a bad mood. They’re estimating between Euro 1.3-trillion and Euro 2.4-trillion by 2015, a share of which will have to be paid for by the Dutch people, they’re warning their standard of living is going to fall. An additional complication: the Dutch might not meet their deficit target either.

 

·         The EuroKommissars have ordered Belgium to cut its spending and threatens to withhold several hundred million Euros worth of assistance to Hungary unless that country obeys orders.

 

·         Meanwhile, contrary to what we reported earlier, two polls shows the Irish people will support accession to the new Euro treaty which requires states to meet Brussels-set deficit target or pay penalties.

 

·         And talking about the economy a number of people are getting freaked about the economic slowdown in India. India expects growth to be 6.8% this year, down from the near 10% it was a couple of years ago. Okay, we’ll be the first to say India has some incredible problems in keeping up the growth rate, in large part because it’s a democracy. The top can’t just give an order as happens in China. Indians fight back when the government wants their land or when foreign companies like WalMart want to come in, threatening the livelihoods of little people. And unlike China, bureaucrats don’t stay bribed and bribed Indian bureaucrats are not efficient. They’ll take your money and STILL not do your work fore any number of reasons.

 

·         This said, what is the big deal about 6.8% growth? China has announced its rate is going to drop to 7.5%, and the country has been used to 11%, 12%, even more. Don’t hear much weeping and wailing about China.

 

 

·         More on Rush Limbaugh Readers have pointed out that in their turn several Democratic Party supporters have said extremely rude things about Sarah Palin and Michelle Bachmann, so the uproar about Rush Limbaugh is hypocritical. Sure, but when it comes to hypocrisy there is so much of it going around it doesn’t really help to say the Republicans are hypocrites or the Democrats are hypocrites. The people who used foul language towards Ms. Palin and Ms. Bachmann were totally in the wrong.

 

·         We don’t know if we will convince our politically conservative readers, but we nonetheless think there is a difference. When the people concerned used foul language toward Ms. Palin and Ms. Bachmann, they were using the words as curse-words, not with reference to their sexual habits or lack of them. Rush called the Georgetown student “slut” and “prostitute” because she was advocating for employer-paid birth control. If there was any doubt Rush was making a sexual inference about the student’s personal business, his saying “and we get to watch” confirms it. To begin with there is something creepy about this prurient comment. Then, and we’re not sure Rush realizes this, there is something very, very wrong for an older man to be saying this about a young woman. We cannot repeat the other things he said about the student. maintain a standard here

 

·         That out of the way, we are not sure why Mr. Obama has created this controversy in the first place. Is he that politically inept that he doesn’t realize what an explosive issue forcing the Catholic Church to pay for birth control is? Look, people, we completely agree that a bunch of old men sitting in Rome and in state legislatures should not be making decisions about women’s right or not-right concerning birth control. We understand that something like 96% of Catholic women say they have used birth control during their reproductive years. We accept what an extremely wroth Catholic lady friend who attacked us as if we were the Pope says when she declaimed that till 1930 the Catholic Church did not even have a position on birth control. Accepted and agreed. Nonetheless, could not Mr. Obama have come up with a solution that would have avoided infuriating Catholic conservatives? We are not saying we have a solution: public policy on church-state separation is not our thing. But surely Mr. Obama, who is from Chicago, where they have many clever people, and who is reputed to be a clever person himself, could have avoid this issue in some manner? See, Mr. Obama may be a Democratic president, but he is president of all Americans, not just of Democrats. Why get into people’s religion?

 

 

·         We further note that it was not the cleverest thing for a graduate student to complain that birth control costs a female student a thousand dollars a year. The all-to-obvious retort to that is abstinence costs zero dollars a year. And we further don’t understand why this student is taking the anti-feminist stand that the woman alone is responsible for birth control. Don’t the men have a responsibility too? Seems to us the men should have the primary responsibility. Or is editor just revealing his age?

 

0230 GMT March 5, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT March 4, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT March 3, 2012

 

Further proof America is collapsing under the weight of its created structures

 

Would you believe that a very high credit score can be a negative? This makes no sense, right? Not so. Someone lost their cell T-Mobile cell-phone. They researched new phones and plans (with T-Mobile remaining as their carrier) and found it suited to get to a monthly plan and to buy a phone instead of signing a new 2-year contract with T-mobile and getting a free phone (the lost phone was on a contract the minimum period was years past, so the person was free to move to a new plan).  Oh dear, says T-Mobile, we can’t shift your old number to the new instrument unless you get a 2-year plan. (We’re pretty sure this is illegal, but that’s a separate issue.) Get a 2-year plan, we’ll transfer your number to the new phone, and then we’ll let you convert to a monthly plan (all sounds terribly shady and you’d have to be mad to believe a telephone company, even American politicians are more honest than the telcos, for heaven’s sake, but that’s another story). Well, the person sighed but really wanted their old number, so they applied for a 2-year contract. Now, as you know, this requires a credit check. Back came T-Mobile: sorry, your credit doesn’t check. Whoa, says our person, I have 973/1000, how much higher do I have to get to get a cell phone for $%#@!%^* sake?!

Oh, says T-Mobile, you see, your score is so high we’re concerned it’s a fake, so no can do, sorry about that and have a nice day. So here you have a person of extreme financial virtue, who has zero debt, always pays their credit cards on time, saves half their income, and they can’t get a freaking cell phone because their credit rating is so high T-Mobile decides it must be a fake?

In the name of “progress” every year the life of an American get more complicated. But as anyone familiar with structures will tell you, complexity reaches a point where you get failure. This is why the US is failing in Afghanistan, why it is losing the war on drugs, why it cannot reduce the deficit, why its spending more and more money on health and getting outcomes worse than any first-world country and a whole bunch of other things.

Incidentally, in case you think the person in this story is the Editor, be assured it’s not. Editor’s credit rating is in the basement – the lowest level of a multi-story basement. First Editor thought its because he had to file Chapter 11 to save his house when Mrs. R. IV took off years ago. But on checking, he found that’s not the reason. The reason is – please get this – is that his student loans are shown as open accounts drawn to 100% of their limit. That a student loan is not a credit card does not seem to register with the rating companies. You may well ask why is Editor not getting this cleared up with the rating companies. Because when he’s dealing with moronic bureaucracies, his already short fuse gets cut by 99%. He’s too old now to get sent to jail for tearing out the lungs of the negative IQ types one has to deal with at the credit bureaus. It’s true these morons breathe through their fundaments and you can’t even say they’re brain dead because they have no brains, but we bet there is some statute of the USC that says you cannot rip out the lungs of a person, even if they work for a credit bureau. American law is very cunning.

 

But back to Afghanistan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT March 2, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT March 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 29, 2012

 

The item on Ireland contains a correction: earlier we had thought Ireland will have a referendum on staying in the Euro zone. Rather, the referendum will be on the new Euro fiscal treaty. Nonetheless, rejection could force Ireland to leave the Euro zone.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 28, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 27, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 26, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 25, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 24, 2012

 

·         The President and gas prices It’s unclear to us what any president can do about gas prices, for all that Americans are crying like small kids: “I have a booboo and I want you to kiss and make it all right.” Within the reality of a cartelized production market, gasoline prices are set by supply and demand. To reduce gasoline prices, demand has to be reduced or supply has to be increased. But when the prez tries to reduce demand by substitution, he gets clobbered for trying to pick winners and loser (solar, electric cars). That’s by the right wing. When he tries to increase supply, he gets clobbered for pushing “dirty” oil, gas, and nuclear. That’s by the left wing.

 

 

·         Meanwhile, Editor for one is highly unsympathetic to complaints about rising gasoline prices. To begin with, Americans are NOT paying $4/gallon for gas. They are paying $6/gallon or more once you factor in the cost of keeping oil routes open and crude producers happy. Because the extra $2+/gallon is paid from the general taxes that go for defense/foreign affairs/foreign aid/intelligence, Americans don’t see them. If a good is priced at less than cost, it will be wasted. Americans are Number One gasoline wasters in the world because they insist (a) on driving big vehicles; and (b) living in big houses which means a constant growth of the suburbs and exurbs, requiring more driving.

 

 

·         It’s well past time Americans grew up and understood they cannot have everything. You’re worried about gas prices? Sell your house in the exurbs and move back into the city. But cities are not safe and the houses are tiny and the schools are lousy. Then stay where you are and pay more for your weekly gas bill. Don’t want to do that? Then stop getting in the way of new hydrocarbon production? Don’t want that? Then accept alternatives like cars that give 50-miles/gallon. But how will the kids with all their sports equipment fit into a Fiat 500? Forget the sports and keep the kids at home. But how can we do that, they have to play sports and we have to have to trucks to haul our stuff around and how can we commute 100-miles a day in a Fiat 500 without getting hemorrhoids and a bad back? Okay, move back to the city.

 

 

·         You will say: “Editor, you’re just jealous because you can’t afford better than a 1-liter car and have to live on one-seventh of an acre.” You are so right, Editor is jealous. But you don’t hear him complain about gas prices. His gasoline bill at the current $4/gallon is $65/month. True, he accepts work only within a 10-mile radius and goes no where because he has no life. But what did we just say about Americans have to grow up and realize they can’t have everything they want? You have to make compromises. And what if gasoline goes to $6/gallon? Editor is slowly saving for a motor scooter. They give 90-miles/gallon. Suggest dear readers start doing the same. If you’re worried about hemorrhoids from a Fiat 500, imagine the fun you’ll have making your 100-mile daily commute on a motor scooter. Hahahahaha. (Sorry, that was ungracious but Editor couldn’t help it.)

 

 

·         So the 1st Hubby of Finland was caught gazing at the – er – bosom of his state dinner partner, Princes Mary of Denmark. We’re not sure this rises to the standard of a scandal or even lewd behavior. The man is 63, after all, and as a senior citizen himself the Editor can testify that at that age all one can do is look. And Princess Mary was dressed in a dress with a rather – er – plunging neckline. Plus she was wearing enough jewels around her neck to pay off the US national debt, so Editor is for giving him the benefit of the doubt as to what precisely he might have been looking at.

 

 

·         But here are some letters to the UK Telegraph http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/europe/finland/9097513/First-Man-of-Finland-caught-gawping-at-Danish-princesss-breasts.html

 

 

·         “Well at least he and Sarkozy were eyeing the opposite sex. Such a rarity in the 21st Century world”.

 

 

·         “The protocol is tricky. It's admissible to look but not to stare. What the experts can't agree on is the point at which a look becomes a stare. Perhaps the government could appoint a quango (Editor’s note: a British quasi-autonomous non-governmental organization) of highly paid time servers who have lost their parliamentary seats to regulate the matter. Female décolleté to descend to a point no further than 5 cm north of the nearest nipple; Male observance of the phenomenon to last no more than 1.5 seconds in good light.”

 

 

·         “Let him who is without sin cast the first stone.”

 

 

·         “Okay, you stand still and we’ll throw stones.”

 

·         I was in a restaurant once and a pretty girl with a great figure (on display) walked in. I looked once and decided not to even glance again as my girlfriend is very jealous. Within minutes my girlfriend stopped talking and turned moody. This got worse as the night went on. Eventually she accused me of "trying not to look at the women on the next table".”

 

 

·         Mrs. R. IV used to accuse Editor of looking at women from the corner of his eye. This invariably outraged Editor so much that never once in 32 years did he remember to point out he wears thick specs. Looking at anything from the corner of his eye means seeing a blur.

 

·         The truth is women check out men just as much as vice-versa. But they are more subtle about it. Your date will appear to be gazing deeply into your eyes while she will be examining every male of interest within a 90-degree field of vision. You will never know. Men are such pathetic fools.

 

0230 GMT February 23, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 22, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 21, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 20, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 19, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 18, 2012

 

Where’s the outrage? Editor certainly feels none. Too much chocolate. There’s a lot of outrageous things happening, but all Editor can bring himself to do is raise a languid hand and go “Whatever”. Could this be Old Age has finally caught up Editor? Whatever.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 17, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 16, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 15, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 14, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 13, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 12, 2012

 

Folks, the pepper thing has ended badly. Editor received a lot of advice on how to go about enjoying pepper. Well, he tried the teeniest bit of the old pepper and immediately went off into a paroxysm of sneezing, hacking, and close-to-upchucking. The thing is simply too strong, and presumably fresh-ground pepper will be much stronger. There was another problem: adding pepper to his food would have required 10 extra seconds each day. One reason Editor has no life is that he has simplified his existence to maximize work time. So even if he could tolerate the pepper he’d have to give it up. Sad, but there it is. If you give up 10 seconds here, then the next thing you know you’re doing something else to make life more pleasant, and then another thing and another thing, and before you know it, you’re a sybarite like Nero and headed for the Hot Place Downstairs. True Editor already has his place reserved down there, but that’s for reasons other than self-indulgence. When you combine Indian asceticism with New England asceticism you get…a very unbalanced person. What’s one to do. Of course you might retort “well if you’re such as ascetics, what about the four pillows you insist on for your bed?” Let’s be reasonable, people. One pillow one needs to cushion one’s – er – ample middle. One pillow is needed to cover one’s head against light. Yes, Editor can’t sleep if there’s a sliver of light under the door – even with the pillow on his head. So he’s really sleeping only with two pillows. Likely you’re shaking your head and saying “No wonder you’ve had four wives leave you. Mrs. R. IV must have been a saint to put up with you for 30 years.” If you must know, the real issue with Mrs. R. IV (aside from my insisting she not spend nights out without calling home) was that Editor is adamant everyone must have a bath before getting into bed. Mrs. R. IV though this was spousal abuse. Her greatest thrill was waiting till Editor was fast asleep (2100 Hours on the dot), skip the night bath, and then in the morning roll around the bed going “He he he” (I am not kidding about the he he part) loudly singing “I didn’t have a bath! I didn’t have a bath!” Young people are so disrespectful of their elders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 11, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York Times has a fairly intelligent article given space constraints explaining the current crisis. http://www.nytimes.com/2012/02/11/world/africa/sudan-and-south-sudan-edge-closer-to-brink-in-oil-dispute.html?pagewanted=2&hp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 10, 2012

 

The US, Israel, and the Iranian MEK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 9, 2012

 

The mystery of the pepper

 

So the youngster was over for dinner, and his mother (aka Mrs. R. IV) also dropped in). I related the story of the effort to get pepper at Whole Foods. Mrs. R IV went to a kitchen cabinet, and five seconds later put one of those generic spice bottles in front of Editor – you know the kind you buy two dozen at a time and label yourself. The ink on the labels were long since fadedI looked at it and said: “but I tasted the contents and they’re not pepper. Even I am not so dumb as to think this is pepper” (You can see Editor has trust issues with Mrs. R. IV – that’s another long story). Then youngster tasted in and said “Dad, this is indeed pepper”. Editor tasted in and it sure still didn’t taste like pepper. It appears it’s so long since he’s had pepper he had forgotten what it tastes like. Can’t say about you all, but when a woman who left the house eight years ago can just walk in and locate what it is you’ve been looking for eight years, one gets an eerie feeling. Mrs. R. IV does these things to assert ownership. Editor bought her out of this house (raising the mortgage to the extent paying it has been the bane of his life since), she has her own house, is building another house (in India), and inherits property in the old home town from her dad who is now 88, bless his soul, but she still wants this house too. Editor has his pepper (which does not taste like pepper) but he is well and truly spooked by the way Mrs. R IV unerringly located the putative pepper. There was something just so self-confident and predatory in the way she put the bottle in front of the Editor…maybe he is imaging things…

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 8, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 7, 2012

 

The other day Editor learned about Intermittent Explosive Disorder and did several eye-rolls. Just further evidence of the drive by American shrinks to categorize everyone in the world as having at least one disorder. Many people believe they want to do this as a case of empire building and to earn more money. Editor’s theory is they do it so they don’t feel lonely. He believes shrinks are crazy as coots (or is it cooties) and if they define everyone as crazy then they can say “see? It isn’t just us. Everyone is nuts.” Whatever their motivation, if everyone is nuts then by definition being nuts is normal and no one is nuts.

 

But doing the weekly shopping at Whole Foods (aka Whole Paycheck) yesterday Editor came very close to an expression of IED. Only reason he didn’t let loose was because this single dad with a very cute 3-year old daughter who was acting up was in Editor’s line of fire. The provocation was pepper. When Mrs. R. IV left the house, there was one bottle of pepper half full in the house, about 2-ounces worth. For some reason over the next eight years Editor never remembered to get pepper. So each time he’s eating his salad or eggs he’d say: “Dang, MUST remember to get pepper.” And every week he’d forget. Yesterday he remembered. He went to where the salt was, looked up, down, right, left, no pepper. He asked a store worker who explained the pepper was in the spice aisle, not with the salt. Editor should explain he is dyslexic. Every case of dyslexia is different. Editor’s case including a very deep annoyance when people are not being logical. First, it’s salt and pepper, you mention the two together, and you put them next to each other on the table. Next, even if you say pepper has to be with the spices, why is the salt not in the spice aisle? Why two aisles away? Editor started to seethe. He made it to the spice aisle, and of course could not read any labels because the spice bottles are tiny. (Lots of people were there staring at spice bottles – they couldn’t read the labels either.) Editor started to boil. Then he saw the prices on the tiny bottles: $6.99. Editor started to shake with fury. Then he found: white pepper, peppercorns, pink pepper, lime-pepper, curry pepper, yellow pepper, on and on – but no ground ordinary pepper. The pink pepper was the last straw. Editor was getting ready to start smashing the spice shelves when the cute little tyke had a meltdown – her dad had spent even longer than Editor at the shelves, trying to locate oregano. So naturally Editor had to help the dad calm down the tyke. When she was calmed down Editor told her: “Now you’re going to be nice to your daddy who looks after you from now on?” and she said “No.” Dad’s face fell. All Editor could do was make a joke out of it and saying: “Looks like she’s getting in early practice on being mean to men” and which point the dad hugged Editor tightly and wept on his shoulder while tyke looked amazed: she thought it was her sole right to cry. By the time this was all sorted out Editor forgot – once again – that he had no pepper. When the checkout clerk pro forma asked “And did you find everything today?” Editor said “Yes, thank you.” (Did Editor mention he is ADHD? Very short attention span.) Then he got home, peeled a cucumber, looked for the salt and pepper, and said “Dang, MUST remember to get pepper.”

 

 

0230 GMT February 6, 2012

 

Letter from Major A.H. Humanyun on the US, Pakistan ISI, and Osama Bin Laden

Lieutenant General Khwaja Ziauddin (Retired) nominated as army chief and promoted to four star on 12 October 1999 who had served as Director General Inter-Services Intelligence Agency from 1998 to 1999 in an interview in November 2010  with Pakistan’s GEO TV made following important  revelation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 5, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 4, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 3, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finally saw something on the gym TV that made sense: a show called Transformers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT February 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 31, 2012

 

This has to remain a secret between us, so be sure not to tell anyone. Editor may soon be very rich. The other day, in a desperate attempt to get the weighing scale to give him a lower reading, Editor took his wallet from his pocket, figuring okay, that has to count for a couple of ounces. Instead his weight went up a couple of ounces. He has repeated this experiment several times with the same result. Remove wallet. Editor gains weight. Clearly Editor’s wallet contains the secret of anti-gravity. The wallet is so light it has negative weight, which for those of you unfamiliar with the concept, can be due only to anti-gravity. Editor will keep you posted on developments, but first he has to patent his wallet.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 30, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 29, 2012

 

Saw a new (for us) show on the TV at the gym, “Royal Pains”. The title says it all. Only thing of note to report is the show features a lady who by her looks has to be from India. She is either 6-feet 6-inches tall or the protagonist is a midget. Then we read that Fran “The Nanny” Drescher says she and her brother were kidnapped by aliens as children and chips implanted in the palms of their hands. This is not a likely story. Aliens do not implant chips in the palms of humans’ hands.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 28, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 27, 2012

At the Gym

At the gym, when the Editor was doing weights, he was spared having to watch TV. He doesn’t watch it home. When people express astonishment he ends discussion by saying it’s against his religion. This is one comeback that always works in America because we are so PC no one will dare ask: “And what religion is that?”  When at school staff would invite Editor to join them in the Friday Evening Follies, Editor would say it’s against his religion to drink and dance. The truth was Editor was not about to spend $20-30, equally, he was not about to spend 3-4 hours having fun when he could be working. One day a new and bold young teacher did ask what was the Editor’s religion. “Seventh Day Adventist”, Editor replied, correctly figuring bold young thing would know Adventists don’t drink, but not know they having nothing against dancing and having fun.

But back to the gym. The doctor has put Editor on an intensive cardio regimen, where he is supposed to get his heartbeat to average 140 for an hour. He’s been doing the hour religiously, but the 140 he manages only twice a week as yet. Anyway, the cardio, because it’s all out, involves a considerable amount of pain – not that the doctor cares. In case you wonder why Editor listen to doctor, it’s because she’s from India and terribly cute. Editor is anxious to get her approval; he’s unsure why, it’s not like he’s going to get a date. Aside from the impropriety, doctor is at least half Editor’s age, if not younger. Further, no woman who has – er – done the things a doctor has to do to her patient (we draw a curtain to spare those of delicate sensibilities) can have the slightest romantic feeling about said patient. Still further, Indian lady doctors don’t go for partially-employed school teachers. At the very least it has to be another doctor. And no lady doctor who has patiently sat there while patient (Editor) blubbers on how he’s being mistreated by his wife (then wife) and going through boxes of Kleenex, can have  the slightest admiration for said patient. Women do not have warm feelings toward men who are, to put it succinctly, total wimps where women are concerned, particularly when those women are their wives, present or ex.

But back to the cardio. The only way the Editor gets through the hour is by watching the TV – the weight machines obviously have no TV, but the cardio machines do. The distraction helps him get by. Editor watches without sound because he doesn’t want his mind further degenerated by what passes for popular entertainment. The ads are of precisely two varieties. You have women making oral love to candy, which makes Editor very angry and jealous because he wants the candy. Or you have a bunch of people who cannot dance to save their lives breaking into slow-mo dances because they got a deal on their tax refund (that’s before they get the notice from the IRS for claiming improper deductions), or their internet company (that’s before they find the fantastic low-price they’re getting is only a third of the total bill after the ad ons), or something equally stupid.

For some reason, at the time Editor goes to the gym, between 3 and 4:30, his only choices are soaps, CSI/Law and Order, or something called Burn Notice. What happened to the afternoon cartoons, or is Editor again fantasizing about a perfect America that never actually existed? The problem with the soaps – remember, Editor is watching without sound – is that attractive looking people are constantly either ripping of each others’ clothes or taking a veeeeeeeeeery looooooong time to die. For the second category you find yourself shouting “Die! Die! Die!”, which the other gym members find disturbing for some odd reason. For the first category, you can’t help thinking “this is soooo unrealistic”.  Editor has been around a long time, and he can assure his readers no attractive woman has ever ripped off his clothes. Come to think of it, no unattractive woman has either. And Editor has never gotten close enough to attractive women to rip off their clothes. Plus, knowing how PC we are in America, there’s probably a gym rule requiring guests to not separate women guests from their clothes.

So: CSI/Law and Order. Let the Editor say that shows about people alternating between looking long and hard at fibers, with expressions that suggest they have discovered the solution to what’s on the other side of a black hole, and conducting long, boring, meaningless interrogations of suspects in sparklingly clean rooms with new furniture and tastefully painted walls are not particularly gripping. Plus they’re unrealistic. Everyone knows you get the suspect to confess by giving him the 3rd degree, or by threatening to frame him for seventeen murders when all he did was spit on the sidewalk.

That leaves Burn Notice, which Editor admits he can watch for 30 seconds at go without flinching. (The rest of the time he has his eyes closed and is praying the exercise machine clock would just speed up a bit.) There is a minor problem with Burn Notice. The good guys seem to off acres of bad guys in each show and the police never come around. Everyone is running around with submachine guns carried openly, no one thinks this is odd. The hero can outdraw a man holding a gun on him at three meters, the baddie tastefully crumples while the hero gets a look that says “Cripes, I forgot to floss in the morning.” The good guys get shot, gassed, run over, drowned, blown up, but never need to go to hospital. Burn Notice hero treats them at his mother’s house. Heck, he operates on himself at his mother’s house, while getting a lecture from her about the need to get a job (we assume this is what she’s saying, she has that look. The heroine is invariably severely underdressed – the locale is a beach city and there’s every opportunity taken to work severely underdressed women into every scene – and acts seductive around the hero, who however is too sensitive or too cool – or is it too respecting of her? – to make a move. You do learn he cares deeply about her when she gets shot or blown up or drowned and his left eye twitches one millimeter. You have to anticipate that twitch, it happens so quickly, but Editor by now is an expert. Everyone lives in gorgeous apartments and houses with great art on the wall, and drives nice cars, bad guys especially. Oh yes, did we mention the homemade explosives made from scratch using Mom’s favorite blender, boxes of ball bearings, and kilometers of wire? In one episode heroine is stirring rat poison into the blender mixture. If these people are so good, why has the CIA not drafted them? And of course no one’s cell phone ever drops a call.

The real problem is not even the shows. It’s that as Editor gets used to the exercise (and despite his age he still gets used to new forms of exercise very quickly) that 140 heartbeat target becomes harder and harder to meet. Now, of course, if his doctor would rip off his clothes he might get the heartbeat up. On the other hand, given his age he might easily assume doctor wants to be tucked into bed and read a bedtime story. Alas, while Bob Dylan may remain Forever Young, its true tide and time wait for no man. And neither does the mortgage company.

Oooookaaay, you say, and what does this have to do with the Global War On Terror? Truthfully, that’s a hard question to answer. Editor was about to write about the US Army’s proposed reorganization in view of the coming reductions (just as stupid as every other reorg), discuss what Nancy Pelosi may have on Newt (she said on CNN/John King she knows something that will ensure he never becomes Prez), inform you about the move to break-up Yemen (it should never have been unified), the latest trouble with South Sudan oil (Sudan and south Sudan cannot agree on the royalty split), and the SEAL Six rescue of two aid-workers in Somalia, but somehow Editor got diverted….

 

0230 GMT January 26, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 25, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 24, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 23, 2012

 

Further adventures with Microsoft Word 2010. So editor has been spending every available moment the last ten days formatting and spell-checking the new reference book, and of course, on long, technical documents you can’t expect the Word 2010 spell-checker to do much. It is a weak creature at the best of times, with the spelling ability of an autistic kindergartener, though possibly we insult the intelligence of kindergarteners. Anyway, when the spell-checker was working on Brazil, it informed the Editor that a Russian dictionary was not loaded. When asked to spell check Central and South America, Editor was repeatedly informed that no Portuguese dictionary was installed. Doing France and the French-speaking African states got the message that Editor really needed to load the Spanish (Bolivia) dictionary. Then while doing the English entries, spell-checker again demanded the Spanish (Bolivia) dictionary. When the Editor refused to comply – you don’t calm down a crack addict by giving him heroin – spell-checker said for Spanish entries it really, really needed the Swedish dictionary. And when Editor was spell-checking Hungary, the program somberly informed him he needed to load the Slovak dictionary.

 One result of all this, as you have perhaps guessed, is that NO words were getting spell-check-corrected. Once in a while spell-check would correctly say “armour” should be spelt “armor”, but then when Editor asked “correct all”, forget correcting all, it wouldn’t correct the very next spelling of “armour”. This is just another episode for what passes as normal in the Editor’s existence.

If he could explain some of this to his students they might stop wondering why, when Editor is walking the corridors at school, he has a look as if his eyes are tightly focused on a point 10-light-years away. They would stop asking why he’s whacked out. He is not whacked out. It’s just the minute you put him next to a computer, the computer gets whacked out.  But try convincing them of that. The kids have such faith in their electronic gadgets that when their calculator tells them 2 + 2 equals 5, they will argue with Editor when he says they’ve entered the numbers wrong.

Back to the alleged “real world”, here’s a short news update (family came unexpectedly for dinner, throwing Editor behind schedule on work)…

0230 GMT January 22, 2012

 

Correction: George Romney was head of American Motors, the Number 4 manufacturer, not General Motors. While our point about his pay remains valid, we’re surprised readers did not pounce on this major faux pas of ours.  It remained to a much younger person who corrected us during the course of the conversation. So maybe we don’t have any old-timers readers of the blog because no one familiar with American autos during the US’s industrial heyday would have failed to see our mistake.

 

 

0230  GMT January 21, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reader Tacman’s musing on US carriers and the current Iran situation

 

The letters to us are very compressed because Tacman and Editor are going over familiar ground, to them, anyway. Nonetheless, its not difficult to figure out what Tacman is saying, and its instructive. The exchange starts with reader Chris Raggio forwarding a picture of the attack carriers Lincoln and Stennis together, and asking Tacman if this signifies the possibility of action against Iran. Below is Tacman’s 2-part reply, the second building on the first.

 

Part I

 

 

Part II

 

 

 

 

 

Editor’s professional opinion

We’re saying “professional opinion” because this is what we’d say if we were getting paid for our analysis

 

Neither the United States nor Israel will at this time make a strike against Iran. But if Iran should make a mistake due to the enormous amount of economic, diplomatic, and military pressure that is being imposed on it, neither US or Israel will hesitate to attack. Is Us working to provoke a rash Iranian action, justifying retaliation. Yes and no, Yes in that some people are definitely hoping for a reaction. No because others really do believe – wrongly in our opinion – that Iran can be brought to the negotiating table. This is an example of people with diverse final objectives agreeing on a strategy that serves their different purposes.

 

For this analysis, which needs no more than the 110 words used, you are paying nothing because you put up with the Editor’s daily whining and moaning. But as we speak, services who do this for a living are charging from hundreds of dollars to tens of thousands of dollars to their clients while saying precisely nothing in a thousand to ten thousand words.

 

 

0230 GMT January 20, 2012

 

Folks, just to warn you: college is starting next week and your faithful editor will not have as much time to update till semester end last week of April. (yes, yes, we can hear some of our readers saying “that is supposed to be bad news?”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 19, 2012

 

0230 GMT January 18, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 17, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 16, 2012

Flash: Orbat.com has discovered that Mr. Newt Gingrich is a British Monarchist! As evidence, we present you the single fact that he speaks English. English, as we all know, is the language of England. And England is the country we revolted against a few years ago. What does this suggest? Yes, that Newt is an agent of Her Majesty Elizabeth II. Good Queen Liz, you may recall, belongs to the House of Windsor. What you may not recall, the House of Windsor is actually a euphemism for the House of Hanover. During World War I, when the Brits and the Germans were having it out, the royal family thought it politically expedient to play down their German roots and take a name that is as English as spanking. (Goodness! Can’t believe we said that! And this a family blog too!) Orbat.com does not need to point out that it was King George III of Hanover who America rebelled against. And he spoke English as his first language! What further proof do we need The Newt’s perfidy, this serpent America nurtured at its bosom (or should that be bosoms? Editor can never get this right). What is worse, The Newt apparently did his doctoral thesis on “Belgian Education Policy in the Congo 1945-1960.” In Belgium they…they…they…sorry, having a hard time getting this out…they speak French and they eat cheese. L'horreur! L'horreur!” (Thank you, Google Translate). And France, as we all know, is the home of the Marquis de Sade, and we all known (or should have known) about him and spanking! It follows without any doubt that if Newt becomes US Prez, we will see the restoration of the British monarchy – after all, technically we are still in rebellion – and the installation of Newt as George VII, we will be forced to speak French and eat cheese. As for the spanking – please people, why this sudden prurience on the part of our readers? Don’t we have enough serious things to discuss?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 15, 2012

 

So here it is Saturday again, and your Editor is spending the evening as he does every evening, at his computer, today  slowly going blind trying to proof Complete World Armies 2012. Adobe Acrobat, which at times functions like Adobe Dingbat, is famous for displaying your converted document exactly as it is. That is the point, of course. So Editor’s Acrobat X has decided to show dashed underlines as if they are in bold. Acrobat has apparently taken what the Americans euphemistically call an “Executive Decision” that the Editor needs bolded dashed underlines, which makes the heads treated thus stand out more than the headings with double- and single-underlining. Which is precisely NOT the point of underlining, a 3rd level underline should look like 3rd level, not 1st level. But the Dingbat apparently doesn’t agree.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 14, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 13, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 12, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 11, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 10, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 9, 2012

 

So finally Editor gave in called Computer Geeks to take a look at his computer, which had been acting so badly he was losing 2-4 hours of productivity every day. $95 and five minutes later, Editor was reminded of the old joke about the heating mechanic who arrives at the house, makes one “ting” with his hammer and informs the owner the problem is fixed and  the charge is $150. Owner says “A hundred and fifty dollars for one ting?” The mechanic says: “The ting was free. Knowing where to ting costs $150”.  The Computer Geek whipped out a CD, put it in the CD drive, watched the screen intently for a couple of minutes, pressed a couple of keys, and said “you’re good to go.” The diagnostic CD told him McAfee was gumming up the entire works, he deleted McAfee. He also said what some of our readers have said, as also the youngster: McAfee and other programs are junk, just use the Windows free anti-virus. Well, to us old timers the words “Windows anti-virus” are an oxymoron, but apparently Microsoft has finally gotten its act together. Which does not explain why Word 2010 insists of periodically reformatting stretches of the Editor’s long documents…Be that as it may, the problem is now fixed. Of course, Expressions 4 which Editor is supposed to use since the crash wiped out his programs and FrontPage is no longer made, just sort of sits there and does nothing, forcing Editor to use Word for the news update and resulting it another productivity loss. The only satisfaction is that Bill “Pieface” Gates, or “Moron Smile” as he is affectionately called in sixty-eight languages (none of which he understands), is no longer the world’s richest person. Partly that is due to his giving away large sums to his foundation, but partly because Slim of Mexico just keeps getting richer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 8, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 7, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 6, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 5, 2012

 

Lot of small stuff happening that may or may not be significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 4, 2012

 

Short update tonight, computer problems galore. Adobe getting in everyone’s beeswax and creating problems. McAfee hasn’t apparently updated itself or done a proper scan in a year – it was a Super Bug that cause Editor’s computer crash after Thanksgiving and the loss of a ton of files plus the money to get a new computer. Microsoft Word decides to go on strike, crashing the computer every time an Office program is open. Internet Explorer crashing every 20-minutes for the last several weeks. PayPal creating problems – but then when does PayPal not create problems.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 3, 2012

 

 

0230 GMT January 2, 2012

 

 

 

 

0230 GMT January 1, 2012

 

Don’t Negotiate With Iran

 

 

The rest of the news